OS/2 Shareware BBS: 10 Tools/10-Tools.zip/vp21beta.zip/OAPIINF.RAR/VPPM5.INF

OS/2 Help File | 2000-09-07 | 579KB | 21,152 lines

ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1. Keyboard Accelerators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A keyboard accelerator (shortcut key to the user) is a keystroke that generates
a command message for an application.  This chapter describes how to use
keyboard accelerators in your PM applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.1. About Keyboard Accelerators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Using a keyboard accelerator has the same effect as choosing a menu item.
While menus provide an easy way to learn an application's command set,
accelerators provide quick access to those commands.

Without accelerators, a user might generate commands by pressing the Alt key to
access the menu bar, using the Arrow keys to select an item, then pressing the
Enter key to choose the item.  In contrast, accelerators allow the user to
generate commands with a single keystroke.

Like menu items, accelerators can generate WM_COMMAND, WM_HELP, and
WM_SYSCOMMAND messages.  Although, normally, accelerators are used to generate
existing commands as menu items, they also can send commands that have no
menu-item equivalent.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.1.1. Accelerator Tables ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An accelerator table contains an array of accelerators.  Accelerator tables
exist at two levels within the operating system: a single accelerator table for
the system queue and individual accelerator tables for application windows.
Accelerators in the system queue apply to all applications-for example, the F1
key always generates a WM_HELP message.  Having accelerators for individual
application windows ensures that an application can define its own accelerators
without interfering with other applications.  An accelerator for an application
window can override the accelerator in the system queue.  An application can
modify both its own accelerator table and the system's accelerator table.

The application can set and query the accelerator table for a specific window
or for the entire system.  For example, an application can query the system
accelerator table, copy it, modify the copied data structures; and then, use
the modified copy to set the system accelerator table.  An application also can
modify its window's accelerator table at run time to respond more appropriately
to the current environment.

Note:  An application that modifies any accelerator table other than its own
should maintain the original accelerator table; and, before terminating,
restore that table.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.1.2. Accelerator-Table Resources ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can use accelerators in an application by creating an accelerator-table
resource in a resource-definition file.  Then, when the application creates a
standard frame window, the application can associate that window with the
resource.

As specified in a resource-definition file, an accelerator table consists of a
list of accelerator items, each defining the keystroke that triggers the
accelerator, the command the accelerator generates, and the accelerator's
style.  The style specifies whether the keystroke is a virtual key, a
character, or a scan code, and whether the generated message is WM_COMMAND,
WM_SYSCOMMAND, or WM_HELP; WM_COMMAND is the default.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.1.3. Accelerator-Table Handles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Applications that use accelerator tables refer to them with a 32-bit handle.
An application using this handle, by default, can make most API function calls
for accelerators without having to account for the internal structures that
define the accelerator table.  When an application needs to dynamically create
or change an accelerator table, it must use the ACCEL and ACCELTABLE data
structures.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.1.4. Accelerator-Table Data Structures ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An accelerator table consists of individual accelerator items.  Each item in
the table is represented by an ACCEL structure that defines the accelerator's
style, keystroke, and command identifier.  Typically, an application defines
these aspects of an accelerator in a resource-definition file, but the ACCEL
structure also can be built in memory at run time. An accelerator table is
represented by an ACCELTABLE structure that specifies the number of accelerator
items in the table, the code page used for the keystrokes in the accelerator
items, and an array of ACCEL structures (one for each item in the table).
Applications that use ACCELTABLE structures directly must allocate sufficient
memory to hold all the items in the table.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.1.5. Accelerator-Item Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An accelerator item has a style that determines what combination of keys
produces the accelerator and what command message is generated by the
accelerator.  An application can specify the following accelerator-item styles
in the fs field of the ACCEL structure:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéStyle          ΓöéDescription                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéAF_ALT         ΓöéSpecifies that the user must hold down the   Γöé
Γöé               ΓöéAlt key while pressing the accelerator key.  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéAF_CHAR        ΓöéSpecifies that the keystroke is a character  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthat is translated using the code page for   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthe accelerator table. (This is the default  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéstyle.)                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéAF_CONTROL     ΓöéSpecifies that the user must hold down the   Γöé
Γöé               ΓöéCtrl key while pressing the accelerator key. Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéAF_HELP        ΓöéSpecifies that the accelerator generates a   Γöé
Γöé               ΓöéWM_HELP message instead of a WM_COMMAND      Γöé
Γöé               Γöémessage.                                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéAF_LONEKEY     ΓöéSpecifies that the user need not press       Γöé
Γöé               Γöéanother key while the accelerator key is     Γöé
Γöé               Γöédown.  Typically, this style is used with theΓöé
Γöé               ΓöéAlt key to specify that simply pressing and  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéreleasing that key triggers the accelerator. Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéAF_SCANCODE    ΓöéSpecifies that the keystroke is an           Γöé
Γöé               Γöéuntranslated scan code from the keyboard.    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéAF_SHIFT       ΓöéSpecifies that the user must hold down the   Γöé
Γöé               ΓöéShift key when pressing the accelerator key. Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéAF_SYSCOMMAND  ΓöéSpecifies that the accelerator generates a   Γöé
Γöé               ΓöéWM_SYSCOMMAND message instead of a WM_COMMANDΓöé
Γöé               Γöémessage.                                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéAF_VIRTUALKEY  ΓöéSpecifies that the keystroke is a virtual    Γöé
Γöé               Γöékey-for example, the F1 function key.        Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2. Using Keyboard Accelerators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section explains how to perform the following tasks:

     Create an accelerator-table resource
     Include an accelerator table in a frame window
     Modify an accelerator table


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2.1. Creating an Accelerator-Table Resource ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following code fragment shows a typical accelerator-table resource:


    ACCELTABLE ID_ACCEL_RESOURCE
    BEGIN
        VK_ESC,    IDM_ED_UNDO,  AF_VIRTUALKEY Or AF_SHIFT
        VK_DELETE, IDM_ED_CUT,   AF_VIRTUALKEY
        VK_F2,     IDM_ED_COPY,  AF_VIRTUALKEY
        VK_INSERT, IDM_ED_PASTE, AF_VIRTUALKEY
    END

This accelerator table has four accelerator items. The first one is triggered
when the user presses Shift+Esc, which sends a WM_COMMAND message (the
default).

An accelerator table in a resource-definition file has an identifier
(ID_ACCEL_RESOURCE in the previous example).  You can associate an
accelerator-table resource with a standard frame window by specifying the
table's resource identifier as the idResources parameter of the
WinCreateStdWindow function.

An application can load an accelerator table resource-definition file
automatically when creating a standard frame window, or it can load the
resource independently and associate it with a window or with the entire
system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2.2. Including an Accelerator Table in a Frame Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can add an accelerator table to a frame window either by using the
WinSetAccelTable function or by defining an accelerator-table resource (as
shown in the previous section) and creating a frame window with the
FCF_ACCELTABLE frame style. The second method is shown in the following code
fragment:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndFrame,hwndClient : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  SzClassName          : PCHAR; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  SzTitle              : PCHAR; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  FlControlStyle       : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  SzClassName := 'MyClass';
  SzTitle     := 'MyWindow';

  FlControlStyle :=
    FCF_MINMAX        Or      (* Min and max buttons      *)
    FCF_SHELLPOSITION Or      (* System size and position *)
    FCF_SIZEBORDER    Or      (* Size border              *)
    FCF_TITLEBAR      Or      (* Title bar                *)
    FCF_TASKLIST      Or      (* Task list                *)
    FCF_ACCELTABLE    Or      (* Accelerator table        *)
    FCF_SYSMENU       Or      (* System menu              *)
    FCF_MENU;                (* Menu                     *)

  hwndFrame := WinCreateStdWindow(HWND_DESKTOP,
    WS_VISIBLE,
    &flControlStyle,
    szClassName,
    szTitle,
    0,
    nil,
    ID_MENU_RESOURCE,
    &hwndClient);

Notice that if you set the flControlStyle parameter to the FCF_STANDARD flag,
you must define an accelerator-table resource, because FCF_STANDARD includes
the FCF_ACCELTABLE flag.

If the window being created also has a menu, the menu resource and accelerator
resource must have the same resource identifier; this is because the
WinCreateStdWindow function has only one input parameter to specify the
resource identifiers for menus, accelerator tables, and icons.  If an
application creates an accelerator table resource-definition file; then, opens
a standard frame window (as shown in the preceding example), the accelerator
table is installed automatically in the window's message queue, and keyboard
events are translated during the normal processing of events.  The application
simply responds to WM_COMMAND, WM_SYSCOMMAND, and WM_HELP messages; it does not
matter whether these messages come from a menu or an accelerator.

An application also can add an accelerator table to a window by calling the
WinSetAccelTable function with an accelerator-table handle and a frame-window
handle.  The application can call either the WinLoadAccelTable function to
retrieve an accelerator table from a resource file or the WinCreateAccelTable
function to create an accelerator table from an accelerator-table data
structure in memory.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 1.2.3. Modifying an Accelerator Table ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can modify an accelerator table, for either your application windows or the
system, by doing the following:

   1. Retrieve the handle of the accelerator table.

   2. Use that handle to copy the accelerator-table data to an
      application-supplied buffer.

   3. Change the data in the buffer.

   4. Use the changed data to create a new accelerator table.

 Then you can use the new accelerator-table handle to set the accelerator
 table, as outlined in the following list:

   1. Call WinQueryAccelTable to retrieve an accelerator-table handle.

   2. Call WinCopyAccelTable with a NULL buffer handle to determine how many
      bytes are in the table.

   3. Allocate sufficient memory for the accelerator-table data.

   4. Call WinCopyAccelTable, with a pointer to the allocated memory.

   5. Modify the data in the buffer (assuming it has the form of an ACCELTABLE
      structure).

   6. Call WinCreateAccelTable, passing a pointer to the buffer with the
      modified accelerator-table data.

   7. Call WinSetAccelTable with the handle returned by WinCreateAccelTable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2. List-Box Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A list box is a control window that displays several text items at a time, one
or more of which can be selected by the user.  This chapter explains how to
create and use list-box controls in PM applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.1. About List Boxes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application uses a list box when it requires a list of selectable fields
that is too large for the display area or a list of choices that can change
dynamically.  Each list item contains a text string and a handle.  Usually, the
text string is displayed in the list-box window; but the handle is available to
the application to reference other data associated with each of the items in
the list.

A list box always is owned by another window that receives messages from the
list box when events occur, such as when a user selects an item from the list
box.  Typically, the owner is a dialog window (as shown in the following
figure,) or the client window of an application frame window.  The client- or
dialog-window procedure defined by the application responds to messages sent
from the list box.

A list box always contains a scroll bar for use when the list box contains more
items than can be displayed in the list-box window. The list box responds to
mouse clicks in the scroll bar by scrolling the list; otherwise, the scroll bar
is disabled.

The maximum number of items permitted in a list box is 32767.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2. Using List Boxes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application uses a list-box control to display a list in a window.  List
boxes can be displayed in standard application windows, although they are more
commonly used in dialog windows.  In either case, notification messages are
sent from the list box to its owner window, enabling the application to respond
to user actions in the list.

Once a list box is created, the application controls the insertion and deletion
of list items.  Items can be inserted at the end of the list, automatically
sorted into the list, or inserted at a specified index position.  Applications
can turn list drawing on and off to speed up the process of inserting numerous
items into a list.

The owner-window procedure of the list box receives messages when a user
manipulates the list-box data.  Most default list actions (for example,
highlighting selections and scrolling) are handled automatically by the list
box itself.  The application controls the responses when the user chooses an
item in the list, either by double-clicking the item or by pressing Enter after
an item is highlighted.  The list box also notifies the application when the
user changes the selection or scrolls the list.

Normally, list items are text strings drawn by a list box. An application also
can draw and highlight the items in a list.  This enables the application to
create customized lists that contain graphics.  When an application creates a
list box with the LS_OWNERDRAW style, the owner of the list box receives a
WM_DRAWITEM message for each item that should be drawn or highlighted.  This is
similar to the owner-drawn style for menus, except that the owner-drawn style
applies to the entire list rather than to individual items.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.1. Creating a List-Box Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

List boxes are WC_LISTBOX class windows and are predefined by the system.
Applications can create list boxes by calling WinCreateWindow, using WC_LISTBOX
as the window-class parameter.

A list box passes notification messages to its owner window, so an application
uses its client window, rather than the frame window, as the owner of the list.
The client-window procedure receives the messages sent from the list box. For
example, to create a list box that completely fills the client area of a frame
window, an application would make the client window the owner and parent of the
list-box window, and make the list-box window the same size as the client
window.  This is shown in the following code fragment.


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndClient,hwndList : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Rcl                 : RECTL; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

                                            (* How big is the
                                               client window? *)
  WinQueryWindowRect(hwndClient, &rcl);

                                            (* Make a list-box
                                               window.        *)
  hwndList := WinCreateWindow(hwndClient,   (* Parent         *)
      WC_LISTBOX,                           (* Class        *)
      '',                                   (* Name         *)
      WS_VISIBLE Or LS_NOADJUSTPOS,         (* Style        *)
      0, 0,                                 (* x, y         *)
      rcl.xRight, rcl.yTop,                 (* cx, cy       *)
      hwndClient,                           (* Owner        *)
      HWND_TOP,                             (* Behind       *)
      ID_LISTWINDOW,                        (* ID           *)
      nil,                                  (* Control data *)
      nil);                                 (* parameters   *)

Because the list box draws its own border, and a frame-window border already
surrounds the client area of a frame window due to the adjacent frame controls,
the effect is a double-thick border around the list box.  You can change this
effect by calling WinInflateRect to overlap the list-box border with the
surrounding frame-window border, resulting in only one list-box border.

Notice that the code specifies the list-box window style LS_NOADJUSTPOS.  This
ensures that the list box is created exactly the specified size.  If the
LS_NOADJUSTPOS style is not specified, the list-box height is rounded down, if
necessary, to make it a multiple of the item height.  Enabling a list box to
adjust its height automatically is useful for preventing partial items being
displayed at the bottom of a list box.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.2. Using a List Box in a Dialog Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

List boxes most commonly are used in dialog windows.  A list box in a dialog
box is a control window, like a push button or an entry field.  Typically, the
application defines a list box as one item in a dialog template in the
resource-definition file, as shown in the following resource compiler
source-code fragment.


    DLGTEMPLATE IDD_OPEN
    BEGIN
       DIALOG "Open...", IDD_OPEN, 35, 35, 150, 135,
                FS_DLGBORDER, FCF_TITLEBAR
          BEGIN
              LISTBOX        IDD_FILELIST, 15, 15, 90, 90
              PUSHBUTTON     "Drive", IDD_DRIVEBUTTON, 115, 70, 30, 14
              DEFPUSHBUTTON  "Open", IDD_OPENBUTTON, 115, 40, 30, 14
              PUSHBUTTON     "Cancel", IDD_CANCELBUTTON, 115, 15, 30, 14
          END
    END

Once the dialog resource is defined, the application loads and displays the
dialog box as it would normally.  The application inserts items into the list
when processing the WM_INITDLG message.

A dialog window with a list box usually has an OK button.  The user can select
items in the list, and then indicate a final selection by double-clicking,
pressing Enter, or clicking the OK button.  When the dialog-window procedure
receives a message indicating that the user has clicked the OK button, it
queries the list box to determine the current selection (or selections, if the
list allows multiple selections), and then responds as though it had received a
WM_CONTROL message with the LN_ENTER notification code.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.3. Adding or Deleting an Item in a List Box ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Applications can add items to a list box by sending an LM_INSERTITEM or
LM_INSERTMULTITEMS message to the list-box window; items are deleted using the
LM_DELETEITEM message. Items in a list are specified with a 0-based index
(beginning at the top of the list).  A new list is created empty; the
application initializes the list by inserting items.  LM_INSERTMULTITEMS allows
up to 32767 items to be inserted as a group, while LM_INSERTITEM adds items
one-by-one to a list.

The application specifies the text and position for each new item.  It can
specify an absolute-position index or one of the following predefined index
values:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéValue               ΓöéMeaning                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLIT_END             ΓöéInsert item at end of list.             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLIT_SORTASCENDING   ΓöéInsert item alphabetically ascending    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéinto list.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLIT_SORTDESCENDING  ΓöéInsert item alphabetically descending   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéinto list.                              Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

If a large number of items are to be inserted into a list box at one time, use
of LM_INSERTMULTITEMS is more efficient than use of LM_INSERTITEM.  The same
positioning flags are used. When LIT_SORTASCENDING or LIT_SORTDESCENDING is
specified with LM_INSERTMULTITEMS, new items are inserted before the updated
list is sorted.  If items are being added using several LM_INSERTMULTITEMS
messages, LIT_END should be specified for all messages except the last; this
will avoid unnecessary multiple sorts of the list.

If no text array is specified, empty items are inserted into the list.  This is
very useful for list boxes created with LS_OWNERDRAW style, which do not use
text strings.

The application must send an LM_DELETEITEM message and supply the
absolute-position index of the item when deleting items from a list.  The
LM_DELETEALL message deletes all items in a list.

One way an application can speed up the insertion of list items is to suspend
drawing until it has finished inserting items.  This is a particularly valuable
approach when using a sorted insertion process (when inserting one item can
cause rearrangement of the entire list).  You can turn off list drawing by
calling WinEnableWindowUpdate, specifying FALSE for the enable parameter, and
then calling WinShowWindow.  This forces a total update when insertion is
complete.  The following code fragment illustrates this concept:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndFileList : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  (* Disable updates while filling the list. *)
  WinEnableWindowUpdate(hwndFileList, Ord(False));
  .
  . (* Send LM_INSERTITEM messages to insert all new items. *)
  .

  (* Now cause the window to update and show the new information.  *)
  WinShowWindow(hwndFileList, Ord(True));

Notice that this optimization is unnecessary if an application is adding list
items while processing a WM_INITDLG message, because the list box is not
visible, and the list-box routines are internally optimized.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.4. Responding to a User Selection in a List Box ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When a user chooses an item in a list, the primary notification an application
receives is a WM_CONTROL message, with the LN_ENTER control code sent to the
owner window of the list.  Within the window procedure for the owner window,
the application responds to the LN_ENTER control code by querying the list box
for the current selection (or selections, in the case of an LS_MULTIPLESEL or
LS_EXTENDEDSEL list box).

The LN_ENTER control code notifies the application that the user has selected a
list item.  A WM_CONTROL message with an LN_SELECT control code is sent to the
list-box owner whenever a selection in a list changes, such as when a user
moves the mouse pointer up and down a list while pressing the mouse button.  In
this case, items are selected but not yet chosen.  An application can ignore
LN_SELECT control codes when the selection changes, responding only when the
item is actually chosen.  Or an application can use LN_SELECT to display
context-dependent information that changes rapidly with each selection made by
the user.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.5. Handling Multiple Selections ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When a list box has the style LS_MULTIPLESEL or LS_EXTENDEDSEL, the user can
select more than one item at a time.  An application must use different
strategies when working with these types of lists.  For example, when
responding to an LN_ENTER control code, it is not sufficient to send a single
LM_QUERYSELECTION message, because that message will find only the first
selection.  To find all current selections, an application must continue
sending LM_QUERYSELECTION messages, using the return index of the previous
message as the starting index of the next message, until no items are returned.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.6. Creating an Owner-Drawn List Item ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To draw its own list items, an application must create a list that has the
style LS_OWNERDRAW:  the owner window of the list box must respond to the
WM_MEASUREITEM and WM_DRAWITEM messages.

When the owner window receives a WM_MEASUREITEM message, it must return the
height of the list item.  All items in a list must have the same height
(greater than or equal to 1).  The WM_MEASUREITEM message is sent when the list
box is created, and every time an item is added.  You can change the item
height by sending an LM_SETITEMHEIGHT message to the list-box window. The
maximum width of a list box created with the LM_HORZSCROLL style can be set
using an LM_SETITEMWIDTH message.

The owner window receives a WM_DRAWITEM message whenever an item in an
owner-drawn list should be drawn or highlighted.  Although it is quite common
for an owner-drawn list to draw items, it is less common to override the
system-default method of highlighting.  (This method inverts the rectangle that
contains the item.)  Do not create your own highlighting unless, for some
reason, the system-default method is unacceptable to you.

The WM_DRAWITEM message contains a pointer to an OWNERITEM data structure.  The
OWNERITEM structure contains the window identifier for the list box, a
presentation-space handle, a bounding rectangle for the item, the position
index for the item, and the application-defined item handle.  This structure
also contains two fields that determine whether a message draws, highlights, or
removes the highlighting from an item.  The OWNERITEM structure has the
following form:

Type
  OWNERITEM = Record
    Hwnd           : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    Hps            : HPS;   (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    FsState        : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    FsAttribute    : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    FsStateOld     : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    FsAttributeOld : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    RclItem        : RECTL; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    IdItem         : LONG;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    HItem          : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  End;

When the item must be drawn, the owner window receives a WM_DRAWITEM message
with the fsState field set differently from the fsStateOld field.  If the owner
window draws the item in response to this message, it returns TRUE, telling the
system not to draw the item.  If the owner window returns FALSE, the system
draws the item, using the default list-item drawing method.

You can get the text of a list item by sending an LM_QUERYITEMTEXT message to
the list-box window.  You should draw the item using the hps and rclItem
arguments provided in the OWNERITEM structure.

If the item being drawn is currently selected, the fsState and fsStateOld
fields are both TRUE; they both will be FALSE if the item is not currently
selected.  The window receiving a WM_DRAWITEM message can use this information
to highlight the selected item at the same time it draws the item.  If the
owner window highlights the item, it must leave the fsState and fsStateOld
fields equal to each other.  If the system provides default highlighting for
the item (by inverting the item rectangle), the owner window must set the
fsState field to 1 and the fsStateOld field to 0 before returning from the
WM_DRAWITEM message.

The owner window also receives a WM_DRAWITEM message when the highlight state
of a list item changes.  For example, when a user clicks an item, the
highlighting must be removed from the currently selected item, and the new
selection must be highlighted.  If these items are owner-drawn, the owner
window receives one WM_DRAWITEM message for each unhighlighted item and one
message for the newly highlighted item.  To highlight an item, the fsState
field must equal TRUE, and the fsStateOld field must equal FALSE.  In this
case, the application should highlight the item and return the fsState and
fsStateOld fields equal to FALSE, which tells the system not to highlight the
item.  The application also can return the fsState and fsStateOld fields with
two different (unequal) values and the list box will highlight the item (the
default action).

To remove highlighting from an item, the fsState field must equal FALSE and the
fsStateOld field must equal TRUE.  In this case, the application removes the
highlighting and returns both the fsState and the fsStateOld fields equal to
FALSE.  This tells the system not to attempt to remove the highlighting.  The
application also can return the fsState and fsStateOld fields with two
different (unequal) values, and the list box will remove the highlighting (the
default response). The following code fragment shows these selection processes:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  poi : ^OWNERITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  (* Case Of *)
  WM_DRAWITEM:
    poi := mp2;

    (* Test to see If this is drawing or highlighting/unhighlighting.  *)
    If (poi->.fsState <> poi->.fsStateOld) Then Begin

      (* This is either highlighting or unhighlighting.              *)
      If (poi->.fsState) Then Begin
        .
        . (* Highlight the item.                                   *)
        .
      End;
      Else Begin
        .
        . (* Remove the highlighting.                              *)
        .
      End;

      (* Set fsState := fsStateOld to tell system you did it.         *)
      poi->.fsState := poi->.fsStateOld = 0;

      (* Return Ord(True) here, to tell list box you did the highlighting. *)
      Exit;

    End;
    Else Begin
      .
      . (* Draw the item.                                            *)
      .
      If (poi->.fsState) Then Begin   (* Checks to see if item is selected     *)
        .
        . (* Highlight the item.                                   *)
        .
        (* Set fsState := fsStateOld to tell system you did it.     *)
    End;
    (* Return Ord(True) here, to tell list box you did the highlighting. *)
    Exit;
  (* End of case WM_DRAWITEM *)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 2.2.7. Default List-Box Behavior ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following table lists all the messages handled by the predefined list-box
window-class procedure.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéMessage                  ΓöéDescription                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_DELETEALL             ΓöéDeletes all items in the list.     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_DELETEITEM            ΓöéRemoves the specified item from theΓöé
Γöé                         Γöélist, redrawing the list as        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöénecessary. Returns the number of   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéitems remaining in the list.       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_INSERTITEM            ΓöéInserts a new item into the list   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéaccording to the position          Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéinformation passed with the        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöémessage.                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_INSERTMULTITEMS       ΓöéInserts one or more items into a   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöélist box at one time.              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_QUERYITEMCOUNT        ΓöéReturns the number of items in the Γöé
Γöé                         Γöélist.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_QUERYITEMHANDLE       ΓöéReturns the specified item handle. Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_QUERYITEMTEXT         ΓöéCopies the text of the specified   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéitem to a buffer supplied by the   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöémessage sender.                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_QUERYITEMTEXTLENGTH   ΓöéReturns the text length of the     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéspecified item.                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_QUERYSELECTION        ΓöéFor a single-selection list box,   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéreturns the zero-based index of theΓöé
Γöé                         Γöécurrently selected item. For a     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöémultiple-selection list box,       Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéreturns the next selected item or  Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéLIT_NONE if no more items are      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéselected.                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_QUERYTOPINDEX         ΓöéReturns the zero-based index to theΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéitem currently visible at the top  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéof the list.                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_SEARCHSTRING          ΓöéSearches the list for a match to   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéthe specified string.              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_SELECTITEM            ΓöéSelects the specified item.  If theΓöé
Γöé                         Γöélist is a single-selection list,   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöédeselects the previous selection.  Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéSends a WM_CONTROL message (with   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéthe LN_SELECT code) to the owner   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéwindow.                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_SETITEMHANDLE         ΓöéSets the specified item handle.    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_SETITEMHEIGHT         ΓöéSets the item height for the list. Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéAll items in the list have the sameΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéheight.                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_SETITEMTEXT           ΓöéSets the text for the specified    Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéitem.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_SETITEMWIDTH          ΓöéSets the maximum width of a list   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöébox created with the LS_HORZSCROLL Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéstyle.                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_SETTOPINDEX           ΓöéShows the specified item as the topΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéitem in the list window, scrolling Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéthe list as necessary.             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_ADJUSTWINDOWPOS       ΓöéIf the list box has the style      Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéLS_NOADJUSTPOS, makes no changes toΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéthe SWP structure and returns      Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéFALSE. Otherwise, adjusts the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéheight of the list box so that a   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöépartial item is not shown at the   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöébottom of the list.  Returns TRUE  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéif the SWP structure is changed.   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_BUTTON2DOWN           ΓöéReturns TRUE; the message is       Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéignored.                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_BUTTON3DOWN           ΓöéReturns TRUE; the message is       Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéignored.                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_CHAR                  ΓöéProcesses virtual keys for line andΓöé
Γöé                         Γöépage scrolling.  Sends an LN_ENTER Γöé
Γöé                         Γöénotification code for the Enter    Γöé
Γöé                         Γöékey.  Returns TRUE if the key is   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéprocessed; otherwise, passes the   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöémessage to the WinDefWindowProc    Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéfunction.                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_CREATE                ΓöéCreates an empty list box with a   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéscroll bar.                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_DESTROY               ΓöéDestroys the list and deallocates  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéany memory allocated during its    Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéexistence.                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_ENABLE                ΓöéEnables the scroll bar if there areΓöé
Γöé                         Γöémore items than can be displayed inΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéa list-box window.                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_MOUSEMOVE             ΓöéSets the mouse pointer to the arrowΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéshape and returns TRUE to show thatΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéthe message was processed.         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_PAINT                 ΓöéDraws the list box and its items.  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_HSCROLL               ΓöéHandles scrolling indicated by the Γöé
Γöé                         Γöélist-box horizontal scroll bar.    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_VSCROLL               ΓöéHandles scrolling indicated by the Γöé
Γöé                         Γöélist-box vertical scroll bar.      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_SETFOCUS              ΓöéIf the list box is gaining the     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéfocus, creates a cursor and sends  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéan LN_SETFOCUS notification code toΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéthe owner window.  If the list box Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéis losing the focus, this message  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöédestroys the cursor and sends an   Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéLN_KILLFOCUS notification code to  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéthe owner window.                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_TIMER                 ΓöéUses timers to control automatic   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéscrolling that occurs when a user  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöédrags the mouse pointer outside theΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéwindow.                            Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3. Menus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A menu is a window that contains a list of items-text strings, bit maps, or
images drawn by the application-that enables the user, by mouse or keyboard, to
choose from these predetermined choices.  This chapter describes how to use
menus in your PM applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.1. About Menus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A menu always is owned by another window, usually a frame window.  When a user
makes a choice from a menu, the menu posts a message containing the unique
identifier for the menu item to its owner by way of the owner window's window
procedure.

An application typically defines its menus using Resource Compiler, and then
associates the menus with a frame window when the frame window is created.
Applications also can create menus by filling in menu-template data structures
and creating windows with the WC_MENU class.  Either way, applications can add,
delete, or change menu items dynamically by issuing messages to menu windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.1.1. Menu Bar and Pull-Down Menus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A typical application uses a menu bar and several pull-down submenus.  The
pull-down submenus ordinarily are hidden, but become visible when the user
makes selections in the menu bar.  Pull-down submenus always are attached to
the menu bar.

The menu bar is a child of the frame window; the menu bar window handle is the
key to communicating with the menu bar and its submenus.  You can retrieve this
handle by calling WinWindowFromID, with the handle of the parent window and the
FID_MENU frame-control identifier.  Most messages for the menu bar and its
submenus can be issued to the menu-bar window.  Flags in the messages tell the
window whether to search submenus for requested menu items.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.1.2. Pop-Up Menus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A pop-up menu is like a pull-down submenu, except that it is not attached to
the menu bar; it can appear anywhere in its parent window.  A pop-up menu
usually is associated with a portion of a window, such as the client window, or
it is associated with a specific object, such as an icon.

A pop-up menu remains hidden until the user selects it (either by moving the
cursor to the appropriate location and pressing Enter or clicking on the
location with the mouse).  Typically, pop-up menus are displayed at the
position of the cursor or mouse pointer; they provide a quick mechanism for
selecting often-used menu items.

To include a pop-up menu in an application, you first must define a menu
resource in a resource-definition file, then load the resource using the
WinLoadMenu or WinCreateMenu functions.  You must call WinPopupMenu to create
the pop-up menu and display it in the parent window.  Applications typically
call WinPopupMenu in a window procedure in response to a user-generated
message, such as WM_BUTTON2DBLCLK or WM_CHAR.

WinPopupMenu requires that you specify the pop-up menu's handle and also the
handles of the parent and owner windows of the pop-up menu.  WinLoadMenu and
WinCreateMenu return the handle of the pop-up menu window, but you must obtain
the handles of the parent and owner by using WinQueryWindow.

You determine the position of the pop-up menu in relation to its parent by
specifying coordinates and style flags in WinPopupMenu.  The x and y
coordinates determine the position of the lower-left corner of the menu
relative to the lower-left corner of the parent.  The system may adjust this
position, however, if you include the PU_HCONSTRAIN or PU_VCONSTRAIN style
flags in the call to WinPopupMenu.  If necessary, PU_HCONSTRAIN adjusts the
horizontal position of the menu so that its left and right edges are within the
borders of the desktop window.  PU_VCONSTRAIN makes the same adjustments
vertically.  Without these flags, a desktop-level pop-up menu can lie partially
off the screen, with some items not visible nor selectable.

The PU_POSITIONONITEM flag also can affect the position of the pop-up menu.
This flag positions the pop-up menu so that, when the pop-up menu appears, the
specified item lies directly under the mouse pointer.  Also, PU_POSITIONONITEM
automatically selects the item.  PU_POSITIONONITEM is useful for placing the
current menu selection under the pointer so that, if the user releases the
mouse button without selecting a new item, the current selection remains
unchanged.

The PU_SELECTITEM flag is similar to PU_POSITIONONITEM except that it just
selects the specified item; it does not affect the position of the menu.

You can enable the user to choose an item from a pop-up menu by using the same
mouse button that was used to display the menu.  To do this, specify the
PU_MOUSEBUTTONn flag, where n corresponds to the mouse button used to display
the menu.  This flag specifies the mouse buttons for the user to interact with
a pop-up menu once it is displayed.

By using the PU_MOUSEBUTTONn flag, you can enable the user to display the
pop-up menu, select an item, and dismiss the menu, all in one operation.  For
example, if your window procedure displays the pop-up window when the user
double-clicks mouse button 2, specify the PU_MOUSEBUTTON2DOWN flag in the
WinPopupMenu function.  Then, the user can display the menu with mouse button
2; and, while holding the button down, select an item.  When the user releases
the button, the item is chosen and the menu dismissed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.1.3. System Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The system menu in the upper-left corner of a standard frame window is
different from the menus defined by the application.  The system menu is
controlled and defined almost exclusively by the system; your only decision
about it is whether to include it when creating a frame window.  (It is unusual
for a frame window not to include a system menu.)  The system menu generates
WM_SYSCOMMAND messages instead of WM_COMMAND messages.  Most applications
simply use the default behavior for WM_SYSCOMMAND messages, although
applications can add, delete, and change system-menu entries.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.1.4. Menu Items ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

All menus can contain two main types of menu items: command items and submenu
items.  When the user chooses a command item, the menu immediately posts a
message to the parent window.  When the user selects a submenu item, the menu
displays a submenu from which the user may choose another item.  Since a
submenu window also can contain a submenu item, submenus can originate from
other submenus.

When the user chooses a command item from a menu, the menu system posts a
WM_COMMAND, WM_SYSCOMMAND, or WM_HELP message to the owner window, depending on
the style bits of the menu item.

Applications can change the attributes, style, and contents of menu items, and
insert and delete items at run time, to reflect changes in the command
environment.  An application also can add items to or delete items from the
menu bar, a pop-up menu, or a submenu.  For example, an application might
maintain a menu of the fonts currently available in the system.  This
application would use graphics programming interface (GPI) calls to determine
which fonts were available and, then, insert a menu item for each font into a
submenu.  Furthermore, the application might set the check-mark attribute of
the menu item for the currently chosen font.  When the user chose a new font,
the application would remove the check-mark attribute from the previous choice
and add it to the new choice.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.1.4.1. The Help Item ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To present a standard interface to the novice user, all applications must have
a Help item in their menu bars.  The Help item is defined with a particular
style, attributes, and position in the menu.  When the user chooses the Help
item, the menu posts a WM_HELP message to the owner window, enabling the
application to respond appropriately.

The item should read Help, have an identifier of 0, and have the
MIS_BUTTONSEPARATOR or MIS_HELP item styles.  The Help menu item should be the
last item in the menu template, so that it is displayed as the rightmost item
in the menu bar.

If an application uses the system default accelerator table, the user can
select the Help item using either a mouse or the F1 key.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.1.4.2. Menu-Item Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

All menu items have a combination of style bits that determine what kind of
data the item contains and what kind of message it generates when the user
selects it.  For example, a menu item can have the MIS_TEXT, MIS_BITMAP, or
other styles that specify the visual representation of the menu item on the
screen.  Other styles determine what kinds of messages the item sends to its
owner and whether the owner draws the item.  Menu-item styles typically do not
change during program execution, but you can query and set them dynamically by
sending MM_QUERYITEM and MM_SETITEM messages with the menu-item identifier to
the menu-bar window.  For text menu items (MIS_TEXT), an MM_SETITEMTEXT message
sets the text.  The MM_QUERYITEMTEXT message queries the text of the item.  For
non-text menu items, the hItem field of the MENUITEM structure typically
contains the handle of a display object, such as a bit-map handle for
MIS_BITMAP menu items.

An application can draw a menu item by setting the style MIS_OWNERDRAW for the
menu item.  This usually is done by specifying the MIS_OWNERDRAW style for the
menu item in the resource-definition file; but it also can be done at run time.
When the application draws a menu item, it must respond to messages from the
menu each time the item must be drawn.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.1.4.3. Menu-Item Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Menu items have attributes that determine how the items are displayed and
whether or not the user can choose them.  An application can set and query
menu-item attributes by sending MM_SETITEMATTR and MM_QUERYITEMATTR messages,
with the menu-item identifier, to the menu-bar window.  If the specified item
is in a submenu, there are two methods of determining its attributes.  The
first is to send MM_SETITEMATTR and MM_QUERYITEMATTR messages to the top-level
menu, specifying the identifier of the item and setting a flag so that the
message searches all submenus for the item.  Then, you can retrieve the handle
of the menu-bar by calling WinWindowFromID, with the handle of the frame window
and the FID_MENU frame-control identifier.

The second method, which is more efficient if you want to either work with more
than one submenu item or set the same item several times, involves two steps:

   1. Send an MM_QUERYITEM message to the menu, with the identifier of the
      submenu.  The updated MENUITEM structure contains the window handle of
      the submenu.

   2. Send an MM_QUERYITEMATTR (or MM_SETITEMATTR) message to the submenu
      window, specifying the identifier of the item in the submenu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.1.4.4. Menu-Item Structure ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A single menu item is defined by the MENUITEM data structure.  This structure
is used with the MM_INSERTITEM message to insert items in a menu or to query
and set item characteristics with the MM_QUERYITEM and MM_SETITEM messages.
The MENUITEM structure has the following form:

Type
  MENUITEM = Record        (* mi *)
    IPosition   : SHORT;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    AfStyle     : USHORT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    AfAttribute : USHORT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    Id          : USHORT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    HwndSubMenu : HWND;   (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    HItem       : ULONG;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  End;

You can derive the values of most of the fields in this structure directly from
the resource-definition file.  However, the last field in the structure, hItem,
depends on the style of the menu item.

The iPosition field specifies the ordinal position of the item within its menu
window.  If the item is part of the menu bar, iPosition specifies its relative
left-to-right position, with 0 being the leftmost item.  If the item is part of
a submenu, iPosition specifies its relative top-to-bottom and left-to-right
positions, with 0 being the upper-left item.  An item with the
MIS_BREAKSEPARATOR style in a pull-down menu causes a new column to begin.

The afStyle field contains the style bits of the item.  The afAttribute field
contains the attribute bits.

The id field contains the menu-item identifier.  The identifier should be
unique but does not have to be.  Just remember that, when multiple items have
the same identifier, they post the same command number in the WM_COMMAND,
WM_SYSCOMMAND, and WM_HELP messages.  Also, any message that specifies a menu
item with a non-unique identifier will find the first item that has that
identifier.

The hwndSubMenu field contains the window handle of a submenu window (if the
item is a submenu item).  The hwndSubMenu field is NULL for command items.

The hItem field contains a handle to the display object for the item, unless
the item has the MIS_TEXT style, in which case, hItem is 0.  For example, a
menu item with the MIS_BITMAP style has an hItem field that is equal to its
bit-map handle.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.1.5. Menu Access ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The OS/2 operating system is designed to work with or without a mouse or other
pointing device.  The system provides default behavior that enables a user to
interact with menus without a mouse.  Following are the keystrokes that produce
this default behavior:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéKeystroke           ΓöéAction                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéAlt                 ΓöéToggles in and out of menu-bar mode.    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéAlt+Spacebar        ΓöéShows the system menu.                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF10                 ΓöéBacks up one level. If a submenu is     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöédisplayed, it is canceled. If no submenuΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéis displayed, this keystroke exits the  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöémenu.                                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéShift+Esc           ΓöéShows the system menu.                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéRight Arrow         ΓöéCycles to the next top-level menu item. Γöé
Γöé                    ΓöéIf the selected item is at the far-left Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéside of the menu, the menu code sends a Γöé
Γöé                    ΓöéWM_NEXTMENU message to the frame window.Γöé
Γöé                    ΓöéThe default processing by the frame     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéwindow is to cycle between the          Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéapplication and system menus. (An       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéapplication can modify this behavior by Γöé
Γöé                    Γöésubclassing the frame window.) If the   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéselected item is in a submenu, the next Γöé
Γöé                    Γöécolumn in the submenu is selected, or   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe next top-level menu item is         Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéselected; this keystroke also can send  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéor process a WM_NEXTMENU message.       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLeft Arrow          ΓöéWorks like the Right Arrow key, except  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéin the opposite direction. In submenus, Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéthis keystroke backs up one column,     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéexcept when the currently selected item Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéis in the far-left column, in which caseΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe previous submenu is selected.       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéUp Arrow or Down    ΓöéWhen pressed in a top-level menu,       Γöé
ΓöéArrow               Γöéactivates a submenu. When pressed in a  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöésubmenu, this keystroke selects the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéprevious or next or item, respectively. Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéEnter               ΓöéActivates a submenu, and highlights the Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéfirst item if an item has a submenu     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéassociated with it; otherwise, this     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöékeystroke chooses the item as though theΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéuser released the mouse button while theΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéitem was selected.                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéAlphabetic characterΓöéSelects the first menu item with the    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéspecified character as its mnemonic key.Γöé
Γöé                    ΓöéA mnemonic is defined for a menu item byΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéplacing a tilde (~) before the characterΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéin the menu text.  If the selected item Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéhas a submenu associated with it, the   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöémenu is displayed, and the first item isΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéhighlighted; otherwise, the item is     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéchosen.                                 Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

An application does not support the default keyboard behavior with any unusual
code; instead, the application receives a message when a menu item is chosen by
the keyboard just as though it had been chosen by a mouse.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.1.5.1. Mnemonics ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Adding mnemonics to menu items is one way of providing the user with keyboard
access to menus.  You can indicate a mnemonic keystroke for a menu item by
preceding a character in the item text with a tilde, as in ~nFile. Then, the
user can choose that item by pressing the mnemonic key when the menu is active.

The menu bar is active when the user presses and releases the Alt key, and the
first item in the menu bar is highlighted. A pop-up or pull-down menu is active
when it is open.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.1.5.2. Accelerators ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In addition to mnemonics, a menu item can have an associated keyboard
accelerator.  Accelerators are different from mnemonics in that the menu need
not be active for the accelerator key to work.  If you have associated a menu
item with a keyboard accelerator, display the accelerator to the right of the
menu item.  Do this in the resource-definition file by placing a tab character
(\t) in the menu text before the characters that will be displayed on the
right.  For example, if the Close item had the F3 function key as its keyboard
accelerator, the text for the item would be Close\tF3.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.2. Using Menus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section explains how to perform the following tasks:

     Define menu items in a resource file
     Include a menu bar in a standard window
     Create a pop-up menu
     Add a menu to a dialog window
     Access the system menu
     Respond to a the menu choice of a user
     Set and query menu-item attributes
     Add and delete menu items
     Create a custom menu item


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.2.1. Defining Menu Items in a Resource File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Typically, a menu resource represents the menu bar or pop-up menu and all the
related submenus.  A menu-item definition is organized as shown in the
following code:


    MENUITEM item text, item identifier, item style, item attributes

The menu resource-definition file specifies the text of each item in the menu,
its unique identifier, its style and attributes, and whether it is a command
item or a submenu item.  A menu item that has no specification for style or
attributes has the default style of MIS_TEXT and all attribute bits off,
indicating that the item is enabled.  The MIS_SEPARATOR style identifies
nonselectable lines between menu items. The following figure is sample Resource
Compiler source code that defines a menu resource. The code defines a menu with
three submenu items in the menu bar (File, Edit, and Font) and a command item
(Help).  Each submenu has several command items, and the Font submenu has two
other submenus within it.


    MENU ID_MENU_RESOURCE
    BEGIN
        SUBMENU "&tilde.File", IDM_FILE
            BEGIN
                MENUITEM "&tilde.Open...",       IDM_FI_OPEN
                MENUITEM "&tilde.Close\tF3",     IDM_FI_CLOSE, 0, MIA_DISABLED
                MENUITEM "&tilde.Quit",          IDM_FI_QUIT
                MENUITEM "",               IDM_FI_SEP1, MIS_SEPARATOR
                MENUITEM "&tilde.About Sample",  IDM_FI_ABOUT
            END
        SUBMENU "&tilde.Edit", IDM_EDIT
            BEGIN
                MENUITEM "&tilde.Undo",          IDM_ED_UNDO, 0, MIA_DISABLED
                MENUITEM "",               IDM_ED_SEP1, MIS_SEPARATOR
                MENUITEM "&tilde.Cut",           IDM_ED_CUT
                MENUITEM "C&tilde.opy",          IDM_ED_COPY
                MENUITEM "&tilde.Paste",         IDM_ED_PASTE
                MENUITEM "C&tilde.lear",         IDM_ED_CLEAR
            END
        SUBMENU "Font", IDM_FONT
            BEGIN
                SUBMENU "Style",           IDM_FONT_STYLE
                    BEGIN
                        MENUITEM "Plain",  IDM_FONT_STYLE_PLAIN
                        MENUITEM "Bold",   IDM_FONT_STYLE_BOLD
                        MENUITEM "Italic", IDM_FONT_STYLE_ITALIC
                    END
                SUBMENU "Size",            IDM_FONT_SIZE
                    BEGIN
                        MENUITEM "10",     IDM_FONT_SIZE_10
                        MENUITEM "12",     IDM_FONT_SIZE_12
                        MENUITEM "14",     IDM_FONT_SIZE_14
                    END
            END
        MENUITEM "F1=Help", 0x00, MIS_TEXT Or MIS_BUTTONSEPARATOR Or MIS_HELP
    END

To define a menu item with the MIS_BITMAP style, an application must use a tool
such as Icon Editor to create a bit map, include the bit map in its
resource-definition file, and define a menu in the file (as shown in the
following figure). The text for the bit map menu items is an ASCII
representation of the resource identifier of the bit map resource to be
displayed for that item.


    (* Bring externally created bit maps into the resource file. *)
    BITMAP 101 button.bmp
    BITMAP 102 hirest.bmp
    BITMAP 103 hizoom.bmp
    BITMAP 104 hired.bmp

    (* Connect a menu item with a bit map.                       *)
    SUBMENU "&tilde.Bitmaps", IDM_BITMAP
        BEGIN
            MENUITEM "#101", IDM_BM_01, MIS_BITMAP
            MENUITEM "#102", IDM_BM_02, MIS_BITMAP
            MENUITEM "#103", IDM_BM_03, MIS_BITMAP
            MENUITEM "#104", IDM_BM_04, MIS_BITMAP
        END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.2.2. Including a Menu Bar in a Standard Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you have defined a menu resource in a resource-definition file, you can use
the menu resource to create a menu bar in a standard window.  You include the
menu bar by using the FCF_MENU attribute flag and specifying the menu-resource
identifier in a call to WinCreateStdWindow, as shown in the following code
fragment:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndFrame      : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  SzClassName    : PCHAR; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  SzTitle        : PCHAR; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  FlControlStyle : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  SzClassName := 'MyClass';
  SzTitle     := 'My Title';

  FlControlStyle := FCF_MENU Or FCF_SIZEBORDER Or
                    FCF_TITLEBAR Or FCF_ACCELTABLE;

  hwndFrame := WinCreateStdWindow(HWND_DESKTOP,
      WS_VISIBLE,
      &flControlStyle,
      szClassName,
      szTitle,
      0, nil,
      ID_MENU_RESOURCE,
      nil);

End.

After you make this call, the operating system automatically includes the menu
in the window, drawing the menu bar across the top of the window.  When the
user chooses an item from the menu, the menu posts the message to the frame
window.  The frame window passes any WM_COMMAND messages to the client window.
(The frame window does not pass WM_SYSCOMMAND messages to the client window.)
WM_HELP messages are posted to the focus window.  The WinDefWindowProc function
passes WM_HELP messages to the parent window.  If a WM_HELP message is passed
to a frame window, the frame window calls the HK_HELP hook.  Your client window
procedure must process these messages to respond to the user's actions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.2.3. Creating a Pop-up Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following code fragment shows how to make a pop-up menu appear when the
user double-clicks mouse button 2 anywhere in the parent window.  The menu is
positioned with the mouse pointer located on the item having the IDM_OPEN
identifier and is constrained horizontally and vertically.  Then, the user can
select an item from the pop-up menu using mouse button 2.


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndFrame : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Function ClientWndProc( hwnd : HWND,
                        msg  : ULONG,
                        mp1  : MPARAM,
                        mp2  : MPARAM): MRESULT;
Var
  HwndMenu : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  FSuccess : BOOL; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  Case msg Of
     .
     .   (* Process other messages. *)
     .
    WM_BUTTON2DBLCLK:
      hwndMenu := WinLoadMenu(hwnd, nil, ID_MENU_RESOURCE);
      fSuccess := WinPopupMenu(hwnd,
                               hwndFrame,
                               hwndMenu,
                               20,
                               50,
                               IDM_OPEN,
                               PU_POSITIONONITEM   Or
                               PU_HCONSTRAIN       Or
                               PU_VCONSTRAIN       Or
                               PU_MOUSEBUTTON2DOWN Or
                               PU_MOUSEBUTTON2);

      .
      .
      .

End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.2.4. Adding a Menu to a Dialog Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You might want to use menus in windows that were not created using the
WinCreateStdWindow function.  For these windows, you can load a menu resource
by using the WinLoadMenu function and specifying the parent window for the
menu.  WinLoadMenu assigns the specified menu resource to the parent.  To see
the menu in the window, you must send a WM_UPDATEFRAME message to the parent
after loading the menu resource.  This strategy is especially useful for adding
menus to a window created as a dialog window, but it can be used no matter what
type of window is specified as the parent.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.2.5. Accessing the System Menu ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Although most applications do not alter the system menu, you can obtain the
handle of the system menu by calling WinWindowFromID with a frame-window handle
(or dialog-window handle) and the identifier FID_SYSMENU.  Once you have the
handle of the system menu, you can access the individual menu items by using
predefined constants.  For example, the following code fragment shows how to
disable the Close menu item in the system menu of a window:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndSysMenu : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndFrame   : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  hwndSysMenu := WinWindowFromID(hwndFrame, FID_SYSMENU);

  WinSendMsg(hwndSysMenu, MM_SETITEMATTR,
  MPFROM2SHORT(SC_CLOSE, Ord(True)),
  MPFROM2SHORT(MIA_DISABLED, MIA_DISABLED));

End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.2.6. Responding to a User's Menu Choice ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When a user chooses a menu item, the client window procedure receives a
WM_COMMAND message with SHORT1FROMMP(mp1) equal to the menu identifier of the
chosen item.  Your application must use the menu identifier to guide its
response to the choice.  Typically, the code in the client window procedure
resembles the following code fragment:

  (* Case Of *)
  WM_COMMAND:
    DoMenuCommand(hwnd, SHORT1FROMMP(mp1));
    Halt(0);

The function that translates the menu identifier into an action typically
resembles the following code fragment:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Procedure DoMenuCommand(
                        hwnd     : HWND,
                        usItemID : USHORT);

Begin
  (* Test the menu item. *)
  Case usItemId Of
    IDM_FI_NEW:
      DoNew(hwnd);

    .
    . (* etc. *)
    .
  End;

End.

The menu window sends a WM_MENUSELECT message every time the menu selection
changes.  SHORT1FROMMP(mp1) contains the identifier of the item that is
changing state, and SHORT2FROMMP(mp2) is a 16-bit Boolean value that describes
whether or not the item is chosen; the mp2 parameter contains the handle of the
menu.

If the Boolean value is FALSE, the item is selected but not chosen; for
example, the user may have moved the cursor or mouse pointer over the item
while the button was down.  An application can use this message to display Help
information at the bottom of the application window.  The return value is
ignored.

If the Boolean value is TRUE, the item is chosen-that is, the user pressed
Enter or released the mouse button while an item was selected.  If the
application returns FALSE, the menu does not generate a WM_COMMAND,
WM_SYSCOMMAND, or WM_HELP message, and the menu is not dismissed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.2.7. Setting and Querying Menu-Item Attributes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Menu-item attributes are represented in the fAttribute field of the MENUITEM
data structure.  Typically, attributes are set in the resource-definition file
of the menu and are changed at run time as required.  Applications can use the
MM_SETITEMATTR and MM_QUERYITEMATTR messages to set and query attributes for a
particular menu item.  One of the most common uses of these messages is to
check and uncheck menu items to let the user know what option is selected
currently.  For example, if you have a menu item that should toggle between
checked and unchecked each time the user selects it, you can use the following
figure to change the checked attribute. In this example, you send an
MM_QUERYITEMATTR message to the menu item to obtain its current checked
attribute; then, you use the exclusive OR operator to toggle the state; and
finally, you send the new attribute state back to the item using an
MM_SETITEMATTR message.


  usAttrib := SHORT1FROMMR(
          WinSendMsg(hwndMenu,           (* Submenu window        *)
          MM_QUERYITEMATTR,              (* Message               *)
          itemID,                        (* Item identIfier       *)
          MIA_CHECKED));                 (* Attribute mask        *)

  usAttrib := MIA_CHECKED;        (* XOR to toggle checked attribute *)

  WinSendMsg(hwndMenu,                      (* Submenu window        *)
      MM_SETITEMATTR,                       (* Message               *)
      itemID,                               (* Item identIfier       *)
      MPFROM2SHORT(MIA_CHECKED, usAttrib)); (* Attribute mask, value *)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.2.8. Adding and Deleting Menu Items ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can add and delete items from its menus dynamically by sending
MM_INSERTITEM and MM_DELETEITEM messages to the menu window.  Any item,
including those in submenus, can be deleted by sending a message to the menu
window.  Messages to insert items in submenus must be sent to the submenu's
window (rather than to the window of the top-level menu).  You can retrieve the
handle of a submenu of the menu bar by sending an MM_QUERYITEM message to the
menu-bar and specifying the identifier of the submenu item for the submenu, as
shown in the following code fragment:

(* IDM_MYMENUID is the identIfier of the submenu containing the item. *)

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  mi                                            : MENUITEM;
  hwndMenu, hwndSubMenu, hwndPullDown,hwndFrame : HWND;

Begin
  hwndMenu := WinWindowFromID(hwndFrame, FID_MENU);
  WinSendMsg(hwndMenu,                           (* Handle of menu bar  *)
      MM_QUERYITEM,                              (* Message             *)
      MPFROM2SHORT(IDM_MYMENUID, Ord(True)),     (* Submenu identIfier  *)
      &mi);                                      (* Pointer to MENUITEM *)

  hwndPullDown := mi.hwndSubMenu;                 (* Handle to submenu   *)

Once the application has the handle of the submenu, it can insert an item by
filling in a MENUITEM structure and sending an MM_INSERTITEM message to the
submenu.  For text-menu items, the application must send a pointer to the text
string as well as to the MENUITEM structure, as shown in the following figure.


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  PszNewItemString : PSZ; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  mi.iPosition := MIT_END;
  mi.afStyle := MIS_TEXT;
  mi.afAttribute := 0;
  mi.id := IDM_MYMENU_FIRST;
  mi.hwndSubMenu := nil;
  mi.hItem := 0;

  WinSendMsg(hwndPullDown, MM_INSERTITEM, &mi,
             pszNewItemString);

To delete an item, the application sends an MM_DELETEITEM message to the menu
bar, specifying the identifier of the item to delete.  For example, to clear
all the items following IDM_MYMENU_FIRST in a submenu in which the items are
numbered sequentially, use the following code:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  UsItemNum : USHORT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  (* Clear all the items in MYMENU.                 *)
  hwndMenu := WinWindowFromID(hwndFrame, FID_MENU);
  usItemNum := IDM_MYMENU_FIRST;
  While (WinSendMsg(hwndMenu, MM_DELETEITEM,
         MPFROM2SHORT(usItemNum, Ord(True)), nil) <> 0) Do
    Inc(usItemNum);

Adding a complete submenu to the menu bar is a more complicated procedure than
that shown in the previous examples.  There are two strategies.  The
recommended technique is to define all possible submenus in your
resource-definition file; and then, as your application runs, selectively
remove and insert the submenus as needed.

For example, assume that your application has a submenu that you want to be
displayed only when a particular application tool is in use.  You must first
define the submenu as part of the main menu resource in your
resource-definition file, so that the system reads in the resource menu
template and creates the submenu window along with the rest of the menu.  You
then can remove the submenu from the menu bar, saving the title of the submenu
and the MENUITEM structure that defines the submenu, as shown in the following
figure:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndMenu,                   : HWND;     (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Mi                          : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  SzMenuTitle : Array[0..MAX_STRINGSIZE] of CHAR;     (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  (* Remove a submenu so that you can replace it later.           *)

  (* Obtain the handle of a menu.                                 *)
  hwndMenu := WinWindowFromID(WinQueryWindow(hwndClient, QW_PARENT),
                              FID_MENU);

  (* Obtain information on the item to remove.                    *)
  WinSendMsg(hwndMenu, MM_QUERYITEM,
      MPFROM2SHORT(IDM_MENUID, Ord(True)),  (* Ord(True) to search submenus *)
      &mi);

  (* Save the text for the submenu item.                          *)
  WinSendMsg(hwndMenu, MM_QUERYITEMTEXT,
      MPFROM2SHORT(IDM_FONT, MAX_STRINGSIZE),
      szMenuTitle);

  (* Remove the item, but retain mi and szMenuTitle.              *)
  WinSendMsg(hwndMenu, MM_REMOVEITEM,
             MPFROM2SHORT(IDM_FONT, Ord(True)), nil);

It is important to use the MM_REMOVEITEM message, rather than MM_DELETEITEM, to
remove the item; deleting the item destroys the submenu window-removing it does
not.  The submenu should remain intact so that you can insert it later.

To reinsert the submenu, send an MM_INSERTITEM message to the menu bar, passing
the MENUITEM structure and menu title that you saved when you removed the item.
The following code fragment shows how to insert a submenu that was removed by
using the previous code example.


  (* Put the submenu back in and obtain the handle of the menu bar. *)
  hwndMenu := WinWindowFromID(
                  WinQueryWindow(hwndClient, QW_PARENT), FID_MENU);

  (* Use the information that you saved when you removed the menu.  *)
  WinSendMsg(hwndMenu, MM_INSERTITEM, &mi,
            szMenuTitle);

The other technique that you can use to insert a submenu in the menu bar is to
build up, in memory, a data structure as a menu template and use that template
and WinCreateWindow to create a submenu.  The resultant submenu window handle
then is placed in the hwndSubMenu field of a MENUITEM structure, and the menu
item is sent to the menu bar with an MM_INSERTITEM message.

You also can create an empty submenu window by using WinCreateWindow.  Pass
NULL for the pCtlData and pPresParams parameters, instead of building the menu
template in memory.  Then insert a new menu item in the menu bar by using the
MM_INSERTITEM message, setting the MIS_SUBMENU style, and putting the window
handle of the created menu into the hwndSubMenu field.  Then use the
MM_INSERTITEM message to insert the items in the new pull-down menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 3.2.9. Creating a Custom Menu Item ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Applications can customize the appearance of an individual menu item by setting
the MIS_OWNERDRAW style bit for the item.  The operating system sends two
different messages to an application that include owner-drawn menu items:
WM_MEASUREITEM and WM_DRAWITEM.  Both messages include a pointer to an
OWNERITEM data structure.

WM_MEASUREITEM is sent only once for each owner-drawn item when the menu is
initialized.  The message is sent to the owner of the menu (typically, a frame
window), which forwards the message to its client window.  Typically, the
client window procedure processes WM_MEASUREITEM by filling in the yTop and
Right fields of the RECTL structure, specified by the rclItem field of this
OWNERITEM structure; this specifies the size of the rectangle needed to enclose
the item when it is drawn. The following code fragment responds to a
WM_MEASUREITEM message.

  (* Case Of *)
  WM_MEASUREITEM:
    (mp2)->.rclItem.xRight := 26;
    (mp2)->.rclItem.yTop := 10;
    Halt(0);

If a menu item has the MIS_OWNERDRAW style, the owner window receives a
WM_DRAWITEM message every time the menu item needs to be drawn.  You process
this message by using the hps and rclItem fields of the OWNERITEM structure to
draw the item.  There are two situations in which the owner window receives a
WM_DRAWITEM message:

     When the item must be redrawn completely
     When the item must be highlighted or have its highlight removed

 You can choose to handle one or both of these situations.  Typically, you
 handle the drawing of the item.  You may not want to handle the second
 situation, however, since the system-default behavior (inverting the bits in
 the item rectangle) often is acceptable. The two situations in which a
 WM_DRAWITEM message is received are detected by comparing the values of the
 fsState and fsStateOld fields of the OWNERITEM structure that is sent as part
 of the message.  If the two fields are the same, draw the item.  Before
 drawing the item, however, check its attributes to see whether it has the
 attributes MIA_CHECKED, MIA_FRAMED, or MIA_DISABLED.  Then draw the item
 according to the attributes.

 For example, when the checked attribute of an owner-drawn menu item changes,
 the system sends a WM_DRAWITEM message to the item so that it can redraw
 itself and either draw or remove the check mark.  If you want the
 system-default check mark, simply draw the item and leave the fsAttribute and
 fsAttributeOld fields unchanged; the system draws the check mark if necessary.
 If you draw the check mark yourself, clear the MIA_CHECKED bit in both
 fsAttribute and fsAttributeOld so that the system does not attempt to draw a
 check mark.

 In the same example, if fsAttribute and fsAttributeOld are not equal, the
 highlight showing that an item is selected needs to change.  The MIA_HILITED
 bit of the fsAttribute field is set if the item needs to be highlighted and is
 not set if the highlight needs to be removed.  If you do not want to provide
 your own highlighting, you should ignore any WM_DRAWITEM message in which
 fsAttribute and fsAttributeOld are not equal.  If you do not alter these two
 fields, the system performs its default highlighting operation.  If you want
 to provide your own visual cue that an item is selected, respond to a
 WM_DRAWITEM message in which the fsAttribute and fsAttributeOld fields are not
 equal by providing the cue and clearing the MIA_HILITED bit of both fields
 before returning from the message.

 Likewise, the MIA_CHECKED and MIA_FRAMED bits of fsAttribute and
 fsAttributeOld either can be used to perform the corresponding action or
 passed on, unchanged, so that the system performs the action. The following
 code fragment shows how to respond to a WM_DRAWITEM message when you want to
 draw the item and also be responsible for its highlighted state.


  Var
    Poi : POWNERITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    Rcl : RECTL;      (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    Mp2 : MPARAM;     (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    (* Case Of *)
    WM_DRAWITEM:
      poi := mp2;

      (*
       * If the new attribute equals the old attribute,
       * redraw the entire item.
       *)

      If (poi->.fsAttribute = poi->.fsAttributeOld) Then Begin

        (*
         * Draw the item in poi->.hps and poi->.rclItem, and check the
         * attributes for check marks. If you produce your own check marks,
         * use this line of code:
         *
         *     poi->.fsAttributeOld := (poi->.fsAttribute &= &tilde.MIA_CHECKED;
         *)

      End

        (* Else highlight the item or remove its highlight. *)

      Else If ((poi->.fsAttribute AND MIA_HILITED) <>
               (poi->.fsAttributeOld AND MIA_HILITED)) Then Begin

        (*
         * Set bits the same so that the menu window does not highlight
         * the item or remove its highlight.
        *)

        poi->.fsAttribute := poi->.fsAttribute AND &tilde.MIA_HILITED;
        poi->.fsAttributeOld := poi->.fsAttribute;
      End;
      Halt(Ord(True)); (* Ord(True) means the item is drawn. *)
    End; (* endcase *)


 Responding to WM_DRAWITEM Message


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4. Messages and Message Queues ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The OS/2 operating system uses messages and message queues to communicate with
applications and the windows belonging to those applications.  This chapter
explains how to create and use messages and message queues in PM applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1. About Messages and Message Queues ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Unlike traditional applications that take complete control of the computer's
keyboard, mouse, and screen, PM applications must share these resources with
other applications that are running at the same time.  All applications run
independently and rely on the operating system to help them manage shared
resources.  The operating system does this by controlling the operation of each
application, communicating with each application when there is keyboard or
mouse input or when an application must move and size its windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1.1. Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A message is information, a request for information, or a request for an action
to be carried out by a window in an application.

The operating system, or an application, sends or posts a message to a window
so that the window can use the information or respond to the request.

There are three types of messages:

     User-initiated
     Application-initiated
     System-initiated

 A user-initiated message is the direct result of a user action, such as
 selecting a menu item or pressing a key.  An application-initiated message is
 generated by one window in the application to communicate with another window.
 System-initiated messages are generated by the interface as the indirect
 result of a user action (for example, resizing a window) or as the direct
 result of a system event (such as creating a window).

 A message that requires an immediate response from a window is sent directly
 to the window by passing the message data as arguments to the window
 procedure.  The window procedure carries out the request or lets the operating
 system carry out default processing for the message.

 A message that does not require an immediate response from a window is posted
 (the message data is copied) to the application's message queue.  The message
 queue is a storage area that the application creates to receive and hold its
 posted messages.  Then, the application can retrieve a message at the
 appropriate time, sending it to the addressed window for processing.

 Every message contains a message identifier, which is a 16-bit integer that
 indicates the purpose of the message.  When a window processes a message, it
 uses the message identifier to determine what to do.

 Every message contains a window handle, which identifies the window the
 message is for.  The window handle is important because most message queues
 and window procedures serve more than one window.  The window handle ensures
 that the application forwards the message to the proper window.

 A message contains two message parameters-32-bit values that specify data or
 the location of data that a window uses when processing the message.  The
 meaning and value of a message parameter depend on the message.  A message
 parameter can contain an integer, packed bit flags, a pointer to a structure
 that contains additional data, and so forth.  Some messages do not use message
 parameters and, typically, set the parameters to NULL.  An application always
 checks the message identifier to determine how to interpret the message
 parameters.

 A queue message is a QMSG data structure that contains six data items,
 representing the window handle, message identifier, two message parameters,
 message time, and mouse-pointer position.  The time and position are included
 because most queue messages are input messages, representing keyboard or mouse
 input from the user.  The time and position also help the application identify
 the context of the message.  The operating system posts a queue message by
 filling the QMSG structure and copying it to a message queue.

 A window message consists of the window handle, the message identifier, and
 two message parameters.  A window message does not include the message time
 and mouse-pointer position, because most window messages are requests to
 perform a task that is not related to the current time or mouse-pointer
 position.  The operating system sends a window message by passing these
 values, as individual arguments, to a window procedure.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1.2. Message Queues ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Every PM application must have a message queue. A message queue is the only
means an application has to receive input from the keyboard or mouse.  Only
applications that create message queues can create windows.

An application creates a message queue by using the WinCreateMsgQueue function.
This function returns a handle that the application can use to access the
message queue.  After an application creates a message queue, the system posts
messages intended for windows in the application to that queue.  The
application can retrieve queue messages by specifying the message-queue handle
in the WinGetMsg function. It also can examine messages, without retrieving
them, by using the WinPeekMsg function. When an application no longer needs the
message queue, it can destroy the queue by using the WinDestroyMsgQueue
function.

One message queue serves all the windows in a thread. This means a queue can
hold messages for several windows. A message specifies the handle of the window
to which it belongs so the application can forward a message easily to the
appropriate window. The message loop recognizes a NULL window handle and the
message is processed within the message loop rather than passed to
WinDispatchMessage. See the following figure for an example of an input-message
processing loop.

An application that has more than one thread can create more than one message
queue.  The system allows one message queue for each thread.  A message queue
created by a thread belongs to that thread and has no connection to other
queues in the application.  When an application creates a window in a given
thread, the system associates the window with the message queue in that thread.
The system then posts all subsequent messages intended for that window to that
queue.

Note:  The recommended way to structure PM applications is to have at least two
       threads and two message queues.  The first thread and message queue
       control all the user-interface windows, and the second thread and
       message queue control all the object windows.

 Several windows can use one message queue; it is important that the message
 queue be large enough to hold all messages that possibly can be posted to it.
 An application can set the size of the message queue when it creates the queue
 by specifying the maximum number of messages the queue can hold.  The default
 maximum number of messages is 10.

 To minimize queue size, several types of posted messages are not actually
 stored in a message queue.  Instead, the operating system keeps a record in
 the queue of the message being posted and combines any information contained
 in the message with information from previous messages.  Timer, semaphore, and
 paint messages are handled this way.  For example, if more than one WM_PAINT
 message is posted, the operating system combines the update regions for each
 into a single update region.  Although there is no actual WM_PAINT message in
 the queue, the operating system constructs one WM_PAINT message with the
 single update region when an application uses the WinGetMsg function.

 The operating system handles mouse and keyboard input messages differently
 from the way it handles other types of messages.  The operating system
 receives all keyboard and mouse events, such as keystrokes and mouse
 movements, into the system message queue.  The operating system converts these
 events into messages and posts them, one at a time, to the appropriate
 application message queue.  The application retrieves the messages from its
 queue and dispatches them to the appropriate window, which processes the
 messages.

 The operating system message queue usually is large enough to hold all input
 messages, even if the user types or moves the mouse very quickly.  If the
 operating system message queue does run out of space, the system ignores the
 most recent keyboard input (usually by beeping to indicate the input is
 ignored) and collects mouse motions into a WM_MOUSEMOVE message.

 Every message queue has a corresponding MQINFO data structure that specifies
 the identifiers of the process and thread that own the message queue and gives
 a count of the maximum number of messages the queue can receive.  An
 application can retrieve the structure by using the WinQueryQueueInfo
 function.

 A message queue also has a current status that indicates the types of messages
 currently in the queue.  An application can retrieve the queue status by using
 the WinQueryQueueStatus function.  An application also can use the WinPeekMsg
 function to examine the contents of a message queue.  WinPeekMsg checks for a
 specific message or range of messages in the queue and gives the application
 the option of removing messages from the queue.  An application can call the
 WinQueryQueueStatus function to determine the contents of the queue before
 calling the WinPeekMsg or WinGetMsg function to remove a message from the
 queue.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1.3. Message Handling ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To handle and process messages, an application can use a message loop and the
window procedure. These terms are explained in the following two sections.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1.3.1. Message Loops ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Every application with a message queue is responsible for retrieving the
messages from that queue.  An application can do this by using a message loop,
usually in the application's main function, that retrieves messages from the
message queue and dispatches them to the appropriate windows.  The message loop
consists of two calls: one to the WinGetMsg function; the other to the
WinDispatchMsg function.  The message loop has the following form:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Hab  : HAB;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Qmsg : QMSG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  While (WinGetMsg(hab, &qmsg, nil, 0, 0)<>0) Do
    WinDispatchMsg(hab, &qmsg);

An application starts the message loop after creating the message queue and at
least one application window.  Once started, the message loop continues to
retrieve messages from the message queue and to dispatch (send) them to the
appropriate windows.  WinDispatchMsg sends each message to the window specified
by the window handle in the message.

The following figure illustrates the typical routing of an input message
through the operating system's and application's message loops.

            Mouse ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ   ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ Keystrokes

                   ΓöîΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÉ
                   Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
 System
                   Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
 Event (time ordered)
                   Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
 Queue
                   ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ
                       Γöé

                  ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
                  Γöé Input  Γöé Scancode
           ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
 Router Γöé Translation
           Γöé      ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

   ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
   Γöé Message      Γöé Accelerator
   Γöé Preprocessor Γöé Key Translation
   ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ
 ΓöîΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÉ
       ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
 Γöé     Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
 Appl    Priority         Γöé
       Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
 MssgQ   Ordered
 Γöé     Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
                          Γöé
       ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ
 Γöé         ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ                     Γöé

 Γöé          ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇWinGetMsgQ          Γöé
                        WinDispatchMsg
 Γöé          Γöé               Γöé             Γöé
    App's   Γöé
 Γöé  Message Γöé         Window Procedure    Γöé
    Loop    Γöé               Γöé
 Γöé          Γöé                            Γöé
            ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇreturn;
 ΓööΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÿ

Input Message Processing Loop Only one message loop is needed for a message
queue, even if the queue contains messages for more than one window. Each queue
message is a QMSG structure that contains the handle of the window to which the
message belongs.  WinDispatchMsg always dispatches the message to the proper
window.  WinGetMsg retrieves messages from the queue in first-in, first-out
(FIFO) order, so the messages are dispatched to windows in the same order they
are received.

If there are no messages in the queue, the operating system temporarily stops
processing the WinGetMsg function until a message arrives.  This means that
processor time that, otherwise, would be spent waiting for a message can be
given to the applications (or threads) that do have messages in their queues.

The message loop continues to retrieve and dispatch messages until WinGetMsg
retrieves a WM_QUIT message.  This message causes the function to return FALSE,
terminating the loop.  In most cases, terminating the message loop is the first
step in terminating the application.  An application can terminate its own loop
by posting the WM_QUIT message in its own queue.

An application can modify its message loop in a variety of ways.  For example,
it can retrieve messages from the queue without dispatching them to a window.
This is useful for applications that post messages without specifying a window.
(These messages apply to the application rather than a specific window; they
have NULL window handles.)  Also, an application can direct the WinGetMsg
function to search for specific messages, leaving other messages in the queue.
This is useful for applications that temporarily need to bypass the usual FIFO
order of the message queue.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1.3.2. Window Procedures ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window procedure is a function that receives and processes all input and
requests for action sent to the windows.  Every window class has a window
procedure; every window created using that class uses that window procedure to
respond to messages.

The system sends a message to the window procedure by passing the message data
as arguments.  The window procedure takes the appropriate action for the given
message.  Most window procedures check the message identifier, then use the
information specified by the message parameters to carry out the request.  When
it has completed processing the message, the window procedure returns a message
result.  Each message has a particular set of possible return values.  The
window procedure must return the appropriate value for the processing it
performed.

A window procedure cannot ignore a message.  If it does not process a message,
it must pass the message back to the operating system for default processing.
The window procedure does this by calling the WinDefWindowProc function to
carry out a default action and return the message result.  Then, the window
procedure must return this value as its own message result.

A window procedure commonly processes messages for several windows.  It uses
the window handle specified in the message to identify the appropriate window.
Most window procedures process just a few types of messages and pass the others
on to the operating system by calling WinDefWindowProc.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1.4. Posting and Sending Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Any application can post and send messages.  Like the operating system, an
application posts a message by copying it to a message queue.  It sends a
message by passing the message data as arguments to a window procedure.  To
post and send messages, an application uses the WinPostMsg and WinSendMsg
functions.

An application posts a message to notify a specific window to perform a task.
The WinPostMsg function creates a QMSG structure for the message and copies the
message to the message queue corresponding to the given window.  The
application's message loop eventually retrieves the message and dispatches it
to the appropriate window procedure.  For example, one message commonly posted
is WM_QUIT.  This message terminates the application by terminating the message
loop.

An application sends a message to cause a specific window procedure to carry
out a task immediately.  The WinSendMsg function passes the message to the
window procedure corresponding to the given window.  The function waits until
the window procedure completes processing and then returns the message result.
Parent and child windows often communicate by sending messages to each other.
For example, a parent window that has an entry-field control as its child
window can set the text of the control by sending a message to the child
window.  The control can notify the parent window of changes to the text
(carried out by the user) by sending messages back to the parent window.

Occasionally, an application might need to send or post a message to all
windows in the system.  For example, if the application changes a system value,
it must notify all windows about the change by sending a WM_SYSVALUECHANGED
message.  An application can send or post messages to any number of windows by
using the WinBroadcastMsg function.  The options in WinBroadcastMsg determine
whether the message is sent or posted and specify the windows that will receive
the message.

Any thread in the application can post a message to a message queue, even if
the thread has no message queue of its own.  However, only a thread that has a
message queue can send a message.  Sending a message between threads is
relatively uncommon.  For one reason, sending a message is costly in terms of
system performance.  If an application posts a message between threads, it is
likely to be a semaphore message, which permits window procedures to manage a
shared resource jointly.

An application can post a message without specifying a window.  If the
application supplies a NULL window handle when it calls the WinPostMsg
function, the function posts the message to the queue associated with the
current thread.  The application must process the message in the message loop.
This is one way to create a message that applies to the entire application
instead of to a specific window.

A window procedure can determine whether it is processing a message sent by
another thread by using the WinInSendMsg function.  This is useful when message
processing depends on the origin of the message.

A common programming error is to assume that the WinPostMsg function always
succeeds.  It fails when the message queue is full.  An application should
check the return value of the WinPostMsg function to see whether the message
was posted.  In general, if an application intends to post many messages to the
queue, it should set the message queue to an appropriate size when it creates
the queue.  The default message-queue size is 10 messages.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1.5. Message Types ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section describes the three types of OS/2 messages:

     System-defined
     Application-defined
     Semaphore


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1.5.1. System-Defined Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

There are many system-defined messages that are used to control the operations
of applications and to provide input and other information for applications to
process.  The system sends or posts a system-defined message when it
communicates with an application.  An application also can send or post
system-defined messages.  Usually, applications use these messages to control
the operation of control windows created by using preregistered window classes.

Each system message has a unique message identifier and a corresponding
symbolic constant.  The symbolic constant, defined in the system header files,
states the purpose of the message.  For example, the WM_PAINT constant
represents the paint message, which requests that a window paint its contents.

The symbolic constants also specify the message category.  System-defined
messages can belong to several categories; the prefix identifies the type of
window that can interpret and process the messages.  The following table lists
the prefixes and their related message categories:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéPrefix         ΓöéMessage category                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéBKM_           ΓöéNotebook control                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéBM_            ΓöéButton control                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCBM_           ΓöéCombination-box control                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCM_            ΓöéContainer control                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéEM_            ΓöéEntry-field control                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLM_            ΓöéList-box control                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéMLM_           ΓöéMultiple-line entry field control            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéMM_            ΓöéMenu control                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBM_           ΓöéScroll-bar control                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLM_           ΓöéSlider control                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSM_            ΓöéStatic control                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTBM_           ΓöéTitle-bar control                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVM_            ΓöéValue set control                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_            ΓöéGeneral window                               Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

General window messages cover a wide range of information and requests,
including:

     Mouse and keyboard-input
     Menu- and dialog-input
     Window creation and management
     Dynamic data exchange (DDE)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1.5.2. Application-Defined Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can create messages to use in its own windows.  If an
application does create messages, the window procedure that receives the
messages must interpret them and provide the appropriate processing.

The operating system reserves the message-identifier values in the range 0x0000
through 0x0FFF (the value of WM_USER - 1) for system-defined messages.
Applications cannot use these values for their private messages.

In addition, the operating system uses certain message values higher than
WM_USER. Applications should not use these message values. A partial listing of
these messages is in the following figure:

From PMSTDDLG.H:

Const
  FDM_FILTER      = WM_USER+40;
  FDM_VALIDATE    =  WM_USER+41;
  FDM_ERROR       =  WM_USER+42;

  FNTM_FACENAMECHANGED  =  WM_USER+50;
  FNTM_POINTSIZECHANGED =  WM_USER+51;
  FNTM_STYLECHANGED     =  WM_USER+52;
  FNTM_COLORCHANGED     =  WM_USER+53;
  FNTM_UPDATEPREVIEW    =  WM_USER+54;
  FNTM_FILTERLIST       =  WM_USER+55;

You should scan your header files to see if other messages have been defined
with values higher than WM_USER.

Aside from the message values used by the operating system, values in the range
$1000 (the value of WM_USER) through $BFFF are available for message
identifiers, defined by an application, for use in that application.

Warning: It is very important that applications do not broadcast messages in
the $1000 through $BFFF range due to the risk of misinterpretation by other
applications.

Values in the range $C000 through $FFFF are reserved for message identifiers
that an application defines and registers with the system atom table; these can
be used in any application. Values above $FFFF ($00010000 through $FFFFFFFF)
are reserved for future use; applications must not use messages in this range.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1.5.3. Semaphore Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A semaphore message provides a way of signaling, through the message queue, the
end of an event.  An application uses a semaphore message the same way it uses
system semaphore functions-to coordinate events by passing signals.  A
semaphore message often is used in conjunction with system semaphores.

There are four semaphore messages:

      WM_SEM1
      WM_SEM2
      WM_SEM3
      WM_SEM4.

 An application posts one of these messages to signal the end of a given event.
 The window that is waiting for the given event receives the semaphore message
 when the message loop retrieves and dispatches the message.

 Each semaphore message includes a bit flag that an application can use to
 uniquely identify the 32 possible semaphores for each semaphore message.  The
 application passes the bit flag (with the appropriate bit set) as a message
 parameter with the message.  The window procedure that receives the message
 then uses the bit flag to identify the semaphore.

 To save space, the system does not store semaphore messages in the message
 queue.  Instead, it sets a record in the queue, indicating that the semaphore
 message has been received, and then combines the bit flag for the message with
 the bit flags from previous messages.  When the window procedure eventually
 receives the message, the bit flag specifies each semaphore message posted
 since the last message was retrieved.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1.6. Message Priorities ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The WinGetMsg function retrieves messages from the message queue based on
message priority.  WinGetMsg retrieves messages with higher priority first.  If
it finds more than one message at a particular priority level, it retrieves the
oldest message first.  Messages have the following priorities:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéPriority       ΓöéMessage                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé1              ΓöéWM_SEM1                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé2              ΓöéMessages posted using WinPostMsg             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé3              ΓöéInput messages from the keyboard or mouse    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé4              ΓöéWM_SEM2                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé5              ΓöéWM_PAINT                                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé6              ΓöéWM_SEM3                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé7              ΓöéWM_TIMER                                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé8              ΓöéWM_SEM4                                      Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.1.7. Message Filtering ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can choose specific messages to retrieve from the message queue
(and ignore other messages) by specifying a message filter with the WinGetMsg
or WinPeekMsg functions.  The message filter is a range of message identifiers
(specified by a first and last identifier), a window handle, or both.  The
WinGetMsg and WinPeekMsg functions use the message filter to select the
messages to retrieve from the queue.  Message filtering is useful if an
application needs to search ahead in the message queue for messages that have a
lower priority or that arrived in the queue later than other less important
messages.

Any application that filters messages must ensure that a message satisfying the
message filter can be posted.  For example, filtering for a WM_CHAR message in
a window that does not receive keyboard input prevents the WinGetMsg function
from returning.  Some messages, such as WM_COMMAND, are generated from other
messages; filtering for them also can prevent WinGetMsg from returning.

To filter for mouse, button, and DDE messages, an application can use the
following constants:

      WM_MOUSEFIRST and WM_MOUSELAST
      WM_BUTTONCLICKFIRST and WM_BUTTONCLICKLAST
      WM_DDE_FIRST and WM_DDE_LAST.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.2. Using Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section explains how to perform the following tasks:

     Create a message queue and message loop
     Examine the message queue
     Post and send messages between windows
     Broadcast a message to multiple windows
     Use message macros


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.2.1. Creating a Message Queue and Message Loop ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application needs a message queue and message loop to process messages for
its windows.  An application creates a message queue by using the
WinCreateMsgQueue function.  An application creates a message loop by using the
WinGetMsg and WinDispatchMsg functions.  The application must create and show
at least one window after creating the queue but before starting the message
loop. The following code fragment shows how to create a message queue and
message loop:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Hab : HAB; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Var
  Hmq                   : HMQ;   (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Qmsg                  : QMSG;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndFrame, HwndClient : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  FlFrameFlags          : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  FlFrameFlags := FCF_TITLEBAR      Or FCF_SYSMENU Or
                  FCF_SIZEBORDER    Or FCF_MINMAX  Or
                  FCF_SHELLPOSITION Or FCF_TASKLIST;

                              (* Initialize the application for
                                 Presentation Manager interface.      *)

  hab = WinInitialize(0);

                              (* Create the application
                                 message queue.                 *)
  hmq = WinCreateMsgQueue(hab, 0);

                              (* Register the window class for your
                                 client window.                 *)
  WinRegisterClass(hab,                  (* Anchor block handle         *)
                   'MyClientClass',      (* Class name                  *)
                   ClientWndProc,        (* Window procedure            *)
                   CS_SIZEREDRAW,        (* Class style                 *)
                   0);                   (* Extra bytes to reserve      *)

                                         (* Create a main window.       *)
  hwndFrame := WinCreateStdWindow(
                  HWND_DESKTOP,          (* Parent window handle        *)
                  WS_VISIBLE,            (* Style of frame window       *)
                  &flFrameFlags,         (* Frame controls              *)
                  'MyClientClass',       (* Window class for client     *)
                  nil,                   (* No title-bar text           *)
                  WS_VISIBLE,            (* Style of client window      *)
                  nil,                   (* Module handle for resources *)
                  0,                     (* No resource identIfier      *)
                  &hwndClient);          (* Pointer to client handle    *)

                                         (* Start the message loop.     *)
  While (WinGetMsg(hab, &qmsg, nil, 0, 0)<>0) Do
    WinDispatchMsg(hab, &qmsg);

                                         (*. Destroy the main window.   *)
  WinDestroyWindow(hwndFrame);

                                         (* Destroy the message queue.  *)
  WinDestroyMsgQueue(hmq);

                                         (* Terminate the application.  *)
  WinTerminate(hab);

End.

Both the WinGetMsg and WinDispatchMsg functions take a pointer to a QMSG
structure as a parameter.  If a message is available, WinGetMsg copies it to
the QMSG structure; WinDispatchMsg then uses the data in the structure as
arguments for the window procedure.

Occasionally, an application might need to process a message before dispatching
it.  For example, if a message is posted but the destination window is not
specified (that is, the message contains a NULL window handle), the application
must process the message to determine which window should receive the message.
Then the WinDispatchMsg function can forward the message to the proper window.
The following code fragment shows how the message loop can process messages
that have NULL window handles:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Hab  : HAB;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Qmsg : QMSG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  While (WinGetMsg (hab, &qmsg, nil, 0, 0)<>0) Do
    If (qmsg.hwnd = nil) Then Begin
      .
      . (* Process the message. *)
      .
    End
    Else
      WinDispatchMsg (hab, &qmsg);
  End;
End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.2.2. Examining the Message Queue ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can examine the contents of the message queue by using the
WinPeekMsg or WinQueryQueueStatus function.  It is useful to examine the queue
if the application starts a lengthy operation that additional user input might
affect, or if the application needs to look ahead in the queue to anticipate a
response to user input.

An application can use WinPeekMsg to check for specific messages in the message
queue.  This function is useful for extracting messages for a specific window
from the queue.  It returns immediately if there is no message in the queue.
An application can use WinPeekMsg in a loop without requiring the loop to wait
for a message to arrive.  The following code fragment checks the queue for
WM_CHAR messages:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Hab  : HAB;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Qmsg : QMSG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  If (WinPeekMsg(hab, &qmsg, nil, WM_CHAR,
      WM_CHAR, PM_NOREMOVE)) Then Begin
    .
    . (* Process the message. *)
    .
  End;

An application also can use the WinQueryQueueStatus function to check for
messages in the queue.  This function is very fast and returns information
about the kinds of messages available in the queue and which messages have been
posted recently.  Most applications use this function in message loops that
need to be as fast as possible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.2.3. Posting a Message to a Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can use the WinPostMsg function to post a message to a window.
The message goes to the window's message queue.  The following code fragment
posts the WM_QUIT message.

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Hwnd : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  If (!WinPostMsg(hwnd, WM_QUIT, nil, nil)) Then Begin

    (* Message was not posted. *)
  End;

The WinPostMsg function returns FALSE if the queue is full, and the message
cannot be posted.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.2.4. Sending a Message to a Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can use the WinSendMsg function to send a message directly to a
window.  An application uses this function to send messages to child windows.
For example, the following code fragment sends an LM_INSERTITEM message to
direct a list-box control to add an item to the end of its list:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var HwndListBox : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
Const szWeekday : Array[0..9] of CHAR = 'Tuesday';

Begin

  WinSendMsg(hwndListBox,
             LM_INSERTITEM,
             LIT_END,
             MPFROMP(szWeekday));

WinSendMsg calls the window's window procedure and waits for it to handle the
message and return a result.  An application can send a message to any window
in the system, as long as the application has the handle of the target window.
The message queue does not store the message; however, the thread making the
call must have a message queue.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.2.5. Broadcasting a Message ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can send a message to multiple windows by using the
WinBroadcastMsg function.  Often this function is used to broadcast the
WM_SYSVALUECHANGED message after an application changes a system value.  The
following code fragment shows how to broadcast this message to all frame
windows in all applications:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Hwnd : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  WinBroadcastMsg(
      hwnd,                                (* Window handle         *)
      WM_SYSVALUECHANGED,                  (* Message identIfier    *)
      nil,                                 (* No message parameters *)
      nil,
      BMSG_FRAMEONLY Or BMSG_POSTQUEUE);   (* All frame windows     *)

An application can broadcast messages to all windows, just frame windows, or
just the windows in the application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 4.2.6. Using Message Macros ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The system header files define several macros that help create and interpret
message parameters.

One set of macros helps you construct message parameters.  These macros are
useful for sending and posting messages.  For example, the following code
fragment uses the MPFROMSHORT macro to convert a 16-bit integer into the 32-bit
message parameter:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndButton : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  WinSendMsg(hwndButton, BM_SETCHECK, MPFROMSHORT(1), nil);

End.

A second set of macros helps you extract values from a message parameter.
These macros are useful for handling messages in a window procedure.  The
following code fragment determines whether the window receiving the
WM_FOCUSCHANGE message is gaining or losing the keyboard focus.  The fragment
uses the SHORT1FROMMP macro to extract the focus-change flag, the SHORT2FROMMP
macro to extract the focus flag, and the HWNDFROMMP macro to extract the window
handle.

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  FsFocusChange : USHORT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Mp1, Mp2      : MPARAM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndGainFocus : HWND;   (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  WM_FOCUSCHANGE:
    fsFocusChange := SHORT2FROMMP(mp2);    (* Gets focus-change flags  *)
    If (SHORT1FROMMP(mp2)<>0)              (* Gaining or losing focus? *)
      hwndGainFocus := HWNDFROMMP(mp1);
End.

A third set of macros helps you construct a message result.  These macros are
useful for returning message results in a window procedure, as the following
code fragment illustrates:

    Halt (MRFROM2SHORT(1, 2));


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5. Multiple-Line Entry Field Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A multiple-line entry (MLE) field is a sophisticated control window that
enables a user to view and edit multiple lines of text. This chapter describes
how to create and use multiple-line entry field controls in PM applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1. About Multiple-Line Entry Field Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An MLE field control gives an application the text-editing capabilities of a
simple text editor. The application can create a multiple-line entry field by
using WinCreateWindow or by specifying the MLE statement in a dialog-window
template in a resource-definition file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.1. MLE Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The style of an MLE field control determines how the MLE field appears and
behaves. An application can specify a combination of the following styles for
an MLE field:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéStyle Name          ΓöéDescription                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéMLS_BORDER          ΓöéDraws a border around the MLE field.    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéMLS_DISABLEUNDO     ΓöéDirects the MLE control not to allow    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéundo actions.                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéMLS_HSCROLL         ΓöéAdds a horizontal scroll bar to the MLE Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéfield. The MLE control enables this     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéscroll bar whenever any line exceeds theΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéwidth of the MLE field.                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéMLS_IGNORETAB       ΓöéDirects the MLE control to ignore the   Γöé
Γöé                    ΓöéTab key. It passes the appropriate      Γöé
Γöé                    ΓöéWM_CHAR to its owner window.            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéMLS_LIMITVSCROLL    ΓöéDisplays the last MLE line at the bottomΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéof the screen page. When this style is  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöénot used, the MLE control shows an emptyΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéspace between the last MLE line and the Γöé
Γöé                    Γöébottom of the screen page.              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéMLS_READONLY        ΓöéPrevents the MLE field from accepting   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöétext from the user. This style is usefulΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéfor displaying lengthy static text in a Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéclient or dialog window.                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéMLS_VSCROLL         ΓöéAdds a vertical scroll bar to the MLE   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéfield. The MLE control enables this     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéscroll bar whenever the number of lines Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéexceeds the height of the MLE field.    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéMLS_WORDWRAP        ΓöéAutomatically breaks lines that are     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöélonger than the width of the MLE field. Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.2. MLE Notification Codes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An MLE field control sends WM_CONTROL messages containing notification codes to
its owner whenever certain events occur, for example, when the user or
application tries to insert too much text, or when the user uses the scroll
bars. The owner window uses the notification codes either to carry out custom
operations for the MLE field or to respond to errors.

The MLE field control sends the MLN_HSCROLL or MLN_VSCROLL notification codes
when the user enables the scroll bars so that the application can monitor the
visible contents of the MLE field. The application also can monitor the
contents of an MLE field by using the MLM_QUERYFIRSTCHAR message, which
specifies the offset of the character in the upper-left corner of the MLE
field. This represents the first MLE character that is visible to the user. To
provide an alternative way of scrolling the contents of an MLE field, an
application can move the character at the specified offset to the upper-left
corner of an MLE field using the MLM_SETFIRSTCHAR message.

The MLE field control sends an MLN_CHANGE notification code when the user
changes the text in some way. This notification code is especially useful when
the MLE field is in a dialog window, because the dialog procedure can use this
code to determine whether it should process the contents of the MLE field. If
an application does not process MLN_CHANGE notification codes, it can use the
MLM_QUERYCHANGED message to determine whether the user has made changes to the
MLE text. The MLM_SETCHANGED message makes the MLE field control send an
MLN_CHANGE notification code with every event that occurs in the MLE field,
regardless of whether the user has changed anything. This code also can be used
to hide a change made by a user.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.3. MLE Text Editing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An MLE field contains one or more lines of text. Each line consists of one or
more characters and ends with one or more characters that represent the end of
the line. The end-of-line characters are determined by the format of the text.

The user can type text in an MLE field when the MLE field has the focus. The
application can insert text at any time by using the MLM_INSERT message and
specifying the text as a null-terminated string. The MLE field control inserts
the text at the cursor position or replaces the selected text.

The MLE field control entry mode, insert or overstrike, determines what happens
when the user inserts text. The user sets the entry mode by pressing the Insert
key. The entry mode alternates each time the user presses Insert. When
overstrike mode is enabled, at least one character is selected. This means that
the MLM_INSERT message always replaces at least one character. If insert mode
is enabled, the MLM_INSERT message replaces only those characters the user or
application has selected. Otherwise, the MLE field makes room for the inserted
characters by moving existing characters to the right, starting at the cursor
position.

The cursor position, identified by a blinking bar, is specified as a character
offset relative to the beginning of the text. The user can set the cursor
position by using the mouse or Arrow keys to move the blinking bar. An
application can set the cursor position by using the MLM_SETSEL message, which
directs the MLE field control to move the blinking bar to a given character
position. The MLM_SETSEL message also can set the selection.

The selection is one or more characters of text on which the MLE field control
carries out an operation, such as deleting or copying. The user selects text by
pressing the Shift key while moving the cursor or by pressing mouse button 1
while moving the mouse. The user also can select a word in a block of text by
double-clicking on the word. An application selects text by using the
MLM_SETSEL message to specify the cursor position and the anchor point. The
selection is all the text between the cursor position and the anchor point. If
the cursor position and anchor point are equal, there is no selection. An
application can retrieve the cursor position, anchor point, or both, by using
the MLM_QUERYSEL message.

The user can delete characters, one at a time, by pressing the Delete key or
the Backspace key. Pressing the Delete key deletes the character to the right
of the cursor; pressing the Backspace key deletes the character to the left of
the cursor and changes the cursor position. An application can delete one or
more characters by using the MLM_DELETE message, which directs the MLE field
control to delete a specified number of characters, starting at the given
position. This message does not change the cursor position. An application can
delete selected text by using the MLM_CLEAR message.

An application can reverse the previous operation by using the MLM_UNDO
message, which restores the MLE field to its previous state. This is a quick
way to fix editing mistakes. However, not all operations can be undone.

The application determines whether the previous operation can be undone by
using the MLM_QUERYUNDO message, which returns TRUE and indicates the type of
operation that can be undone. Using the MLM_RESETUNDO message, an application
can prevent a subsequent MLM_UNDO message from changing the state of an MLE
field.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.4. MLE Text Formatting ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can retrieve the number of lines of text in an MLE field by
using the MLM_QUERYLINECOUNT message and can retrieve the number of characters
in the MLE field by using the MLM_QUERYTEXTLENGTH message. The amount of text
and, subsequently, the number of lines to be entered in an MLE field depend on
the text limit. An application sets the text limit by using the
MLM_SETTEXTLIMIT message and determines the current limit by using the
MLM_QUERYTEXTLIMIT message. The user cannot set the text limit.  If the user
types to the text limit, the MLE field control beeps and ignores any subsequent
keystrokes. If the application attempts to add text beyond the limit, the MLE
field control truncates the text.

An application can control the length of each line in an MLE field by enabling
word wrapping. When word wrapping is enabled, the MLE field control
automatically breaks any line that is longer than the width of the MLE field.
An application can set word wrapping by using the MLM_SETWRAP message, and it
can determine whether the MLE field control is wrapping text by using the
MLM_QUERYWRAP message. Word wrapping is disabled by default unless the
application specifies the MLS_WORDWRAP style when creating the MLE field
control.

An application can set tab stops for an MLE control by using the MLM_SETTABSTOP
message. Tab stops specify the maximum width of a tab character. When the user
or an application inserts a tab character, the MLE field control expands the
character so that it fills the space between the cursor position and the next
tab stop. The MLM_SETTABSTOP message sets the distance (in pels) between tab
stops, and the MLE field control provides as many tab stops as necessary, no
matter how long the line gets. An application can retrieve the distance between
tab stops using the MLM_QUERYTABSTOP message.

An application can use the MLM_SETFORMATRECT message to set the format
rectangle (MLE field). The format rectangle is used to set the horizontal and
vertical limits for text. The MLE control sends a notification message to the
parent window of the MLE field if text exceeds either of those limits. An
application typically uses the format rectangle to provide its own word
wrapping or other special text processing. An application can retrieve the
current format rectangle by using the MLM_QUERYFORMATRECT message.

An application can prevent the user's editing of the MLE field by setting the
MLS_READONLY style in WinCreateWindow or in the MLE statement in the
resource-definition file. The application also can set and query the read-only
state by using the MLM_SETREADONLY and MLM_QUERYREADONLY messages,
respectively.

An application can set the colors and font for an MLE field by using the
MLM_SETTEXTCOLOR, MLM_SETBACKCOLOR, and MLM_SETFONT messages. These messages
affect all text in the MLE field. An MLE field cannot contain a mixture of
fonts and colors. An application can retrieve the current values for the colors
and font by using the MLM_QUERYTEXTCOLOR, MLM_QUERYBACKCOLOR, and MLM_QUERYFONT
messages.

To prevent scrolling within the MLE when the MLS_READONLY style bit is set, use
the MLM_DISABLEREFRESH message. The keyboard and mouse input can be enabled
using the MLM_ENABLEREFRESH message.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.5. MLE Text Import and Export Operations ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can copy text to and from an MLE field by importing and
exporting. To import text to an MLE field, an application can use the
MLM_IMPORT message, which copies text from a buffer to the MLE field. To export
text from an MLE field, the application can use the MLM_EXPORT message, which
copies text from the MLE field to a buffer. The application uses the
MLM_SETIMPORTEXPORT message to set the import and export buffers.

An application can import and export text in a variety of formats. A text
format, set with the MLM_FORMAT message, identifies which characters are used
for the end-of-line characters. An MLE field can have the following text
formats:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéFormat Name         ΓöéDescription                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéMLFIE_CFTEXT        ΓöéExported lines end with a carriage      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéreturn/newline character pair (0x0D,    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé0x0A). Imported lines must end with a   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöénewline character, carriage             Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéreturn/newline character pair, or       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöénewline/carriage return character pair. Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéMLFIE_NOTRANS       ΓöéImported and exported lines end with a  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöénewline character (0x0A).               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéMLFIE_WINFMT        ΓöéFor exported lines, the carriage        Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéreturn/newline character pair marks a   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéhard linebreak (a break entered by the  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéuser). Two carriage-return characters   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéand a newline character (0x0D, 0x0D,    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöé0x0A) mark a soft linebreak (a break    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéinserted during word wrapping and not   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéentered by the user). For imported      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöélines, the extra carriage-return in softΓöé
Γöé                    Γöélinebreak characters is ignored.        Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

The text format can affect the number of characters in a selection. To ensure
that the export buffer is large enough to hold exported text, an application
can send the MLM_QUERYFORMATLINELENGTH message. The application can send the
MLM_QUERYFORMATTEXTLENGTH message to determine the number of bytes in the text
to be exported.

Each time an application inserts text in an MLE field, the MLE field control
automatically refreshes (repaints) the display by drawing the new text. When an
application copies large amounts of text to an MLE field, refreshing can be
quite time-consuming, so the application should disable the refresh state. The
application disables the refresh state by sending the MLM_DISABLEREFRESH
message. After copying all the text, the application can restore the refresh
state by sending the MLM_ENABLEREFRESH message.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.6. MLE Cut, Copy, and Paste Operations ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The user can cut, copy, and paste text in an MLE field by using the
Shift+Delete, Ctrl+Insert, and Shift+Insert key combinations, respectively. An
application-either by itself or in response to the user-can cut, copy, and
paste text by using the MLM_CUT, MLM_COPY, and MLM_PASTE messages. The MLM_CUT
and MLM_COPY messages copy the selected text to the clipboard. The MLM_CUT
message also deletes the text from the MLE field; MLM_COPY does not. The
MLM_PASTE message copies the text from the clipboard to the current position in
the MLE field, replacing any existing text with the copied text. An application
can delete the selected text without copying it to the clipboard by using the
MLM_CLEAR message.

An application also can copy the selected text from an MLE field to a buffer by
using the MLM_QUERYSELTEXT message. This message does not affect the contents
of the clipboard.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.7. MLE Search and Replace Operations ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can search for a specified string within MLE field text by using
the MLM_SEARCH message, which searches for the string. The MLE field control
returns TRUE if the string is found. The cursor does not move to the string
unless the message specifies the MLFSEARCH_SELECTMATCH option.

An application also can use the MLM_SEARCH message to replace one string with
another. If the message specifies the MLFSEARCH_CHANGEALL option, the MLE field
control replaces all occurrences of the search string with the replacement
string. Both the search string and the replacement string must be specified in
an MLE_SEARCHDATA data structure passed with the message.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.1.8. MLE Colors ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

For version 3, or lower, of the OS/2 operating system, MLE supports indexed
(solid) colors only; it does not support dithered (RGB) colors.

For versions, higher than version 3, of the OS/2 operating system, MLE supports
RGB colors. Indexed colors are changed to the closest RGB color representation.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2. Using Multiple-Line Entry Field Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section explains how to create an MLE field control by using
WinCreateWindow and by specifying the MLE statement in a dialog template in a
resource-definition file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.1. Creating an MLE ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following sample code fragment shows how to create an MLE by using
WinCreateWindow:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Const MLE_WINDOW_ID = 2;

Var
  HwndParent : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndMLE    : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  hwndMLE := WinCreateWindow(
                hwndParent,    (* Parent window     *)
                WC_MLE,        (* Window class      *)
                'Test',        (* Initial text      *)

                WS_VISIBLE Or  (* Window style      *)
                MLS_BORDER,    (* Window style      *)
                100, 100,      (* x and y positions *)
                100, 100,      (* Width and height  *)
                hwndParent,    (* Owner window      *)
                HWND_TOP,      (* Top of z-order    *)
                MLE_WINDOW_ID, (* IdentIfier        *)
                nil,          (* Control data      *)
                nil);         (* Presparam         *)
End.

It also is common to create an MLE field control by using an MLE statement in a
dialog-window template in a resource file, as shown in the following code
fragment:

MLE  "",
     IDD_MLETEXT,
     110, 10, 50, 100,
     WS_VISIBLE &vbar.
     MLS_BORDER &vbar.
     MLS_WORDWRAP

The predefined class for an MLE control is WC_MLE. If you do not specify a
style for the MLE control, the default styles used are MLS_BORDER, WS_GROUP,
and WS_TABSTOP.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.2. Importing and Exporting MLE Text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Importing and exporting MLE text takes place through a buffer. An import
operation copies text from the buffer to the MLE field; an export operation
copies text from the MLE to the buffer. Before an application can import or
export MLE text, it must send an MLM_SETIMPORTEXPORT message to the MLE field
control, specifying the address and size of the buffer.

For version 3, or lower, of the OS/2 operating system the maximum size of
import/export buffer is 64K. Once the data is into the buffer, the data is
manipulated (verified for carriage returns, line feeds and so forth), and is
finally placed in the MLE's memory.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.2.1. Importing MLE Text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To import text, an application sends the MLM_IMPORT message to the MLE field
control. This message requires two parameters: plOffset and cbCopy. The
plOffset parameter is a pointer to a variable that specifies the position in
the MLE field where the text from the buffer is to be placed. The position is
an offset from the beginning of the MLE text, that is, the number of characters
from the beginning of the MLE text. If plOffset points to a variable that
equals -1, the MLE field control places the text starting at the current cursor
position. On return, this variable contains the offset to the first character
beyond the imported text. The cbCopy parameter of the MLM_IMPORT message points
to a variable that specifies the number of bytes to import.

The following criterias apply when importing MLE text:

     If the text ends by a line feed (LF), the import logic generates a blank
      line.

     If the text ends by a carriage return (CR), MLE prevents a line break
      (LB) but flags the condition.

     If the plOffset field points to the current cursor position (-1) and the
      import text contains a LF:

        -  If the MLE text is imported before the text being edited, then the
           cursor does not move and the text being edited is shifted down to
           make room for the text being imported.

        -  If the MLE text is imported after the text being edited, then the
           cursor does not move and the text being imported is inserted
           starting at the current cursor position.

     If the plOffset field points to the current cursor position (-1) and the
      import text does not contain a LF:

        -  If the MLE text is imported before the text being edited, then the
           cursor does not move and the text being edited is shifted to the
           right to make room for the text being imported.

        -  If the MLE text is imported after the text being edited, then the
           cursor does not move and the text being imported is inserted
           starting at the current cursor position.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.2.2. Exporting MLE Text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Before using the MLM_EXPORT message the number of characters to export needs to
be determined. The MLM_QUERYFORMATTEXTLENGTH message is used to determine the
number of characters to be copied from the MLE to the buffer (including LF and
CR) and to allocate the room in the buffer. MLM_EXPORT is then used to export
the MLE text into the buffer.

Note:  The MLM_QUERYTEXTLENGTH message does not consider the CR and LF
       characters as the MLM_QUERYFORMATTEXTLENGTH message does.

 The following code fragment reads text from a file to a buffer, then imports
 the text to an MLE field:

  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    HwndMle       : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    SzMleBuf : Array[0..511] of CHAR;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    LOffset       : IPT;   (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    PszTextFile   : PSZ;   (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    Hf            : HFILE; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    CbCopied      : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    UlAction      : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    CbBytesRead   : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    LOffset := 0;

    (* Obtain a file name from the user *)

    (* Open the file *)
    DosOpen(pszTextFile,
            &hf,
            &ulAction,
            0,
            FILE_NORMAL,
            FILE_OPEN Or
            FILE_CREATE,
            OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY Or
            OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE,
            nil);

    (* Zero-fill the buffer using memset, a C run-time function *)
    memset(szMleBuf, 0, sizeof(szMleBuf));

    (* Set the MLE import-export buffer *)
    WinSendMsg(hwndMle,
              MLM_SETIMPORTEXPORT,
              MPFROMP(szMleBuf),
              MPFROMSHORT( sizeof(szMleBuf)));

    (**********************************************************************)
    (*  Read the text from the file to the buffer,                        *)
    (*  then import it to the MLE.                                        *)
    (**********************************************************************)

    Repeat
      DosRead(hf,
              szMleBuf,
              sizeof(szMleBuf),
              &cbBytesRead);

      cbCopied := WinSendMsg(hwndMle,
                             MLM_IMPORT,
                             MPFROMP( &lOffset),
                             MPFROMP(&cbBytesRead));
    Until cbCopied=0;

    (* Close the file *)
    DosClose(hf);
  End.
 To export MLE text, an application sends the MLM_EXPORT message to the MLE
 control. Like MLM_IMPORT, the MLM_EXPORT message takes the plOffset and cbCopy
 parameters. The plOffset parameter is a pointer to a variable that specifies
 the offset to the first character to export. A value of -1 specifies the
 current cursor position. On return, the variable contains the offset to the
 first character in the MLE field not copied to the buffer. The cbCopy
 parameter is a pointer to a variable that specifies the number of bytes to
 export. On return, this variable equals 0 if the number of characters actually
 copied does not exceed the number specified to be copied. The following code
 fragment shows how to export text from an MLE field, then store the text in a
 file:

  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    HwndMle        : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    SzMleBuf : Array[0..511] of CHAR;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    LOffset        : IPT;   (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    PszTextFile    : PSZ;   (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    Hf             : HFILE; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    CbCopied       : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    UlAction       : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    CbBytesWritten : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    CbCopy         : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    LOffset := 0;

    (* Zero-fill the buffer using memset, a C run-time function *)
    FilChar(szMleBuf, sizeof(szMleBuf),0);

    (* Set the MLE import-export buffer *)
    WinSendMsg(hwndMle,
               MLM_SETIMPORTEXPORT,
               MPFROMP(szMleBuf),
               MPFROMSHORT (sizeof(szMleBuf)));

        .
        .
        .

        (* Obtain a filename from the user *)
        .
        .
        .

    (* Open the file *)
    DosOpen(pszTextFile,
            &hf,
            &ulAction,
            0,
            FILE_NORMAL,
            FILE_OPEN Or
            FILE_CREATE,
            OPEN_ACCESS_WRITEONLY Or
            OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE,
            nil);

    (* Find out how much text is in the MLE *)
    cbCopy := WinSendMsg(hwndMle,
                         MLM_QUERYFORMATTEXTLENGTH,
                         MPFROMLONG(lOffset),
                         MPFROMLONG((-1)));

    (* Copy the MLE text to the buffer *)
    cbCopied := WinSendMsg(hwndMle,
                           MLM_EXPORT,
                           MPFROMP(&lOffset),
                           MPFROMP(&cbCopy));

    (* Write the contents of the buffer to the file *)
    DosWrite(hf,
             szMleBuf,
             sizeof(szMleBuf),
             &cbBytesWritten);

    (* Close the file *)
    DosClose(hf);

  End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 5.2.3. Searching MLE Text ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application uses the MLM_SEARCH message and the MLE_SEARCHDATA data
structure to search for strings in MLE text. The first parameter of the
MLM_SEARCH message is an array of flags that specify the style of the search.
The application can set the MLFSEARCH_CASESENSITIVE flag if a case-sensitive
search is required. If the application sets the MLFSEARCH_SELECTMATCH flag, the
MLE field control highlights a matching string and, if necessary, scrolls the
string into view. An application can use the MLFSEARCH_CHANGEALL flag to
replace every occurrence of the string with the string specified in the
pchReplace member of the MLE_SEARCHDATA data structure.

The second parameter of the MLM_SEARCH message is a pointer to an
MLE_SEARCHDATA data structure that contains information required to perform the
search operation. This data structure includes a pointer to the string and, if
the MLFSEARCH_CHANGEALL flag is set in the MLM_SEARCH message, a pointer to the
replacement string. The iptStart and iptStop members specify the starting and
ending positions of the search. These positions are specified as offsets from
the beginning of the MLE field. A value of -1 in the iptStart member causes the
search to start at the current cursor position. A negative value in the iptStop
member causes the search to end at the end of the MLE field. If a matching
string is found, the MLE field control returns the length of the string in the
cchFound member.

The following code fragment uses an entry field to obtain a search string from
the user, then searches an MLE field for an occurrence of the string. The
search begins at the current cursor position and ends at the end of the MLE
text. When the MLFSEARCH_SELECTMATCH flag is specified, the MLE field control
highlights a matching string and scrolls it into view.

The following code fragment shows how to search MLE text:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Const IDD_SEARCHFIELD  = 101;

Var
  Hwnd         : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndEntryFld : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndMle      : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  mlesrch      : MLE_SEARCHDATA;
  SzSearchString : Array[0..63] of CHAR; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  (* Obtain the handle of the entry field containing the search string *)
  hwndEntryFld := WinWindowFromID(hwnd, IDD_SEARCHFIELD);

  (* Obtain the search string from the entry field *)
  WinQueryWindowText(hwndEntryFld,
                     sizeof(szSearchString),
                     szSearchString);

  (* Fill the MLE_SEARCHDATA data structure                          *)
  mlesrch.cb         := sizeof(mlesrch);  (* Structure size           *)
  mlesrch.pchFind    := szSearchString;   (* Search string            *)
  mlesrch.pchReplace := nil;             (* No replacement string    *)
  mlesrch.cchFind    := 0;                (* Not used                 *)
  mlesrch.cchReplace := 0;                (* Not used                 *)
  mlesrch.iptStart   := -1;               (* Start at cursor position *)
  mlesrch.iptStop    := -1;               (* Stop at end of file      *)

  (* Start the search operation *)
  WinSendMsg(hwndMle,
             MLM_SEARCH,
             MPFROMLONG(MLFSEARCH_SELECTMATCH),
             MPFROMP(&mlesrch));
End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6. Mouse and Keyboard Input ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An OS/2 Presentation Manager application can accept input from both a mouse (or
other pointing device) and the keyboard.  This chapter explains how these input
events should be received and processed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1. About Mouse and Keyboard Input ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Only one window at a time can receive keyboard input, and only one window at a
time can receive mouse input; but they do not have to be the same window.  All
keyboard input goes to the window with the input focus, and, normally, all
mouse input goes to the window under the mouse pointer.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.1. System Message Queue ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The operating system routes all keystrokes and mouse input to the system
message queue, converting these input events into messages, and posts them, one
at a time, to the proper application-defined message queues.  An application
retrieves messages from its queue and dispatches them to the appropriate window
procedures, which process the messages.

Mouse and keyboard input events in the system message queue are strictly
ordered so that a new event cannot be processed until all previous events are
fully processed: the system cannot determine the destination window of an input
event until then.  For example, if a user types a command in one window, clicks
the mouse to activate another window, then types a command in the second
window, the destination of the second command depends on how the application
handles the mouse click.  The second command would go to the second window only
if that window became active as a result of the mouse click.

It is important for an application to process all messages quickly to avoid
slowing user interaction with the system.  A message must be responded to
immediately in the current thread, but the processing it initiates should be
done asynchronously in another thread that has no windows in the desktop tree.

The OS/2 operating system can display multiple windows belonging to several
applications at the same time.  To manage input among these windows, the system
uses the concepts of window activation and keyboard focus.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.2. Window Activation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Although the operating system can display windows from many different
applications simultaneously during a PM session, the user can interact with
only one application at a time-the active application.  The other applications
continue to run, but they cannot receive user input until they become active.

To enable the user to easily identify the active application, the system
activates all frames in the tree between HWND_DESKTOP and the window with input
focus.  That is, the system positions the active frame window above all other
top-level windows on the screen.  If the active window is a standard frame
window, the window's title bar and sizing border are highlighted.

The user can control which application is active by clicking on a window or by
pressing the Alt+Tab or Alt+Esc key combinations.  An application can set the
active frame window by calling WinSetActiveWindow; it also can obtain the
handle of the active frame window by using WinQueryActiveWindow.

When one window is deactivated and another activated, the system sends a
WM_ACTIVATE message, first to the window being deactivated, then to the window
being activated.  The fActive parameter of the WM_ACTIVATE message is set to
FALSE for the window being deactivated and set to TRUE for the window being
activated.  An application can use this message to track the activation state
of a client window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.3. Keyboard Focus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The keyboard focus is a temporary attribute of a window; the window that has
the keyboard focus receives all keyboard input until the focus changes to a
different window.  The system converts keyboard input events into WM_CHAR
messages and posts them to the message queue of the window that has the
keyboard focus.

An application can set the keyboard focus to a particular window by calling
WinSetFocus.  If the application does not use WinSetFocus to explicitly set the
keyboard-focus window, the system sets the focus to the active frame window.

The following events occur when an application uses WinSetFocus to shift the
keyboard focus from one window (the original window) to another (the new
window):

   1. The system sends the original window a WM_SETFOCUS message (with the
      fFocus parameter set to FALSE), indicating that that window has lost the
      keyboard focus.

   2. The system then sends the original window a WM_SETSELECTION message,
      indicating that the window should remove the highlight from the current
      selection.

   3. If the original (frame) window is being deactivated, the system sends it
      a WM_ACTIVATE message (with the fActive parameter set to FALSE),
      indicating that the window is no longer active.

   4. The system then sends the new application a WM_ACTIVATE message (with
      fActive set to TRUE), indicating that the new application is now active.

   5. If the new (main) window is being activated, the system sends it a
      WM_ACTIVATE message (with fActive set to TRUE), indicating that the main
      window is now active.

   6. The system sends the new window a WM_SETSELECTION message, indicating
      that the window should highlight the current selection.

   7. Finally, the system sends the new window a WM_SETFOCUS message (with
      fFocus set to TRUE), indicating that the new window has the keyboard
      focus.

 If, while processing a WM_SETFOCUS message, an application calls
 WinQueryActiveWindow, that function returns the handle of the
 previously-active window until the application establishes a new active
 window.  Similarly, if the application, while processing WM_SETFOCUS, calls
 WinQueryFocus, that function returns the handle of the previous keyboard-focus
 window until the application establishes a new keyboard-focus window.  In
 other words, even though the system has sent WM_ACTIVATE and WM_SETFOCUS
 messages (with the fActive and fFocus parameters set to FALSE) to the previous
 windows, those windows are considered the active and focus windows until the
 system establishes new active and focus windows.

 If the application calls WinSetFocus while processing a WM_ACTIVATE message,
 the system does not send a WM_SETFOCUS message (with fFocus set to FALSE),
 because no window has the focus.

 A client window receives a WM_ACTIVATE message when its parent frame window is
 being activated or deactivated.  The activation or deactivation message
 usually is followed by a WM_SETFOCUS message that specifies whether the client
 window is gaining or losing the keyboard focus.  Therefore, if the client
 window needs to change the keyboard focus, it should do so during the
 WM_SETFOCUS message, not during the WM_ACTIVATE message.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.4. Keyboard Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The system sends keyboard input events as WM_CHAR messages to the message queue
of the keyboard-focus window.  If no window has the keyboard focus, the system
posts WM_CHAR messages to the message queue of the active frame window.
Following are two typical situations in which an application receives WM_CHAR
messages:

      An application has a client window or custom control window, either of
      which can have the keyboard focus.  If the window procedure for the
      client or control window does not process WM_CHAR messages, it should
      pass them to WinDefWindowProc, which will pass them to the owner.  Dialog
      control windows, in particular, should pass unprocessed WM_CHAR messages
      to the WinDefDlgProc function, because this is how the user interface
      implements control processing for the Tab and Arrow keys.

      An application window owns a control window whose window procedure can
      handle some, but not all, WM_CHAR messages.  This is common in dialog
      windows.  If the window procedure of a control in a dialog window cannot
      process a WM_CHAR message, the procedure can pass the message to the
      WinDefDlgProc function.  This function sends the message to the control
      window's owner, which usually is a dialog frame window.  The
      application's dialog procedure then receives the WM_CHAR message.  This
      also is the case when an application client window owns a control window.

 A WM_CHAR message can represent a key-down or key-up transition.  It might
 contain a character code, virtual-key code, or scan code.  This message also
 contains information about the state of the Shift, Ctrl, and Alt keys.

 Each time a user presses a key, at least two WM_CHAR messages are generated:
 one when the key is pressed, and one when the key is released.  If the user
 holds down the key long enough to trigger the keyboard repeat, multiple
 WM_CHAR key-down messages are generated.  If the keyboard repeats faster than
 the application can retrieve the input events from its message queue, the
 system combines repeating character events into one WM_CHAR message and
 increments a count byte that indicates the number of keystrokes represented by
 the message.  Generally, this byte is set to 1, but an application should
 check each WM_CHAR message to avoid missing any keystrokes.

 An application can ignore the repeat count.  For example, an application might
 ignore the repeat count on Arrow keys to prevent the cursor from skipping
 characters when the system is slow.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.4.1. Message Flags ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Applications decode WM_CHAR messages by examining individual bits in the flag
word contained in the first message parameter (mp1) that the system passes with
every WM_CHAR message.  The type of flag word indicates the nature of the
message.  The system can set the bits in the flag word in various combinations.
For example, a WM_CHAR message can have the KC_CHAR, KC_SCANCODE, and KC_SHIFT
attribute bits all set at the same time.  An application can use the following
list of flag values to test the flag word and determine the nature of a WM_CHAR
message:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéFlag Name      ΓöéDescription                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_ALT         ΓöéIndicates that the Alt key was down when the Γöé
Γöé               Γöémessage was generated.                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_CHAR        ΓöéIndicates that the message contains a valid  Γöé
Γöé               Γöécharacter code for a key, typically an ASCII Γöé
Γöé               Γöécharacter code.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_COMPOSITE   ΓöéIn combination with the KC_CHAR flag, this   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéflag indicates that the character code is a  Γöé
Γöé               Γöécombination of the key that was pressed and  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthe previous dead key.  This flag is used to Γöé
Γöé               Γöécreate characters with diacritical marks.    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_CTRL        ΓöéIndicates that the Ctrl key was down when theΓöé
Γöé               Γöémessage was generated.                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_DEADKEY     ΓöéIn combination with the KC_CHAR flag, this   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéflag indicates that the character code       Γöé
Γöé               Γöérepresents a dead-key glyph (such as an      Γöé
Γöé               Γöéaccent).  An application displays the        Γöé
Γöé               Γöédead-key glyph and does not advance the      Γöé
Γöé               Γöécursor.  Typically, the next WM_CHAR message Γöé
Γöé               Γöéis a KC_COMPOSITE message, containing the    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéglyph associated with the dead key.          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_INVALIDCHAR ΓöéIndicates that the character is not valid forΓöé
Γöé               Γöéthe current translation tables.              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_INVALIDCOMP ΓöéIndicates that the character code is not     Γöé
Γöé               Γöévalid in combination with the previous dead  Γöé
Γöé               Γöékey.                                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_KEYUP       ΓöéIndicates that the message was generated whenΓöé
Γöé               Γöéthe user released the key. If this flag is   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéclear, the message was generated when the    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéuser pressed the key.  An application can useΓöé
Γöé               Γöéthis flag to determine key-down and key-up   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéevents.                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_LONEKEY     ΓöéIn combination with the KC_KEYUP flag, this  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéflag indicates that the user pressed no otherΓöé
Γöé               Γöékey while this key was down.                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_PREVDOWN    ΓöéIn combination with the KC_VIRTUALKEY flag,  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthis flag indicates that the virtual key was Γöé
Γöé               Γöépressed previously. If this flag is clear,   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthe virtual key was not previously pressed.  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_SCANCODE    ΓöéIndicates that the message contains a valid  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéscan code generated by the keyboard when the Γöé
Γöé               Γöéuser pressed the key. The system uses the    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéscan code to identify the character code in  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthe current code page; therefore, most       Γöé
Γöé               Γöéapplications do not need the scan code unlessΓöé
Γöé               Γöéthey cannot identify the key that the user   Γöé
Γöé               Γöépressed. WM_CHAR messages generated by user  Γöé
Γöé               Γöékeyboard input generally have a valid scan   Γöé
Γöé               Γöécode, but WM_CHAR messages posted to the     Γöé
Γöé               Γöéqueue by other applications might not containΓöé
Γöé               Γöéa scan code.                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_SHIFT       ΓöéIndicates that the Shift key was down when   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthe message was generated.                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_TOGGLE      ΓöéToggles on and off every time the user       Γöé
Γöé               Γöépresses a specified key. This is important   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéfor keys like NumLock, which have an on or   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéoff state.                                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéKC_VIRTUALKEY  ΓöéIndicates that the message contains a valid  Γöé
Γöé               Γöévirtual-key code for a key. Virtual keys     Γöé
Γöé               Γöétypically correspond to function keys.       Γöé
Γöé               ΓöéFor those using hooks, when this bit is set, Γöé
Γöé               ΓöéKC_SCANCODE should usually be set as well.   Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

The mp1 and mp2 parameters of the WM_CHAR message contain information
describing the nature of a keyboard input event, as follows:

     SHORT1FROMMP (mp1) contains the flag word.
     CHAR3FROMMP (mp1) contains the key-repeat count.
     CHAR4FROMMP (mp1) contains the scan code.
     SHORT1FROMMP (mp2) contains the character code.
     SHORT2FROMMP (mp2) contains the virtual key code.

 An application window procedure should return TRUE if it processes a
 particular WM_CHAR message or FALSE if it does not. Typically, applications
 respond to key-down events and ignore key-up events.

 The following sections describe the different types of WM_CHAR messages.
 Generally, an application decodes these messages by creating layers of
 conditional statements that discriminate among the different combinations of
 flag and code attributes that can occur in a keyboard message.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.4.2. Key-Down or Key-Up Events ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Typically, the first attribute that an application checks in a WM_CHAR message
is the key-down or key-up event.  If the KC_KEYUP bit of the flags word is set,
the message is from a key-up event. If the flag is clear, the message is from a
key-down event.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.4.3. Repeat-Count Events ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can check the key-repeat count of a WM_CHAR message to determine
whether the message represents more than 1 keystroke.  The count is greater
than 1 if the keyboard is sending characters to the system queue faster than
the application can retrieve them.  If the system queue fills up, the system
combines consecutive keyboard input events for each key into a single WM_CHAR
message, with the key-repeat count set to the number of combined events.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.4.4. Character Codes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The most typical use of WM_CHAR messages is to extract a character code from
the message and display the character on the screen.  When the KC_CHAR flag is
set in the WM_CHAR message, the low word of mp2 contains a character code based
on the current code page.  Generally, this value is a character code
(typically, an ASCII code) for the key that was pressed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.4.5. Virtual-Key Codes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

WM_CHAR messages often contain virtual-key codes that correspond to various
function keys and direction keys on a typical keyboard.  These keys do not
correspond to any particular glyph code but are used to initiate operations.
When the KC_VIRTUALKEY flag is set in the flag word of a WM_CHAR message, the
high word of mp2 contains a virtual-key code for the key.

Note:  Some keys, such as the Enter key, have both a valid character code and a
       virtual-key code.  WM_CHAR messages for these keys will contain
       character codes for both newline characters (ASCII 11) and virtual-key
       codes (VK_ENTER).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.4.6. Scan Codes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A third possible value in a WM_CHAR message is the scan code of the key that
was pressed.  The scan code represents the value that the keyboard hardware
generates when the user presses a key.  An application can use the scan code to
identify the physical key pressed, as opposed to the character code represented
by the same key.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.4.7. Accelerator-Table Entries ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The system checks all incoming keyboard messages to see whether they match any
existing accelerator-table entries (in either the system message queue or the
application message queue).  The system first checks the accelerator table
associated with the active frame window; if it does not find a match, the
system uses the accelerator table associated with the message queues.  If the
keyboard input event corresponds to an accelerator-table entry, the system
changes the WM_CHAR message to a WM_COMMAND, WM_SYSCOMMAND, or WM_HELP message,
depending on the attributes of the accelerator table.  If the keyboard input
event does not correspond to an accelerator-table entry, the system passes the
WM_CHAR message to the keyboard-focus window.

Applications should use accelerator tables to implement keyboard shortcuts
rather than translate command keystrokes.  For example, if an application uses
the F2 key to save a document, the application should create a keyboard
accelerator entry for the F2 virtual key so that, when pressed, the F2 key
generates a WM_COMMAND message rather than a WM_CHAR message.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.5. Mouse Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mouse messages occur when a user presses or releases one of the mouse buttons
(a click) and when the mouse moves.  All mouse messages contain the x and y
coordinates of the mouse-pointer hot spot (relative to the coordinates of the
window receiving the message) at the time the event occurs.  The mouse-pointer
hot spot is the location in the mouse-pointer bit map that the system tracks
and recognizes as the position of the mouse pointer.

If a window has the CS_HITTEST style, the system sends the window a WM_HITTEST
message when the window is about to receive a mouse message.  Most applications
pass WM_HITTEST messages on to WinDefWindowProc by default, so disabled windows
do not receive mouse messages.  Windows that specifically respond to WM_HITTEST
messages can change this default behavior.  If the window is enabled and should
receive the mouse message, the WinDefWindowProc function (using the default
processing for WM_HITTEST) returns the value HT_NORMAL.  If the window is
disabled, WinDefWindowProc returns HT_ERROR, in which case the window does not
receive the mouse message.

The default window procedure processes the WM_HITTEST message and the usHit
parameter in the WM_MOUSEMOVE message.  Therefore, unless an application needs
to return special values for the WM_HITTEST message or the usHit parameter, it
can ignore them.  One possible reason for processing the WM_HITTEST message is
for the application to react differently to a mouse click in a disabled window.

The contents of the mouse-message parameters (mp1 and mp2) are as follows:

     SHORT1FROMMP (mp1) contains the x position.
     SHORT2FROMMP (mp1) contains the y position.
     SHORT1FROMMP (mp2) contains the hit-test parameter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.6. Capturing Mouse Input ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The operating system generally posts mouse messages to the window that is under
the mouse pointer at the time the system reads the mouse input events from the
system message queue.  An application can change this by using the
WinSetCapture function to route all mouse messages to a specific window or to
the message queue associated with the current thread.  If mouse messages are
routed to a specific window, that window receives all mouse input until either
the window releases the mouse or the application specifies another capture
window.  If mouse messages are routed to the current message queue, the system
posts each mouse message to the queue with the hwnd member of the QMSG
structure for each message set to NULL.  Because no window handle is specified,
the WinDispatchMsg function in the application's main message loop cannot pass
these messages to a window procedure for processing.  Therefore, the
application must process these messages in the main loop.

Capturing mouse input is useful if a window needs to receive all mouse input,
even when the pointer moves outside the window.  For example, applications
commonly track the mouse-pointer position after a mouse "button down" event,
following the pointer until a "button up" event is received from the system.
If an application does not call WinSetCapture for a window and the user
releases the mouse button, the application does not receive the button-up
message.  If the application sets a window to capture the mouse and tracks the
mouse pointer, the application receives the button-up message even if the user
moves the mouse pointer outside the window.

Some applications are designed to require a button-up message to match a
button-down message.  When processing a button-down message, these applications
call WinSetCapture to set the capture to their own window; then, when
processing a matching button-up message, they call WinSetCapture, with a NULL
window handle, to release the mouse.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.6.1. Button Clicks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application window's response to a mouse click depends on whether the window
is active.  The first click in an inactive window should activate the window.
Subsequent clicks in the active window produce an application-specific action.

A common problem for an application that processes WM_BUTTON1DOWN or similar
messages is failing to activate the window or set the keyboard focus.  If the
window processes WM_CHAR messages, the window procedure should call WinSetFocus
to make sure the window receives the keyboard focus and is activated.  If the
window does not process WM_CHAR messages, the application should call
WinSetActiveWindow to activate the window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.1.6.2. Mouse Movement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The system sends WM_MOUSEMOVE messages to the window that is under the mouse
pointer, or to the window that currently has captured the mouse, whenever the
mouse pointer moves.  This is useful for tracking the mouse pointer and
changing its shape, based on its location in a window.  For example, the mouse
pointer changes shape when it passes over the size border of a standard frame
window.

All standard control windows use WM_MOUSEMOVE messages to set the mouse-pointer
shape.  If an application handles WM_MOUSEMOVE messages in some situations but
not others, unused messages should be passed to the WinDefWindowProc function
to change the mouse-pointer shape.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2. Using the Mouse and Keyboard ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section explains how to perform the following tasks:

     Determine the active status of a frame window
     Check for a key-up or key-down event
     Respond to a character message
     Handle virtual-key codes
     Handle a scan code


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.1. Determining the Active Status of a Frame Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The activated state of a window is a frame-window characteristic.  The system
does not provide an easy way to determine whether a client window is part of
the active frame window.  That is, the window handle returned by the
WinQueryActiveWindow function identifies the active frame window rather than
the client window owned by the frame window.

Following are two methods for determining the activated state of a frame window
that owns a particular client window:

     Call WinQueryActiveWindow and compare the window handle it returns with
      the handle of the frame window that contains the client window, as shown
      in the following code fragment:

            Uses
              Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

            Var
              HwndClient : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
              FActivated : BOOL; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

            Begin

            @@@  fActivated := (WinQueryWindow(hwndClient, QW_PARENT) ==
                             WinQueryActiveWindow(HWND_DESKTOP));

     Each time the frame window is activated, the client window receives a
      WM_ACTIVATE message with the low word of the mp2 equal to TRUE.  When the
      frame window is deactivated, the client window receives a WM_ACTIVATE
      message with a FALSE activation indicator.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.2. Checking for a Key-Up or Key-Down Event ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following code fragment shows how to decode a WM_CHAR message to determine
whether it indicates a key-up event or a key-down event:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  FsKeyFlags : USHORT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  WM_CHAR:
    FsKeyFlags := SHORT1FROMMP(mp1);

    If ((fsKeyFlags<>0) AND (KC_KEYUP<>0)) Then Begin
      .
      . (* Perform key-up processing.   *)
      .

    End
    Else Begin
      .
      . (* Perform key-down processing. *)
      .
    End;

    Halt;

End;


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.3. Responding to a Character Message ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following code fragment shows how to respond to a character message:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  FsKeyFlags : USHORT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  UchChr1    : UCHAR;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  WM_CHAR:
    fsKeyFlags := SHORT1FROMMP(mp1);

    If ((fsKeyFlags<>0) AND (KC_CHAR<>0)) Then Begin

      (* Get the character code from mp2. *)
      uchChr1 := CHAR1FROMMP(mp2);
      .
      . (* Process the character.         *)
      .

      Halt(Ord(True));
    End;
End.

If the KC_CHAR flag is not set, the mp2 parameter from CHAR1FROMMP still might
contain useful information.  If either the Alt key or the Ctrl key, or both,
are down, the KC_CHAR bit is not set when the user presses another key.  For
example, if the user presses the a key when the Alt key is down, the low word
of mp2 contains the ASCII value for "a" (0x0061), the KC_ALT flag is set, and
the KC_CHAR flag is clear.  If the translation does not generate any valid
characters, the char field is set to 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.4. Handling Virtual-Key Codes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following code fragment shows how to decode a WM_CHAR message containing a
valid virtual-key code:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  FsKeyFlags : USHORT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  case WM_CHAR:
  fsKeyFlags := SHORT1FROMMP(mp1);

  If ((fsKeyFlags) AND (KC_VIRTUALKEY)) Then Begin

    (* Get the virtual key from mp2.       *)
    Case (SHORT2FROMMP(mp2)) Of
      VK_TAB:
        .
        . (* Process the TAB key.         *)
        .
        Halt(Ord(True));
      VK_LEFT:
        .
        . (* Process the LEFT key.        *)
        .
        Halt(Ord(True));
      VK_UP:
        .
        . (* Process the UP key.          *)
        .
        Halt(Ord(True));
      VK_RIGHT:
        .
        . (* Process the RIGHT key.       *)
        .
        Halt(Ord(True));
      VK_DOWN:
        .
        . (* Process the DOWN key.        *)
        .
        Halt( Ord(True));
      .
      . (* Etc...                         *)
      .
    Else Halt(Ord(False));
    End;
  End;
End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 6.2.5. Handling a Scan Code ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

All WM_CHAR messages generated by keyboard input events have valid scan codes.
WM_CHAR messages posted by other applications might or might not have valid
scan codes.  The following code fragment shows how to extract a scan code from
a WM_CHAR message:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  FsKeyFlags  : USHORT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  UchScanCode : UCHAR;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  case WM_CHAR:
  fsKeyFlags := (USHORT) SHORT1FROMMP(mp1);

  If ((fsKeyFlags<>0) AND (KC_SCANCODE<>0)) Then Begin

    (* Get the scan code from mp1.   *)
    uchScanCode := CHAR4FROMMP(mp1);
    .
    . (* Process the scan code.      *)
    .

    Halt( Ord(True));
  End;

End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7. Mouse Pointers and Icons ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A mouse pointer is a special bit map the operating system uses to show a user
the current location of the mouse on the screen.  When the user moves the
mouse, the mouse pointer moves on the screen. This chapter describes how to
create and use mouse pointers and icons in PM applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1. About Mouse Pointers and Icons ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mouse pointers and icons are made up of bit maps that the operating system uses
to paint images of the pointers or icons on the screen.  A monochrome bit map
is a series of bytes.  Each bit corresponds to a single pel in the image.  (The
bit map representing the display typically has four bits for each pel.)

A mouse pointer or icon bit map always is twice as tall as it is wide.  The top
half of the bit map is an AND mask, in which the bits are combined, using the
AND operator, with the screen bits where the pointer is being drawn.  The lower
half of the bit map is an XOR mask, in which the bits are combined, using the
XOR operator, with the destination screen bits.

The combination of the AND and XOR masks results in four possible colors in the
bit map.  The pels of an icon or pointer can be black, white, transparent (the
screen color beneath the pel), or inverted (inverting the screen color beneath
the pel). The following figure shows the relationship of the bit values in the
AND and XOR masks:

    AND mask        0           0           1           1
    XOR mask        0           1           0           1

    Result        Black       White     Transparent   Inverted


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.1. Mouse-Pointer Hot Spot ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Each mouse pointer has its own hot spot, which is the point that represents the
exact location of the mouse pointer. This location is defined as an x and y
offset from the lower-left corner of the mouse-pointer bit map. For the
arrow-shaped pointer, the hot spot is at the tip of the arrow. For the I-beam
pointer, the hot spot is at the middle of the vertical line.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.2. Predefined Mouse Pointers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Before an application can use a mouse pointer, it first must receive a handle
to the pointer.  Most applications load mouse pointers from the system or from
their own resource file.  The operating system maintains many predefined mouse
pointers that an application can use by calling WinQuerySysPointer. System
mouse pointers include all the standard mouse-pointer shapes and message-box
icons.  The following predefined mouse pointers are available:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéMouse Pointer       ΓöéDescription                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_APPICON        ΓöéSquare icon; used to represent a        Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéminimized application window.           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_ARROW          ΓöéArrow that points to the upper-left     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöécorner of the screen.                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_ICONERROR      ΓöéIcon containing an exclamation point;   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéused in a warning message box.          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_ICONINFORMATIONΓöéOctagon-shaped icon containing the imageΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéof a human hand; used in a warning      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöémessage box.                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_ICONQUESTION   ΓöéIcon containing a question mark; used inΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéa query message box.                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_ICONWARNING    ΓöéIcon containing an asterisk; used in a  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéwarning message box.                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_MOVE           ΓöéFour-headed arrow; used when dragging anΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéobject or window around the screen.     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_SIZE           ΓöéSmall box within a box; used when       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéresizing a window by dragging.          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_SIZENS         ΓöéTwo-headed arrow that points up and downΓöé
Γöé                    Γöé(north and south); used when sizing a   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéwindow.                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_SIZENESW       ΓöéTwo-headed diagonal arrow that points toΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe upper-right (northeast) and         Γöé
Γöé                    Γöélower-left (southwest) window borders;  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéused when sizing a window.              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_SIZENWSE       ΓöéTwo-headed diagonal arrow that points toΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe upper-left (northwest) and          Γöé
Γöé                    Γöélower-right (southeast) window borders; Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéused when sizing a window.              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_SIZEWE         ΓöéTwo-headed arrow that points left and   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéright (west to east); used when sizing aΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéwindow.                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_TEXT           ΓöéText-insertion and selection pointer,   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéoften called the I-beam pointer.        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_WAIT           ΓöéHourglass; used to indicate that a      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöétime-consuming operation is in progress.Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

The operating system contains a second set of predefined mouse pointers that
are used as icons in PM applications.  An application can use one of these
icons by supplying one of the following constants in WinQuerySysPointer. If a
copy of the system pointer is made using WinQuerySysPointer, the pointer copy
must be destroyed using WinDestroyPointer before termination of the
application.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéIcon           ΓöéDescription                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_FILE      ΓöéRepresents a file (in the shape of a single  Γöé
Γöé               Γöésheet of paper).                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_FOLDER    ΓöéRepresents a file folder.                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_ILLEGAL   ΓöéCircular icon containing a slash; represents Γöé
Γöé               Γöéan illegal operation.                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_MULTFILE  ΓöéRepresents multiple files.                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSPTR_PROGRAM   ΓöéRepresents an executable file.               Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

Applications can use mouse-pointer resources to draw icons. WinDrawPointer
draws a specified mouse pointer in a specified presentation space.  Many of the
predefined system mouse pointers are standard icons displayed in message boxes.

In addition to using the predefined pointer shapes, an application also can use
pointers that have been defined in a resource file.  Once the pointer or icon
has been created (by Icon Editor or a similar application), the application
includes it in the resource file, using the POINTER statement, a resource
identifier, and a file name for the Icon Editor data.  After including the
mouse-pointer resource, the application can use the pointer or icon by calling
WinLoadPointer, specifying the resource identifier and module handle.
Typically, the resource is in the executable file of the application, so the
application simply can specify NULL for the module handle to indicate the
current application resource file.

An application can create mouse pointers at run time by constructing a bit map
for the pointer and calling WinCreatePointer.  This function, if successful,
returns the new pointer handle, which the application then can use to set or
draw the pointer.  The bit map must be twice as tall as it is wide, with the
first half defining the AND mask and the second half defining the XOR mask.
The application also must specify the hot spot when creating the mouse pointer.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.1.3. System Bit Maps ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In addition to using the mouse pointers and icons defined by the system,
applications can use standard system bit maps by calling WinGetSysBitmap.  This
function returns a bit map handle that is passed to WinDrawBitmap or to one of
the GPI bit-map functions.  The system uses standard bit maps to draw portions
of control windows, such as the system menu, minimize/maximize box, and
scroll-bar arrows.  The following standard system bit maps are available:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéBit Map                  ΓöéDescription                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_BTNCORNERS          ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for push     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöébutton corners.                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_CHECKBOXES          ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécheck-box or radio-button check    Γöé
Γöé                         Γöémark.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_CHILDSYSMENU        ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésmaller version of the system-menu Γöé
Γöé                         Γöébit map; used in child windows.    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_CHILDSYSMENUDEP     ΓöéSame as SBMP_CHILDSYSMENU but      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindicates that the system menu is  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéselected.                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_COMBODOWN           ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöédownward pointing arrow in a       Γöé
Γöé                         Γöédrop-down combination box.         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_MAXBUTTON           ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöémaximize button.                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_MENUATTACHED        ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésymbol used to indicate that a menuΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéitem has an attached, hierarchical Γöé
Γöé                         Γöémenu.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_MENUCHECK           ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the menu Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécheck mark.                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_MINBUTTON           ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéminimize button.                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_OLD_CHILDSYSMENU    ΓöéSame as SBM_CHILDSYSMENU.  (For    Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécompatibility with previous        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéversions of the OS/2 operating     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésystem.)                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_OLD_MAXBUTTON       ΓöéSame as SBM_MAXBUTTON.  (For       Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécompatibility with previous        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéversions of the OS/2 operating     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésystem.)                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_OLD_MINBUTTON       ΓöéSame as SBM_MINBUTTON.  (For       Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécompatibility with previous        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéversions of the OS/2 operating     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésystem.)                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_OLD_RESTOREBUTTON   ΓöéSame as SBM_RESTOREBUTTON.  (For   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécompatibility with previous        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéversions of the OS/2 operating     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésystem.)                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_OLD_SBDNARROW       ΓöéSame as SBM_SBDNARROW.  (For       Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécompatibility with previous        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéversions of the OS/2 operating     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésystem.)                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_OLD_SBLFARROW       ΓöéSame as SBM_SBLFARROW.  (For       Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécompatibility with previous        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéversions of the OS/2 operating     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésystem.)                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_OLD_SBRGARROW       ΓöéSame as SBM_SBRGARROW.  (For       Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécompatibility with previous        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéversions of the OS/2 operating     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésystem.)                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_OLD_SBUPARROW       ΓöéSame as SBM_SBUPARROW.  (For       Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécompatibility with previous        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéversions of the OS/2 operating     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésystem.)                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_PROGRAM             ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésymbol that File Manager uses to   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindicate that a file is an         Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéexecutable program.                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_RESTOREBUTTON       ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöérestore button.                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_RESTOREBUTTONDEP    ΓöéSame as SBMP_RESTOREBUTTON but     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindicates that the restore button  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéis pressed.                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SBDNARROW           ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéscroll-bar down arrow.             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SBDNARROWDEP        ΓöéSame as SBMP_SBDNARROW but         Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindicates that the scroll-bar down Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéarrow is pressed.                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SBDNARROWDIS        ΓöéSame as SBMP_SBDNARROW but         Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindicates that the scroll-bar down Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéarrow is disabled.                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SBLFARROW           ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéscroll-bar left arrow.             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SBLFARROWDEP        ΓöéSame as SBMP_SBLFARROW but         Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindicates that the scroll-bar left Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéarrow is pressed.                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SBMFARROWDIS        ΓöéSame as SBMP_SBLFARROW but         Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindicates that the scroll-bar left Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéarrow is disabled.                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SBRGARROW           ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéscroll-bar right arrow.            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SBRGARROWDEP        ΓöéSame as SBMP_SBRGARROW but         Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindicates that the scroll-bar rightΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéarrow is pressed.                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SBRGARROWDIS        ΓöéSame as SBMP_SBRGARROW but         Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindicates that the scroll-bar rightΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéarrow is disabled.                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SBUPARROW           ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéscroll-bar up arrow.               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SBUPARROWDEP        ΓöéSame as SBMP_SBUPARROW but         Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindicates that the scroll-bar up   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéarrow is pressed.                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SBUPARROWDIS        ΓöéSame as SBMP_SBUPARROW but         Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindicates that the scroll-bar up   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéarrow is disabled.                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SIZEBOX             ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésymbol that indicates an area of a Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéwindow in which the user can click Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéto resize the window.              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_SYSMENU             ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésystem menu.                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_TREEMINUS           ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésymbol that File Manager uses to   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindicate an empty entry in the     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöédirectory tree.                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBMP_TREEPLUS            ΓöéSpecifies the bit map for the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésymbol that File Manager uses to   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindicate that an entry in the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöédirectory tree contains more files.Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2. Using Mouse Pointers and Icons ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section explains how to perform the following tasks:

     Save the current mouse pointer
     Change the mouse pointer
     Restore the original mouse pointer


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 7.2.1. Changing the Mouse Pointer ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Once you create or load a mouse pointer, you can change its shape by calling
WinSetPointer.  Following are three typical situations in which an application
changes the shape of the mouse pointer:

     When an application receives a WM_MOUSEMOVE message, there is an
      opportunity to change the mouse pointer based on its location in the
      window.  If you want the standard arrow pointer, pass this message on to
      WinDefWindowProc. If you want to change the mouse pointer on a standard
      dialog window, you need to capture the WM_CONTROLPOINTER message and
      return a pointing-device pointer handle.

     When an application is about to start a time-consuming process during
      which it will not accept user input, the application displays the
      system-wait mouse pointer (SPTR_WAIT).  Upon finishing the process, the
      application resets the mouse pointer to its former shape.

      The following code fragment shows how to save the current mouse pointer,
      set the hourglass pointer, and restore the original mouse pointer.
      Notice that the hourglass pointer also is saved in a global variable so
      that the application can return it when responding to a WM_MOUSEMOVE
      message during a time-consuming process.

            Uses
              Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

            Var
              hptrOld, hptrWait, hptrCurrent : HPOINTER; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

            Begin

              (* Get the current pointer.                   *)
              hptrOld := WinQueryPointer(HWND_DESKTOP);

              (* Get the wait mouse pointer.                *)
              hptrWait := WinQuerySysPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,
                                             SPTR_WAIT, Ord(False));

              (* Save the wait pointer to use in WM_MOUSEMOVE processing.*)
              hptrCurrent := hptrWait;

              (* Set the mouse pointer to the wait pointer. *)
              WinSetPointer(HWND_DESKTOP, hptrWait);

              (*
               * Do a time-consuming operation, then restore the
               * original mouse pointer.
               *)
              WinSetPointer(HWND_DESKTOP, hptrOld);
            End.

     When an application needs to indicate its current operational mode, it
      changes the pointer shape.  For example, a paint program with a palette
      of drawing tools should change the pointer shape to indicate which
      drawing tool is in use currently.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8. Notebook Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A notebook control (WC_NOTEBOOK window class) is a visual component that
organizes information on individual pages so that a user can find and display
that information quickly and easily. This chapter explains how to use notebook
controls in PM applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1. About Notebook Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This notebook control component simulates a real notebook but improves on it by
overcoming a notebook's natural limitations. A user can select and display
pages by using a pointing device or the keyboard. The notebook can be
customized to meet varying application requirements, while providing a user
interface component that can be used easily to develop products that conform to
the Common User Access (CUA) user interface guidelines. The application can
specify different colors, sizes, and orientations for its notebooks, but the
underlying function of the control remains the same. For a complete description
of CUA notebooks, refer to the SAA CUA Guide to User Interface Design and the
SAA CUA Advanced Interface Design Reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1. Notebook Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section describes the different notebook style components:

o Page buttons
o Status line
o Binding
o Intersection of back pages
o Major and minor tabs
o Tab shapes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.1. Page Buttons ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In the bottom-right corner of the notebook are the page buttons. These buttons
let you bring one page of the notebook into view at a time. They are a standard
component that is automatically provided with every notebook. However, the
application can change the default width and height of the page buttons by
using the BKM_SETDIMENSIONS message. The page buttons always are located in the
corner where the recessed edges of the notebook intersect.

Selecting the forward page button (the arrow pointing to the right) causes the
next page to be displayed and selecting the backward page button (the arrow
pointing to the left) causes the previous page to be displayed. Prior to
inserting pages in the notebook, the page buttons are displayed with
unavailable-state emphasis;  therefore, selecting either page button would not
bring a page into view.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.2. Status Line ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To the left of the page buttons in the default notebook style setting is the
status line, which enables the application to provide information to the user
about the page currently displayed. The notebook does not supply any default
text for the status line. The application is responsible for associating a text
string with the status line of each page on which a text string is to be
displayed.

The status text is drawn left-justified by default, but it can be drawn
centered or right-justified. The same status text justification applies to all
pages in the notebook. This setting is specified by the BKS_STATUSTEXTLEFT
style bit. The location of the back pages intersection and the major tabs has
no effect on the specification of the status line position. This style bit can
be set for the entire notebook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.3. Binding ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The notebook control resembles a real notebook in its general appearance. The
default binding is solid and is placed on the left side. This binding is used
if the BKS_SOLIDBIND style bit is specified or if no style bit is specified.

Two styles are provided for the notebook binding: solid and spiral. The
notebook is displayed with a solid binding by default, but the application can
specify BKS_SPIRALBIND to display a spiral binding.

The placement of the binding depends entirely on the placement of the back
pages and major tabs, respectively. The binding always is located on the
opposite side of the notebook from the major tabs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.4. Intersection of Back Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The recessed edges that intersect near the page buttons are called the back
pages. The default notebook's back pages intersect in the bottom-right corner,
which means the recessed pages are on the bottom and right edges. This setting
is specified by the BKS_BACKPAGESBR style bit. The back pages are important
because their intersection determines where the major tabs can be placed, which
in turn determines the placement of the binding and the minor tabs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.5. Major Tabs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Major and minor tabs are used to organize related pages into sections. Minor
tabs define subsections within major tab sections. The content of each section
has a common theme, which is represented to the user by a tabbed divider that
is similar to a tabbed page in a notebook.

The BKS_MAJORTABRIGHT style bit specifies that major tabs, if used, are to be
placed on the right side of the notebook. This is the default major tab
placement when the back pages intersect at the bottom-right corner of the
notebook. The binding is located on the left, because it is always located on
the opposite side of the notebook from the major tabs.

The placement of the major tabs is limited to one of the two edges on which
there are recessed pages. For example, if the application specifies the back
pages intersection at the bottom-right corner (BKS_BACKPAGESBR, the default),
the major tabs can be placed on either the bottom edge (BKS_MAJORTABBOTTOM) or
the right edge (BKS_MAJORTABRIGHT) of the notebook. In this situation, if the
application specifies that major tabs are to be placed on the left or top edges
of the notebook, the notebook control places them on the right edge anyway-the
default placement for back pages intersecting at the bottom-right corner.

When major tabs are defined at the creation of the notebook they are not
displayed on screen. Major tab attributes only show at the time a page is
inserted into the notebook. This is done by specifying the BKA_MAJOR attribute
in the BKM_INSERTPAGE message.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.6. Minor Tabs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Minor tabs are specified using the BKA_MINOR attribute. Minor tabs always are
placed perpendicular to the major tabs, based on the intersection of the back
pages and the major tab placement. Only one major or minor tab attribute can be
specified for each notebook page. Minor tabs are displayed only if the
associated major tab page is selected or if the notebook has no major tab
pages.

The placement of the minor tabs depends entirely on the placement of the back
pages and major tabs, respectively. The minor tabs always are located on the
recessed page side that has no major tabs.

The following table describes the available notebook control styles:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéBack Pages            ΓöéMajor Tabs       ΓöéMinor Tabs   ΓöéBinding Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéBottom-right (default)ΓöéBottom           ΓöéRight        ΓöéTop     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéBottom-right (default)ΓöéRight (default)  ΓöéBottom       ΓöéLeft    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéBottom-left           ΓöéBottom (default) ΓöéLeft         ΓöéTop     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéBottom-left           ΓöéLeft             ΓöéBottom       ΓöéRight   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTop-right             ΓöéTop (default)    ΓöéRight        ΓöéBottom  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTop-right             ΓöéRight            ΓöéTop          ΓöéLeft    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTop-left              ΓöéTop              ΓöéLeft         ΓöéBottom  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTop-left              ΓöéLeft (default)   ΓöéTop          ΓöéRight   Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.7. Tab Shapes and Contents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The default shape of the tabs used on notebook divider pages is square. This
setting is specified by the BKS_SQUARETABS style bit. The shape of the tabs can
be square, rounded, or polygonal. The tab text can be drawn left-justified,
right-justified, or centered. Once set, these styles apply to the major and
minor tabs for all pages in the notebook. The location of the back pages
intersection and the major tabs has no effect on the specification of the
tab-shape position. As with the page buttons, the application can change the
default width and height of the major and minor tabs by using the
BKM_SETDIMENSIONS message.

A notebook tab can contain either text or a bit map. Text is associated with a
tab page by using the BKM_SETTABTEXT message. Notebook tab text is centered by
default or by specifying the BKS_TABTEXTCENTER style when creating the notebook
window. A bit map is placed on a tab by using the BKM_SETTABBITMAP message. A
bit map cannot be positioned on a tab because the bit map stretches to fill the
rectangular area of the tab; therefore, no style bit is used.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.1.1.8. Summary of Notebook Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The notebook control provides style bits so that your application can specify
or change the default style settings. One style bit from each of the following
groups can be specified. If you specify more than one style bit, you must use
an OR operator (Or) to combine them.

     Type of binding

      BKS_SOLIDBIND                      Solid (default)
      BKS_SPIRALBIND                     Spiral

     Intersection of back pages

      BKS_BACKPAGESBR                    Bottom-right corner (default)
      BKS_BACKPAGESBL                    Bottom-left corner
      BKS_BACKPAGESTR                    Top-right corner
      BKS_BACKPAGESTL                    Top-left corner

     Location of major tabs

      BKS_MAJORTABRIGHT                  Right edge (default)
      BKS_MAJORTABLEFT                   Left edge
      BKS_MAJORTABTOP                    Top edge
      BKS_MAJORTABBOTTOM                 Bottom edge

     Shape of tabs

      BKS_SQUARETABS                     Square (default)
      BKS_ROUNDEDTABS                    Rounded
      BKS_POLYGONTABS                    Polygonal

     Alignment of text associated with tabs

      BKS_TABTEXTCENTER                  Centered (default)
      BKS_TABTEXTLEFT                    Left-justified
      BKS_TABTEXTRIGHT                   Right-justified

     Alignment of status-line text

      BKS_STATUSTEXTLEFT                 Left-justified (default)
      BKS_STATUSTEXTRIGHT                Right-justified
      BKS_STATUSTEXTCENTER               Centered


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2. Using Notebook Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following sections describe how to create pages, insert pages into, create
and associate windows for, and delete pages from a notebook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.1. Notebook Creation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You create a notebook by using the WC_NOTEBOOK window class name in the
ClassName parameter of WinCreateWindow. The following sample code shows the
creation of the notebook. The style set in the ulNotebookStyles variable (the
BKS_* values) specifies that the notebook is to be created with a solid binding
and the back pages intersecting at the bottom-right corner, major tabs placed
on the right edge, shape tab square, tab text centered, and status-line text
left-justified These are the default settings and are given here only to show
how notebook styles are set.

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndNotebook     : HWND;  (* Notebook window handle            *)
  UlNotebookStyles : ULONG; (* Notebook window styles            *)
  x, y, cx, cy     : ULONG; (* Coordinates                       *)

Begin

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Set the BKS_style flags to customize the notebook.                 *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  ulNotebookStyles :=
    BKS_SOLIDBIND     Or          (* Use solid binding                   *)
    BKS_BACKPAGESBR   Or          (* Set back pages to intersect at the  *)
                                  (* bottom-right corner                 *)
    BKS_MAJORTABRIGHT Or          (* Position major tabs on right side   *)
    BKS_SQUARETABS    Or          (* Make tabs square                    *)
    BKS_TABTEXTCENTER Or          (* Center tab text                     *)
    BKS_STATUSTEXTLEFT;          (* Left-justIfied status-line text     *)

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Create the notebook control window.                                *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  hwndNotebook :=
    WinCreateWindow(
      hwndParent,               (* Parent window handle                *)
      WC_NOTEBOOK,              (* Notebook window class               *)
      nil,                      (* No window text                      *)
      ulNotebookStyles,         (* Notebook window styles              *)
      x, y, cx, cy,             (* Origin and size                     *)
      hwndOwner,                (* Owner window handle                 *)
      HWND_TOP,                 (* Sibling window handle               *)
      ID_BOOK,                  (* Notebook window ID                  *)
      nil,                      (* No control data                     *)
      nil);                     (* No presentation parameters          *)

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Make the notebook control visible.                                 *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  WinShowWindow(
    hwndNotebook,               (* Notebook window handle              *)
    Ord(True));                 (* Make the window visible             *)

End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.2. Changing Notebook Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following figure shows some sample code fragments for setting the notebook
style to spiral binding, back pages intersecting at the bottom-left corner,
major tabs placed on the bottom edge, tab shape rounded, tab text
left-justified, and status-line text centered.

(**********************************************************************)
(* Query for the existing notebook window style settings.             *)
(**********************************************************************)
ulNotebookStyles :=
  WinQueryWindowULong(hwndNotebook,    (* Notebook window handle      *)
                      QWL_STYLE);      (* Set notebook style          *)

(**********************************************************************)
(* Reset notebook window style flags, leaving window flags unchanged. *)
(**********************************************************************)
ulNotebookStyles := ulNotebookStyles AND $FFFF0000;

(**********************************************************************)
(* Setup the new notebook window style flags.                         *)
(**********************************************************************)
ulNotebookStyles := ulNotebookStyles Or
  BKS_SPIRALBIND     Or         (* Use spiral binding                  *)
  BKS_BACKPAGESBL    Or         (* Set back pages to intersect at the  *)
                                (* bottom-left corner                  *)
  BKS_MAJORTABBOTTOM Or         (* Position major tabs on bottom edge  *)
  BKS_ROUNDEDTABS    Or         (* Make tabs rounded                   *)
  BKS_TABTEXTLEFT    Or         (* Left-justIfied tab text             *)
  BKS_STATUSTEXTCENTER;        (* Center status-line text             *)

(**********************************************************************)
(* Set the new notebook style.                                        *)
(**********************************************************************)
WinSetWindowULong(
  hwndNotebook,                (* Notebook window handle              *)
  QWL_STYLE,                   (* Window style                        *)
  ulNotebookStyles);           (* Set notebook style                  *)

(**********************************************************************)
(* Invalidate to force a repaint.                                     *)
(**********************************************************************)
WinInvalidateRect(
  hwndNotebook,                (* Notebook window handle              *)
  nil,                         (* Invalidate entire window,           *)
  Ord(True));                  (* including children                  *)

End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3. Inserting Notebook Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

After a notebook is created, pages can be inserted into the notebook by using
the BKM_INSERTPAGE message. BKM_INSERTPAGE provides several attributes that can
affect the inserted pages. When inserting pages into either a new notebook or
an existing one, consider carefully how the user expects those pages to be
organized.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.1. Major and Minor Tabs ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The two attributes that have the most impact on how notebook pages are
organized are BKA_MAJOR and BKA_MINOR, which specify major and minor tabs,
respectively. Major tab pages define the beginning of major sections in the
notebook, while minor tab pages define the beginning of subsections within a
major section. Major sections should begin with a page that has a BKA_MAJOR
attribute. Within major sections, information can be organized into minor
sections, each of which should begin with a page that has a BKA_MINOR
attribute.

For an existing notebook, the underlying hierarchy, if one exists, must be
observed when inserting new pages, to provide efficient organization and
navigation of the information in the notebook. For example, if the notebook has
minor sections but no major sections, you could confuse the user if you
inserted a page with a major tab attribute between related minor sections or at
the end of the notebook.

If you insert pages without specifying tab attributes, those pages become part
of the section in which they are inserted. For example, if page 7 of your
notebook has a minor tab and you insert a new page 8 without specifying a tab
attribute, page 8 becomes part of the section that begins with the minor tab on
page 7.

Because tab pages are not mandatory, the application can create a notebook that
contains no major or minor tab pages. That style would be similar to that of a
composition notebook.

Another group of attributes that can affect the organization of pages being
inserted into a notebook consists of BKA_FIRST, BKA_LAST, BKA_NEXT, and
BKA_PREV. These attributes cause pages to be inserted at the end, at the
beginning, after a specified page, and before a specified page of a notebook,
respectively.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.3.2. Status Line ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Each page has an optional status line that can be used to display information
for the user. To include this status line, the application must specify the
BKA_STATUSTEXTON attribute when inserting the page. If the application inserts
the page without specifying this attribute, the status line is not available
for that page.

To display text on the status line of the specified page, the application must
use the BKM_SETSTATUSLINETEXT message to associate a text string with the page.
A separate message must be sent for each page that is to display status-line
text. If the application does not send a BKM_SETSTATUSLINETEXT message for a
page, no text is displayed in the status line of that page. The application can
send this message to the notebook at any time to change the status-line text.
The status line can be cleared by setting the text to NULL.

The following sample code shows how to insert a page into a notebook, where the
inserted page has a major tab attribute, the status line is available, and the
page is inserted after the last page in the notebook. This sample code also
shows how to associate a text string with the status line of the inserted page.

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndNotebook : HWND;  (* Notebook window handle               *)
  UlPageId     : ULONG; (* Page identifier                      *)

Begin

  (***********************************************************************)
  (* Insert a new page into a notebook.                                  *)
  (***********************************************************************)
  ulPageId := WinSendMsg(
    hwndNotebook,                (* Notebook window handle               *)
    BKM_INSERTPAGE,              (* Message for inserting a page         *)
    nil,                         (* nil for page ID                     *)

    MPFROM2SHORT(
      BKA_MAJOR Or               (* Insert page with a major tab         *)
                                 (* attribute                            *)
      BKA_STATUSTEXTON),         (* Make status-line text visible        *)
      BKA_LAST));                (* Insert this page at end of notebook  *)

  (***********************************************************************)
  (* Set the status-line text.                                           *)
  (***********************************************************************)
  WinSendMsg(
    hwndNotebook,                (* Notebook window handle               *)
    BKM_SETSTATUSLINETEXT,       (* Message for setting status-line      *)
                                 (* text                                 *)
    ulPageId,                    (* ID of page to receive status-line    *)
                                 (* text                                 *)
    MPFROMP('Page 1 of 2'));     (* Text string to put on status line    *)

End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.4. Setting and Querying Page Information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The information for a page in the notebook can be set and queried with
BKM_SETPAGEINFO and BKM_QUERYPAGEINFO respectively. By using these messages,
all the information associated with a page can be accessed at once. In
addition, BKM_SETPAGEINFO can be used to delay the loading of a page until it
is turned to, by setting the bLoadDlg field to FALSE. By doing this for all
pages in a notebook, the notebook is created much more quickly.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.5. Associating Application Page Windows with Notebook Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

After a page is inserted into a notebook, you must facilitate the display of
information for this page when it is brought to the top of the book. The
notebook provides a top page area in which the application can display windows
or dialogs for the topmost page. For each inserted page, the application must
associate the handle of a window or dialog that is to be invalidated when the
page is brought to the top of the book. The application can associate the same
handle with different pages, if desired.

The application must send a BKM_SETPAGEWINDOWHWND message to the notebook in
order to associate the application page window or dialog handle with the
notebook page being inserted.  Once done, the notebook invalidates this window
or dialog whenever the notebook page is brought to the top of the book. If no
application page window handle is specified for an inserted page, no
invalidation can be done by the notebook for that page. However, the
application receives a BKN_PAGESELECTED notification code when a new page is
brought to the top of the notebook, at which time the application can
invalidate the page.

The notebook also sends a BKN_PAGESELECTEDPENDING notification code to the
application before the new page is selected. The application can use this
message to prevent the page from being turned to. This is useful when the
application wants to validate a page's contents.

The following sections describe how to associate either a window handle or a
dialog handle with an inserted page.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.5.1. Associating a Window with a Notebook Page ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


A calendar example is used to show how a page can be implemented as a window. A
calendar is divided into four years (major tabs). Within each year are months
(minor tabs) grouped into quarters. The top page has a window associated with
it. The window paint processing displays the days for the currently selected
month and year.

The sample code in the following figure shows how the window procedure for the
calendar is registered with the application. Also, it shows how the window is
created and associated with the notebook page. The example ends by showing the
window procedure for the associated window.

(*********************************************************************)
(* Registration of window procedure for calendar.                    *)
(*********************************************************************)
WinRegisterClass(hab,               (* Register a page window class  *)
                 'Calendar Page',   (* Class name                    *)
                 PageWndProc,       (* Window procedure              *)
                 CS_SIZEREDRAW,     (* Class style                   *)
                 0);                (* No extra bytes reserved       *)

(*********************************************************************)
(* Create the window.                                                *)
(*********************************************************************)
hwndPage := WinCreateWindow(hwndNotebook,        (* Parent             *)
                            'Calendar Page',     (* Class              *)
                            nil,                 (* Title text         *)
                            0,                   (* Style              *)
                            0, 0, 0, 0,          (* Origin and size    *)
                            hwndNotebook,        (* Owner              *)
                            HWND_TOP,            (* Z-order            *)
                            ID_WIN_CALENDAR_PAGE,(* ID             *)
                            nil,                 (* Control data       *)
                            nil);                (* Presparams         *)

(*********************************************************************)
(* Associate window with the inserted notebook page.                 *)
(*********************************************************************)
WinSendMsg(hwndBook,
           BKM_SETPAGEWINDOWHWND,
           MPFROMLONG(ulPageId),
           MPFROMHWND(hwndPage));

(*********************************************************************)
(* Window procedure.                                                 *)
(*********************************************************************)
Function PageWndProc( hwnd : HWND, msg : ULONG,
                      mp1 : MPARAM, mp2 : MPARAM):MRESULT; cdecl;
Var
  Hps : HPS; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  Case msg Of

    (*******************************************************************)
    (* WM_CREATE is sent when the window is created.                   *)
    (*******************************************************************)
    WM_CREATE:

    (*****************************************************************)
    (* Place window initialization code here.                        *)
    (*****************************************************************)

    WM_PAINT:
    (*****************************************************************)
    (* Draw the calendar for the selected year and month.            *)
    (*****************************************************************)
    .
    .
    .
    WinEndPaint(hps);
    break;

  Else Begin
    PageWndProc := WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
    Exit;
  End;
  PageWndProc := (Ord(False));
End;


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.5.2. Associating a Dialog with a Notebook Page ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


To understand the notebook implemented as a dialog, a Properties Notebook is
used. The various objects whose properties can be changed or updated are
displayed as major tabs. Included are sections that represent a folder,
printer, and display (major tabs). The printer object is currently selected.
Within the printer object, the user can choose to &odq.View&cdq. or
&odq.Update&cdq. (minor tabs) the printer settings. The topmost page is a
printer dialog from which the user can update the printer name, type, and
device information.

The following sample code shows how the printer dialog is created and
associated with a notebook page. The example ends by showing the dialog
procedure for the associated dialog.


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Dlgret                 : APIRET;       (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  hwndPage, hwndNotebook : HWND;         (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  PDlgt                  : PDLGTEMPLATE; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Sel                    : SEL;          (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  Sel       := nil;

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Allocate memory.                                                   *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  DosAllocMem(&pDlgt,
              sizeof(DLGTEMPLATE),
              PAG_COMMIT Or
              PAG_READ   Or
              PAG_WRITE);

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Retrieve the dialog resource.                                      *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  dlgret := DosGetResource(0,                (* Resource                 *)
                                             (* (Obtain from executable) *)
                           RT_DIALOG,        (* Resource type            *)
                           ID_DLG_PRINTDRV,  (* Resource ID              *)
                           &pDlgt);          (* Dialog template address  *)

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Create a dialog.                                                   *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  hwndPage := WinCreateDlg(HWND_DESKTOP,     (* Parent window handle     *)
                           hwndBook,         (* Owner window handle      *)
                           fnwpPrint,        (* Dialog procedure         *)
                                             (* address                  *)
                           pDlgt,            (* Dialog data structure    *)
                                             (* address                  *)
                           nil);             (* Application data         *)

  DosFreeMem(pDlgt);                         (* Free memory              *)

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Associate dialog with the inserted notebook page.                  *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  WinSendMsg(hwndBook,
             BKM_SETPAGEWINDOWHWND,
             MPFROMLONG(ulPageId),
             MPFROMHWND(hwndPage));

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Dialog procedure.                                                  *)
  (**********************************************************************)

Function fnwpPrint( hwndDlg : HWND, msg : ULONG,
                    mp1 : MPARAM, mp2 : MPARAM): MRESULT; cdecl;
Begin
  Case msg Of
    WM_INITDLG:

    (****************************************************************)
    (* Place dialog initialization code here.                       *)
    (****************************************************************)

    WM_COMMAND:
      fnwpPrint := Ord(False);
      Exit;
  Else Begin
    fnwpPrint := WinDefDlgProc (hwndDlg,msg,mp1,mp2);
    Exit
  End;
  fnwPrint := WinDefDlgProc (hwndDlg,msg,mp1,mp2);
End;


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.6. Deleting Notebook Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The BKM_DELETEPAGE message is used to delete one or more pages from the
notebook. The application can delete one page (BKA_SINGLE attribute), all pages
within a major or minor tab section (BKA_TAB attribute), or all of the pages in
the notebook (BKA_ALL attribute). The default, if no attributes are specified,
is to delete no pages. The following sample code shows how the BKM_QUERYPAGEID
message is used to get the ID of the top page and how the BKM_DELETEPAGE
message is then used to delete that page:

(**********************************************************************)
(* Set the range of pages to be deleted.                              *)
(**********************************************************************)

(* Set attribute to delete a single page. *)
usDeleteFlag := BKA_SINGLE

(**********************************************************************)
(* Get the ID of the notebook's top page.                             *)
(**********************************************************************)
ulPageId := WinSendMsg(
          hwndNotebook,                (* Notebook window handle              *)
          BKM_QUERYPAGEID,             (* Message to query a page ID          *)
          nil,                         (* nil for page ID                    *)
          BKA_TOP);                    (* Get ID of top page                  *)

(**********************************************************************)
(* Delete the notebook's top page.                                    *)
(**********************************************************************)
WinSendMsg(
           hwndNotebook,                (* Notebook window handle              *)
           BKM_DELETEPAGE,              (* Message to delete the page          *)
           MPFROMLONG(ulPageId),        (* ID of page to be deleted            *)
           usDeleteFlag);               (* Range of pages to be deleted        *)

End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.7. Notebook Colors ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The application can change the color of any part of the notebook. The colors of
some parts can be changed by specifying presentation parameter attributes in
WinSetPresParam. Other colors can be changed by specifying notebook attributes
in the BKM_SETNOTEBOOKCOLORS message. The following sections define which parts
of the notebook can have their colors changed by each of these two methods.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.7.1. Changing Colors Using WinSetPresParam ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

WinSetPresParam is used to change the color of the notebook outline, window
background, selection cursor, and status-line text. The following list shows
the mapping between the various notebook parts and their associated
presentation parameter attributes.

 Notebook outline PP_BORDERCOLOR or PP_BORDERCOLORINDEX. This color is set
     initially to SYSCLR_WINDOWFRAME.

 Notebook window background PP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR or PP_BACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX. This
     color is set initially to SYSCLR_FIELDBACKGROUND.

 Selection cursor PP_HILITEBACKGROUNDCOLOR or PP_HILITEBACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX.
     This color is set initially to SYSCLR_HILITEBACKGROUND.

 Status-line text PP_FOREGROUNDCOLOR or PP_FOREGROUNDCOLORINDEX. This color is
     initially set to SYSCLR_WINDOWTEXT.

 If a presentation parameter attribute is set, all parts of the notebook that
 are mapped to this color are changed. The following sample code shows how to
 change the color of the notebook outline:

  (* Set number of bytes to be passed in usColorIdx *)
  (* for color index table value                    *)
  usColorLen := 4;
  (* Set color index table value to be assigned *)
  ulColorIdx := 3;

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Set the notebook outline color.                                    *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  WinSetPresParam(
    hwndNotebook,                (* Notebook window handle              *)
    PP_BORDERCOLOR,              (* Border color attribute              *)
    usColorLen,                  (* Number of bytes in color index      *)
                                 (* table value                         *)
    &ulColorIdx);                (* Color index table value             *)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.2.7.2. Changing Colors Using BKM_SETNOTEBOOKCOLORS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The BKM_SETNOTEBOOKCOLORS message is used to change the color of the major tab
background and text, the minor tab background and text, and the notebook page
background. The following list shows the mapping between the various notebook
parts and their associated notebook attributes.

 Major tab background BKA_BACKGROUNDMAJORCOLOR or
     BKA_BACKGROUNDMAJORCOLORINDEX. This color is set initially to
     SYSCLR_PAGEBACKGROUND. The currently selected major tab has the same
     background color as the notebook page background.

 Major tab text BKA_FOREGROUNDMAJORCOLOR or BKA_FOREGROUNDMAJORCOLORINDEX. This
     color is set initially to SYSCLR_WINDOWTEXT.

 Minor tab background BKA_BACKGROUNDMINORCOLOR or
     BKA_BACKGROUNDMINORCOLORINDEX. This color is set initially to
     SYSCLR_PAGEBACKGROUND. The currently selected minor tab has the same
     background color as the notebook page background.

 Minor tab text BKA_FOREGROUNDMINORCOLOR or BKA_FOREGROUNDMINORCOLORINDEX. This
     color is set initially to SYSCLR_WINDOWTEXT.

 Notebook page background BKA_BACKGROUNDPAGECOLOR or
     BKA_BACKGROUNDPAGECOLORINDEX. This color is set initially to
     SYSCLR_PAGEBACKGROUND.

 If a notebook attribute is set, all parts of the notebook that are mapped to
 this color are changed. The following sample code shows how to change the
 color of the major tab background:

  (* Color index value     *)
  ulColorIdx    := SYSCLR_WINDOW;
  (* Major tab background  *)
  ulColorRegion := BKA_BACKGROUNDMAJORCOLORINDEX;

  WinSendMsg(hwndBook,
             BKM_SETNOTEBOOKCOLORS,
             MPFROMLONG(ulColorIdx),
             MPFROMLONG(ulColorRegion));


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3. Graphical User Interface Support for Notebook Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following section describes the support for graphical user interfaces
(GUIs) provided by the notebook control. Except where noted, this support
conforms to the guidelines in the SAA CUA Advanced Interface Design Reference.

The GUI support provided by the notebook control consists of the notebook
navigation techniques.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.1. Notebook Navigation Techniques ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The notebook control supports the use of a pointing device and the keyboard for
displaying notebook pages and tabs and for moving the selection cursor from the
notebook tabs to the application window and the other way around.

Note:  If more than one notebook window is open, displaying a page or tab in
       one notebook window has no effect on the pages or tabs displayed in any
       other notebook window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.1.1. Pointing Device Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A user can use a pointing device to display notebook pages or tabs by selecting
the notebook components described in the following list. The CUA guidelines
define mouse button 1 (the select button) to be used for selecting these
components. This definition also applies to the same button on any other
pointing device a user might have.

     Selecting tabs using a pointing device

      A tab can be selected to bring a page that has a major or minor tab
      attribute to the top of the notebook. The selection cursor, a dotted
      outline, is drawn inside the tab's border to indicate the selected tab.
      In addition, the selected tab is given the same background color as the
      notebook page area. The color of the other tabs is specified in the
      BKM_SETNOTEBOOKCOLORS message. This helps the user distinguish the
      selected tab from the other tabs if different colors are used.

      Because all tabs are mutually exclusive, only one of them can be selected
      at a time. Therefore, the only type of selection supported by the
      notebook control is single selection. This selection type conforms to the
      guidelines in the SAA CUA Advanced Interface Design Reference.

      If the user moves the pointing device to a place in the notebook page
      window that can accept a cursor, such as an entry field, check box, or
      radio button, and presses the select button, the selection cursor is
      removed from the tab it is on and is displayed in the notebook page
      window. The selection cursor never can be displayed both on a tab and in
      the notebook page window at the same time.

     Selecting page buttons using a pointing device

      A forward or backward page button can be selected to display the next or
      previous page, respectively, one at a time. The arrow pointing to the
      right is the forward page button, and the arrow pointing to the left is
      the backward page button. When the selection of a page button brings a
      page that has a major or minor tab to the top of the notebook, the
      selection cursor is drawn inside that tab's border.

     Selecting tab scroll buttons using a pointing device

      A user can decrease the size of a notebook window so that some of the
      available notebook tabs cannot be displayed. When this happens, the
      notebook control automatically draws tab scroll buttons at the corners of
      the notebook side or sides to notify the user that more tabs are
      available.

      Tab scroll buttons have another purpose: to give the user the means to
      scroll into view, one at a time, the tabs that are not displayed. The
      user does this by selecting a forward or backward tab scroll button,
      which causes the next tab to scroll into view, but does not change the
      location of the selection cursor. Once the tab is in view, the user can
      display that tab's page by selecting the tab.

      A maximum of four tab scroll buttons can be displayed: two for the major
      tab side and two for the minor tab side.

      When the first tab in the notebook is displayed, the backward tab scroll
      button is deactivated. Unavailable-state emphasis is applied to it to
      show that no more tabs can be scrolled into view by using the backward
      tab scroll button. Unavailable-state emphasis is applied to the forward
      tab scroll button if the last tab in the notebook is displayed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.1.2. Keyboard Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The users can utilize the keyboard to display and manipulate notebook pages and
components.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.1.2.1. Focus on Application Dialog or Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


If the application dialog page or window has the focus, the notebook handles
the following keyboard interactions:

 Keyboard Input           Description

 Alt+PgDn or PgDn         Brings the next page to the top of the notebook. If
                          the application uses the PgDn key, then it must be
                          used in combination with the Alt key.

 Alt+PgUp or PgUp         Brings the previous page to the top of the notebook.
                          If the application uses the PgUp key, then it must be
                          used in combination with the Alt key.

 Alt+Up Arrow             Switch the focus to the notebook window.

 Tab                      Move the cursor to the next control within the top
                          page window or dialog. If the cursor is currently on
                          the last control within the top page window or dialog
                          when the Tab key is pressed, the cursor is moved to
                          the notebook major tab, if it exists; else to the
                          minor tab, if it exists; else to the right page
                          button.

 Shift+Tab                Move the cursor to the previous control within the
                          top page window or dialog. If the cursor is currently
                          on the first control within the top page window or
                          dialog when the Shift+Tab key is pressed, the cursor
                          is moved to the previous control. If the previous
                          control is the notebook, the cursor is moved to the
                          right page button.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.3.1.2.2. Focus on the Notebook Control ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


If the notebook control has the focus, it handles the following keyboard
intereactions:

 Keyboard Input           Description

 Alt+Down Arrow           Switch the focus to the application's primary window.

 Alt+PgDn or PgDn         Brings the next page to the top of the notebook.

 Alt+PgUp or PgUp         Brings the previous page to the top of the notebook.

 Left or Up Arrow         If the cursor is currently on a major tab, it is
                          moved to the previous major tab. If the previous
                          major tab is not visible, the tabs are scrolled to
                          bring the previous major tab into view. If the first
                          major tab is reached, scrolling ends.

                          If the cursor is currently on a minor tab, it is
                          moved to the previous minor tab. If the previous
                          minor tab is not visible, the tabs are scrolled to
                          bring the previous minor tab into view. If the first
                          minor tab is reached, scrolling ends.

                          If the cursor is currently on the right page button,
                          the cursor moves to the left page button. If the
                          cursor is currently on the left page button, no
                          action is taken.

 Right or Down Arrow      If the cursor is currently on a major tab, it is
                          moved to the next major tab. If the next major tab is
                          not visible, the tabs are scrolled to bring the next
                          major tab into view. If the last major tab is
                          reached, scrolling ends.

                          If the cursor is currently on a minor tab, it is
                          moved to the next minor tab. If the next minor tab is
                          not visible, the tabs are scrolled to bring the next
                          minor tab into view. If the last minor tab is
                          reached, scrolling ends.

                          If the cursor is currently on the right page button,
                          no action is taken. If the cursor is currently on the
                          left page button, the cursor moves to the right page
                          button.

 Tab                      The cursor moves from the major tab, then to the
                          minor tab, then to the right page button, and then to
                          the last tab stop in the application dialog or
                          window.

 Shift+Tab                The cursor moves from the page button, to the minor
                          tab, to the major tab, and then to the first tab stop
                          in the application dialog or window.

 Home                     Brings the first page of the notebook to the top and
                          sets the cursor on the associated tab.

 End                      Brings the last page of the notebook to the top and
                          sets the cursor on the associated tab.

 Enter or Spacebar        If the cursor is on a major or minor tab, the
                          associated page is brought to the top of the
                          notebook, and the selected tab is given the same
                          background color as the notebook page area. The other
                          tabs have their color specified in the
                          BKM_SETNOTEBOOKCOLORS message. This helps the user
                          distinguish the selected tab from the other tabs if
                          different colors are used.

                          If the cursor is currently on the right page button,
                          the next page is brought to the top of the notebook.
                          If the cursor is currently on the left page button,
                          the previous page is brought to the top of the
                          notebook.

 Mnemonics                Mnemonics are underlined characters in the text of a
                          tab that cause the tab's page to be selected. Coding
                          a tilde (~) before a text character in the
                          BKM_SETTABTEXT message causes that character to be
                          underlined and activates it as a mnemonic-selection
                          character.

                          A user performs mnemonic selection by pressing a
                          character key that corresponds to an underlined
                          character. When this happens, the tab that contains
                          the underlined character is selected, and that tab's
                          page is brought to the top of the notebook.

                          Note:  Mnemonic selection is not case sensitive, so
                          the user can type the underscored letter in either
                          uppercase or lowercase.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4. Enhancing Notebook Controls Performance and Effectiveness ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section provides the following information to enable you to fine-tune a
notebook control:

     Dynamic resizing and scrolling
     Tab painting and positioning


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.1. Dynamic Resizing and Scrolling ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The notebook control supports dynamic resizing by recalculating the size of the
notebook's parts when either the user or the application changes the size of
any of those parts. A BKN_NEWPAGESIZE notification code is sent from the
notebook to the application whenever the notebook's size changes.

The notebook handles the sizing and positioning of each application page window
if the BKA_AUTOPAGESIZE attribute is specified for the inserted notebook page.
Otherwise, the application must handle this when it receives the
BKN_NEWPAGESIZE notification code from the notebook.

If the size of the notebook window is decreased so that the page window is not
large enough to display all the information the page contains, the information
in the page window is clipped. If scroll bars are desired to enable the clipped
information to be scrolled into view, they must be provided by the application.
Tab scroll buttons are automatically displayed if the size of the notebook is
decreased so that all the major or minor tabs cannot be displayed. For example,
a notebook has major tabs on the right side, but the height of the notebook
does not allow all the tabs to be displayed. In this case, tab scroll buttons
are displayed on the upper- and lower-right corners of the notebook.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 8.4.2. Tab Painting and Positioning ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The tab pages provide a method for organizing the information in a notebook so
that the user easily can see and navigate to that information. When a page is
inserted with a major or minor tab attribute, the notebook displays a tab for
that page, based on the orientation of the notebook. The contents of the tab
can be painted either by the notebook control or the application.

If the notebook control is to paint the tabs, the application must associate a
text string or bit map with the page whose tab is to be drawn.  This is done by
sending the BKM_SETTABTEXT or BKM_SETTABBITMAP message to the notebook control
for the specified page. If neither of these messages is sent for an inserted
page with a major or minor tab attribute, the application must draw the
contents of the tab, through ownerdraw. The application receives a WM_DRAWITEM
message whenever a tab page that has no text or bit map associated with it is
to be drawn. The application can either draw the tab contents or return FALSE,
in which case the notebook control fills the tab with the tab background color.

Positioning Tabs in Relation to the Top Tab:
There are seven page edges that define the back pages.  The page attribute
(BKA_MAJOR or BKA_MINOR) and the topmost page determine how the tabs are
positioned. In most cases, the tabs must be drawn when their position changes.
For example, this can happen when a page with a tab attribute is brought to the
top of the notebook.

The new top major or minor tab will appear attached to the top page. The other
tabs will appear as described in the following list. This information is
provided to help you understand the relationship between the top tab and the
other tabs so that you can organize the information you put into a notebook
appropriately. The application has no control over tab positioning.

     When the top page is a major tab page:

        -  Any major tabs prior to the top major tab are aligned on the last
           page of the notebook.

        -  Any major tabs after the top major tab are incrementally cascaded
           from the topmost edge to the last page.

        -  If the top major tab has minor tabs, no major tab is drawn on the
           page edge that immediately follows the top tab page. Instead, any
           major tabs that follow the top tab are incrementally cascaded,
           beginning on the second page, edge-down from the top tab. This is
           done to account for the minor tabs that are positioned between the
           top major tab and the major tab that follows it on the perpendicular
           notebook edge.

           The minor tabs are all positioned on the third page edge from the
           top, thereby giving the appearance of being between the top major
           tab and the next major tab.

     When the top page is a minor tab page:

        -  Any minor tabs prior to the top minor tab are positioned on the
           third page edge from the top of the notebook.

        -  Any minor tabs after the top minor tab are incrementally cascaded up
           to the third page edge from the top.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9. Painting and Drawing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This chapter describes presentation spaces, device contexts, and window
regions, explaining how a PM application uses them for painting and drawing in
windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1. About Painting and Drawing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application typically maintains an internal representation of the data that
it is manipulating.  The information displayed in a screen, window, or printed
copy is a visual representation of some portion of that data.  This chapter
introduces the concepts and strategies necessary to make your PM application
function smoothly and cooperatively in the OS/2 display environment.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.1. Presentation Spaces and Device Contexts ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A presentation space is a data structure, maintained by the operating system,
that describes the drawing environment for an application.  An application can
create and hold several presentation spaces, each describing a different
drawing environment.  All drawing in a PM application must be directed to a
presentation space.

Normally each presentation space is associated with a device context that
describes the physical device where graphics commands are displayed.  The
device context translates graphics commands made to the presentation space into
commands that enable the physical device to display information.  Typical
device contexts are the screen, printers and plotters, and off-screen memory
bit maps. By creating presentation spaces and associating them with particular
device contexts, an application can control where its graphics output appears.
Typically, a presentation space and device context isolate the application from
the physical details of displaying graphics, so the same graphics commands can
be used for many types of displays.  This virtualization of output can reduce
the amount of display code an application must include to support multiple
output devices.

This chapter describes how an application sets up its presentation spaces and
device contexts before drawing, and how to use window-drawing functions.  Refer
to the Graphics Programming Interface Programming Guide for the graphics
functions available to PM applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.2. Window Regions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window and its associated presentation space have three regions that control
where drawing takes place in the window. These regions ensure that the
application does not draw outside the boundaries of the window or intrude into
the space of an overlapping window.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéRegion         ΓöéDescription                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéUpdate Region  ΓöéThis region represents the area of the windowΓöé
Γöé               Γöéthat needs to be redrawn. This region changesΓöé
Γöé               Γöéwhen overlapping windows change their z-orderΓöé
Γöé               Γöéor when an application explicitly adds an    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéarea to the update region to force a window  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéto be painted.                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéClip Region    ΓöéThis region and the visible region determine Γöé
Γöé               Γöéwhere drawing takes place. Applications can  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéchange the clip region to limit drawing to a Γöé
Γöé               Γöéparticular portion of a window. Typically, a Γöé
Γöé               Γöépresentation space is created with a clip    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéregion equal to NULL, which makes this regionΓöé
Γöé               Γöéequivalent to the update region.             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVisible Region ΓöéThis region and the clip region determine    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéwhere drawing takes place. The system changesΓöé
Γöé               Γöéthe visible region to represent the portion  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéof a window that is visible. Typically, the  Γöé
Γöé               Γöévisible region is used to mask out           Γöé
Γöé               Γöéoverlapping windows. When an application     Γöé
Γöé               Γöécalls the WinBeginPaint function in response Γöé
Γöé               Γöéto a WM_PAINT message, the system sets the   Γöé
Γöé               Γöévisible region to the intersection of the    Γöé
Γöé               Γöévisible region and the update region to      Γöé
Γöé               Γöéproduce a new visible region. Applications   Γöé
Γöé               Γöécannot change the visible region directly.   Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ
Whenever drawing occurs in a window's presentation space, the output is clipped
to the intersection of the visible region and clip region.

The clip region includes the overlapped part of the back window, but the
visible region excludes that portion of the back window.  The system maintains
the visible region to protect other windows on the screen; the application
maintains the clip region to specify the portion of the window in which it
draws.  Together, these two regions provide safe and controllable clipping.

To further control drawing, both the system and the application manipulate the
update region. For example, if a window's position is switched from back to
front, positions front to back, several changes occur in the regions of both
windows.  The system adds the lower-right corner of the new front window to
that window's visible region.  The system also adds that corner area to the
window's update region.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.3. Window Styles for Painting ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Most of the styles relating to window drawing can be set either for the window
class (CS_ prefix) or for an individual window (WS_ prefix).  The styles
described in this section control how the system manipulates the window's
regions and how the window is notified when it must be painted or redrawn.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.3.1. WS_CLIPCHILDREN, CS_CLIPCHILDREN ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

All the windows with this style are excluded from their parent's visible
region.  This style protects windows but increases the amount of time necessary
to calculate the parent's visible region.  This style normally is not
necessary, because if the parent and child windows overlap and both are
invalidated, the parent window is drawn before the child window.  If the child
window is invalidated independently from its parent window, only the child
window is redrawn.  If the update region of the parent window does not
intersect the child window, drawing the parent window does not disturb the
child window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.3.2. WS_CLIPSIBLINGS, CS_CLIPSIBLINGS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Windows with this style are excluded from the visible region of sibling
windows.  This style protects windows with the same parent from being drawn
accidentally, but increases the amount of time necessary to calculate the
visible region.  This style is appropriate for sibling windows that overlap.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.3.3. WS_PARENTCLIP, CS_PARENTCLIP ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The visible region for a window with this style is the same as the visible
region of the parent window.  This style simplifies the calculation of the
visible region but is potentially hazardous, because the parent window's
visible region usually is larger than the child window.  Windows with this
style should not draw outside their boundaries.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.3.4. WS_SAVEBITS, CS_SAVEBITS ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The system saves the bits beneath a window with this style when the window is
displayed.  When the window moves or is hidden, the system simply restores the
uncovered bits.  This operation can consume a great deal of memory; it is
recommended only for transient windows such as menus and dialog boxes-not for
main application windows.  This style also is inappropriate for windows that
are updated dynamically, such as clocks.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.3.5. WS_SYNCPAINT, CS_SYNCPAINT ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Windows that have these styles receive WM_PAINT messages as soon as their
update regions contain something; they are updated immediately (synchronously).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.1.3.6. CS_SIZEREDRAW ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window with this class style receives a WM_PAINT message; the window is
completely invalidated whenever it is resized, even if it is made smaller.
(Typically, only the uncovered area of a window is invalidated when a window is
resized.)  This class style is useful when an application scales graphics to
fill the current window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2. Strategies for Painting and Drawing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A PM application shares the screen with other windows and applications;
therefore, painting and drawing must not interfere with those other
applications and windows.  When you follow these strategies, your application
can coexist with other applications and still take full advantage of the
graphics capabilities of the operating system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2.1. Drawing in a Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Ideally, all drawing in a window occurs as a result of an application's
processing a WM_PAINT message.  Applications maintain an internal
representation of what must be displayed in the window, such as text or a
linked list of graphics objects, and use the WM_PAINT message as a cue to
display a visual representation of that data in the window.

To route all display output through the WM_PAINT message, an application must
not draw on the screen at the time its data changes.  Instead, it must update
the internal representation of the data and call the WinInvalidateRect or
WinInvalidateRegion functions to invalidate the portion of the window that must
be redrawn.  Sometimes it is much more efficient to draw directly in a window
without relying on the WM_PAINT message-for example, when drawing and redrawing
an object for a user who is using the mouse to drag or size the object.

If a window has the WS_SYNCPAINT or CS_SYNCPAINT style, invalidating a portion
of the window causes a WM_PAINT message to be sent to the window immediately.
Essentially, sending a message is like making a function call; the actions
corresponding to the WM_PAINT message are carried out before the call that
caused the invalidation returns-that is to say, the painting is synchronous.

If the window does not have the WS_SYNCPAINT or CS_SYNCPAINT style,
invalidating a portion of the window causes the invalidated region to be added
to the window's update region.  The next time the application calls the
WinGetMsg or WinPeekMsg functions, the application is sent a WM_PAINT message.
If there are many messages in the queue, the painting occurs after the
invalidation-that is, the painting is asynchronous.  A WM_PAINT message is not
posted to the queue in this case, so all invalidation operations since the last
WM_PAINT message are consolidated into a single WM_PAINT message the next time
the application has no messages in the queue.

There are advantages to both synchronous and asynchronous painting.  Windows
that have simple painting functions should be painted synchronously.  Most of
the system-defined control windows, such as buttons and frame controls, are
painted synchronously because they can be painted quickly without interfering
with the responsiveness of the program.  Windows that require more
time-consuming painting operations should be painted asynchronously so that the
painting can be initiated only when there are no other pending messages that
might otherwise be blocked while waiting for the window to be painted.  Also, a
window that uses an incremental approach to invalidating small portions of
itself usually should allow those operations to consolidate into a single
asynchronous WM_PAINT message, rather than a series of synchronous WM_PAINT
messages. If necessary, an application can call the WinUpdateWindow function to
cause an asynchronous window to update itself without going through the event
loop.  WinUpdateWindow sends a WM_PAINT message directly to the window if the
window's update region is not empty.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2.2. The WM_PAINT Message ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window receives a WM_PAINT message whenever its update region is not NULL.  A
window procedure responds to a WM_PAINT message by calling the WinBeginPaint
function, drawing to fill in the update areas, then calling the WinEndPaint
function.

The WinBeginPaint function returns a handle to a presentation space that is
associated with the device context for the window and that has a visible region
equal to the intersection of the window's update region and its visible region.
This means that only those portions of the window that need to be redrawn are
drawn.  Attempts to draw outside this region are clipped and do not appear on
the screen.

If the application maintains its own presentation space for the window, it can
pass the handle of that presentation space to WinBeginPaint, which modifies the
visible region of the presentation space and passes the presentation-space
handle back to the caller.  If the application does not have its own
presentation space, it can pass a NULL presentation-space handle and the system
will return a cached-micro presentation space for the window.  In either case,
the application can use the presentation space to draw in the window.

The WinBeginPaint function takes a pointer to a RECTL structure, filling in
this structure with the coordinates of the rectangle that encloses the area to
be updated.  The application can use this rectangle to optimize drawing, by
drawing only those portions of the window that intersect with the rectangle.
If an application passes a NULL pointer for the rectangle argument, the
application draws the entire window and relies on the clipping mechanism to
filter out the unneeded areas.

After the WinBeginPaint function sets the update region of a window to NULL,
the application does the necessary drawing to fill the update areas.  If an
application handles a WM_PAINT message and does not call WinBeginPaint, or
otherwise empty the update region, the application continues to receive
WM_PAINT messages as long as the update region is not empty.

After the application finishes drawing, it calls the WinEndPaint function to
restore the presentation space to its former state.  When a cached-micro
presentation space is returned by WinBeginPaint, the presentation space is
returned to the system for reuse.  If the application supplies its own
presentation space to WinBeginPaint, the presentation space is restored to its
previous state.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2.2.1. Drawing the Minimized View ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When an application creates a standard frame window, it has the option of
specifying an icon that the system uses to represent the application in its
minimized state.  Typically, if an icon is supplied, the system draws it in the
minimized window and labels it with the name of the window.  If the application
does not specify the FS_ICON style for the window, the window receives a
WM_PAINT message when it is minimized.  The code in the window procedure that
handles the WM_PAINT message can determine whether the frame window currently
is minimized and draw accordingly.  Notice that because the WS_MINIMIZED style
is relevant only for the frame window, and not for the client window, the
window procedure checks the frame window rather than the client window.

The following code fragment shows how to draw a window in both the minimized
and normal states:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Function ClientWndProc( hwnd : HWND, msg : ULONG,
                        mp1 : MPARAM, mp2 : MPARAM):MRESULT; cdecl;
Var
  Hps     : HPS;   (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Rcl     : RECTL; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  FlStyle : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  Case msg Of
    WM_PAINT:

      (* Check whether the frame window
         (client's parent window)
         is minimized.               *)

      flStyle := WinQueryWindowULong(WinQueryWindow(hwnd,
                                     QW_PARENT), QWL_STYLE);

      If ((flStyle<>0) AND (WS_MINIMIZED)<>0) Then Begin
        .
        .    (* Paint the minimized state. *)
        .
      End
      Else Begin
        .
        .    (* Paint the normal state.    *)
        .
      End;
      WinEndPaint(hps);
      ClientWndProc := 0;
      Exit
  End;
End;


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2.3. Drawing Without the WM_PAINT Message ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can draw in a window's presentation space without having
received a WM_PAINT message.  As long as there is a presentation space for the
window, an application can draw into the presentation space and avoid intruding
into other windows or the desktop.  Applications that draw without using the
WM_PAINT message typically call the WinGetPS function to obtain a cached-micro
presentation space for the window and call the WinReleasePS function when they
have finished drawing.  An application also can use any of the other types of
presentation spaces described in the following sections.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2.4. Three Types of Presentation Spaces ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

All drawing must take place within a presentation space. The operating system
provides three types of presentation spaces for drawing:  normal, micro, and
cached-micro presentation spaces. The normal presentation space provides the
most functionality, allowing access to all the graphics functions of the
operating system and enabling the application to draw to all device types.  The
normal presentation space is more difficult to use than the other two kinds of
presentation spaces and it uses more memory.  It is created by using the
GpiCreatePS function and is destroyed by using the GpiDestroyPS function.

The micro presentation space allows access to only a subset of the operating
system graphics functions, but it uses less memory and is faster than a normal
presentation space.  The micro presentation space also enables the application
to draw to all device types.  It is created by using the GpiCreatePS function
and destroyed by using the GpiDestroyPS function.

The cached-micro presentation space provides the least functionality of the
three kinds of presentation spaces, but it is the most efficient and easiest to
use.  The cached-micro presentation space draws only to the screen.  It is
created and destroyed by using either the WinBeginPaint and WinEndPaint
functions or the WinGetPS and WinReleasePS functions.

The following sections describe each of the types of presentation spaces, in
detail, and suggest strategies for using each type in an application.  All
three kinds of presentation spaces can be used in a single application.  Some
windows, especially if they never will be printed, are best served by
cached-micro presentation spaces.  Other windows might require the more
flexible services of micro or normal presentation spaces.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2.4.1. Normal Presentation Spaces ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The normal presentation space supports the full power of the operating system
graphics, including retained graphics.  The primary advantages of a normal
presentation space over the other two presentation-space types are its support
of all graphics functions and its ability to be associated with many kinds of
device contexts.

A normal presentation space can be associated with many different device
contexts.  Typically, this means that an application creates a normal
presentation space and associates it with a window device context for screen
display.  When the user asks to print, the application associates the same
presentation space with a printer device context.  Later, the application can
reassociate the presentation space with the window device context.  A
presentation space can be associated with only one device context at a time,
but the normal presentation space enables the application to change the device
context whenever necessary.

When creating a normal presentation space, an application can associate it with
a device context or defer the association to a later time.  The GpiAssociate
function associates a device context with a normal presentation space after the
presentation space has been created.  An application typically associates the
normal presentation space with a device context when calling the GpiCreatePS
function and, later, associates the presentation space with a different device
context by calling GpiAssociate.  To obtain a device context for a window, call
the WinOpenWindowDC function.  To obtain a device context for a device other
than the screen, call the DevOpenDC function.

An application typically creates a normal presentation space during
initialization and uses it until termination.  Each time the application
receives a WM_PAINT message, it passes the handle of the normal presentation
space as an argument to WinBeginPaint; this prevents the system from returning
a cached-micro presentation space.  The system modifies the visible region of
the supplied normal presentation space and returns the presentation space to
the application.  This method enables the application to use the same
presentation space for all the drawing in a specified window. Normal
presentation spaces created using GpiCreatePS must be destroyed by calling
GpiDestroyPS before the application terminates.  Do not call WinReleasePS to
release a presentation space obtained using GpiCreatePS.  Before terminating,
applications also must use DevCloseDC to close any device contexts opened using
DevOpenDC.  No action is necessary for device contexts obtained using
WinOpenWindowDC, because the system automatically closes these device contexts
when destroying the associated windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2.4.2. Micro Presentation Spaces ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The primary advantage of a micro presentation space over a cached-micro
presentation space is that it can be used for printing as well as painting in a
window.  An application that uses a micro presentation space must explicitly
associate it with a device context.  This makes the micro presentation space
useful for painting to a printer, a plotter, or an off-screen memory bit map.

A micro presentation space does not support the full set of OS/2 graphics
functions.  Unlike a normal presentation space, a micro presentation space does
not support retained graphics.

An application that must display graphics or text in a window and print to a
printer or plotter typically maintains two presentation spaces: one for the
window and one for the printing device. The following figure shows how an
application's graphics output can be routed through separate presentation
spaces to produce a screen display and printed copy. An application creates a
micro presentation space by calling the GpiCreatePS function.  A device context
must be supplied at the time the micro presentation space is created.  An
application typically creates a device context and then a presentation space.
The following code fragment demonstrates this by obtaining a device context for
a window and associating it with a new micro presentation space:


        hdc := WinOpenWindowDC(...);
        hps := GpiCreatePS(..., hdc, ..., GPIA_ASSOC);

To create a micro presentation space for a device other than the screen,
replace the call to the WinOpenWindowDC function with a call to the DevOpenDC
function, which obtains a device context for a device other than the screen.
Then the device context that is obtained by this call can be used as an
argument to GpiCreatePS.

An application typically creates a micro presentation space during
initialization and uses it until termination.  Each time the application
receives a WM_PAINT message, it should pass the handle of the micro
presentation space as an argument to the WinBeginPaint function; this prevents
the system from returning a cached-micro presentation space.  The system
modifies the visible region of the supplied micro presentation space and
returns the presentation space to the application.  This method enables the
application to use the same presentation space for all drawing in a specified
window.

Micro presentation spaces created by using GpiCreatePS should be destroyed by
calling GpiDestroyPS before the application terminates.  Do not call the
WinReleasePS function to release a presentation space obtained by using
GpiCreatePS.  Before terminating, applications must use the DevCloseDC function
to close any device contexts opened using the DevOpenDC function.  No action is
necessary for device contexts obtained using WinOpenWindowDC, because the
system automatically closes these device contexts when destroying the
associated windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 9.2.4.3. Cached-Micro Presentation Spaces ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The cached-micro presentation space provides the simplest and most efficient
drawing environment.  It can be used only for drawing on the screen, typically
in the context of a window.  It is most appropriate for application tasks that
require simple window-drawing functions that will not be printed.  Cached-micro
presentation spaces do not support retained graphics.

After an application draws to a cached-micro presentation space, the drawing
commands are routed through an implied device context to the current display.
The application does not require information about the actual device context,
because the device context is assumed to be the display.  This process makes
cached-micro presentation spaces easy for applications to use. The following
code fragment illustrates this process:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Hps : HPS; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  (* Case Of *)
  WM_PAINT:
    hps = WinBeginPaint(hwnd,nil,nil);

    (*
     * Use PS.
     *)

    WinEndPaint (hps);

              or

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Hps : HPS; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  (* Case Of *)
  WM_PAINT:

    hps = WinGetPS(hwnd);

    (*
     * Use PS.
     *)

    WinReleasePS(hps);
End.

There are two common strategies for using cached-micro presentation spaces in
an application. The simplest strategy is to call the WinBeginPaint function
during the WM_PAINT message, use the resulting cached-micro presentation space
to draw in the window, then return the presentation space to the system by
calling the WinEndPaint function.  By using this method, the application
interacts with the presentation space only when drawing in the presentation
space.  This method is most appropriate for simple drawing.  A disadvantage of
this method is that the application must set up any special attributes for the
presentation space, such as line color and font, each time a new presentation
space is obtained.

A second strategy is for the application to allocate a cached-micro
presentation space during initialization, by calling the WinGetPS function and
saving the resulting presentation-space handle in a static variable.  Then the
application can set attributes in the presentation space that exist for the
life of the program.  The presentation-space handle can be used as an argument
to the WinBeginPaint function each time the window gets a WM_PAINT message; the
system modifies the visible region and returns the presentation space to the
application with its attributes intact. This strategy is appropriate for
applications that need to customize their window-drawing attributes. A
presentation space that is obtained by calling the WinGetPS function must be
released by calling WinReleasePS when the application has finished using it,
typically during program termination.  A presentation space that is obtained by
calling WinBeginPaint must be released by calling WinEndPaint, typically as the
last part of processing a WM_PAINT message.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10. Resource Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Resource files enable you to specify the resource information used in creating
an application's window. Some examples of resources that can be defined in
resource files are:

     Menus
     Accelerator tables
     Dialog and window templates
     Icons
     Fonts
     Bit maps
     Strings

 To add resource information to an application, use a text editor to create a
 resource script file, and then compile it using the Resource Compiler, RC.EXE.
 The advantage of using resource files is that resource information can be
 maintained and updated separately in the resource script file and then linked
 to your application program's .EXE file. This greatly simplifies customizing
 an application because you can modify resource information without having to
 recompile the entire application.

 This chapter describes the use of resource files in Presentation Manager (PM)
 programming.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1. About Resource Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A resource script file is a text file that contains one or more resource
statements that define the type, identifier, and data for each resource.
Because some resources might contain binary data that cannot be created using a
text editor, there are resource statements that let you specify additional
files to include when compiling the resource script file. For example, you can
use the Dialog Box Editor to design dialog boxes, the Font Editor to edit font
files, and the Icon Editor to create customized icons, pointers, and bit maps.
The definitions for these resources can be included with other resource
definitions in the resource file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.1. Resource Statements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section provides overview information on resource statements and
directives.  Resource statements consist of one or more keywords, numbers,
character strings, constants, or file names. You combine these to define the
resource type, identifier, and data. Directives are special types of resource
statements that perform functions such as including header files, defining
constants, and conditionally compiling portions of the file. Resource
statements have three basic forms:

     Single-line statements
     Multiple-line statements
     Directives


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.1.1. Single-line Statements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Single-line statements consist of a keyword identifying the resource type, a
constant or number specifying the resource identifier, and a file name
specifying the file containing the resource data. For example, this ICON
statement defines an icon resource:

  ICON 1 myicon.ico

The icon resource has the icon identifier 1, and the file MYICON.ICO contains
the icon data.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.1.2. Multiple-line Statements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Multiple-line statements consist of a keyword identifying the resource type, a
constant or number specifying the resource identifier, and, between the BEGIN
and END keywords, additional resource statements that define the resource data.
For example, this MENU statement defines a menu resource:

  MENU 1
  BEGIN
      MENUITEM "Alpha", 101
      MENUITEM "Beta",  102
  END

The menu identifier is 1. The menu contains two MENUITEM statements that define
the contents of the menu.

In multiple-line statements such as DLGTEMPLATE and WINDOWTEMPLATE, any level
of nested statements is allowed. For example, the DLGTEMPLATE and
WINDOWTEMPLATE statements typically contain a single DIALOG or FRAME statement.
These statements can contain any number of WINDOW and CONTROL statements; the
WINDOW and CONTROL statements can contain additional WINDOW and CONTROL
statements, and so forth. The nested statements let you define controls and
other child windows for the dialog boxes and windows.

If a nested statement creates a child window or control, the parent and owner
of the new window is the window created by the containing statement. (FRAME
statements occasionally create frame controls whose parent and owner windows
are not the same.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.1.3. Directives ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Directives consist of the reserved character # in the first column of a line,
followed by the directive keyword and any additional numbers, character
strings, or file names.

Some examples of directives are:

     #define
     #if
     #ifdef
     #include

 Descriptions of the individual directives follow the resource file statement
 descriptions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2. Resource File Statement Descriptions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section provides the syntax, description, and an example of each of the
resource file statements.

The following table summarizes, at a general level, the most commonly used
parameters on the statements.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéParameter   ΓöéDescription                                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöéid          ΓöéControl identifier.                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöéx           ΓöéX coordinate of the lower-left corner of the    Γöé
Γöé            Γöécontrol.                                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöéy           ΓöéY coordinate of the lower-left corner of the    Γöé
Γöé            Γöécontrol.                                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöéheight      ΓöéHeight of the control ( in 1/8 character units).Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöéwidth       ΓöéWidth of the control.                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöéstyle       ΓöéPredefined bit representation of a style or     Γöé
Γöé            Γöécombination of styles.                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöéload option ΓöéDefinition of when the system should load the   Γöé
Γöé            Γöéresource into memory (for example, PRELOAD or   Γöé
Γöé            ΓöéLOADONCALL).                                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöémem option  ΓöéDefinition of how the system manages the        Γöé
Γöé            Γöéresource when in memory (for example, FIXED,    Γöé
Γöé            ΓöéMOVABLE, or DISCARDABLE).                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöétext        ΓöéText associated with a control.                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöéclass       ΓöéPredefined class for a particular control.      Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.1. ACCELTABLE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The ACCELTABLE statement creates a table of accelerators for an application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.1.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

  ACCELTABLE acceltable-id [mem-option][load-option]
  BEGIN
  key-value, command[, accelerator-options] ...
      .
      .
      .
  END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.1.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An accelerator is a keystroke that gives the user a quick way to choose a
command from a menu or carry out some other task. An accelerator table can be
loaded when needed from the executable file by using the WinLoadAccelTable
function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.1.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates an accelerator table whose accelerator-table identifier is
1. The table contains two accelerators:  Ctrl+S and Ctrl+G. These accelerators
generate WM_COMMAND messages with values of 101 and 102, respectively, when the
user presses the corresponding keys.

  ACCELTABLE 1
  BEGIN
      "S", 101, CONTROL
      "G", 102, CONTROL
  END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.2. ASSOCTABLE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The ASSOCTABLE statement defines a file-association table for an application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.2.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

  ASSOCTABLE assoctable-id [load-option][mem-option]
  BEGIN
  association-name, file-match-string[, extended-attribute-flag]
    [, icon-filename]
    .
    .
    .
  END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.2.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This table associates the data files that an application creates with the
executable file of the application. When the user selects one of these data
files, the associated application begins executing.

A file-association table can also associate icons with the data files that an
application creates. The icons are used to identify the data files graphically.
Because a file-association table associates icons by file type, all data files
having the same file type have the same icon.

You can provide any number of ASSOCTABLE statements in a resource script file,
but each statement must specify a unique assoctable-id value. The
file-association tables are written not only to the resources within your
executable file, but also to the .ASSOC extended attribute. However, only the
last file-association table specified in the resource script file is actually
written to the extended attribute.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.3. AUTOCHECKBOX Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The AUTOCHECKBOX statement creates an automatic-check-box control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.3.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

  AUTOCHECKBOX text, id, x, y, width [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.3.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The control is a small rectangle (check box) that contains an X when the user
selects it. The specified text is displayed to the right of the check box. An X
appears in the square when the user first selects the control and disappears
the next time the user selects it. The AUTOCHECKBOX statement, which can only
be used in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement, defines the text, identifier,
dimensions, and attributes of a control window. The predefined class for this
control is WC_BUTTON. If the style is not specified, the default style is
BS_AUTOCHECKBOX and WS_TABSTOP.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.3.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates an automatic-check-box control that is labeled "Italic."

  AUTOCHECKBOX "Italic", 101, 10, 10, 100, 100


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.4. AUTORADIOBUTTON Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The AUTORADIOBUTTON statement creates an automatic-radio-button control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.4.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

AUTORADIOBUTTON text, id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.4.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This control is a small circle with the given text displayed to its right. The
control highlights the circle and sends a message to its parent window when the
user selects the button. The control also removes the selection from any other
automatic-radio-button controls in the same group. When the user selects the
button again, the control removes the highlight before sending a message. The
AUTORADIOBUTTON statement, which you can use only in a DIALOG or WINDOW
statement, defines the text, identifier, dimensions, and attributes of a
control window. The predefined class for this control is WC_BUTTON. If you do
not specify a style, the default style is BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.4.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates an automatic-radio-button control that is labeled
"Italic."

  AUTORADIOBUTTON "Italic", 101, 10, 10, 24, 50


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.5. BITMAP Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The BITMAP statement defines a bit-map  resource for an application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.5.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

BITMAP bitmap-id [load-option] [mem-option] filename


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.5.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A bit-map resource, typically created using the Icon Editor, is a custom bit
map that an application uses in its display or as an item in a menu.

The BITMAP statement copies the bit-map resource from the file specified in the
filename field and adds it to the application's other resources. A bit-map
resource can be loaded from the executable file when needed by using the
GpiLoadBitmap function.

You can provide any number of BITMAP statements in a resource script file, but
each statement must specify a unique bitmap-id value.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.5.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example defines a bit map whose bit-map identifier is 12. The bit-map
resource is copied from the file CUSTOM.BMP.

  BITMAP 12 custom.bmp


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.6. CHECKBOX Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The CHECKBOX statement creates a check-box control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.6.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CHECKBOX text, id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.6.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The control is a small rectangle (check box) that has the specified text
displayed to the right. The control highlights the rectangle and sends a
message to its parent window when the user selects the control. The CHECKBOX
statement, which you can use only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement, defines the
text, identifier, dimensions, and attributes of a control window. The
predefined class for this control is WC_BUTTON. If you do not specify a style,
the default style is BS_CHECKBOX and WS_TABSTOP.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.6.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a check-box control that is labeled "Italic."

  CHECKBOX "Italic", 101, 10, 10, 100, 100


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.7. CODEPAGE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The CODEPAGE statement sets the code page for all subsequent resources.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.7.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CODEPAGE codepage-id


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.7.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The code page specifies the character set used for characters in the resource.

If the CODEPAGE statement is not given in a resource script file, the resource
compiler uses the code page set up for the individual system. If more than one
CODEPAGE statement is given in the file, each CODEPAGE statement applies to the
resource statements between it and the next CODEPAGE statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.7.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In this example, the code page for the character-string resources is set to
Portuguese (860).

  CODEPAGE 860

  STRINGTABLE
  BEGIN
      1 "Filename not found"
      2 "Cannot open file for reading"
  END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.8. COMBOBOX Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The COMBOBOX statement creates a combination-box control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.8.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

  COMBOBOX text, id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.8.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This control combines a list-box control with an entry-field control. It allows
the user to place the selected item from a list box into an entry field.

The COMBOBOX statement, which you can use only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement,
defines the text, identifier, dimensions, and attributes of a control window.
The predefined class for this control is WC_COMBOBOX. If you do not specify a
style, the default style is CBS_SIMPLE, WS_GROUP, WS_TABSTOP, and WS_VISIBLE.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.8.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a combination-box control.

  COMBOBOX "", 101, 10, 10, 24, 50


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.9. CONTAINER Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The CONTAINER statement creates a container control within a dialog window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.9.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

CONTAINER  id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.9.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The container control is a visual component that holds objects.

The CONTAINER statement defines the identifier, position, dimensions, and
attributes of a container control. The predefined class for this control is
WC_CONTAINER. If you do not specify a style, the default style is WS_TABSTOP,
WS_VISIBLE, and CCS_SINGLESEL. A CONTAINER statement is only used in a DIALOG
or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.9.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a container control at position (30,30) within the dialog
window. The container has a width of 70 character units and a height of 25
character units. Its resource ID is 301. The default style CCS_SINGLESEL has
been overridden by the style specification CCS_MULTIPLESEL. The default styles
WS_TABSTOP and WS_GROUP are both in effect, though only the latter is
specified.

Const
  IDC_CONTAINER    = 301;
  IDD_CONTAINERDLG = 504;
DIALOG "Container", IDD_CONTAINERDLG, 23, 6, 120, 280, FS_NOBYTEALIGN Or
        WS_VISIBLE, FCF_SYSMENU Or FCF_TITLEBAR
  BEGIN
     CONTAINER   IDC_CONTAINER, 30, 30, 70, 200, CCS_MULTIPLESEL Or
                       WS_GROUP
  END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.10. CONTROL Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The CONTROL statement defines a control as belonging to the specified class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.10.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

  CONTROL text, id, x, y, width, height, class [, style]
  [ data-definitions ] ...
  [ BEGIN
  control-definition
      .
      .
      .
  END ]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.10.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The statement defines the position and dimensions of the control within the
parent window, as well as the control style. The CONTROL statement is most
often used in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.

Typically, several CONTROL statements are used in each DIALOG statement, and
each CONTROL statement must have a unique id value. The optional BEGIN and END
statements enclose any CONTROL statements that may be given with the control.
CONTROL statements given in this manner represent child windows belonging to
the control created by the CONTROL statement.

The CONTROL statement can actually contain any combination of CONTROL, DIALOG,
and WINDOW statements, but it usually does not contain such statements.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.10.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a push-button control with the WS_TABSTOP and WS_VISIBLE
styles.

  CONTROL "OK", 101, 10, 10, 20, 50, WC_BUTTON, BS_PUSHBUTTON Or
                                                WS_TABSTOP    Or
                                                WS_VISIBLE


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.11. CTEXT Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The CTEXT statement creates a centered-text control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.11.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

  CTEXT text, id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.11.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The control is a simple rectangle displaying the given text centered in the
rectangle. The text is formatted before it is displayed. Words that would
extend past the end of a line are automatically wrapped to the beginning of the
next line.

The CTEXT statement defines the text, identifier, dimensions, and attributes of
the control. The predefined class for this control is WC_STATIC. If you do not
specify a style, the default style is SS_TEXT, DT_CENTER, and WS_GROUP.

Use the CTEXT statement only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.11.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a centered-text control that is labeled "Filename."

  CTEXT "Filename", 101, 10, 10, 100, 100


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.12. CTLDATA Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The CTLDATA statement defines control data for a custom dialog box, window, or
control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.12.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

  CTLDATA word-value [, word-value] ...

  CTLDATA string

  CTLDATA MENU
  BEGIN
  menuitem-definition
     .
     .
     .
  END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.12.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The statement has three basic forms to permit specifying a menu or specifying
data in words or characters. The data can be in any format, because only your
window procedure will use it. The window procedure of the dialog box, window,
or control receives this data when the item is created. It is up to the window
procedure to process the data.

CTLDATA is often used to supply data that controls the subsequent operation of
the custom window. For example, the CTLDATA statement may contain extended
style bits - that is, style bits designed specifically for your customized
window.

You should reserve the CTLDATA statement for window classes that you create
yourself.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.12.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a menu for the window created with the WINDOW statement.

  WINDOWTEMPLATE 1
  BEGIN
      WINDOW "Sample", 1, 0, 0, 100, 100, "MYCLASS", 0, FCF_STANDARD
      CTLDATA MENU
      BEGIN
          MENUITEM "Exit", 101
      END
  END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.13. DEFAULTICON Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This statement installs the named icon file definition under the ICON Extended
Attribute of the program file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.13.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DEFAULTICON filename


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.13.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An icon with an icon-id of 1 is the default icon by default, unless you supply
a different icon.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.13.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DEFAULTICON filename.ico


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.14. DEFPUSHBUTTON Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The DEFPUSHBUTTON statement creates a default push-button control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.14.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DEFPUSHBUTTON text, id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.14.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The control is a round-cornered rectangle containing the given text. The
rectangle has a bold outline to represent that it is the default response for
the user. The control sends a message to its parent window when the user
chooses the control. The DEFPUSHBUTTON statement defines the text, identifier,
dimensions, and attributes of the control. The predefined class for this
control is WC_BUTTON. If you do not specify a style, the default style is
BS_PUSHBUTTON, BS_DEFAULT, and WS_TABSTOP.

Use the DEFPUSHBUTTON statement only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.14.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a default push-button control that is labeled "Cancel."

DEFPUSHBUTTON "Cancel", 101, 10, 10, 24, 50


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.15. DIALOG Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The DIALOG statement defines a window that an application can use to create
dialog boxes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.15.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DIALOG text, id, x, y, width, height [, [style] [,framectl]] [data-definitions]
BEGIN
control-definition
    .
    .
    .
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.15.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The statement defines the position and dimensions of the dialog box on the
screen, as well as the dialog-box style. The DIALOG statement is most often
used in a DLGTEMPLATE statement.

Typically, you use only one DIALOG statement in each DLGTEMPLATE statement, and
the DIALOG statement contains at least one control definition.

The exact meaning of the coordinates depends on the style defined by the style
field. For dialog boxes with FS_SCREENALIGN style, the coordinates are relative
to the origin of the display screen. For dialog boxes with the style
FS_MOUSEALIGN, the coordinates are relative to the position of the mouse
pointer at the time the dialog box is created. For all other dialog boxes, the
coordinates are relative to the origin of the parent window.

The DIALOG statement can actually contain any combination of CONTROL, DIALOG,
and WINDOW statements. Typically, a DIALOG statement contains one or more
CONTROL statements.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.15.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a dialog box that is labeled "Disk Error."

DLGTEMPLATE 1
BEGIN
    DIALOG  "Disk Error", 100, 10, 10, 300, 110
    BEGIN
        CTEXT "Select One:", 1, 10, 80, 280, 12
        RADIOBUTTON "Retry", 2, 75, 50, 60, 12
        RADIOBUTTON "Abort", 3, 75, 30, 60, 12
        RADIOBUTTON "Ignore", 4, 75, 10, 60, 12
    END
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.16. DLGINCLUDE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The DLGINCLUDE statement adds the specified file name to the resource file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.16.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DLGINCLUDE id filename


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.16.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The DLGINCLUDE statement is typically used to let the application access the
definitions file for the dialog box with the corresponding identifier. The file
specified in the filename field must contain the define directives used by the
dialog box.

You can provide any number of DLGINCLUDE statements in a resource script file,
but each must have a unique identifier.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.16.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example includes the name of the definition file dlgdef.h. The dialog-box
identifier is 5.

DLGINCLUDE 5 &bsl.&bsl.INCLUDE&bsl.&bsl.DLGDEF.H


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.17. DLGTEMPLATE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The DLGTEMPLATE statement creates a dialog-box template.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.17.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

DLGTEMPLATE dialog-id [load-option] [mem-option]
BEGIN
dialog-definition
    .
    .
    .
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.17.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A dialog-box template consists of a series of statements that define the
identifier, load and memory options, dialog-box dimensions, and controls in the
dialog box. The dialog-box template can be loaded from the executable file by
using the WinLoadDlg function.

You can provide any number of dialog-box templates in a resource script file,
but each template must have a unique dialog-id value.

A DLGTEMPLATE statement can actually contain DIALOG, CONTROL, and WINDOW
statements. Typically, you include only one DIALOG statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.17.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example uses a DLGTEMPLATE statement to create a dialog box.

DLGTEMPLATE ID_GETTIMER
BEGIN
    DIALOG "Timer", 1, 10, 10, 100, 40
    BEGIN
        LTEXT "Time (0 - 15):", 4, 8, 24, 72, 12
        ENTRYFIELD "0", ID_TIME, 80, 28, 16, 8, ES_MARGIN
        DEFPUSHBUTTON "Enter", ID_TIMEOK, 10, 6, 36, 12
        PUSHBUTTON "Cancel", ID_TIMECANCEL, 52, 6, 40, 12
    END
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.18. EDITTEXT Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The EDITTEXT statement creates an entry-field control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.18.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

EDITTEXT text, id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.18.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This control is a rectangle in which the user can type and edit text. The
control displays a pointer when the user selects the control. The user can then
use the keyboard to enter text or edit the existing text. Editing keys include
the BACKSPACE and DELETE keys. By using the mouse or the DIRECTION keys, the
user can select the characters to delete or select the place to insert new
characters.

The EDITTEXT statement defines the text, identifier, dimensions, and attributes
of a control window. The predefined class for this control is WC_ENTRYFIELD. If
you do not specify a style, the default style is ES_AUTOSCROLL and WS_TABSTOP.

The EDITTEXT control statement is identical to the ENTRYFIELD control
statement. Use the EDITTEXT statement only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.18.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates an entry-field control that is not labeled.

   EDITTEXT "", 101, 10, 10, 24, 50


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.19. ENTRYFIELD Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The ENTRYFIELD statement creates an entry-field control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.19.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ENTRYFIELD text, id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.19.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This control is a rectangle in which the user can type and edit text. The
control displays a pointer when the user selects the control. The user can then
use the keyboard to enter text or edit the existing text. Editing keys include
the BACKSPACE and DELETE keys. By using the mouse or the DIRECTION keys, the
user can select the characters to delete or select the place to insert new
characters. The ENTRYFIELD statement, which you can use only in a DIALOG or
WINDOW statement, defines the text, identifier, dimensions, and attributes of a
control window. The predefined class for this control is WC_ENTRYFIELD. If you
do not specify a style, the default style is ES_AUTOSCROLL and WS_TABSTOP.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.19.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates an entry-field control that is not labeled.

ENTRYFIELD "", 101, 10, 10, 24, 50


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.20. FONT Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The FONT statement defines a font resource for an application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.20.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

FONT font-id  [load-option] [mem-option] filename


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.20.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A font resource, typically created by using the OS/2 Font Editor, is a bit map
defining the shape of the individual characters in a character set. The FONT
statement copies the font resource from the file specified in the filename
field and adds it to the other resources of the application. A font resource
can be loaded from the executable file when needed by using the GpiLoadFonts
function.

You can provide any number of FONT statements in a resource script file, but
each statement must specify a unique font-id value.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.20.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example defines a font whose font identifier is 5. The font resource is
copied from the file cmroman.fon.

FONT 5 cmroman.fon


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.21. FRAME Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The FRAME statement defines a frame window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.21.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

FRAME text, id, x, y, width, height, style [, framectl]
  data-definitions
[ BEGIN
window-definition
    .
    .
    .
END ]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.21.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The statement defines the title, identifier, position, and dimensions of the
frame window, as well as the window style. The FRAME statement is most often
used in a WINDOWTEMPLATE statement and, typically, only one FRAME statement is
used. The FRAME statement, in turn, typically contains at least one WINDOW
statement that defines the client window belonging to the frame window.

The frame window has no default style. You must use the framectl field to
define additional frame controls, such as a title bar and system menu, to be
created when the frame window is created. If the text field is not empty, the
statement automatically adds a title-bar control to the frame window, whether
or not you specify the FCF_TITLEBAR style. Frame controls are given default
styles and control identifiers, depending on their class. For example, a
title-bar control receives the identifier FID_TITLEBAR.

The FRAME statement can actually contain any combination of CONTROL, DIALOG,
and WINDOW statements. Typically, a FRAME statement contains one WINDOW
statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.21.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a standard frame window with a title bar, a system menu,
minimize and maximize boxes, and a vertical scroll bar. The FRAME statement
contains a WINDOW statement defining the client window belonging to the frame
window.

WINDOWTEMPLATE 1
BEGIN
    FRAME "My Window", 1, 10, 10, 320, 130, 0,
            FCF_STANDARD Or FCF_VERTSCROLL
    BEGIN
        WINDOW "", FID_CLIENT, 0, 0, 0, 0, "MyClientClass"
    END
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.22. GROUPBOX Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The GROUPBOX statement creates a group-box control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.22.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

GROUPBOX text, id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.22.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The control is a rectangle that groups other controls together by drawing a
border around them and displaying the given text in the upper-left corner.

The GROUPBOX statement defines the text, identifier, dimensions, and attributes
of a control window. The predefined class for this control is WC_STATIC. If you
do not specify a style, the default style is SS_GROUPBOX and WS_TABSTOP.

Use the GROUPBOX statement only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.22.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a group-box control that is labeled "Options."

GROUPBOX "Options", 101, 10, 10, 100, 100


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.23. HELPITEM Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The HELPITEM statement defines the help items in a help table.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.23.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

HELPITEM application-window-id, help-subtable-id, extended-helppanel-id


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.23.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This statement specifies the resource identifier of an application window for
which help is provided, along with the resource identifiers of the help
subtable and extended help panel associated with the application window.

You can provide any number of HELPITEM statements in a HELPTABLE statement. You
should provide one HELPITEM statement for each application window for which
help is provided.

Use the HELPITEM statement only in a HELPTABLE statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.23.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example defines a help item that associates a help subtable called
IDSUB_FILEMENU and an extended help panel called IDEXT_APPHLP with an
application window called IDWIN_FILEMENU.

HELPITEM IDWIN_FILEMENU, IDSUB_FILEMENU, IDEXT_APPHLP


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.24. HELPSUBITEM Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The HELPSUBITEM statement defines the help subitems in a help  subtable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.24.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

HELPSUBITEM child-window-id, helppanel-id [, integer] ...


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.24.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This statement specifies the identifier of a child window for which help is
provided, the identifier of the help panel associated with the child window,
and one or more optional, application-defined integers.

You can provide any number of HELPSUBITEM statements in a HELPSUBTABLE
statement. You should provide one HELPSUBITEM statement for each child window
for which help is provided.

Use the HELPSUBITEM statement only in a HELPSUBTABLE statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.24.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example defines a help subitem that associates a child window called
IDCLD_FILEMENU with a help panel called IDHP_FILEMENU.

HELPSUBITEM IDCLD_FILEMENU, IDHP_FILEMENU


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.25. HELPSUBTABLE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The HELPSUBTABLE statement defines the contents of a help-subtable resource.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.25.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

HELPSUBTABLE helpsubtable-id
 [SUBITEMSIZE size]
BEGIN
helpsubitem-definition
    .
    .
    .
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.25.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A help-subtable resource contains a help-subitem entry for each item that can
be selected in an application window. Each of these items should be a child
window of the application window specified in the help-table resource. The help
subtable should contain a help subitem for each control, child window, and menu
item in the application window.

You can provide any number of HELPSUBTABLE statements in a resource script
file, but each statement must specify a unique helpsubtable-id value. You can
also provide any number of helpsubitem-definition statements in the help
subtable. These specify the child window for which help is provided, the help
panel containing the help text for the child window, and one or more
application-defined integers.

If you include optional integers in the helpsubitem-definition statements, you
must also include a SUBITEMSIZE statement to specify the size, in words, of
each help subitem. All help subitems in a help subtable must be the same size.
The default size is two words per help subitem.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.25.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a help-subtable resource whose help-subtable identifier is
IDSUB_FILEMENU. Each HELPSUBITEM statement specifies a child window and a help
panel.

HELPSUBTABLE IDSUB_FILEMENU
BEGIN
    HELPSUBITEM IDCLD_OPEN, IDPNL_OPEN
    HELPSUBITEM IDCLD_SAVE, IDPNL_SAVE
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.26. HELPTABLE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The HELPTABLE statement defines the contents of a help-table resource.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.26.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

HELPTABLE helptable-id
BEGIN
helpitem-definition
    .
    .
    .
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.26.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A help-table resource contains a help-item entry for each application window,
dialog box, and message box for which help is provided.

You can provide any number of HELPTABLE statements in a resource script file,
but each statement must specify a unique helptable-id value. You can also
provide any number of helpitem-definition statements in the help table. These
statements specify the application windows for which help is provided, the help
subtables associated with each application window, and the extended help panels
associated with each application window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.26.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a help-table resource whose help-table identifier is 1.
Each HELPITEM statement specifies an application window, a help subtable, and
an extended help panel.

HELPTABLE 1
BEGIN
    HELPITEM IDWIN_FILEMENU, IDSUB_FILEMENU, IDEXT_APPHLP
    HELPITEM IDWIN_EDITMENU, IDSUB_EDITMENU, IDEXT_APPHLP
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.27. ICON Statement (Resource) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 This form of the ICON statement defines an icon resource for an application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.27.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ICON icon-id [load-option] [mem-option] filename


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.27.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An icon resource, typically created by using the Icon Editor, is a bit map
defining the shape of the icon to be used for a given application. The ICON
statement copies the icon resource from the file specified in the filename
field and adds it to the application's other resources. An icon resource can be
loaded when creating a window by using the WinCreateStdWindow function with the
FS_ICON style.

You can provide any number of ICON statements in a resource script file, but
each statement must specify a unique icon-id value.

An icon with an icon-id of 1 is the default icon. The RC program writes the
icon not only to the resources in your executable file but also as the .ICON
extended attribute.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.27.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example defines an icon whose icon identifier is 11. The icon resource is
copied from the file custom.ico.

ICON 11 custom.ico


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.28. ICON Statement (Control) ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 This form of the ICON statement creates an icon control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.28.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ICON icon-id, id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.28.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This control is an icon displayed in a dialog box. The ICON statement defines
the icon-resource identifier, icon-control identifier, and  position and
attributes of a control window. The predefined class for this control is
WC_STATIC. If you do not specify a style, the default style is SS_ICON. For the
ICON statement, the width and height fields are ignored; the icon automatically
sizes itself.

Use the ICON statement only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.28.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates an icon control whose icon identifier is 99.

ICON 99, 101, 10, 10, 0, 0


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.29. LISTBOX Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The LISTBOX statement creates commonly-used controls for a dialog box or
window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.29.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

LISTBOX id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.29.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The control is a rectangle containing a list of user-selectable strings, such
as file names.

The LISTBOX statement defines the identifier, dimensions, and attributes of a
control window. The predefined class for this control is WC_LISTBOX. If you do
not specify a style, the default style is WS_TABSTOP.

Use the LISTBOX statement only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.29.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a list-box control whose identifier is 101.

LISTBOX 101, 10, 10, 100, 100


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.30. LTEXT Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The LTEXT statement creates a left-aligned text control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.30.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

LTEXT text, id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.30.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The control is a simple rectangle displaying the given text left-aligned in the
rectangle. The text is formatted before it is displayed. Words that would
extend past the end of a line are automatically wrapped to the beginning of the
next line. The LTEXT statement defines the text, identifier, dimensions, and
attributes of the control. The predefined class for this control is WC_STATIC.
If you do not specify a style, the default style is SS_TEXT, DT_LEFT, and
WS_GROUP.

Use the LTEXT statement only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.30.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a left-aligned text control that is labeled "Filename."

LTEXT "Filename", 101, 10, 10, 100, 100


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.31. MENU Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The MENU statement defines the contents of a menu resource.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.31.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MENU menu-id [load-option] [mem-option]
BEGIN
menuitem-definition
    .
    .
    .
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.31.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A menu resource is a collection of information that defines the appearance and
function of an application menu. A menu is a special input tool that lets a
user choose commands from a list of command names. A menu resource can be
loaded from the executable file when needed by using the WinLoadMenu function.

You can provide any number of MENU statements in a resource script file, but
each statement must specify a unique menu-id value. You can provide any number
of menuitem-definition statements in the menu. These define the submenus and
menu items (commands) in the menu. The order of the statements defines the
order of the menu items.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.31.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a menu resource whose menu identifier is 1. The menu
contains a menu item named Alpha and a submenu named Beta. The submenu contains
two menu items:  Item 1 and Item 2.

MENU 1
BEGIN
    MENUITEM "Alpha", 100
    SUBMENU "Beta", 101
    BEGIN
        MENUITEM "Item 1", 200
        MENUITEM "Item 2", 201, , MIA_CHECKED
    END
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.32. MENUITEM Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The MENUITEM statement creates a menu item for a menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.32.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MENUITEM text, menu-id [, menuitem-style [, menuitem-attributerbrk.]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.32.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This statement defines the text, identifier, and attributes of a menu item. Use
the MENUITEM statement only in a MENU or SUBMENU statement.

The system displays the text when it displays the corresponding menu. If the
user chooses the menu item, the system generates a WM_COMMAND message that
includes the specified menu-item identifier and sends it to the window owning
the menu.

You can provide any number of MENUITEM statements, but each must have a unique
menu-id value.

The alternative form of the MENUITEM statement, MENUITEM SEPARATOR, creates a
menu separator. A menu separator is a horizontal dividing bar between two menu
items in a submenu. The separator is not active - that is, the user cannot
choose it, it has no text associated with it, and it has no identifier.

You can use the \t or \a character combination in any item name. The \t
character inserts a tab when the name is displayed and is typically used to
separate the menu-item name from the name of an accelerator key. The \a
character aligns to the right all text that follows it. These characters are
intended to be used for menu items in submenus only. The width of the displayed
submenu is always adjusted so there is at least one space (and usually more)
between any pieces of text separated by a \t or \a. (When compiling the menu
resource, the compiler stores the \t and \a characters as control characters.
For example, the \t is stored as 0x09.)

A tilde ( ~ ) character in the item name indicates that the following character
is used as a mnemonic character for the item. When the menu is displayed, the
tilde is not shown, but the mnemonic character is underlined. The user can
choose the menu item by pressing the key corresponding to the underlined
mnemonic character.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.32.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a menu item named Alpha. The item identifier is 101.

MENUITEM "Alpha", 101

This example creates a menu item named Beta. The item identifier is 102. The
menu item has a text style and a checked attribute.

MENUITEM "Beta", 102, MIS_TEXT, MIA_CHECKED

This example creates a menu separator between menu items named Gamma and Delta.

MENUITEM "Gamma", 103
MENUITEM SEPARATOR
MENUITEM "Delta", 104

This example creates a menu item that has a bit map instead of a name. The
bit-map identifier, 1, is first defined using a BITMAP statement. The
identifier for the menu item is 301. Note that a # sign must be placed in front
of the bit map identifier in the MENUITEM statement.

BITMAP 1 mybitmap.bmp

MENUITEM "#1", 301, MIS_BITMAP


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.33. MESSAGETABLE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The MESSAGETABLE statement creates one or more string resources for an
application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.33.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MESSAGETABLE [load-option] [mem-option]
BEGIN
string-id string-definition
    .
    .
    .
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.33.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A string resource is a null-terminated character string that has a unique
string identifier. A string resource can be loaded from the executable file
when needed by using the DosGetResource function with the RT_MESSAGE resource
type. RT_MESSAGE resources are bundled together in groups of 16, with any
missing IDs replaced with zero length strings. Each group, or bundle, is
assigned a unique sequential ID. The resource string ID is not necessarily the
same as the ID specified when using DosGetResource. The formula for calculating
the ID of the resource bundle, for use in DosGetResource, is as follows:

bundle ID := ( id / 16) +1,
where id is the string ID assigned in the RC file.

Thus, bundle 1 contains strings 0 to 15, bundle 2 contains strings 16 to 31,
and so on. Once the address of the bundle has been returned by DosGetResource
(using the calculated ID), the buffer can be parsed to locate the particular
string within the bundle. The number of the string is calculated by the
formula:

string := id % 16
(string = remainder for id/16).

The buffer returned consists of the CodePage of the strings in the first
USHORT, followed by the 16 strings in the bundle. The first BYTE of each string
is the length of the string (including the null terminator), followed by the
string and the terminator. A zero length string is represented by two bytes:
01 (string length) followed by the null terminator.

You can provide any number of MESSAGETABLE statements in a resource script
file. The compiler treats all the strings from the various MESSAGETABLE
statements as if they belonged to a single statement. This means that no two
strings in a resource script file can have the same string identifier.

Although the MESSAGETABLE and STRINGTABLE statements are nearly identical, most
applications use the STRINGTABLE statement instead of the MESSAGETABLE
statement to create string resources.

You can continue a string on multiple lines by terminating the line with a
backslash (\) or by terminating the line with a double quotation mark (") and
then starting the next line with a double quotation mark.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.33.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates two string resources whose string identifiers are 1 and 2.

MESSAGETABLE
BEGIN
    1 "Filename not found"
    2 "Cannot open file for reading"
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.34. MLE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The MLE statement creates a multiple-line entry-field control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.34.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MLE text, id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.34.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The control is a rectangle in which the user can type and edit multiple lines
of text. The control displays a pointer when the user selects it. The user can
then use the keyboard to enter text or edit the existing text. Editing keys
include the BACKSPACE and DELETE keys. By using the mouse or the DIRECTION
keys, the user can select the characters to delete or select the place to
insert new characters. The MLE statement, which you can use only in a DIALOG or
WINDOW statement, defines the text, identifier, dimensions, and attributes of a
control window. The predefined class for this control is WC_MLE. If you do not
specify a style, the default style is MLS_BORDER, WS_GROUP, and WS_TABSTOP.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.34.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a multiple-line entry-field control that is not labeled.

MLE "", 101, 10, 10, 50, 100


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.35. NOTEBOOK Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The NOTEBOOK statement creates a notebook control within the dialog window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.35.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

NOTEBOOK   id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.35.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This control is used to organize information on individual pages so that it can
be located and displayed easily. The NOTEBOOK statement defines the identifier,
position, dimensions, and attributes of a notebook control. The predefined
class for this control is WC_NOTEBOOK. If you do not specify a style, the
default style is WS_TABSTOP and WS_VISIBLE.

Use the NOTEBOOK statement only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.35.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a notebook control at position (20, 20) within the dialog
window. The notebook has a width of 200 character units and a height of 50
character units. Its resource ID is 201. The tabs style BKS_ROUNDEDTABS
specification overrides the notebook default style of square tabs. The default
styles WS_TABSTOP and WS_GROUP are both in effect, although only the latter is
specified.

Const
  IDC_NOTEBOOK     = 201;
  IDD_NOTEBOOKDLG  = 503;
DIALOG "Notebook", IDD_NOTEBOOKDLG, 11, 11, 420, 420, FS_NOBYTEALIGN Or
        WS_VISIBLE, FCF_SYSMENU Or FCF_TITLEBAR
  BEGIN
    NOTEBOOK   IDC_NOTEBOOK, 20, 20, 200, 400, BKS_ROUNDEDTABS Or WS_GROUP
  END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.36. POINTER Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The POINTER statement defines a pointer resource for an application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.36.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

POINTER pointer-id [load-option] [mem-option] filename


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.36.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A pointer resource, typically created by using the OS/2 Icon Editor, is a bit
map defining the shape of the mouse pointer on the screen. The POINTER
statement copies the pointer resource from the file specified in the filename
field and adds it to the application's other resources. A pointer resource can
be loaded from the executable file when needed by using the WinLoadPointer
function.

You can provide any number of POINTER statements in a resource script file, but
each statement must specify a unique pointer-id value.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.36.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example defines a pointer whose pointer identifier is 10. The pointer
resource is copied from the file custom.cur.

POINTER 10 custom.cur


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.37. PRESPARAMS Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The PRESPARAMS statement defines presentation fields that customize a dialog
box, menu, window, or control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.37.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

PRESPARAMS presparam, value [, value]  ...


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.37.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

PRESPARAMS data is a series of types and values. The window procedure of the
dialog box, menu, window, or control receives and processes this data when the
item is created. The data for custom controls can be in any format.

PRESPARAMS is often used to supply data to control the appearance of the
customized window when it is first created. For example, the PRESPARAMS
statement may specify the colors to be used in the window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.37.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a menu resource with a menu identifier of 1. The
PRESPARAMS statement specifies that the following three menu items be displayed
in the 12-point Helvetica** font.

MENU 1
BEGIN
    PRESPARAMS PP_FONTNAMESIZE, "12.Helv"
    MENUITEM "New", 100
    MENUITEM "Open", 101
    MENUITEM "Save", 102
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.38. PUSHBUTTON Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The PUSHBUTTON statement creates a push-button control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.38.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

PUSHBUTTON text, id, x, y, width, height [, style ]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.38.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The control is a round-cornered rectangle containing the given text. The
control sends a message to its parent whenever the user chooses the control.
The PUSHBUTTON statement defines the text, identifier, dimensions, and
attributes of a control window. The predefined class for this control is
WC_BUTTON. If you do not specify a style, the default style is BS_PUSHBUTTON
and WS_TABSTOP.

Use the PUSHBUTTON statement only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.38.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a push-button control that is labeled "OK."

PUSHBUTTON "OK", 101, 10, 10, 100, 100


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.39. RADIOBUTTON Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The RADIOBUTTON statement creates a radio-button control, which is a small
circle that has the given text displayed to its right.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.39.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

RADIOBUTTON text, id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.39.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The control highlights the circle and sends a message to its parent window when
the user selects the button. The control removes the highlight and sends a
message when the button is next selected. The RADIOBUTTON statement defines the
text, identifier, dimensions, and attributes of a control window. The
predefined class for this control is WC_BUTTON. If you do not specify a style,
the default style is BS_RADIOBUTTON.

Use the RADIOBUTTON statement only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.39.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a radio-button control that is labeled "Italic."

RADIOBUTTON "Italic", 101, 10, 10, 24, 50


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.40. RCDATA Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The RCDATA statement defines a custom-data resource for an application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.40.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

RCDATA resource-id
BEGIN
data-definition [, data-definition]   ...
    .
    .
    .
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.40.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The custom data can be in whatever format the application requires. You can
provide any number of RCDATA statements in a resource script file, but each
statement must specify a unique resource-id value. A custom-data resource can
be loaded from the executable file when needed by using the DosGetResource or
DosGetResource2 functions with the RT_RCDATA resource type.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.40.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example defines custom data that has a resource identifier of 5.

RCDATA 5
BEGIN
    "E. A. Poe", 1849, -32, 3L, 0x8000000l, 3+4+5
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.41. RCINCLUDE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The RCINCLUDE statement causes RC to process the resource script file
specified in the filename field along with the current resource script file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.41.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

RCINCLUDE filename


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.41.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The contents of both script files are compiled by RC and the results are placed
in one binary resource file and/or executable file.

RCINCLUDE statements are processed before any other processing is done,
including preprocessing by RCPP.EXE, which removes comments, replaces values in
the define directives, and so forth.

When specifying a high performance file system (HPFS) file name on an RCINCLUDE
statement, enclose the path and file name in double quotes; for example:

   RCINCLUDE &odq.d:&bslash.project&bslash.long dialog&per.dlg&cdq.

Double quotes enable the resource compiler to recognize a name containing
embedded blank characters.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.41.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example includes the file DIALOGS.RC as part of the current resource
script file.

RCINCLUDE dialogs.rc


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.42. RESOURCE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The RESOURCE statement defines a custom resource for an application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.42.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

RESOURCE type-id resource-id [load-option] [mem-option] filename


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.42.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A custom resource can be any data in any format. The RESOURCE statement copies
the custom resource from the specified file and adds it to the application's
other resources. A custom resource can be loaded from the executable file when
needed by using the DosGetResource or DosGetResource2 function and specifying
the resource's type and resource identifier.

You can provide any number of RESOURCE statements in a resource script file,
but each statement must specify a unique combination of type-id and resource-id
values. That is, RESOURCE statements having the same type-id value are
permitted as long as the resource-id value for each is unique.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.42.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example defines a custom resource whose type identifier is 300 and whose
resource identifier is 14. The custom resource is copied from the file
CUSTOM.RES.

RESOURCE 300 14 custom.res


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.43. RTEXT Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The RTEXT statement creates a right-aligned text control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.43.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

RTEXT text, id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.43.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The control is a simple rectangle displaying the given text right-aligned in
the rectangle. The text is formatted before it is displayed. Words that would
extend past the end of a line are automatically wrapped to the beginning of the
next line. The RTEXT statement, which you can use only in a DIALOG or WINDOW
statement, defines the text, identifier, dimensions, and attributes of the
control. The predefined class for the control is WC_STATIC. If you do not
specify a style, the default style is SS_TEXT, DT_RIGHT, and WS_GROUP.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.43.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a right-aligned text control that is labeled "Filename."

RTEXT "Filename", 101, 10, 10, 100, 100


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.44. SLIDER Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The SLIDER statement creates a slider control within the dialog window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.44.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SLIDER   id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.44.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This control lets the user set, display, or modify a value by moving a slider
arm along a slider shaft. The SLIDER statement defines the identifier,
position, dimensions, and attributes of a slider control. The predefined class
for this control is WC_SLIDER. If you do not specify a style, the default style
is WS_TABSTOP and WS_VISIBLE.

Use the SLIDER statement only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.44.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a slider control at position (40, 30) within the dialog
window.  The slider has a width of 120 character units and a height of 2
character units.  Its resource ID is 101. The style specification
SLS_BUTTONSLEFT adds buttons to the left of the slider shaft.  The default
styles WS_TABSTOP and WS_VISIBLE are both in effect, although only the latter
is specified.

Const
  IDC_SLIDER       = 101;
  IDD_SLIDERDLG    = 502;

DIALOG "Slider", IDD_SLIDERDLG, 11, 11, 200, 240, FS_NOBYTEALIGN Or
        WS_VISIBLE, FCF_SYSMENU Or FCF_TITLEBAR
  BEGIN
    SLIDER   IDC_SLIDER, 40, 30, 120, 16, SLS_BUTTONSLEFT Or WS_VISIBLE
  END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.45. SPINBUTTON Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The SPINBUTTON statement creates a spin-button control within the dialog
window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.45.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SPINBUTTON   id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.45.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This control gives the user quick access to a finite set of data. The
SPINBUTTON statement defines the identifier, position, dimensions, and
attributes of a spin-button control. The predefined class for this control is
WC_SPINBUTTON. If you do not specify a style, the default style is WS_TABSTOP,
WS_VISIBLE, and SPBS_MASTER.

Use the SPINBUTTON statement only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.45.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a spin-button control at position (80, 20) within the
dialog window. The spin button has a width of 60 character units and a height
of 3 character units. Its resource ID is 302. The style specification
SPBS_NUMERICONLY creates a control which accepts only the digits 0-9 and
virtual keys. The default styles SPBS_MASTER, WS_TABSTOP, and WS_VISIBLE are
all in effect, although only WS_TABSTOP is specified.

Const
  IDC_SPINBUTTON  = 302;
  IDD_SPINDLG     = 502;
DIALOG "Spin button", IDD_SPINDLG, 11, 11, 200, 240, FS_NOBYTEALIGN Or
        WS_VISIBLE, FCF_SYSMENU Or FCF_TITLEBAR
  BEGIN
    SPINBUTTON  IDC_SPINBUTTON, 80, 20, 60, 24, SPBS_NUMERICONLY Or WS_TABSTOP
  END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.46. STRINGTABLE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The STRINGTABLE statement creates one or more string resources for an
application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.46.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

STRINGTABLE [load-option] [mem-option]
BEGIN
string-id string-definition
    .
    .
    .
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.46.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A string resource is a null-terminated character string that has a unique
string identifier. A string resource can be loaded from the executable file
when needed by using WinLoadString or with DosGetResource with the RT_STRING
resource type. RT_STRING resources are bundled together in groups of 16, with
any missing IDs replaced with zero length strings. Each group, or bundle, is
assigned a unique sequential ID. The resource string ID is not necessarily the
same as the ID specified when using DosGetResource. The formula for calculating
the ID of the resource bundle, for use in DosGetResource, is as follows:

bundle ID := ( id / 16) +1
where id is the string ID assigned in the RC file.

Thus, bundle 1 contains strings 0 to 15, bundle 2 contains strings 16 to 31,
and so on. Once the address of the bundle has been returned by DosGetResource
(using the calculated ID), the buffer can be parsed to locate the particular
string within the bundle. The number of the string is calculated by the
formula:

string := id % 16
(string = remainder for id/16).

The buffer returned consists of the CodePage of the strings in the first
USHORT, followed by the 16 strings in the bundle. The first BYTE of each string
is the length of the string (including the null terminator), followed by the
string and the terminator. A zero length string is represented by two bytes:
01 (string length) followed by the null terminator.

You can provide any number of STRINGTABLE statements in a resource script file.
The compiler treats all the strings from the various STRINGTABLE statements as
if they belonged to a single statement. This means that no two strings in a
resource script file can have the same string identifier.

You can continue a string on multiple lines by terminating the line with a
backslash (\) or by terminating the line with a double quotation mark (") and
then starting the next line with a double quotation mark.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.46.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates two string resources whose string identifiers are 1 and 2.

Const
  IDS_HELLO   = 1;
  IDS_GOODBYE = 2;

STRINGTABLE
BEGIN
    IDS_HELLO   "Hello"
    IDS_GOODBYE "Goodbye"
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.47. SUBITEMSIZE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The SUBITEMSIZE statement specifies the size, in words, of each help subitem
in a help subtable.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.47.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SUBITEMSIZE  size


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.47.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The minimum size is two words, and each help subitem in a help subtable must be
the same size. When used, the SUBITEMSIZE statement must appear after the
HELPSUBTABLE statement and before the BEGIN keyword.

You do not need to use the SUBITEMSIZE statement if the help subitems are the
default size (2).


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.47.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The SUBITEMSIZE statement in this example specifies that each HELPSUBITEM
statement contains three words.

HELPSUBTABLE 1
SUBITEMSIZE 3
BEGIN
    HELPSUBITEM IDCLD_FILEMENU, IDHP_FILEMENU, 5
    HELPSUBITEM IDCLD_HELPMENU, IDHP_HELPMENU, 6
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.48. SUBMENU Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The SUBMENU statement creates a submenu for a given menu.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.48.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

SUBMENU text, submenu-id [, menuitem-style[, menuitem-attributerbrk.]
BEGIN
menuitem-definition
    .
    .
    .
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.48.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A submenu is a vertical list of menu items from which the user can choose a
command.

You can provide any number of SUBMENU statements in a MENU statement, but each
SUBMENU statement must specify a unique submenu-id value. You can provide any
number of menuitem-definition statements in the SUBMENU statement. These define
the menu items (commands) in the menu. The order of the statements determines
the order of the menu items.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.48.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a submenu named Elements. Its identifier is 2. The submenu
contains three menu items, which are created by using MENUITEM statements.

SUBMENU "Elements", 2
BEGIN
    MENUITEM "Oxygen", 200
    MENUITEM "Carbon", 201, , MIA_CHECKED
    MENUITEM "Hydrogen", 202
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.49. VALUESET Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The VALUESET statement creates a value set control within the dialog window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.49.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

VALUESET   id, x, y, width, height [, style]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.49.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This control lets a user select one choice from a group of mutually exclusive
choices. The VALUESET statement defines the identifier, position, dimensions,
and attributes of a value set control. The predefined class for this control is
WC_VALUESET. If you do not specify a style, the default style is WS_TABSTOP and
WS_VISIBLE.

Use the VALUESET statement only in a DIALOG or WINDOW statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.49.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a value set control at position (40, 40) within the dialog
window. The value set control has a width of 220 character units and a height
of 20 character units. Its resource ID is 302. The style specification VS_ICON
creates a control to show items in icon form. The default styles WS_TABSTOP and
WS_VISIBLE are both in effect, although only WS_TABSTOP is specified.

Const
  IDC_VALUESET     = 302;
  IDD_VALUESETDLG  = 501;
DIALOG "Value set", IDD_VALUESETDLG, 11, 11, 260, 240, FS_NOBYTEALIGN |
        WS_VISIBLE, FCF_SYSMENU | FCF_TITLEBAR
  BEGIN
    VALUESET  IDC_VALUESET, 40, 40, 220, 160, VS_ICON | WS_TABSTOP
  END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.50. WINDOW Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The WINDOW statement creates a window of the specified class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.50.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

WINDOW text, id, x, y, width, height, class [, style [, framect]]
  data-definitions
[ BEGIN
control-definition
    .
    .
    .
END ]


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.50.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The statement defines the position and dimensions of the window relative to its
parent window, as well as the window-box style. The WINDOW statement is
typically used in a WINDOWTEMPLATE or FRAME statement.

Usually, only one WINDOW statement is used in a FRAME statement. It defines the
client window belonging to the corresponding frame window. The optional BEGIN
and END keywords enclose any CONTROL statements that are given with the window.
CONTROL statements given in this manner represent child windows belonging to
the window created by the WINDOW statement.

The WINDOW statement can actually contain any combination of CONTROL, DIALOG,
and WINDOW statements. Typically, a WINDOW statement contains one or no such
statements.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.50.3. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example creates a client window belonging to the frame window. The client
window belongs to the "MyClientClass" window class and has the standard window
identifier FID_CLIENT.

WINDOWTEMPLATE 1
BEGIN
    FRAME "My Window", 1, 10, 10, 320, 130,
             0, FCF_STANDARD | FCF_VERTSCROLL
    BEGIN
        WINDOW "", FID_CLIENT, 0, 0, 0, 0, "MyClientClass"
    END
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.51. WINDOWTEMPLATE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 The WINDOWTEMPLATE statement creates a window template.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.51.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

WINDOWTEMPLATE window-id [load-option] [mem-option]
BEGIN
window-definition
    .
    .
    .
END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.1.2.51.2. Description ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window template consists of a series of statements that define the window
identifier, load and memory options, window dimensions, and controls in the
window. The window template can be loaded from the executable file by using the
WinLoadDlg function.

You can provide any number of window templates in a resource script file, but
each template must have a unique window-id value.

A WINDOWTEMPLATE statement can contain DIALOG, CONTROL, and WINDOW statements.
Typically, only one WINDOW statement is used in the WINDOWTEMPLATE statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2. Directive Descriptions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section provides the syntax, a description, and an example of each of the
directives.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.1. #define Directive ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The #define directive assigns the given value to the specified name. All
subsequent occurrences of the name are replaced by the value.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.1.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 #define name value


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.1.2. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example assigns values to the names "NONZERO" and "USERCLASS".

Const
  NONZERO    = 1;
  USERCLASS  = 'MyControlClass';


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.2. #elif Directive ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The #elif directive marks an optional clause of a conditional-compilation block
defined by a #ifdef, #ifndef, or #if directive. The directive controls
conditional compilation of the resource file by checking the specified constant
expression. If the constant expression is nonzero, #elif directs the compiler
to continue processing statements up to the next #endif, #else, or #elif
directive and then skip to the statement after #endif. If the constant
expression is zero, #elif directs the compiler to skip to the next #endif,
#else, or #elif directive. You can use any number of #elif directives in a
conditional block.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.2.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

#elif constant-expression


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.2.2. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In this example, #elif directs the compiler to process the second BITMAP
statement only if the value assigned to the name "Version" is less than 7. The
#elif directive itself is processed only if Version is greater than or equal to
3.

#if Version < 3
BITMAP 1 errbox.bmp
#elif Version < 7
BITMAP 1 userbox.bmp
#endif


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.3. #else Directive ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The #else directive marks an optional clause of a conditional-compilation block
defined by a #ifdef, #ifndef, or #if directive. The #else directive must be the
last directive before the #endif directive.

This directive has no arguments.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.3.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

#else


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.3.2. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example compiles the second BITMAP statement only if the name "DEBUG" is
not defined.

    #ifdef DEBUG
        BITMAP 1 errbox.bmp
    #else
        BITMAP 1 userbox.bmp
    #endif


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.4. #endif directive ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The #endif directive marks the end of a conditional-compilation block defined
by a #ifdef directive. One #endif is required for each #if, #ifdef, or #ifndef
directive.

This directive has no arguments.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.4.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

#endif


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.5. #if Directive ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The #if directive controls conditional compilation of the resource file by
checking the specified constant expression. If the constant expression is
nonzero, #if directs the compiler to continue processing statements up to the
next #endif, #else, or #elif directive and then skip to the statement after the
#endif directive. If the constant expression is zero, it directs the compiler
to skip to the next #endif, #else, or #elif directive.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.5.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

#If constant-expression


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.5.2. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example compiles the BITMAP statement only if the value assigned to the
name "Version" is less than 3.

#if Version < 3
BITMAP 1 errbox.bmp
#endif


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.6. #ifdef Directive ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The #ifdef directive controls conditional compilation of the resource file by
checking the specified name. If the name has been defined by using a define
directive or by using the -d command-line option of rc, #ifdef directs the
compiler to continue with the statement immediately after the #ifdef directive.
If the name has not been defined, #ifdef directs the compiler to skip all
statements up to the next #endif directive.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.6.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

#ifdef name


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.6.2. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example compiles the BITMAP statement only if the name "Debug" is defined.

#ifdef Debug
BITMAP 1 errbox.bmp
#endif


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.7. #ifndef Directive ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The #ifndef directive controls conditional compilation of the resource file by
checking the specified name. If the name has not been defined or if its
definition has been removed by using the #undef directive, #ifndef directs the
compiler to continue processing statements up to the next #endif, #else, or
#elif directive and then skip to the statement after the #endif directive. If
the name is defined, #ifndef directs the compiler to skip to the next #endif,
#else, or #elif directive.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.7.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

#ifndef name


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.7.2. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example compiles the BITMAP statement only if the name "Optimize" is not
defined.

#ifndef Optimize
BITMAP 1 errbox.bmp
#endif


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.8. #include Directive ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The #include directive causes RC to process the file specified in the filename
field. This file should be a header file that defines the constants used in the
resource script file. Only the define directives in the specified file are
processed. All other statements are ignored.

The filename field is handled as a C string. Therefore, you must include two
backslashes (\\) wherever one is required in the path. (As an alternative, you
can use a single forward slash (/) instead of two backslashes.)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.8.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

#include filename


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.8.2. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example processes the header files OS2.H and HEADERS\MYDEFS.H\I while
compiling the resource script file.

#include <os2.h>
#include "headers&bsl.&bsl.&bsl.&bsl.mydefs.h"


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.9. #undef Directive ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The undef directive removes the current definition of the specIfied name. All
subsequent occurrences of the name are processed without replacement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.9.1. Syntax ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

#undef name


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.2.9.2. Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This example removes the definitions for the names "nonzero" and "USERCLASS".

#undef     nonzero
#undef     USERCLASS


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3. Using Resource Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section explains how to create a resource script file, compile it using
the Resource Compiler (RC.EXE), and optionally add the resources to your
executable file. Resource script files have a default file-name extension of
.RC.

For resource information on the individual controls, see the chapter on the
specific control. For example, an example of a resource script file for frame
windows is in Frame Windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3.1. Creating and Compiling a Resource File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The resource compiler (RC) compiles a resource script file to create a new
file, called a binary resource file, which has a .RES file-name extension. The
binary resource file can be added to the executable file of the application,
thereby replacing any existing resources in that file.

The RC command line has the following three basic forms:

  rc resource-script-file [executable-file]

  rc binary-resource-file [executable-file]

  rc -r  resource-script-file [binary-resource-file]

Note:  The third option does not add to the executable file.

  The resource-script-file parameter is the file name of the resource script
 file to be compiled.

 The executable-file parameter must be the name of the executable file to
 receive the compiled resources. This is a file having a file-name extension of
 either .EXE or .DLL. If you omit the executable-file field, RC adds the
 compiled resources to the executable file that has the same name as the
 resource script file but which has the .EXE file-name extension.

 The binary-resource-file parameter is the name of the binary resource file to
 be added to the executable file.

 The -r option directs RC to compile the resource script file without adding it
 to an executable file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3.1.1. Compiling and Adding Resources to the .EXE File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To compile the resource script file EXAMPLE.RC and add the result to the
executable file EXAMPLE.EXE, use the following command:

  rc example

You do not need to specify the .RC extension. RC creates the binary resource
file EXAMPLE.RES and adds the compiled resource to the executable file
EXAMPLE.EXE.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3.1.2. Compiling without Adding Resources to the .EXE File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To compile the resource script file EXAMPLE.RC into a binary resource file
without adding the resources to an executable file, use the following command:

  rc -r example

The compiler creates the binary resource file EXAMPLE.RES. To create a binary
resource file that has a name different from the resource script file, use the
following command:

  rc -r example newfile.res


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3.1.3. Adding the Compiled Resources to the .EXE File ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To add the compiled resources in the binary resource file EXAMPLE.RES to an
executable file, use the following command:

  rc example.res

To specify the name of the executable file, if the name is different from the
resource file, use the following command:

  rc example.res newfile.exe


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 10.3.1.4. Adding the Compiled Resources to a DLL ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To add the compiled resources to a dynamic-link-library (DLL) file, use the
following command:

  rc example.res dynalink.dll


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11. Scroll-Bar Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Scroll bars are control windows that convert mouse and keyboard input into
integers; they are used by an application to scroll the contents of a client
window.  This chapter describes how to create and use scroll bars in PM
applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1. About Scroll Bars ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A scroll bar has three main parts:  the bar, its arrows, and a slider.

The arrows are located at each end of the scroll bar. The left scroll arrow, on
the left side of a horizontal scroll bar, enables the user to scroll to the
left in a document. The right scroll arrow lets the user scroll to the right.

On a vertical scroll bar, the upper scroll arrow enables the user to scroll
upward in the document; the lower scroll arrow, downward.  The slider, which
lies between the two scroll arrows, reflects the current value of the scroll
bar.  Scroll bars monitor the slider and send notification messages to the
owner window when the slider position changes as a result of mouse or keyboard
input.

Although, typically, scroll bars are used in frame windows, an application can
use stand-alone scroll bars of any size or shape, at any position, in a window
of almost any class.  Scroll bars can be used as parts of other control
windows; for example, a list box uses a scroll bar to enable the user to view
items when the list box is too small to display all the items.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.1. Scroll-Bar Creation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can include a scroll bar in a standard frame window by
specifying the FCF_HORZSCROLL or FCF_VERTSCROLL flag in the WinCreateStdWindow
function.  To create a scroll bar in another type of window, an application can
specify the predefined (preregistered) window class WC_SCROLLBAR in the
WinCreateWindow function or in the CONTROL statement in a resource file.

Although most applications specify an owner window when creating a scroll bar,
an owner is not required.  If an application does not specify an owner, the
scroll bar does not send notification messages.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.1.1. Scroll-Bar Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A scroll bar has styles that determine what it looks like and how it responds
to input.  Styles are specified in the WinCreateWindow function or the CONTROL
statement.  A scroll-bar can have the following styles:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéStyle          ΓöéMeaning                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBS_AUTOTRACK  ΓöéCauses the entire slider to track the        Γöé
Γöé               Γöémovement of the mouse pointer when the user  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéscrolls the window. Without this style, only Γöé
Γöé               Γöéan outlined image of the slider tracks the   Γöé
Γöé               Γöémovement of the mouse pointer, and the sliderΓöé
Γöé               Γöéjumps to the new location when the user      Γöé
Γöé               Γöéreleases the mouse button.                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBS_HORZ       ΓöéCreates a horizontal scroll bar.             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBS_THUMBSIZE  ΓöéUsed to calculate the size of the scroll-bar Γöé
Γöé               Γöéslider from the SBCDATA passed to            Γöé
Γöé               ΓöéWinCreateWindow.                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSBS_VERT       ΓöéCreates a vertical scroll bar.               Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.1.2. Scroll-Bar Range and Position ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Every scroll bar has a range and a slider position.  The range specifies the
minimum and maximum values for the slider position.  As the user moves the
slider in a scroll bar, the scroll bar reports the slider position as an
integer in this range.  If the slider position is the minimum value, the slider
is at the top of a vertical scroll bar or at the left end of a horizontal
scroll bar.  If the slider position is the maximum value, the slider is at the
bottom or right end of the vertical or horizontal scroll bar, respectively.

An application can adjust the range to convenient integers by using
SBM_SETSCROLLBAR or WM_SETWINDOWPARAMS, or by using the SBCDATA structure
during creation of the scroll bar. This enables you to easily translate the
slider position into a value that corresponds to the data being scrolled.  For
example, an application attempting to display 100 lines of text (numbered 0 to
99) in a window that can show only 20 lines at a time could set the vertical
scroll-bar range from 0-99, permitting any line to be the top line, and
requiring blank lines to fill the viewing area when there are not sufficient
lines of information to fill the area (lines 80-99). More likely, the range
would be set to 0-79, so that only the first 80 lines could be the top line;
this guarantees that there would always be 20 lines of text to fill the window.

The current settings can be obtained using SBM_QUERYRANGE or
WM_QUERYWINDOWPARAMS.

To establish a useful relationship between the scroll-bar range and the data,
an application must adjust the range whenever the data or the size of the
window changes.  This means the application should adjust the range as part of
processing WM_SIZE messages.

An application must move the slider in a scroll bar.  Although the user
requests scrolling in a scroll bar, the scroll bar does not update the slider
position.  Instead, it passes the request to the owner window, which scrolls
the data and updates the slider position using the SBM_SETPOS message.  The
application controls the slider movement and can move the slider in the
increments best suited for the data being scrolled.

An application can retrieve the current slider position of a scroll bar by
sending the SBM_QUERYPOS message to the scroll bar.

If a scroll bar is a descendant of a frame window, its position relative to its
parent can change when the position of the frame window changes.  Frame windows
draw scroll bars relative to the upper-left corner of the frame window (rather
than the lower-left corner).  The frame window can adjust the y coordinate of
the scroll-bar position, which would be desirable if the scroll bar is a child
of the frame window, but would be undesirable if the scroll bar is not a child
window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.1.3. Scroll-Bar Slider Size ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The slider can be displayed either as a square (the default), or as a portion
of the scroll bar if SBCDATA and the SBS_THUMBSIZE style are specified at
creation. Displaying the slider as a proportional rectangle permits the size of
the slider to be proportional to the amount of data being viewed in the visible
range. The size is set based on the visible range and the number of values in
the range. As an example, where the viewing area is 20 items and the range is
100, the slider size would be 20% of the potential slider area. Note that there
is no direct connection between the scroll bar range and the range value used
to set the slider size.  It is possible to set the scroll-bar range from 0-99,
and base the slider size on a viewing area of 500 and a range of 1000.  This
will set the scroll-bar to have 100 positions and will display a slider that is
half the size of the scroll bar.

The slider size can be set using SBM_SETTHUMBSIZE or WM_SETWINDOWPARAMS, and
obtained using WM_QUERYWINDOWPARAMS.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.2. Scroll-Bar Notification Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A scroll bar sends notification messages to its owner whenever the user clicks
the scroll bar.  WM_VSCROLL and WM_HSCROLL are the notification messages for
vertical and horizontal scroll bars, respectively.  If the scroll bar is a
frame control window, the frame window passes the message to its client window.

Each notification message includes the scroll-bar identifier, scroll-bar
command code corresponding to the action of the user, and, in some cases, the
position of the slider.  If an application creates a scroll bar as part of a
frame control window, the scroll-bar identifier is the predefined constant
FID_VERTSCROLL or FID_HORZSCROLL.  Otherwise, it is the identifier given in the
WinCreateWindow function.

The scroll-bar command codes specify the action the user has taken.  Operating
system user-interface guidelines recommend certain responses for each action.

Following is a list of the command codes; for each code, the user action is
specified, followed by the application's response. In each case, a scrolling
unit, appropriate for the given data, must be defined by the application.  For
example, for scrolling text vertically, the typical unit is a line.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéCommand Code        ΓöéDescription                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSB_LINEUP           ΓöéIndicates that the user clicked the top Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéscroll arrow. Decrement the slider      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéposition by one, and scroll toward the  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöétop of the data by one unit.            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSB_LINEDOWN         ΓöéIndicates that the user clicked the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöébottom scroll arrow. Increment the      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéslider position by one, and scroll      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöétoward the bottom of the data by one    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéunit.                                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSB_LINELEFT         ΓöéIndicates that the user clicked the leftΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéscroll arrow. Decrement the slider      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéposition by one, and scroll toward the  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéleft end of the data by one unit.       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSB_LINERIGHT        ΓöéIndicates that the user clicked the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéright scroll arrow. Increment the sliderΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéposition by one, and scroll toward the  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéright end of the data by one unit.      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSB_PAGEUP           ΓöéIndicates that the user clicked the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéscroll-bar background above the slider. Γöé
Γöé                    ΓöéDecrement the slider position by the    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöénumber of data units in the window, and Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéscroll toward the top of the data by theΓöé
Γöé                    Γöésame number of units.                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSB_PAGEDOWN         ΓöéIndicates that the user clicked the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéscroll-bar background below the slider. Γöé
Γöé                    ΓöéIncrement the slider position by the    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöénumber of data units in the window, and Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéscroll toward the bottom of the data by Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe same number of units.               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSB_PAGELEFT         ΓöéIndicates that the user clicked the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéscroll-bar background to the left of theΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéslider. Decrement the slider position byΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe number of data units in the window, Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéand scroll toward the left end of the   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöédata by the same number of units.       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSB_PAGERIGHT        ΓöéIndicates that the user clicked the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéscroll-bar background to the right of   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe slider. Increment the slider        Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéposition by the number of data units in Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe window, and scroll toward the right Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéend of the data by the same number of   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéunits.                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSB_SLIDERTRACK      ΓöéIndicates that the user is dragging the Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéslider. Applications that draw data     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéquickly can set the slider to the       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéposition given in the message, and      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéscroll the data by the same number of   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéunits the slider has moved. ApplicationsΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéthat cannot draw data quickly should    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéwait for the SB_SLIDERPOSITION code     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöébefore moving the slider and scrolling  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe data.                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSB_SLIDERPOSITION   ΓöéIndicates that the user released the    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéslider after dragging it. Set the sliderΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéto the position given in the message,   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéand scroll the data by the same number  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéof units the slider was moved.          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSB_ENDSCROLL        ΓöéIndicates that the user released the    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöémouse after holding it on an arrow or inΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe scroll-bar background. No response  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéis necessary.                           Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ
If the command code is SB_SLIDERTRACK or SB_SLIDERPOSITION, indicating that the
user is moving the scroll-bar slider, the notification message also contains
the current position of the slider.

The owner window can send a message to the scroll bar to read or reset the
current value and range of the scroll bar.  To reflect any changes in the state
of the scroll bar, the owner window also can adjust the data the scroll bar
controls.

An application can use the WinEnableWindow function to disable a scroll bar.  A
disabled scroll bar ignores the actions of the user, sending out no
notification messages when the user tries to manipulate it.  If an application
has no data to scroll, or if all data fits in the client window, the
application should disable the scroll bar.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.1.3. Scroll Bars and the Keyboard ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When a scroll bar has the keyboard focus, it generates notification messages
for the following keys:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéKeys           ΓöéResponse                                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéUP             ΓöéSB_LINEUP or SB_LINELEFT                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLEFT           ΓöéSB_LINEUP or SB_LINELEFT                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéDOWN           ΓöéSB_LINEDOWN or SB_LINERIGHT                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéRIGHT          ΓöéSB_LINEDOWN or SB_LINERIGHT                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéPGUP           ΓöéSB_PAGEUP or SB_PAGELEFT                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéPGDN           ΓöéSB_PAGEDOWN or SB_PAGERIGHT                  Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

If an application uses scroll bars to scroll data but does not give the scroll
bar the input focus, the window with the focus must process keyboard input.
The window can generate scroll-bar notification messages or carry out the
indicated scrolling.  The following table shows the responses to keys that a
window must process:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéKey            ΓöéResponse                                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéUP             ΓöéSB_LINEUP                                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéDOWN           ΓöéSB_LINEDOWN                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéPGUP           ΓöéSB_PAGEUP                                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéPGDN           ΓöéSB_PAGEDOWN                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCTRL+HOME      ΓöéSB_SLIDERTRACK, with the slider set to the   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéminimum position                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCTRL+END       ΓöéSB_SLIDERTRACK, with the slider set to the   Γöé
Γöé               Γöémaximum position                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLEFT           ΓöéSB_LINELEFT                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéRIGHT          ΓöéSB_LINERIGHT                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCTRL+PGUP      ΓöéSB_PAGELEFT                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCTRL+PGDN      ΓöéSB_PAGERIGHT                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéHOME           ΓöéSB_SLIDERTRACK, with the slider set to the   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéminimum position                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéEND            ΓöéSB_SLIDERTRACK, with the slider set to the   Γöé
Γöé               Γöémaximum position                             Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

For vertical scroll bars that are part of list boxes, the following table shows
the responses to keys:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéKey            ΓöéCommand                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCTRL+UP        ΓöéSB_SLIDERTRACK, with the slider set to the   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéminimum position                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCTRL+DOWN      ΓöéSB_SLIDERTRACK, with the slider set to the   Γöé
Γöé               Γöémaximum position                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF7             ΓöéSB_PAGEUP                                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéF8             ΓöéSB_PAGEDOWN                                  Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.2. Using Scroll Bars ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section explains how to perform the following tasks:

     Create scroll bars
     Retrieve a scroll-bar handle
     Initialize, adjust, and read the scroll-bar range and position


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.2.1. Creating Scroll Bars ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When creating a frame window, you can add scroll bars by specifying the
FCF_HORZSCROLL flag, FCF_VERTSCROLL flag, or both flags in the
WinCreateStdWindow function.  This adds horizontal, vertical, or both (as
specified) scroll bars to the frame window.  The frame window owns the scroll
bars and passes notification messages from the scroll bars to the client
window. The following code fragment adds scroll bars to a frame window:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  UlFrameControlFlags : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  (* Set flags for a main window with scroll bars. *)
  UlFrameControlFlags :=
         FCF_STANDARD Or FCF_HORZSCROLL Or FCF_VERTSCROLL;

  (* Create the window.                            *)
  hwndFrame := WinCreateStdWindow(HWND_DESKTOP,
      WS_VISIBLE,
      &ulFrameControlFlags,
      szClientClass,
      szFrameTitle,
      0,
      nil,
      0,
      &hwndClient);

End.

Scroll bars created this way have the window identifier FID_HORZSCROLL or
FID_VERTSCROLL.  To determine the size and position of the scroll bars, the
frame window uses the standard size specified by the system values SV_CXVSCROLL
and SV_CYHSCROLL.  The position always is defined by the right and bottom edges
of the frame window.

Another way to create scroll bars is using the WinCreateWindow function.  This
method is most commonly used for stand-alone scroll bars.  Creating scroll bars
this way lets you set the size and position of the scroll bars.  You also can
specify which window should receive notification messages.

The following code fragment creates a stand-alone scroll bar:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Const ID_SCROLL_BAR = 1;
Var
  HwndScroll,hwndClient : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  hwndScroll := WinCreateWindow(
        hwndClient,                      (* Scroll-bar parent window       *)
        WC_SCROLLBAR,                    (* Preregistered scroll-bar class *)
        nil,                             (* No window title                *)
        SBS_VERT Or WS_VISIBLE,          (* Vertical style and visible     *)
        10, 10,                          (* Position & Size                *)
        20, 100,                         (* Size                           *)
        hwndClient,                      (* Owner                          *)
        HWND_TOP,                        (* Z-order position               *)
        ID_SCROLL_BAR,                   (* Scroll-bar identIfier          *)
        nil,                             (* No class-specIfic data         *)
        nil);                            (* No presentation parameters     *)
End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.2.2. Retrieving a Scroll-Bar Handle ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

If you use the WinCreateStdWindow function to create a scroll bar as a child of
the frame window, you must be able to retrieve the scroll-bar handle.  One way
to do this is to use the WinWindowFromID function, the frame-window handle, and
a predefined identifier (such as FID_HORZSCROLL or FID_VERTSCROLL), as shown in
the following code fragment:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndFrame,hwndHorzScroll,hwndVertScroll : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  hwndHorzScroll := WinWindowFromID(hwndFrame, FID_HORZSCROLL);
  hwndVertScroll := WinWindowFromID(hwndFrame, FID_VERTSCROLL);
End.

If the standard frame window includes a client window, you can use that handle
to access the scroll bars.  The idea is to get the frame-window handle first;
then, the scroll-bar handle.


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndScroll,hwndClient : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  (* Get a handle to the horizontal scroll bar. *)
  hwndScroll := WinWindowFromID(
        WinQueryWindow(hwndClient, QW_PARENT),
        FID_HORZSCROLL);
End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 11.2.3. Using the Scroll-Bar Range and Position ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You can initialize the current value and range of a scroll bar to non-default
values by sending the SBCDATA structure with class-specific data for a call to
WinCreateWindow:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Const ID_SCROLL_BAR = 1;
Var
  Sbcd                  : SBCDATA; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndScroll,hwndClient : HWND;    (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  (* Set up scroll-bar control data.                     *)
  Sbcd.posFirst := 200;
  Sbcd.posLast  := 400;
  Sbcd.posThumb := 300;

  (* Create the scroll bar.                              *)
  hwndScroll := WinCreateWindow(hwndClient,
      WC_SCROLLBAR,
      nil,
      SBS_VERT Or WS_VISIBLE,
      10, 10,
      20, 100,
      hwndClient,
      HWND_TOP,
      ID_SCROLL_BAR,
      &sbcd,                     (* Class-specIfic data  *)
      nil);
End.
You can adjust a scroll-bar value and range by sending it an SBM_SETSCROLLBAR
message:

(* Set the scroll-bar value and range. *)

WinSendMsg(hwndScroll, SBM_SETSCROLLBAR,
           300,
           MPFROM2SHORT(200, 400));

You can read a scroll-bar value by sending it an SBM_QUERYPOS message:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  UsSliderPos : USHORT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  (* Read the scroll-bar value. *)
  usSliderPos := WinSendMsg(hwndScroll,
                            SBM_QUERYPOS, nil, nil);
end.

Similarly, you can set a scroll-bar value by sending an SBM_SETPOS message:

(* Set the vertical scroll-bar value. *)
WinSendMsg(hwndScroll, SBM_SETPOS, 300, nil);

You can read a scroll-bar range by sending it an SBM_QUERYRANGE message:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Mr                   : MRESULT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  UsMinimum, UsMaximum : USHORT;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  (* Read the vertical scroll-bar range.                               *)
  mr := WinSendMsg(hwndScroll, SBM_QUERYRANGE, nil, nil);

  usMinimum := SHORT1FROMMR(mr);            (* minimum in the low word  *)
  usMaximum := SHORT2FROMMR(mr);            (* maximum in the high word *)
end.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12. Slider Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A slider control is a visual component that displays a range of values and
allows a user to set, display, or modify a value by moving a slider arm. There
are two types of sliders:

     The linear slider is represented as a shaft along which the slider arm
      can be moved by the user to set a value.

     The circular slider is represented as a dial with the slider arm shown as
      the radius of the dial.

 This chapter explains how to use each of these slider controls in PM
 applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1. About Slider Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section covers linear and circular slider controls. Linear sliders are
used to set values that have familiar increments. Circular sliders, although
different in appearance from linear sliders, provide much the same function.
Both types of sliders can be used in a window to create a user interface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.1. Linear Sliders ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Typically, linear sliders are used to easily set values that have familiar
increments, such as feet, inches, degrees, and decibels. They also can be used
for other purposes when immediate feedback is required, such as blending colors
or showing a task's percentage of completion. For example, an application might
let a user mix and match color shades by moving a slider arm, or a read-only
slider could show how much of a task is complete by filling in the slider shaft
as the task progresses. These are just a few examples of the ways in which
sliders can be used.

The slider arm shows the value currently set by its position on the slider
shaft. The user selects slider values by changing the location of the slider
arm.

A tick mark indicates an incremental value in a slider scale. A detent, which
is similar to a tick mark, also represents a value on the scale. However, a
detent can be placed anywhere along the slider scale, rather than only in
specific increments, and can be selected.

The appearance of a slider and the user interaction with a slider are similar
to that of a scroll bar. However, these two controls are not interchangeable
because each has a unique purpose. A scroll bar scrolls information into view
that is outside a window's work area, while the slider is used to set, display,
or modify that information, whether it is in or out of the work area.

Although linear sliders usually use values that have familiar increments, text
also can be used. However, if the text is too long it can overlap the text
displayed on the next tick mark or detent. Also, if the text on the far edge
markers is too long, some of the text will not be displayed on screen. To
prevent this use one of the following:

     Smaller font
     Shorter text values
     Static controls

 The slider can be customized to meet varying application requirements, while
 providing a user interface component that can be used easily to develop
 products that conform to the Systems Application Architecture (SAA) Common
 User Access (CUA) user interface guidelines. The application can specify
 different scales, sizes, and orientations for its sliders, but the underlying
 function of the control remains the same. For a complete description of CUA
 sliders, refer to the SAA CUA Guide to User Interface Design and the SAA CUA
 Advanced Interface Design Reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.1.1. Linear Slider Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Slider control styles are set when a slider window is created. The following
table describes linear slider control styles. If no styles are specified,
defaults are used as indicated in the table.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéStyle Name            ΓöéDescription                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_BOTTOM            ΓöéPositions the slider at the bottom of Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe slider window. Valid only for     Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéhorizontal sliders.                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_BUTTONSBOTTOM     ΓöéSpecifies that the optional slider    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöébuttons are to be used and places themΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéat the bottom of the slider shaft. TheΓöé
Γöé                      Γöébuttons move the slider arm by one    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéposition, up or down, in the directionΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéselected. Valid only for vertical     Γöé
Γöé                      Γöésliders.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_BUTTONSLEFT       ΓöéSpecifies that the optional slider    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöébuttons are to be used and places themΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéto the left of the slider shaft. The  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöébuttons move the slider arm by one    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéposition, left or right, in the       Γöé
Γöé                      Γöédirection selected. Valid only for    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéhorizontal sliders.                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_BUTTONSRIGHT      ΓöéSpecifies that the optional slider    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöébuttons are to be used and places themΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéto the right of the slider shaft. The Γöé
Γöé                      Γöébuttons move the slider arm by one    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéposition, left or right, in the       Γöé
Γöé                      Γöédirection selected. Valid only for    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéhorizontal sliders.                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_BUTTONSTOP        ΓöéSpecifies that the optional slider    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöébuttons are to be used and places themΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéat the top of the slider shaft. The   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöébuttons move the slider arm by one    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéposition, up or down, in the directionΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéselected. Valid only for vertical     Γöé
Γöé                      Γöésliders.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_CENTER            ΓöéCenters the slider within the slider  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéwindow. This is the default position  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéof the slider.                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_HOMEBOTTOM        ΓöéSpecifies the slider arm's home       Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéposition. The bottom of the slider is Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéused as the base value for            Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéincrementing. Valid only for vertical Γöé
Γöé                      Γöésliders.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_HOMELEFT          ΓöéSpecifies the slider arm's home       Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéposition. The left edge is used as theΓöé
Γöé                      Γöébase value for incrementing. This is  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe default for horizontal sliders andΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéis valid only for horizontal sliders. Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_HOMERIGHT         ΓöéSpecifies the slider arm's home       Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéposition. The right edge is used as   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe base value for incrementing. ValidΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéonly for horizontal sliders.          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_HOMETOP           ΓöéSpecifies the slider arm's home       Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéposition. The top of the slider is    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéused as the base value for            Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéincrementing. Valid only for vertical Γöé
Γöé                      Γöésliders.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_HORIZONTAL        ΓöéPositions the slider horizontally. TheΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéslider arm can move left and right on Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe slider shaft. A scale can be      Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéplaced on top of the slider shaft,    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöébelow the slider shaft, or in both    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéplaces. This is the default           Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéorientation of the slider.            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_LEFT              ΓöéPositions the slider at the left edge Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéof the slider window. Valid only for  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöévertical sliders.                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_OWNERDRAW         ΓöéNotifies the application whenever the Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéslider shaft, the ribbon strip, the   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéslider arm, and the slider background Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéare to be drawn.                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_PRIMARYSCALE1     ΓöéDetermines the location of the scale  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéon the slider shaft by using incrementΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéand spacing specified for scale 1 as  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe incremental value for positioning Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe slider arm. Scale 1 is displayed  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéabove the slider shaft of a horizontalΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéslider and to the right of the slider Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéshaft of a vertical slider. This is   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe default for a slider.             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_PRIMARYSCALE2     ΓöéDetermines the location of the scale  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéon the slider shaft by using incrementΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéand spacing specified for scale 2 as  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe incremental value for positioning Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe slider arm. Scale 2 is displayed  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöébelow the slider shaft of a horizontalΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéslider and to the left of the slider  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéshaft of a vertical slider.           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_READONLY          ΓöéCreates a read-only slider, which     Γöé
Γöé                      Γöépresents information to the user but  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéallows no interaction with the user.  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_RIBBONSTRIP       ΓöéFills, as the slider arm moves, the   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéslider shaft between the home positionΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéand the slider arm with a color value Γöé
Γöé                      Γöédifferent from slider shaft color,    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöésimilar to mercury in a thermometer.  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_RIGHT             ΓöéPositions the slider at the right edgeΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéof the slider window. Valid only for  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöévertical sliders.                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_SNAPTOINCREMENT   ΓöéCauses the slider arm, when positionedΓöé
Γöé                      Γöébetween two values, to be positioned  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéto the nearest value and redrawn at   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthat position.                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_TOP               ΓöéPositions the slider at the top of theΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéslider window. Valid only for         Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéhorizontal sliders.                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSLS_VERTICAL          ΓöéPositions the slider vertically. The  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéslider arm can move up and down the   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéslider shaft. A scale can be placed onΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe left side of the slider shaft, on Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe right side of the slider shaft, orΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéin both places.                       Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.1.1.1. More on Linear Slider Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


This section summarizes information in the table and provides additional
information on some of the styles.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.1.1.1.1. Slider Orientation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


The slider's orientation is determined by specifying SLS_HORIZONTAL or
SLS_VERTICAL. The default orientation is horizontal, with the slider arm moving
left and right on the shaft.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.1.1.1.2. Slider Positioning ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


The slider's positioning within the slider window is determined by specifying
SLS_CENTER, SLS_BOTTOM, SLS_TOP, SLS_LEFT, or SLS_RIGHT. The default
positioning is centered in the slider window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.1.1.1.3. Slider Scale Location ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


The location of the scale on the slider shaft is determined by specifying
SLS_PRIMARYSCALE1 or SLS_PRIMARYSCALE2. The default is to use the increment and
spacing specified for scale 1 as the incremental value for positioning the
slider arm. Scale 1 is displayed above the slider shaft of a horizontal slider
and to the right of the slider shaft of a vertical slider.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.1.1.1.4. Slider Arm Home Position ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


The slider arm's home position is determined by specifying SLS_HOMELEFT,
SLS_HOMERIGHT, SLS_HOMEBOTTOM, or SLS_HOMETOP. The default is SLS_HOMELEFT for
horizontal sliders and SLS_HOMEBOTTOM for vertical sliders.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.1.1.1.5. Slider Buttons Location ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


The location of the slider buttons, if used, is determined by specifying
SLS_BUTTONSLEFT, SLS_BUTTONSRIGHT, SLS_BUTTONSBOTTOM, or SLS_BUTTONSTOP. If you
do not specify one of these styles, or if conflicting styles are specified,
slider buttons are not included in the slider control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.1.1.1.6. Other Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


If SLS_SNAPTOINCREMENT is specified and the slider arm is moved to a position
between two values on the slider scale, it is positioned on the nearest value
and redrawn at that position. If this style is not specified, the slider arm
remains at the position to which it is moved.

SLS_READONLY creates a read-only slider. This means the user cannot interact
with the slider. It is simply used as to present a quantity to the user, such
as the percentage of completion of an ongoing task. Visual differences for a
read-only slider include a narrow slider arm, no slider buttons, and no
detents.

The SLS_RIBBONSTRIP style allows movement of the slider arm to cause the slider
shaft between home position and the slider arm to be filled with a color value
that is different from the slider shaft color, similar to mercury in a
thermometer.

If SLS_OWNERDRAW is specified, the application is notified whenever the slider
shaft, the ribbon strip, the slider arm, and the slider background are to be
drawn.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.2. Circular Sliders ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The circular slider, although different in appearance from the linear slider,
provides much the same function. The circular slider control provides an analog
user interface and emulates the controls of stereo and video equipment. Because
the circular slider takes up less space on the screen, it may be more practical
to use in cases where you might want to have several controls in the same
window. You may want to use both types of sliders in a window to create a user
interface that makes good use of available space and provides a familiar
appearance to the user.

The slider arm shows the value currently set by its position on the slider
dial. The slider arm can also be represented as a small circular thumb on the
dial rather than a line. The user selects slider values by changing the
location of the slider arm on the dial. Outside the perimeter of the dial is a
circular scale with tick marks representing incremental values the slider arm
can point to. Its values can be tracked by pointing to any area on the dial and
pressing the select button while moving the mouse on the desktop.

The circular slider can have a set of buttons, one to the left and the other to
the right of the scroll range, similar to the buttons found on the linear
slider, that can be used to modify the value shown on the slider.

The minus sign on the left button and plus sign on the right button can be
replaced with other symbols. For example, you might want to use a left arrow
and a right arrow instead of the minus and plus signs.

Another option of the circular slider is to have a window, in the center of the
dial, that displays the value of the dial in scrollable numeric text.

The appearance and functionality of the circular slider are controlled by the
circular slider control styles specified. These style bits are summarized in
the section that follows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.2.1. Circular Slider Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Circular slider control style bits control the appearance and behavior of the
slider. The following table describes circular slider control styles:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéStyle Name            ΓöéDescription                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCSS_360               ΓöéExtends the scroll range of the dial  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéto 360 degrees. When this style is    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéset, CSS_NONUMBER and CSS_NOBUTTON    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéstyles automatically are set.         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCSS_CIRCULARVALUE     ΓöéDraws a circular thumb, rather than a Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéline, for the value indicator.        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCSS_MIDPOINT          ΓöéEnlarges the mid-point and end-point  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöétick marks.                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCSS_NOBUTTON          ΓöéPrevents the display of the + and -   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöévalue buttons.                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCSS_NONUMBER          ΓöéPrevents the display of a scrollable  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöénumeric value on the dial indicating  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe dial's value.                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCSS_NOTEXT            ΓöéPrevents the display of a window titleΓöé
Γöé                      Γöébeneath the dial.                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCSS_POINTSELECT       ΓöéEnables tracking of the dial's value  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéwith the mouse.                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCSS_PROPORTIONALTICKS ΓöéEnables the length of the tick marks  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéto be calculated as a percentage of   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe dial's radius.                    Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.2.1.1. More on Circular Slider Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


This section provides information on some of the styles.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.2.1.1.1. Circular Slider Buttons ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


The circular slider has a set of buttons, one to the left and the other to the
right of the scroll range. These buttons are similar to the buttons found on
the linear slider. When selected, they modify the value of the circular slider
in opposing ways. If you decide you do not want to display these buttons as
part of your circular slider, specify the style CSS_NOBUTTON.

The bit maps that show a minus sign (-) on the left button and a plus sign (+)
on the right button can be replaced. For example, you might want to use a left
arrow () and a right arrow (). To set the bit map data for the replacement
bit maps, the owner window must send the CSM_SETBITMAPDATA control message. The
optimal size for the button bit maps is 10x10 pels.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.2.1.1.2. Window Title ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


Centered beneath the dial of the circular slider is a rectangular text field
that contains the title of the window. To prevent the display of this feature,
specify CSS_NOTEXT.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.2.1.1.3. Dial Value Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


Another option of the circular slider is a window, in the center of the dial,
that displays the value of the dial in scrollable numeric text. To prevent the
display of this window, specify CSS_NONUMBER.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.2.1.1.4. 360-Degree Scale ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


You can choose a scale of 360 degrees for your slider with CSS_360. Setting
this style causes the CSS_NOBUTTON and CSS_NONUMBER styles to be set
automatically. The CSS_NONUMBER style prevents the value indicator from
corrupting the dial value. A 360-degree circular slider is displayed without
the bit maps for the plus and minus buttons.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.2.1.1.5. Tracking Modes for Direct Manipulation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


There are two tracking modes used for direct manipulation of the circular
slider: scrolling the dial and point selection.

The default tracking behavior is scrolling, where the dial position of the
slider is changed gradually. For example, by holding down the select mouse
button while the pointer is positioned on the indicator line of the dial, you
can move the mouse and cause the dial to rotate. This gradual changing of the
dial value might be desirable for a volume control.

If the CSS_POINTSELECT style is specified for the circular slider, the position
of the dial is changed immediately to a point on the scale that has been
selected by the mouse. Point selection allows value changes to occur
immediately.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.1.2.1.1.6. Sizing Tick Marks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


When a low-resolution display is being used, or in situations where the
circular slider must be made very small, the length of the tick marks can be
sized proportionately to allow effective sizing of the circular slider.
Specifying the CSS_PROPORTIONALTICKS style causes the length of the tick marks
to be calculated as a percentage of the dial's radius. This style does not
adversely affect the size of the push buttons and bit-map graphics an
application might provide.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2. Using Slider Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section explains how to use sliders in your PM applications. It covers:

     Creating a linear slider
     Retrieving data for selected slider values
     Creating a circular slider

 Code samples are provided.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.1. Creating a Linear Slider ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Before the slider is created, a temporary SLDCDATA data structure is allocated,
and variables are specified for the slider control window handle and slider
style. The SLDCDATA data structure is allocated so that the scale increments
and spacing of the slider can be specified.

The slider style variable enables the application to specify style bits, SLS_*
values, that are used to customize the slider.

You create a slider by using the WC_SLIDER window class name in the ClassName
parameter of WinCreateWindow call. The handle of the slider control window is
returned in the slider window variable.

After the slider is created, but before it is made visible, the application can
set other slider control characteristics, such as:

     Size and placement of tick marks
     Text above one or more tick marks
     One or more detents
     Initial slider arm position

 The settings in the preceding list are just a few that an application can
 specify. Slider control messages are used to specify these settings.

 The sample code in the following figure shows an example of how a linear
 slider is created. The main components of the slider are labeled.

  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    SldcData                 : SLDCDATA; (* SLDCDATA data structure        *)
    SzTickText : Array[0..4] : CHAR;     (* Text strings variable          *)
    Idx                      : USHORT;   (* Counter for setting text       *)
                                         (* strings                        *)
    HwndSlider               : HWND;     (* Slider window handle           *)
    UlSliderStyle            : ULONG;    (* Slider styles                  *)

  Begin
      (**********************************************************************)
      (* Initialize the parameters in the data structure.                   *)
      (**********************************************************************)
      sldcData.cbSize := sizeof(SLDCDATA); (* Size of SLDCDATA structure     *)
      sldcData.usScale1Increments := 6;    (* Number of increments           *)
      sldcData.usScale1Spacing := 0;       (* Use 0 to have slider calculate *)
                                           (* spacing                        *)

      (**********************************************************************)
      (* Set the SLS_* style flags to the default values, plus slider       *)
      (* buttons right.                                                     *)
      (**********************************************************************)
      ulSliderStyle := SLS_HORIZONTAL    Or (* Slider is horizontal           *)
                       SLS_CENTER        Or (* Slider shaft centered in       *)
                                            (* slider window                  *)
                       SLS_HOMELEFT      Or (* Home position is left edge of  *)
                                            (* slider                         *)
                       SLS_PRIMARYSCALE1 Or (* Scale is displayed above       *)
                                            (* slider shaft                   *)
                       SLS_BUTTONSRIGHT;    (* Slider buttons at right end of *)
                                            (* slider                         *)

      (**********************************************************************)
      (* Create the slider control window.                                  *)
      (* The handle of the window is returned in hwndSlider.                *)
      (**********************************************************************)
      hwndSlider := WinCreateWindow(
                    hwndClient,          (* Parent window handle           *)
                    WC_SLIDER,           (* Slider window class name       *)
                    nil,                 (* No window text                 *)
                    ulSliderStyle,       (* Slider styles variable         *)
                    10,                  (* X coordinate                   *)
                    10,                  (* Y coordinate                   *)
                    150,                 (* Window width                   *)
                    80,                  (* Window height                  *)
                    hwndClient,          (* Owner window handle            *)
                    HWND_TOP,            (* Sibling window handle          *)
                    ID_SLIDER,           (* Slider control window ID       *)
                    &sldcData,           (* Control data structure         *)
                    nil);                (* No presentation parameters     *)

      (**********************************************************************)
      (* Set tick marks at several places on the slider shaft using the     *)
      (* primary scale.                                                     *)
      (**********************************************************************)
      WinSendMsg(hwndSlider,              (* Slider window handle           *)
                 SLM_SETTICKSIZE,         (* Message for setting tick mark  *)
                                          (* size.                          *)
                 MPFROM2SHORT(
                   SMA_SETALLTICKS,       (* Attribute for setting all tick *)
                                          (* marks to the same size         *)
                   6),                    (* Draw tick marks 6 pixels long  *)
                  nil);                   (* Reserved value                 *)

      (**********************************************************************)
      (* Set text above the tick marks.                                     *)
      (**********************************************************************)
      For idx := 0 To 4 Do Begin          (* Count from 0 to 5              *)
        Str(10*idx, szTickText);          (* Set text at increments of 10   *)

        WinSendMsg(hwndSlider,            (* Slider window handle           *)
                 SLM_SETSCALETEXT,        (* Message for setting text on a  *)
                                          (* slider scale                   *)
                 MPFROMSHORT(idx),        (* Text string counter            *)
                 MPFROMP(szTickText));    (* Text to put on slider scale    *)
      End;

      (**********************************************************************)
      (* Set detents between two of the tick marks on the slider shaft.     *)
      (**********************************************************************)
      WinSendMsg(hwndSlider,              (* Slider window handle           *)
                 SLM_ADDDETENT,           (* Message for adding detents to  *)
                                          (* a slider scale                 *)
                 MPFROMSHORT(5),          (* Put a detent 5 pixels from home*)
                  nil);                   (* Reserved value                 *)

      WinSendMsg(hwndSlider,              (* Slider window handle           *)
                 SLM_ADDDETENT,           (* Message for adding detents to  *)
                                          (* slider scale                   *)
                 MPFROMSHORT(25),         (* Put a detent 25 pixels from    *)
                                          (* home                           *)
                  nil);                   (* Reserved value                 *)

      (**********************************************************************)
      (* Set the slider arm position to the 1st increment on the scale.     *)
      (**********************************************************************)
      WinSendMsg(hwndSlider,              (* Slider window handle           *)
                 SLM_SETSLIDERINFO,       (* Message for setting slider     *)
                                          (* attributes                     *)
                 MPFROM2SHORT(
                   SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION, (* ModIfy slider arm position     *)
                   SMA_INCREMENTVALUE),   (* Use an increment value         *)
                   MPFROMSHORT(1));       (* Value to use is 1st            *)
                                          (* increment                      *)

      (**********************************************************************)
      (* Since all items have been set, make the control visible.           *)
      (**********************************************************************)
      WinShowWindow(hwndSlider,           (* Slider window handle           *)
               Ord(True));                (* Make the window visible        *)

  End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.2. Retrieving Data for Selected Slider Values ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To retrieve data represented by a slider value, specify a variable for the
current position of the slider arm. Then, use the SLM_QUERYSLIDERINFO message
to retrieve information about the current slider arm position in increment
coordinates. The code fragment in the following figure shows how to retrieve
data for a selected slider value:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  UlValue : ULONG; (* Variable in which to store     *)
                   (* strings                        *)

Begin
  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Get the information about the current slider arm position in       *)
  (* incremental coordinates.                                           *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  ulValue := WinSendMsg(
    hwndSlider,                       (* Slider window handle           *)
    SLM_QUERYSLIDERINFO,              (* Message for querying slider    *)
                                      (* attributes                     *)
    MPFROM2SHORT(
      SMA_SLIDERARMPOSITION,          (* Get increment at which slider  *)
      SMA_INCREMENTVALUE),            (* arm is located                 *)
    nil);                             (* Reserved value                 *)

End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.3. Creating a Circular Slider ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The circular slider PM window class WC_CIRCULARSLIDER is similar to the window
class of a linear slider or a scroll bar. This window class must be registered
with WinRegisterCircularSlider before you can create a circular slider. A
circular slider can be created by a CONTROL statement in a dialog resource, as
shown in the following figure:

CONTROL "&tilde.Balance",
        ID_BALANCECS,
        10, 50, 60, 60,
        WC_CIRCULARSLIDER,
        WS_TABSTOP &vbar.
        WS_VISIBLE &vbar.
        CSS_POINTSELECT

A circular slider also can be created by specifying the WC_CIRCULARSLIDER
window class name as a parameter of the WinCreateWindow call, as shown in the
following sample code:

hwndCS := WinCreateWindow (hwndClient,           (* Parent handle  *)
                           WC_CIRCULARSLIDER,    (* Class name     *)
                           '&tilde.Balance',           (* Window text    *)
                           WS_VISIBLE Or
                           WS_TABSTOP Or
                           CSS_POINTSELECT,
                           0,0,0,0,              (* Coordinates    *)
                           hwndClient,           (* Owner handle   *)
                           HWND_TOP,             (* Z-order        *)
                           ID_BALANCECS,         (* Window ID      *)
                           nil,                  (* Control data   *)
                           nil);                 (* Presparam      *)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.2.4. Circular Slider Sample ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following is a complete coding example for adding a circular slider, and
includes the following files:

     CIRCLE.C
     CIRCLE.RC
     CIRCLE.H

  ================
  CIRCLE.C
  ================

  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

    (* Global Variables *)

  Const
    MAIN_FRAME   = 255;
    IDM_FILEMENU = 256;
    IDM_FILEEXIT = 257;
    ID_DIAL      = 258;

  Var
    Hab        : HAB;   (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    Hmq        : HMQ;   (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    Qmsg       : QMSG;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    HwndFrame  : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    FlCreate   : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    HwndClient : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Function MainProc( hwnd : HWND, msg : ULONG,
                     mp1 : MPARAM, mp2 : MPARAM)
  Const hwndCirc : HWND;
  Var
    Hps : HPS; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    Swp : SWP; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
        Case msg Of

          WM_CLOSE:
            WinPostMsg(hwnd,WM_QUIT,0,0);
            MainProc := nil;
            Exit

          WM_COMMAND:
            (* Exit option was selected in the menu bar *)
            Case SHORT1FROMMP(mp1) Of

              IDM_FILEEXIT:
                WinPostMsg(hwnd,WM_QUIT,0,0);
                Halt(nil);
            End;
            MainProc := nil;
            Exit;

          WM_CONTROL:
            (* Process circular slider notIfication messages *)
            If (SHORT1FROMMP(mp1) = ID_DIAL) Then Begin
              Case SHORT2FROMMP(mp1) Of
                (* NotIfication codes can be specified here *)
              End;
            End;
            (* Default processing for other control window ids *)
            MainProc := (WinDefWindowProc(hwnd,msg,mp1,mp2));

          WM_CREATE:
            (* Create circular slider control *)
            hwndCirc := WinCreateWindow(hwnd,
                                WC_CIRCULARSLIDER,
                                'My Dial Window',
                                WS_VISIBLE,
                                0, 0, 0, 0,          (* Position & size      *)
                                hwnd,                (* Client window        *)
                                HWND_TOP,
                                ID_DIAL,
                                nil,nil);

            (* SpecIfy range of values for circular slider *)
            WinSendMsg (hwndCirc,
                        CSM_SETRANGE,
                        MPFROMLONG(0),
                        MPFROMLONG(100));

            (* SpecIfy scroll & tick mark increments *)
            WinSendMsg (hwndCirc,
                        CSM_SETINCREMENT,
                        MPFROMLONG(10),
                        MPFROMLONG(2));

            (* Set initial value *)
            WinSendMsg (hwndCirc,
                        CSM_SETVALUE,
                        MPFROMLONG(80),
                        nil);

            MainProc := Ord(False);
            Exit;

          WM_SIZE:
            (* The frame window has changed in size *)
            (* Recalculate size of circular slider  *)
            WinQueryWindowPos(hwnd,&swp);
            WinSetWindowPos(hwndCirc,
                            HWND_TOP,
                            0, 0,
                            swp.cx,
                            swp.cy,
                            SWP_MOVE Or
                            SWP_SIZE);
            MainProc := nil;
            Exit;

          WM_PAINT:
            WinEndPaint(hps);
            MainProc := nil;
        Else Begin
          MainProc := WinDefWindowProc(hwnd,msg,mp1,mp2);
          Exit;
        End;
  End;

  Begin
      (* Convert system pointer into hourglass pointer *)
      WinSetPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,
        WinQuerySysPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,SPTR_WAIT,Ord(False)));

      hab := WinInitialize(0);
      hmq := WinCreateMsgQueue(hab,0);

      WinRegisterClass(hab,'Client',MainProc,CS_SIZEREDRAW,0);

      flCreate := FCF_SYSMENU       Or
                  FCF_SIZEBORDER    Or
                  FCF_TITLEBAR      Or
                  FCF_MENU          Or
                  FCF_MINMAX        Or
                  FCF_SHELLPOSITION Or
                  FCF_TASKLIST;

      hwndFrame := WinCreateStdWindow(HWND_DESKTOP,
                                      WS_VISIBLE,
                                      &flCreate,
                                      'Client',
                                      'My Dial',
                                      0, 0,
                                      MAIN_FRAME,
                                      &hwndClient);

      (* Convert system pointer into arrow pointer *)
      WinSetPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,
        WinQuerySysPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,SPTR_ARROW,Ord(False)));

      While (WinGetMsg(hab,&qmsg,0,0,0)<>0) Do WinDispatchMsg(hab,&qmsg);

      WinDestroyWindow(hwndFrame);
      WinDestroyMsgQueue(hmq);
      WinTerminate(hab);

      (* Beep when done *)
      DosBeep(750,500);
      Halt(0);
  End.

  ================
   CIRCLE.RC
  ================
  #include <os2.h>
  #include "circle.h"

  ACCELTABLE MAIN_FRAME
  {
          VK_F3, IDM_FILEEXIT, VIRTUALKEY
  }

  MENU    MAIN_FRAME
  {
      SUBMENU         "~File",            IDM_FILEMENU
      {
          MENUITEM    "E~xit\tF3",        IDM_FILEEXIT
      }
  }

  ================
  CIRCLE.H
  ================
  #define MAIN_FRAME    255
  #define IDM_FILEMENU  256
  #define IDM_FILEEXIT  257
  #define ID_DIAL       258


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3. Graphical User Interface Support for Slider Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section describes the support the slider control provides for graphical
user interfaces (GUIs). Except where noted, this support conforms to the
guidelines in the SAA CUA Advanced Interface Design Reference.

Since slider values all are mutually exclusive, only one of them can be
selected at a time. Therefore, the only type of selection supported by the
slider control is single selection.

Note:  If more than one slider window is open, selecting values in one slider
       window has no effect on the values selected in any other slider window.
       For linear sliders, a black square is drawn in the center of the slider
       arm to show which slider control window has the focus.

 An initial value is selected when the slider control is first displayed. If
 the application does not provide the initial selection for a linear slider
 (using the SLM_SETSLIDERINFO message) to position the slider arm, the value at
 the home position is selected automatically. The home position is the end of
 the slider that contains the lowest value on the scale.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.1. Slider Navigation Techniques ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The slider control supports the use of pointing devices and the keyboard for
selecting values.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.1.1. Pointing Device Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A user can select slider values with a pointing device. The CUA guidelines
defines mouse button 1 (the select button) as the button for selecting values,
and button 2 (the drag button) for dragging the slider arm to a value. These
definitions also apply to the same buttons on any other pointing device, such
as a joystick.

The select button and drag button can be used in conjunction with the following
slider components to select slider values:

     Slider arm

      Moving the pointer over the slider arm, then pressing and holding the
      select or drag buttons while moving the pointer, causes the slider arm to
      move in the direction the pointer is moving. When the button is released,
      the value closest to the slider arm position becomes the selected value.

     Slider shaft

      Clicking the select button when the pointer is over the slider shaft
      causes the slider arm to move one increment in the direction of the
      pointer. For linear sliders, increments are determined by the initial
      values passed for the primary scale specified (SLS_PRIMARYSCALE1 or
      SLS_PRIMARYSCALE2) when the slider is created.

      Clicking the drag button when the pointer is over the slider shaft causes
      the slider arm to move to the pointer's location.

     Slider buttons

      Clicking the select button when the pointer is over a slider button
      causes the slider arm to move one increment in the direction the arrow on
      the slider button is pointing.

      Slider buttons are optional. If used, two slider buttons are available to
      the user. The arrows on top of the slider buttons point to opposite ends
      of the slider. Both slider buttons are positioned at the same end of the
      slider.

      For linear sliders, slider buttons are enabled by specifying the
      appropriate SLS_* value when the slider control window is created. For
      horizontal sliders, you can specify either SLS_BUTTONSLEFT or
      SLS_BUTTONSRIGHT. For vertical sliders, you can specify either
      SLS_BUTTONSBOTTOM or SLS_BUTTONSTOP. The default is no slider buttons. If
      more than one of these style bits is specified, no slider buttons are
      enabled.

     Detents

      A detent is similar to a tick mark on a linear slider scale because it
      represents a value on the scale. However, unlike a tick mark, a detent
      can be placed anywhere along the slider scale instead of in specific
      increments.

      A detent can be selected by moving the pointer over it and pressing the
      select button on the pointing device. When this happens, the slider arm
      moves to the position on the slider shaft indicated by the detent.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 12.3.1.2. Keyboard Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A user can select a value by using the navigation keys to move the slider arm
to the value or by typing a value in an entry field, if one is provided by the
application, to change the slider arm position. The following list describes
these methods of selecting slider values:

     Values can be selected using the Up, Down, Left, and Right Arrow keys to
      move the slider arm one increment at a time. The Up and Down Arrow keys
      are enabled for vertical sliders, and the Right and Left Arrow keys are
      enabled for horizontal sliders. If no tick mark exists on the scale in
      the requested direction, the slider arm does not move.

      If an Arrow key is pressed in conjunction with the Shift key, the slider
      arm moves to the next detent instead of the next tick mark. If no detent
      exists on the scale in the requested direction, the slider arm does not
      move.

     The Home and End keys can be used to select the lowest and highest
      values, respectively, in the scale. If the Ctrl key is pressed in
      combination with the Home or End keys, the result is the same as pressing
      only the Home or End keys.

     The application can provide an optional entry field for the slider
      control. The entry field is a separate control, but it can work in
      conjunction with the slider control.

      If the application provides an entry field for the slider control window,
      it must be implemented as follows:

        -  The user must be allowed to type a value into the entry field.

        -  If the typed value is within the range of the slider scale, the
           slider arm moves to that value as soon as the value is typed.

        -  No other action, such as pressing the Enter key, is required.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13. Spin Button Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A spin button control (WC_SPINBUTTON window class) is a visual component that
gives users quick access to a finite set of data by letting them select from a
scrollable ring of choices. Because the user can see only one item at a time, a
spin button should be used only with data that is intuitively related, such as
a list of the months of the year, or an alphabetic list of cities or states.
This chapter explains when and how to use spin buttons in PM applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.1. About Spin Button Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A spin button consists of at least one spin field that is a single-line entry
(SLE) field, and up and down arrows that are stacked on top of one another.
These arrows are positioned to the right of the SLE field.

You can create multi-field spin buttons for those applications in which users
must select more than one value. For example, in setting a date, the spin
button control can provide individual fields for setting the month, day, and
year. The first spin field in the spin button could contain a list of months;
the second, a list of numbers; and the third, a list of years.

The application uses a multi-field spin button by creating one master component
that contains a spin field and the spin arrows, and servant components that
contain only spin fields. The spin buttons are created at component
initialization. The servant components are passed a handle to the master
component in a message. When a servant spin field has the focus, it is spun by
the arrows in the master component.

The list of values in a spin button entry field can be an array of data or a
list of consecutive integers, defined by an upper and a lower limit.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.2. Using Spin Button Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section describes how to create a spin button control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.2.1. Creating a Spin Button ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A spin button is created as a public window class by using WinCreateWindow,
with a class style of WC_SPINBUTTON and a window style of WS_VISIBLE. These are
joined with any of the spin button style flags by using a logical OR (Or). The
spin button style flags let you specify:

     Character input restrictions (none, numeric, read-only)
     Presentation of the data in the spin field (left-justified,
      right-justified, centered)
     Presence or absence of a border around the spin field
     Spin speed
     Zero-padding of numeric spin fields

 The placement and width of the spin button component are specified as
 parameters in WinCreateWindow.

 The upper and lower limits of numeric fields, the value array pointer for
 arrays of strings, and the initial value in the spin field are all set by
 messages sent from the application to the component.

 You can destroy the spin button component window using WinDestroyWindow when
 finished. The component handle that was returned when the spin button was
 created is the input parameter to WinDestroyWindow. The following sample code
 shows an example of how to create a spin button.

  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    UlSpinStyle : ULONG; (* Spin Button style             *)
    HwndSpin    : HWND;  (* Spin Button window handle     *)

  Begin

    (**********************************************************************)
    (* Set the SPBS_* style flags.                                        *)
    (**********************************************************************)
    ulSpinStyle := SPBS_MASTER      Or     (* Spin button has its own       *)
                                           (* buttons,                      *)
                   SPBS_NUMERICONLY Or     (* and it only holds numbers     *)
                   SPBS_JUSTRIGHT   Or     (* that are right justIfied,     *)
                   SPBS_FASTSPIN;          (* and it spins faster as        *)
                                           (* the arrows are held down      *)

    (**********************************************************************)
    (* Create the Spin Button control window.                             *)
    (* The handle of the window is returned in hwndSpin.                  *)
    (**********************************************************************)
    hwndSpin := WinCreateWindow (
                      hwndClient,     (* Parent window handle          *)
                      WC_SPINBUTTON,  (* Spin Button window class name *)
                      nil,            (* No window text                *)
                      ulSpinStyle,    (* Spin Button styles variable   *)

                      10,             (* X coordinate                  *)
                      10,             (* Y coordinate                  *)
                      150,            (* Window width                  *)
                      50,             (* Window height                 *)
                      hwndClient,     (* Owner window handle           *)
                      HWND_TOP,       (* Sibling window handle         *)
                      ID_SPINBUTTON,  (* Spin Button control window ID *)
                      nil,            (* No control data structure     *)
                      nil);           (* No presentation parameters    *)

    (**********************************************************************)
    (* Set the limits of the Spin Button control, since it has a style    *)
    (* of SPBS_NUMERICONLY.                                               *)
    (**********************************************************************)
    WinSendMsg (hwndSpin,                (* Spin Button window handle     *)
                SPBM_SETLIMITS,          (* Set limits message            *)
                1000,                    (* Spin Button maximum setting   *)
                0);                      (* Spin Button minimum setting   *)

    (**********************************************************************)
    (* Set the initial value of the Spin Button.                          *)
    (**********************************************************************)
    WinSendMsg (hwndSpin,                (* Spin Button window handle     *)
                SPBM_SETCURRENTVALUE,    (* Set current value message     *)
                100,                     (* Spin Button initial value     *)
                nil);                    (* Reserved value                *)

    (**********************************************************************)
    (* Because all items have been set, make the control visible.         *)
    (**********************************************************************)
    WinShowWindow (hwndSpin,             (* Spin Button window handle     *)
              Ord(True));                (* Make the window visible       *)

  End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 13.3. Graphical User Interface Support for Spin Button Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Users can interact with the spin button using either the keyboard or a pointing
device, such as a mouse, as follows:

     Using the select button (button 1) on the pointing device, users first
      give focus to the spin field they want to change, and then click on
      either the Up Arrow or Down Arrow until the value they want is displayed
      in the spin field.

     Using a keyboard, users press the:

        -  Up Arrow and Down Arrow keys to see the choices

        -  Left Arrow and Right Arrow keys to move the cursor left and right
           within a spin field

        -  Home and End keys to move the cursor to the first and last
           characters in a spin field

        -  Tab and Shift+Tab keys to move the input focus from one field to
           another in multi-field spin buttons

 Users can view the values in a spin field one at a time, or they can rapidly
 scroll a list by keeping either the Up or Down Arrow keys pressed. When a spin
 button is not read-only, users can advance quickly to the value they want to
 set in a spin field by typing over the value currently displayed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14. Static Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A static control is a simple text field, bit map, or icon that an application
can use to label, enclose, or separate other control windows. This chapter
describes how to create and use static controls in PM applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.1. About Static Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Unlike the other types of control windows, a static control does not accept
user input or send notification messages to its owner. The primary advantage of
a static control is that it provides a label or graphic that requires little
attention from an application. At most, an application might change the text or
position of a static control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.1.1. Keyboard Focus ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A static control never accepts the keyboard focus. When a static control
receives a WM_SETFOCUS message, or when a user clicks the static control, the
system advances the focus to the next sibling window that is not a static
control. If the control has no siblings, the system gives the focus to the
owner of the static control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.1.2. Static Control Handle ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Every static control is associated with a 32-bit data field. A static control
with the SS_BITMAP or SS_ICON style uses this field to store the handle of the
bit map or icon that it displays. An application can obtain that handle by
sending the SM_QUERYHANDLE message to the control. An application can replace
the bit map or icon by sending the SM_SETHANDLE message to the control,
specifying a valid icon or bit map handle. Changing the handle causes the
system to redraw the control.

For a non-icon or non-bit map static control, the data field is available for
application-defined data and has no effect on the appearance of the control.

An application can retrieve the data field of a static control window by
calling WinWindowFromID, using the handle of the owner and the window
identifier of the static control. The static control window identifier is
specified in either the dialog-window template or WinCreateWindow.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.1.3. Static Control Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A static control has style bits that determine whether the control displays
text, draws a simple box containing text, displays an icon or a bit map, or
shows a framed or unframed colored box. Applications can specify a combination
of the following styles for a static control:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéStyle Name          ΓöéDescription                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSS_BITMAP           ΓöéDraws a bit map. The bit map resource   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöémust be provided in the                 Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéresource-definition file. To include theΓöé
Γöé                    Γöébit map in a dialog window, the resourceΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéidentifier must be specified in the textΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéparameter of the CONTROL statement in   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe resource definition file. To includeΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe bit map in a non-dialog window, the Γöé
Γöé                    ΓöéASCII representation of the identifier  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöémust be specified in the pszName        Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéparameter of WinCreateWindow, that is,  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe first byte of the pszName parameter Γöé
Γöé                    Γöémust be the cross-hatch character (#),  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéand the remaining text must be the ASCIIΓöé
Γöé                    Γöérepresentation of the identifier, for   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéexample, #125.                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSS_BKGNDFRAME       ΓöéCreates a box whose frame has the       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöébackground color.                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSS_BKGNDRECT        ΓöéCreates a rectangle filled with the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöébackground color.                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSS_FGNDFRAME        ΓöéCreates a box whose frame has the       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéforeground color.                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSS_FGNDRECT         ΓöéCreates a rectangle filled with the     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéforeground color.                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSS_GROUPBOX         ΓöéCreates a box whose upper-right corner  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöécontains control text. This style is    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéuseful for enclosing groups of radio    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöébuttons or check boxes in a box.        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSS_HALFTONEFRAME    ΓöéCreates a box whose frame has halftone  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéshading.                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSS_HALFTONERECT     ΓöéCreates a box filled with halftone      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéshading.                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSS_ICON             ΓöéDraws an icon. The resource identifier  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéfor the icon resource is determined the Γöé
Γöé                    Γöésame way as the SS_BITMAP style. The    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéicon resource must be in the            Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéresource-definition file.               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSS_SYSICON          ΓöéDraws a system-pointer icon. The        Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéresource identifier for the             Γöé
Γöé                    Γöésystem-pointer resource is determined   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe same way as the SS_BITMAP style. To Γöé
Γöé                    Γöédisplay this system pointer, the system Γöé
Γöé                    Γöécalls WinQuerySysPointer with the       Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéspecified identifier.                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSS_TEXT             ΓöéCreates a box with formatted text. An   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéapplication can combine various         Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéformatting options with this style to   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéproduce formatted text in the boundariesΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéof the control. The formatting flags areΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe same as those used for WinDrawText. Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.1.4. Default Static Control Performance ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The messages specifically handled by the predefined static control class
(WC_STATIC) are as follows:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéMessage Name          ΓöéDescription                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSM_QUERYHANDLE        ΓöéReturns the handle associated with theΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéstatic control window.                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSM_SETHANDLE          ΓöéSets the handle associated with the   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéstatic control and invalidates the    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöécontrol window, forcing it to be      Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéredrawn.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_ADJUSTWINDOWPOS    ΓöéAdjusts the SWP data structure so thatΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe new window size matches the bit   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöémap, icon, or system-pointer          Γöé
Γöé                      Γöédimensions associated with the static Γöé
Γöé                      Γöécontrol.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_CREATE             ΓöéSets the text for a static-text       Γöé
Γöé                      Γöécontrol. Loads the bit map or icon    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéresource for the bit map or icon      Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéstatic control. Returns TRUE if the   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéresource cannot be loaded.            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_DESTROY            ΓöéFrees the text for a static-text      Γöé
Γöé                      Γöécontrol. Destroys the bit map or icon Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéfor a bit map or icon static control. Γöé
Γöé                      ΓöéThe icon for a system-pointer static  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöécontrol is not destroyed because it   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöébelongs to the system.                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_ENABLE             ΓöéInvalidates the entire static control Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéwindow, forcing it to be redrawn.     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_HITTEST            ΓöéReturns the value HT_TRANSPARENT for  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe following static-control styles:  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéo SS_BKGNDFRAME                       Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéo SS_BKGNDRECT                        Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéo SS_FGNDFRAME                        Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéo SS_FGNDRECT                         Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéo SS_GROUPBOX                         Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéo SS_HALFTONEFRAME                    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéo SS_HALFTONERECT.                    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöé                                      Γöé
Γöé                      ΓöéFor other styles, this message returnsΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe result of WinDefWindowProc.       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_MATCHMNEMONIC      ΓöéReturns TRUE if the mnemonic passed inΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéthe mp1 parameter matches the mnemonicΓöé
Γöé                      Γöéin the control-window text.           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_MOUSEMOVE          ΓöéSets the mouse pointer to the arrow   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöépointer and returns TRUE.             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_PAINT              ΓöéDraws the static control based on its Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéstyle attributes.                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_QUERYDLGCODE       ΓöéReturns the predefined constant       Γöé
Γöé                      ΓöéDLGC_STATIC.                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_QUERYWINDOWPARAMS  ΓöéReturns the requested window          Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéparameters.                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_SETFOCUS           ΓöéSets the focus to the next sibling    Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéwindow that can accept the focus; or  Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéif no such sibling exists, sets the   Γöé
Γöé                      Γöéfocus to the parent window.           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_SETWINDOWPARAMS    ΓöéAllows the text to be set (static-textΓöé
Γöé                      Γöécontrols only).                       Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.2. Using Static Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section explains how to perform the following tasks:

     Include a static control in a dialog window
     Include a static control in a client window


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.2.1. Including a Static Control in a Dialog Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To include a static control in a dialog window, you must define the control in
a dialog-window template in a resource-definition file. The following
resource-definition file creates a dialog window that contains a static-text
control and three static-icon controls:

DLGTEMPLATE IDD_TOOLDLG LOADONCALL MOVEABLE DISCARDABLE
  BEGIN
    DIALOG "",
           IDD_TOOLDLG,
           114, 53, 161, 127,
           FS_NOBYTEALIGN &vbar.
           FS_DLGBORDER   &vbar.
           WS_VISIBLE     &vbar.
           WS_SAVEBITS

    BEGIN
      CTEXT "Select a tool",
            IDS_TEXT,
            49, 110, 56, 8,
            SS_TEXT   &vbar.
            DT_CENTER &vbar.
            DT_TOP    &vbar.
            WS_GROUP  &vbar.
            WS_VISIBLE

      AUTORADIOBUTTON "Paintbrush",
                      IDB_BRUSH,
                      63, 87, 61, 10,
                      WS_TABSTOP &vbar.
                      WS_GROUP   &vbar.
                      WS_VISIBLE

      AUTORADIOBUTTON "Scissors",
                      IDB_SCISSORS,
                      63, 64, 60, 10,
                      WS_TABSTOP &vbar.
                      WS_VISIBLE

      AUTORADIOBUTTON "Eraser",
                      IDB_ERASER,
                      65, 39, 43, 10,
                      WS_TABSTOP &vbar.
                      WS_VISIBLE

      ICON IDI_BRUSH,
           IDI_BRUSHICON,
           33, 84, 22, 16,
           WS_GROUP &vbar.
           WS_VISIBLE

      ICON IDI_SCISSORS,
           IDI_SCISSORSICON,
           33, 60, 22, 16,
           WS_GROUP &vbar.
           WS_VISIBLE

      ICON IDI_ERASER,
           IDI_ERASERICON,
           33, 36, 22, 16,
           WS_GROUP &vbar.
           WS_VISIBLE

      PUSHBUTTON "OK",
                 DID_OK,
                 10, 12, 38, 13,
                 WS_TABSTOP &vbar.
                 WS_GROUP   &vbar.
                 WS_VISIBLE

      PUSHBUTTON "Cancel",
                 DID_CANCEL,
                 59, 12, 38, 13,
                 BS_DEFAULT &vbar.
                 WS_TABSTOP &vbar.
                 WS_GROUP   &vbar.
                 WS_VISIBLE

      PUSHBUTTON "Help",
                 IDB_HELP,
                 111, 13, 38, 13,
                 BS_HELP    &vbar.
                 WS_TABSTOP &vbar.
                 WS_GROUP   &vbar.
                 WS_VISIBLE
    END
  END

ICON IDI_BRUSH    brush.ico
ICON IDI_SCISSORS scissr.ico
ICON IDI_ERASER   eraser.ico


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 14.2.2. Including a Static Control in a Client Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can include a static control in a non-dialog window by calling
WinCreateWindow with the window class WC_STATIC. The flStyle parameter to
WinCreateWindow defines the appearance of the control.

The following code fragment creates a static text control whose size and
position are based on the size of the client window and the metrics for the
current font:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Const
  ID_TITLE = 5;

Var
  Hwnd,hwndStatic,hwndClient : HWND;        (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Hps                        : HPS;         (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Rcl                        : RECTL;       (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Fm                         : FONTMETRICS; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  UlTitleLen                 : ULONG;       (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  SzTitle                    : PCHAR;        (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  szTitle := 'Static Text Controls';

  (* Obtain the size of the client window *)
  hps := WinBeginPaint (hwnd, NULL, NULL);
  WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rcl);

  (* Obtain a presentation space handle and *)
  (* the metrics for the current font       *)
  GpiQueryFontMetrics(hps, sizeof(FONTMETRICS), &fm);

  (* Obtain the size of the static control text string *)
  ulTitleLen := strlen(szTitle);

  (* Create the static control. Base the size and  *)
  (* position on the size of the client window and *)
  (* the metrics of the current font.              *)

  hwndStatic := WinCreateWindow(
              hwndClient,                    (* Parent window          *)
              WC_STATIC,                     (* Window class           *)
              szTitle,                       (* Window text            *)
              WS_VISIBLE Or                  (* Make it visible        *)
              SS_TEXT    Or                  (* Static-text control    *)
              DT_VCENTER Or                  (* Center text vert.      *)
              DT_CENTER,                     (* Center text horiz.     *)

              ((rcl.xRight / 2) -
              (ulTitleLen / 2) * fm.lEmInc), (* x position             *)
              rcl.yTop - fm.lEmHeight * 2,   (* y position             *)
              fm.lEmInc * ulTitleLen,        (* Width                  *)
              fm.lEmHeight * 2,              (* Height                 *)
              hwndClient,                    (* Owner window           *)
              HWND_TOP,                      (* Top of z-order         *)
              ID_TITLE,                      (* Window identIfier      *)
              nil,                           (* Control data           *)
              nil);                          (* Presentation parameters*)

  WinEndPaint(hps);
End.

If your application creates a static control with the SS_ICON or SS_BITMAP
style, make sure that the resource identifier specified in the pszName
parameter corresponds to an icon or a bit map resource in the
resource-definition file. If there is no resource, the application cannot
create the static control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15. Title-Bar Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A title bar is one of several control windows that comprise a standard frame
window, giving the frame window its distinctive look and performance
capabilities.  This chapter describes how to create and use title-bar control
windows in PM applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.1. About Title Bars ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The title bar in a standard frame window performs the following four functions:

     Displays the title of the window across the top of the frame window

     Changes its highlighted appearance to show whether the frame window is
      active  (Ordinarily, the topmost window on the screen is the active
      window.)

     Responds to the actions of the user-for example, dragging the frame
      window to a new location on the screen.

     Flashes (as a result of the WinFlashWindow function) to get the attention
      of the user.

 Once the frame controls are in place in the frame window, an application
 typically ignores them, because the system handles frame controls.  In some
 cases, however, an application can take control of the title bar by sending
 messages to the title-bar control window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.1.1. Default Title-Bar Behavior ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A title-bar control window sends messages to its owner (the frame window) when
the control receives user input.  Following are the messages that the title-bar
control processes.  Each message is described in terms of how the title-bar
control responds to that message.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéMessage             ΓöéDescription                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTBM_QUERYHILITE     ΓöéReturns the highlighted state of the    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöétitle bar.                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTBM_SETHILITE       ΓöéSets the highlighted state of the title Γöé
Γöé                    Γöébar, repainting the title bar if the    Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéstate is changing.                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_BUTTON1DBLCLK    ΓöéRestores the title bar if the owner     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéwindow is minimized or maximized.  If   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéthe window is neither minimized nor     Γöé
Γöé                    Γöémaximized, this message maximizes the   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéwindow.                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_BUTTON1DOWN      ΓöéSends the WM_TRACKFRAME message to the  Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéowner window to start the tracking      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéoperation for the frame window.         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_CREATE           ΓöéSets the text for the title bar. ReturnsΓöé
Γöé                    ΓöéFALSE if the text is already set.       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_DESTROY          ΓöéFrees the window text for the title bar.Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_HITTEST          ΓöéAlways returns HT_NORMAL, so that the   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöétitle bar does not beep when it is      Γöé
Γöé                    Γöédisabled. (It is disabled when the frameΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéwindow is maximized.)                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_PAINT            ΓöéDraws the title bar.                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_QUERYDLGCODE     ΓöéReturns the predefined constant         Γöé
Γöé                    ΓöéDLGC_STATIC. The user cannot use the TabΓöé
Γöé                    Γöékey to move to the title bar in a dialogΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéwindow.                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_QUERYWINDOWPARAMSΓöéReturns the requested window parameters.Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_SETWINDOWPARAMS  ΓöéSets the specified window parameters.   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED ΓöéReturns FALSE. Processes this message toΓöé
Γöé                    Γöéprevent the WinDefWindowProc function   Γöé
Γöé                    Γöéfrom sending the size and show messages.Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.2. Using Title-Bar Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section explains how to:

     Include a title bar in a frame window
     Alter the dragging action of a title bar


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.2.1. Including a Title Bar in a Frame Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can include a title bar in a standard frame window by specifying
the FCF_TITLEBAR flag in the WinCreateStdWindow function.

The following code fragment shows how to create a standard frame window with a
title bar, minimize and maximize (window-sizing) buttons, size border, system
menu, and an application menu.


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Const ID_MENU_RESOURCE = 101;

Var
  HwndFrame,hwndClient         : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  SzClassName : Array[0..254] of UCHAR; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  FlControlStyle : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
    flControlStyle := FCF_TITLEBAR Or FCF_MINMAX Or FCF_SIZEBORDER Or
                      FCF_SYSMENU  Or FCF_MENU;

    hwndFrame := WinCreateStdWindow(HWND_DESKTOP, WS_VISIBLE Or FS_ACCELTABLE,
                                    &flControlStyle, szClassName, '',
                                    0, nil, ID_MENU_RESOURCE,
                                    &hwndClient);

End.

To get the window handle of a title-bar control, an application calls
WinWindowFromID, specifying the frame-window handle and a constant identifying
the title-bar control, as shown in the following code fragment:


    hwndTitleBar := WinWindowFromID(hwndFrame, FID_TITLEBAR);

To set the text of a title bar, an application can use the WinSetWindowText
function.  The frame window passes the new text to the title-bar control in a
WM_SETWINDOWPARAMS message.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 15.2.2. Altering Dragging Action ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When the user clicks the title bar, the title-bar control sends a WM_TRACKFRAME
message to its owner (the frame window).  When the frame window receives the
WM_TRACKFRAME message, the frame sends a WM_QUERYTRACKINFO message to itself to
fill in a TRACKINFO structure that defines the tracking parameters and
boundaries.  To modify the default behavior, an application must subclass the
frame window, intercept the WM_QUERYTRACKINFO message, and modify the TRACKINFO
structure.  If the application returns TRUE for the WM_QUERYTRACKINFO message,
the tracking operation proceeds according to the information in the TRACKINFO
structure.  If the application returns FALSE, no tracking occurs.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16. Value Set Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A value set control (WC_VALUESET window class), like a radio button,  is a
visual component that enables a user to select one choice from a group of
mutually exclusive choices. However, unlike radio buttons, a value set can use
graphic images (bit maps or icons), as well as colors, text, and numbers, to
represent the items a user can select. This chapter presents the basics about
value set controls and tells you how to create and use them in PM applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.1. About Value Set Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Even though text is supported, the purpose of a value set control is to display
choices as graphic images for faster selection. The user can see the selections
instead of having to take time to read descriptions of the choices. Using
graphic images in a value set also lets you conserve space on the display
screen. For example, if you want to let a user choose from a variety of
patterns, you can present those patterns as value set choices, If long strings
of data are to be displayed as choices, radio buttons should be used. However,
for small sets of numeric or textual information, you can use either a value
set or radio buttons.

The value set is customizable to meet varying application requirements, while
providing a user interface component that can be used easily to develop
products that conform to the Common User Access (CUA) user interface
guidelines. The application can specify different types of items, sizes, and
orientations for its value sets, but the underlying function of the control
remains the same. For a complete description of CUA value sets, refer to the
SAA CUA Guide to User Interface Design and the SAA CUA Advanced Interface
Design Reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.1.1. Value Set Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Value set control window styles are set when a value set window is created.

     Set one of the following styles when creating a value set control window.
      You can override these styles by specifying VIA_BITMAP, VIA_ICON,
      VIA_TEXT, VIA_RGB, or VIA_COLORINDEX attributes for individual value set
      items.

      VS_BITMAP                The attribute for each value set item is set to
                               the VIA_BITMAP value set item attribute, which
                               means the value set treats each item as a bit
                               map unless otherwise specified. This is the
                               default.

      VS_COLORINDEX            The attribute for each value set item is set to
                               the VIA_COLORINDEX value set item attribute,
                               which means the value set treats each item as an
                               index into the logical color table unless
                               otherwise specified. This style is most often
                               used when the colors currently available are
                               adequate.

      VS_ICON                  The attribute for each value set item is set to
                               the VIA_ICON value set item attribute, which
                               means the value set treats each item as an icon
                               unless otherwise specified.

      VS_RGB                   The attribute for each value set item is set to
                               the VIA_RGB value set item attribute, which
                               means the value set treats each item as a RGB
                               color value unless otherwise specified. This
                               style is most often used when you need to create
                               new colors.

      VS_TEXT                  The attribute for each value set item is set to
                               the VIA_TEXT value set item attribute, which
                               means the value set treats each item as a text
                               string unless otherwise specified.

     Specify one or more of the following optional window styles, if desired,
      by using an OR operator (Or) to combine them with the style specified
      from the preceding list:

      VS_BORDER                The value set draws a thin border around itself
                               to delineate the control.

      VS_ITEMBORDER            The value set draws a thin border around each
                               item to delineate it from other items.

                               Note:  The VS_ITEMBORDER style is useful for
                                      items that are hard to see, such as faint
                                      colors or patterns.

      VS_OWNERDRAW             The application is notified whenever the
                               background of the value set window is to be
                               painted.

      VS_RIGHTTOLEFT           The value set interprets column orientation as
                               right-to-left, instead of the default
                               left-to-right arrangement. This means columns
                               are numbered from right-to-left with the
                               rightmost column being 1 and counting up as you
                               move left. Home is the rightmost column and end
                               is the leftmost column.

                               There is no visible difference between a value
                               set ordered left-to-right and a value set
                               ordered right-to-left. Therefore, if your
                               application uses multiple value sets, the
                               ordering of the items should be consistent in
                               each value set to avoid confusing the user.

                               Note:  The VS_RIGHTTOLEFT style is used on
                                      creation of the control. Changing this
                                      style after creation causes unexpected
                                      results.

      VS_SCALEBITMAPS          The value set automatically scales bit maps to
                               the size of the cell. If this style is not used,
                               each bit map is centered in its cell. Also, if
                               the cell is smaller than the bit map, the bit
                               map is clipped to the size of the cell.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.2. Using Value Set Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section provides information that will enable you to create and use a
value set control effectively.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.2.1. Creating a Value Set ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

You create a value set by using the WC_VALUESET window class name in the
ClassName parameter of WinCreateWindow call.

Before the value set is created, a temporary VSCDATA data structure is
allocated so that the number of rows and columns of the value set can be
specified.

Also, VS_* values are specified in the ulValueSetStyle variable so that the
value set can be customized. The following sample code shows the creation of a
value set:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  VscData         : VSCDATA; (* VSCDATA data structure         *)
  HwndValueSet    : HWND;    (* Value set window handle        *)
  UlValueSetStyle : ULONG;   (* Value set style variable       *)

Begin

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Initialize the parameters in the data structure.                   *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  vscData.cbSize :=                    (* Size of value set equals size  *)
     sizeof(VSCDATA);                  (* of VSCDATA                     *)
  vscData.usRowCount := 1;             (* 1 row in the value set         *)
  vscData.usColumnCount := 3;          (* 3 columns in the value set     *)

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Set the VS_* style flags to customize the value set.               *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  ulValueSetStyle :=
    VS_RGB        Or                   (* Use colors for items.          *)
    VS_ITEMBORDER Or                   (* Put border around each value   *)
                                       (* set item.                      *)
     VS_BORDER;                        (* Put border around the entire   *)
                                       (* value set                      *)

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Create the value set control window.                               *)
  (* The handle of the window is returned in hwndValueSet.              *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  hwndValueSet := WinCreateWindow(
                    hwndClient,        (* Parent window handle           *)
                    WC_VALUESET,       (* Value set class name           *)
                    nil,               (* No window text                 *)
                    ulValueSetStyle,   (* Value set styles               *)
                    10,                (* X coordinate                   *)
                    10,                (* Y coordinate                   *)

                    300,               (* Window width                   *)
                    200,               (* Window height                  *)
                    hwndClient,        (* Owner window handle            *)
                    HWND_TOP,          (* Z-order position               *)
                    ID_VALUESET,       (* Value set window ID            *)
                    &vscData,          (* Control data structure         *)
                    nil);              (* No presentation parameters     *)

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Set the color value for each item in each row and column.          *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  WinSendMsg(hwndValueSet,            (* Value set window handle        *)
             VM_SETITEM,              (* Message for setting items      *)
             MPFROM2SHORT(1,1),       (* Set item in row 1, column 1    *)
              MPFROMLONG($00FF0000)); (* to the color red.              *)

  WinSendMsg(hwndValueSet,            (* Value set window handle        *)
             VM_SETITEM,              (* Message for setting items      *)
             MPFROM2SHORT(1,2),       (* Set item in row 1, column 2    *)
             MPFROMLONG($0000FF00));  (* to the color green.            *)

  WinSendMsg(hwndValueSet,            (* Value set window handle        *)
             VM_SETITEM,              (* Message for setting items      *)
             MPFROM2SHORT(1,3),       (* Set item in row 1, column 3    *)
             MPFROMLONG($000000FF));  (* to the color blue.             *)

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Set the default selection.                                         *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  WinSendMsg(hwndValueSet,            (* Value set window handle        *)
             VM_SELECTITEM,           (* Message for selecting items    *)
             MPFROM2SHORT(1,2),       (* Item in row 1, column 2        *)
             nil);                    (* Reserved value                 *)

  (**********************************************************************)
  (* Since all items have been set in the control,                      *)
  (* make the control visible.                                          *)
  (**********************************************************************)
  WinShowWindow(hwndValueSet,         (* Value set window handle        *)
                Ord(True));           (* Make the window visible        *)

End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.2.2. Retrieving Data for Selected Value Set Items ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The next step is to be able to retrieve the data represented by a value set
item. To do this, variables are specified for combined row and column index
values, item attributes, and item information. Then the VM_QUERYSELECTEDITEM,
VM_QUERYITEMATTR, and VM_QUERYITEM messages are used to retrieve the index
values, attributes, and data. The following sample code shows how data for
selected value set items is retrieved:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  UlIdx      : ULONG;  (* Combined row and column        *)
                       (* index value                    *)
  UsItemAttr : USHORT; (* Item attributes                *)
  UlItemData : ULONG;  (* Item data                      *)

Begin

    (**********************************************************************)
    (* Get the row and column index values of the item selected by the    *)
    (* user.  These values are returned in the ulIdx parameter.           *)
    (**********************************************************************)
    ulIdx := (ULONG)WinSendMsg(
      hwndValueSet,                     (* Value set window handle        *)
      VM_QUERYSELECTEDITEM,             (* Message for querying           *)
                                        (* the selected item              *)
      nil, nil);                        (* Reserved values                *)

    (**********************************************************************)
    (* Determine the type of item that was selected. This message is      *)
    (* only to determine how to interpret item data when a value set      *)
    (* contains dIfferent types of items.                                 *)
    (**********************************************************************)
    usItemAttr := WinSendMsg(
      hwndValueSet,                (* Value set window handle             *)
      VM_QUERYITEMATTR,            (* Message for querying item attribute *)
      MPFROMLONG(ulIdx),           (* Row and column of selected item     *)
      nil);                        (* Reserved value                      *)

    (**********************************************************************)
    (* Get the information about the selected (non-textual) item.         *)
    (* If you are dealing with text, you need to allocate a buffer        *)
    (* for the text string.                                               *)
    (**********************************************************************)
    ulItemData := WinSendMsg(
      hwndValueSet,                (* Value set window handle             *)
      VM_QUERYITEM,                (* Message for querying an item        *)
      MPFROMLONG(ulIdx),           (* Row and column of selected item     *)
      nil);                        (* Set to nil because the item is not *)
                                   (* a text item                         *)
End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.2.3. Arranging Value Set Items ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The application defines the arrangement of value set items; they can be
arranged in one or more rows, columns, or both. Items are placed from left to
right in rows and from top to bottom in columns. The application can change the
number of rows and columns at any time.

The number of items that can be displayed depends on the number of items that
fit into the spaces provided by the defined rows and columns. If the number of
items exceeds the number of spaces, the excess items are not displayed.

You can change the composition of a value set by specifying new items. The new
items either can be added to the value set or can replace existing items.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.3. Graphical User Interface Support for Value Set Controls ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section describes the support the value set control provides for graphical
user interfaces (GUIs). Except where noted, this support conforms to the
guidelines in the SAA CUA Advanced Interface Design Reference.

The GUI support provided by the value set control consists of Navigating to and
selecting value set items.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.3.1. Value Set Navigation Techniques ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Since all value set items are mutually exclusive, only one of them can be
selected at a time. Therefore, the only type of selection supported by the
value set control is single selection.

Note:  If more than one value set window is open, navigating to and selecting
       items in one value set window has no affect on the items displayed in
       any other value set window.

 An initial choice is selected when the value set control is first displayed.
 If the application does not provide the initial selection by using the
 VM_SELECTITEM message, the choice in row 1, column 1 is selected
 automatically.

 The value set control supports the use of a pointing device, such as a mouse,
 and the keyboard for navigating to and selecting items, except for items that
 are dimmed on the screen. This dimming of items is called unavailable-state
 emphasis and indicates that the items cannot be selected. However, the
 selection cursor, a dotted outline that usually indicates that an item can be
 selected, can be moved to unavailable items so that a user can press F1 to
 determine why they cannot be selected. The following sections describe the
 pointing device and keyboard support for the value set control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.3.1.1. Pointing Device Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A user can use a pointing device to select value set items. The SAA CUA Guide
to User Interface Design defines mouse button 1, the select button, to be used
for selecting items. This definition also applies to the same button on any
other pointing device.

An item can be selected by moving the pointer of the pointing device to the
item and clicking the select button. When this happens, a black box is drawn
around the item to show that it has been selected. The black box is called
selected-state emphasis. In addition, the selection cursor is drawn inside the
black box.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.3.1.2. Keyboard Support ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The value set control supports automatic selection, which means that an
available item is selected when the selection cursor is moved to that item. The
item is given selected-state emphasis as soon as the selection cursor is moved
to it. No further action, such as pressing the spacebar, is required. The same
black box and dotted outline are used, for selected-state emphasis and the
selection cursor respectively, as when an item is selected with a pointing
device.

A user can navigate to and select an item by using either the navigation keys
or mnemonic selection to move the selection cursor to the item, as described in
the following list:

     Items can be selected using the Up, Down, Left, and Right Arrow keys to
      move the selection cursor from one item to another.

     The Home and End keys can be used to select the leftmost and rightmost
      items, respectively, in the current row. If the Ctrl key is pressed in
      combination with the Home or End key, the item in the top row and the
      leftmost column, or the item in the bottom row and the rightmost column,
      respectively, is selected.

      Note:  The preceding description assumes that the current style of the
             value set window is left-to-right. However, if the VS_RIGHTTOLEFT
             style bit is set, the directions described for the Home, End,
             Ctrl+Home, and Ctrl+End keys in the preceding paragraph are
             reversed.

     The PgUp key can be used to select the item in the top row that is
      directly above the current position of the selection cursor. The PgDn key
      can be used to select the item in the bottom row that is directly below
      the current position of the selection cursor. If the space in the top or
      bottom row directly above or below the current cursor position is blank,
      the cursor moves to the blank space.

     Another keyboard method of selecting items is mnemonic selection. A user
      performs mnemonic selection by pressing a character key that corresponds
      to an underlined character. Coding a tilde (~) before a text character in
      the item causes that character to be underlined and activates it as a
      mnemonic selection character. When this happens, the selection cursor is
      moved to the item that contains the underlined character, and that item
      is selected.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.4. Enhancing Value Set Controls Performance and Effectiveness ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section provides dynamic resizing and scrolling to enable you to fine-tune
a value set control.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 16.4.1. Dynamic Resizing and Scrolling ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The value set control supports dynamic resizing if the application sends the
WM_SIZE message to a value set window. This means that the value set control
automatically recalculates the size of the items when either the user or the
application changes the size of the value set window.

If the value set window's size is decreased so that the window is not large
enough to display all of the items the value set contains, the items are
clipped. If scroll bars are desired to allow the clipped information to be
scrolled into view, they must be provided by the application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17. Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To most users, a window is a rectangular area of the display screen where an
application receives input from the user and displays output.  This chapter
describes the parts of the operating system that enable a Presentation Manager
(PM) application to create and use windows; manage relationships between
windows; and size, move, and display windows.  An overview of the following
topics is presented:

     Window types, classes, and styles
     Window-creation techniques
     Window messages and message queues
     Methods of window input and output
     Window resources and procedures
     Window identification and modification

 Subsequent chapters present more in-depth descriptions of windows, their
 advantages and uses, along with example code fragments.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1. About Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A PM application can interact with the user and perform tasks only by way of
windows.  Each window shares the screen with other windows, including those
from other applications.  The user employs the mouse and keyboard to interact
with windows and their owner applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.1. Desktop Window and Desktop-Object Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The OS/2 operating system automatically creates the desktop window (known as
the workplace in user terminology) when it starts a PM session.

 ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
 Γöé    Desktop Window                              Γöé
 Γöé  ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ                Γöé
 Γöé  Γöé Main Window 3              Γöé                Γöé
 Γöé  Γöé      ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ         Γöé
 Γöé  Γöé      Γöé Main Window 2              Γöé         Γöé
 Γöé  Γöé      Γöé      ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ  Γöé
 Γöé  Γöé      Γöé  ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
 Main Window 1              Γöé  Γöé
 Γöé  Γöé      Γöé  ΓöéChiΓöé  ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ         Γöé  Γöé
 Γöé  Γöé      Γöé  ΓöéWinΓöé  Γöé               Γöé         Γöé  Γöé
 Γöé  Γöé      Γöé  Γöé2A Γöé  Γöé               Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ  Γöé  Γöé
 Γöé  ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
  ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
  ΓöéChild Window 1aΓöé      Γöé  Γöé  Γöé
 Γöé         Γöé      Γöé  ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ      Γöé  Γöé  Γöé
 Γöé         ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
       Γöé Child Window 1b Γöé  Γöé  Γöé
 Γöé                Γöé       ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ  Γöé  Γöé
 Γöé                ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ  Γöé
 ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

Desktop Window Containing Windows of Several Applications The desktop window
paints the background color of the screen and serves as the "progenitor" of all
the windows displayed by all PM applications (but not of object windows, which
do not require screen display).  To make the desktop the parent in the
WinCreateStdWindow function, you specify HWND_DESKTOP.

The windows immediately below the desktop are called main or top-level windows;
these are called primary windows in user terminology.  Every PM application
creates at least one window to serve as the main window for that application.
Most applications also create many other windows, directly or indirectly, to
perform tasks related to the main window.

Each window helps display output and receive input from the user. The previous
figure shows the desktop window containing windows of several applications.
Notice that the main windows can overlap one another. (At times, it is possible
for a main window to be completely hidden.) Operations in one main window
normally do not affect the other main windows.

The desktop-object window is like a desktop window that is never displayed; it
serves as the base window to coordinate the activity of an application's object
windows.  The desktop-object window cannot display windows nor process keyboard
and mouse input.  The primary purpose of the desktop-object window is to enable
you to create windows that need not respond to messages at the same rate as the
user interface.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.2. Window Relationships ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Window relationships define how windows interact with each other-on the screen
and through messages.  There are parent-child window relationships and
window-owner relationships.

The parent-child relationship determines where and how windows appear when
drawn on the screen.  It also determines what happens to a window when a
related window is destroyed or hidden.  The parent-child rules apply to all
windows at all times and cannot be modified.

Ownership determines how windows communicate using messages.  Cooperating
windows define and carry out their rules of ownership.  Although some windows
(such as windows of the preregistered public window class, WC_FRAME) have very
complex rules of ownership, the application usually defines the ownership
rules. The following figure represents the logical relationship of the windows
in two applications.

                          Desktop Window
                               ΓöîΓöÇΓöÉ
         Application 1         Γöé Γöé          Application 2
ΓöîΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÉ Γöé Γöé ΓöîΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÉ
             ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÿ ΓööΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé            Γöé ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ Γöé             Γöé
             Γöé Γöé                                Γöé Γöé
Γöé       Main Window 1        Γöé     Γöé      Main Window 2         Γöé
             Γöé Γöé                                Γöé Γöé
Γöé     ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ      Γöé     Γöé     ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ      Γöé
      Γöé ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ Γöé                  Γöé ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ Γöé
Γöé     Γöé Γöé           Γöé Γöé      Γöé     Γöé     Γöé Γöé           Γöé Γöé      Γöé
      Γöé Γöé           ΓööΓöÇΓöÿ                  ΓööΓöÇΓöÿ           ΓööΓöÇΓöÿ
Γöé    Child         Child     Γöé     Γöé    Child         Child     Γöé
   Window 1.1    Window 1.2           Window 2.1    Window 2.2
Γöé     Γöé Γöé                    Γöé     Γöé                            Γöé
      ΓööΓöÇΓöÿ
Γöé    Child                   Γöé     Γöé                            Γöé
  Window 1.1.1
ΓööΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÿ     ΓööΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÇ  ΓöÇΓöÿ

Typical Window Relationships


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.2.1. Parent-Child Relationship ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Most windows have a parent window. (The exceptions are the desktop and
desktop-object windows, which the system creates at system startup.)  An
application specifies the parent when it creates a window; then, the system
uses the parent to determine where and how to draw any new windows, as well as
when to destroy the windows (free all associated resources and remove the
windows from the screen).

A child window is drawn relative to its parent.  The coordinates given to
specify the position of a window's lower-left corner are relative to the
lower-left corner of its parent.  For example, a main window (child of the
desktop) is drawn relative to the lower-left corner of the screen (the desktop
window's lower-left corner).

All main windows are siblings because they share a common parent, the desktop
window.  Because sibling windows can overlap, an application or a user arranges
the windows, one behind another (like a stack of papers on a desk), in the
desired viewing order (called z-order). Z-order uses the desktop as a reference
point for a "three-dimensional" ranking of the overlapping windows: the topmost
window has the highest ranking, while the window at the bottom of the stack has
the lowest ranking.  The parent of the sibling windows is always at the bottom
of the z-order. The following figure illustrates the hierarchy of such an
arrangement.

  ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
  Γöé Desktop Γöé
  ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ
     Γöé Γöé Γöé     Parent            Child
     Γöé Γöé Γöé                  ΓöîΓöÇ ΓöÇ ΓöÇ ΓöÇ ΓöÇ ΓöÇ ΓöÇ ΓöÇΓöÉ
     Γöé Γöé Γöé                       Siblings
     Γöé Γöé Γöé   ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ     Γöé  ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ Γöé
     Γöé Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöé Main 1 Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöé Child 1A Γöé
     Γöé Γöé     ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ  Γöé  ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Γöé
     Γöé Γöé                 Γöé  Γöé  ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
     Γöé Γöé                 ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöé Child 1A Γöé Γöé
     Γöé Γöé                    Γöé  ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ
     Γöé Γöé                    ΓööΓöÇ ΓöÇ ΓöÇ ΓöÇ ΓöÇ ΓöÇ ΓöÇ ΓöÇΓöÿ
     Γöé Γöé     ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ        ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
     Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöé Main 2 Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöé Child 2A Γöé
     Γöé       ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ        ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ
     Γöé       ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
     ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöé Main 3 Γöé
             ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

Window Hierarchy

Although PM supports z-order, it does not enforce the expected appearance
unless you specify the CS_CLIPCHILDREN or CS_CLIPSIBLINGS styles.  No part of a
child window ever appears outside the borders of its parent.  If an application
creates a window that is larger than its parent, or positions a window so that
some or all of it extends beyond the borders of the parent, the extended
portion of the child window is not drawn.

An application can use the WS_CLIPCHILDREN or WS_CLIPSIBLINGS styles to remove
from a window's clipping area (the area in which the window can paint) the area
occupied by its child or sibling windows.  For example, an application can use
these styles to prevent a window from painting over a child or sibling window
containing a complex graphic that would be time-consuming to redraw.

When a window is minimized, hidden, or destroyed, all of its children are
hidden, minimized, or destroyed as well.  The order of destruction is always
such that every window is destroyed before its parent.  The window-destruction
sequence starts at the bottom of descendancy so that all related windows can be
cleaned up; the last one to go is the window you asked to be destroyed.  The
final PM task in a window-destruction sequence is to send a WM_DESTROY message
to that window, so it has one last chance to release any resources it has
allocated and may still be holding.

Every window has only one parent, but can have any number of children. window
in this tree is said to be a descendant of any window appearing above it in the
branch, and an ancestor of any window appearing below it.  There are two
special cases, of course: the window immediately above is called the window's
parent, and any window immediately below it is called its child.  An
application can change a window's parent window at any time by using the
WinSetParent function.  Changing the parent window also changes where and how
the child window is drawn.  The system displays the child within the borders of
the new parent and draws the window according to the styles specified for the
new parent.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.2.2. Ownership ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Any window can have an owner window.  Typically, an application uses ownership
to establish a connection between windows so that they can perform useful tasks
together.  For example, the title bar in an application's main window is owned
by the frame window; but, together, the user can move the entire main window by
clicking the mouse in the title bar and dragging.  An application can set the
owner window when it creates the window or at a later time.

Ownership establishes a relationship between windows that is independent of the
parent-child relationship.  While there are few predefined rules for owner- and
owned-window interaction, a window always notifies its owner of anything
considered a significant event.

The preregistered public window classes provided by the OS/2 operating system
recognize ownership.  Control windows of classes such as WC_TITLEBAR and
WC_SCROLLBAR, notify their owners of events; frame windows, of class WC_FRAME,
receive and process notification messages from the control windows they own.
For example, a title-bar control sends a notification message to its owner when
it receives a mouse click.  If the owner is a frame window, it receives the
notification message and prepares to move itself and its children.

Owner and owned windows must be created by the same thread; that is, they must
belong to the same message queue.  Because ownership is independent of the
parent-child relationship, the owner and owned windows do not have to be
descendants of the same parent window.  However, this can affect how windows
are destroyed.  Destroying an owner window does not necessarily destroy an
owned window.  Except for frame windows, an application that needs to destroy
an owned window that is not a descendant of the owner window must do so
explicitly.

Frame windows sometimes own windows that are not descendants but, instead, are
siblings.  A frame window has the following special ownership properties:

     When the frame window is destroyed, it destroys all of the windows it
      owns, even if they are not descendants.

     When a frame window moves, the windows it owns move also.  Owned windows
      that are not descendants maintain their positions, relative to the
      upper-left (not the usual lower-left) corner of the owner window.  An
      owned window with the style FS_NOMOVEWITHOWNER does not move.

     When the frame window changes its position in the z-order, it changes the
      z-order of all the windows it owns.

     When the frame window is minimized or hidden, it hides all the windows it
      owns.  Owned windows hidden this way are restored when the frame window
      is restored.

 If an application needs this type of special processing for its own window
 classes, it must provide that support in the window procedures for those
 classes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.2.3. Object Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Any descendant of the desktop-object window is called an object window.
Typically, an application uses an object window to provide services for another
window.  For example, an application can use an object window to manage a
shared database.  In this way, a window can obtain information from the shared
database by sending a message to and receiving a reply from the object window.

Only two system-defined messages are available to an object window-WM_CREATE
and WM_DESTROY-but the object window enables the user to implement a set of
user-defined messages.  The window procedure for an object window does not have
to process paint messages or user input.  The object window processes only
messages that affect the data belonging to the object.

HWND_OBJECT is the only identifier needed to create an object window.  It is
very unwise to create descendants of HWND_OBJECT in the same thread that
creates descendants of HWND_DESKTOP: this causes the system to hang up or, at
the very least, behave slowly.  Object windows, sometimes referred to as orphan
windows, require no owner.

The rules for parent-child and ownership relationships also apply to object
windows.  In particular, changing the parent window of an object window to the
desktop window, or to a descendant of the desktop window, causes the system to
display the object window if the object window has the WS_VISIBLE style.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.3. Application Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can use several types of secondary windows:  frame windows,
client windows, control windows, dialog windows, message boxes, and menus.
Typically, an application's main window consists of several of these windows
acting as one.

A frame window is a window that an application uses as the base when
constructing a main window or other composite window, such as a dialog window
or message box.  (A composite window is a collection of windows that interact
with one another and are kept together as a unit.)  A frame window provides
basic features, such as borders and a menu bar.  Frame windows have a set of
resources associated with them.  These include icons, menus, and accelerators
(shortcut keys to the user), which, typically, are defined in an application's
resource file.

A dialog window is a frame window that contains one or more control windows.
Dialog windows are used almost exclusively for prompting the user for input.
An application usually creates a dialog window when it needs additional
information to complete a command.  The application destroys the dialog window
after the user has provided the requested information.

A message box is a frame window that an application uses to display a note,
caution, or warning to the user.  For instance, an application can use a
message box to inform the user of a problem that the application encountered
while performing a task.

A client window is the window in which the application displays the current
document or data.  For example, a desktop-publishing application displays the
current page of a document in a client window.  Most applications create at
least one client window.  The application must provide a function, called a
window procedure, to process input to the client window and to display output.

A control window is a window used in conjunction with another window to perform
useful tasks, such as displaying a menu or scrolling information in a client
window.  The operating system provides several predefined control-window
classes that an application can use to create control windows.  Control windows
include buttons, entry fields, list boxes, combination boxes, menus, scroll
bars, static text, and title bars.

A menu is a control window that presents a list of commands and other menus to
the user.  Using a mouse or the keyboard, the user can select a task; the
application then performs the selected task.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.4. Window Input and Output ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The user directs input data to windows from a mouse and the keyboard.  Keyboard
input goes to the window with input focus, and, normally, mouse input goes to
the window under the mouse pointer.

Windows also are places to display output data.  PM uses windows to display
text and graphics on the screen and to process input from the mouse and
keyboard.  Windows provide the same input and output capabilities as a virtual
graphics terminal without having direct control of the hardware.

An application is responsible for painting the data for the window classes it
registers and creates.  This data can be graphics text or pictures or
fixed-size alphanumeric text.  Normally it is not necessary for the application
to paint the system-provided window classes; the OS/2 window procedures for
those window classes do the painting.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.4.1. Active Window and Focus Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

All frame-window ancestors of the input focus window are said to be active,
meaning that the user interacts with them.  The active window usually is the
topmost main window, which is positioned above all other top-level windows on
the screen.  The active window is indicated by some form of highlighting.  For
example, a highlighted title bar shows that a standard frame window is active;
an active dialog window has a highlighted border.  These types of highlighting
ensure that the user can see the window that is accepting input.

A main window (or one of its child windows) is activated by using a mouse or
the keyboard.  When a window is activated, it receives a WM_ACTIVATE message
with its first parameter set to TRUE.  When it is deactivated, it receives a
WM_ACTIVATE message with its first parameter set to FALSE.

The focus window can be the active window or one of its descendant windows.
The user can change the input focus the same way active windows are changed-by
mouse or keyboard.  However, the application has more control over the input
focus.  For example, in a window containing several text entry fields, the tab
keys can move the input focus from one input field to another.  A WM_SETFOCUS
message is sent to the window procedure when a window is gaining or losing the
input focus.  The WinQueryFocus function tells the user which window has the
input focus.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.4.2. Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Messages are a fundamental part of the operating system.  PM applications use
messages to communicate with the operating system and one another.  The system
uses messages to communicate with applications to ensure concurrent running and
sharing of devices.  Typically, a message notifies the receiving application
that an event has occurred.  The operating system identifies the appropriate
application window to receive a message by the window handle included in the
message.  Sources of events that cause messages to be issued to applications
are the user, the operating system, the application, or another application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.4.2.1. The User ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Mouse or keyboard input to an application window causes the operating system to
direct messages to that window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.4.2.2. The Operating System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Managing the application windows on the screen, the operating system issues
messages to the windows, usually as an indirect result of user interaction.
These messages enable the system to work in a uniform and well-ordered manner.
For example, where several application windows overlap, and the user terminates
an application so that its window disappears, the operating system issues
messages to the underlying application windows so that they can repaint
themselves.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.4.2.3. The Application ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An event can occur in the application to which another part of that application
should respond; for example, when the contents of its window no longer
accurately reflect the status of the application.  The application can define
its own messages outside the range of system-defined messages to communicate
such events.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.4.2.4. Another Application ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Communication with other applications through the operating system ensures
cooperative use of the system; it even can be used to exchange data.  For
example, an arithmetic application can supply the results of a lengthy
calculation to a business graphics application.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.4.3. Enabled and Disabled Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application uses the WinEnableWindow function to enable or disable window
input.  By default, a window is enabled when it is created.  However, an
application can disable a newly created window.

An application usually disables a window to prevent the user from using the
window.  For example, an application might disable a push button in a dialog
window.  Enabling a window restores normal input; an application can enable a
disabled window at any time.

When an application uses the WinEnableWindow function to disable an existing
window, that window also loses keyboard focus.  WinEnableWindow sets the
keyboard focus to NULL, which means that no window has the focus.  If a child
window or other descendant window has the keyboard focus, it loses the focus
when the parent window is disabled.

An application can determine whether a window is enabled by calling
WinIsWindowEnabled.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.4.4. System-Modal Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can designate a system-modal window: a window that receives all
keyboard and mouse input, effectively disabling all other windows.  The user
must respond to the system-modal window before continuing work in other
windows.  An application sets and clears the system-modal window by using the
WinSetSysModalWindow function.

Because system-modal windows have absolute control of input, you must be
careful when using them in your applications.  Ideally, an application uses a
system-modal window only when there is danger of losing data if the user does
not respond to a problem immediately.

Although an application can destroy a system-modal window, the new active
window then becomes a system-modal window.  An application can make another
window active while the first system-modal window exists.  But again, the new
active window will become the system-modal window.  In general, once a
system-modal window is set, it continues to exist in the PM session until the
application explicitly clears it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.5. Window Creation ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Before any thread in an application can create windows, it must:

   1. Call WinInitialize to create an anchor block
   2. Call WinCreateMsgQueue to create a message queue for the thread

 Then, it can create one or more windows by calling one of the window-creation
 functions, such as WinCreateWindow.

 The window-creation functions require that the following information be
 supplied in some form:

     Class
     Styles
     Name
     Parent window
     Position relative to the parent window
     Position relative to any sibling windows (z-order)
     Dimensions
     Owner window
     Identifier
     Class-specific data
     Resources

 Every window belongs to a window class that defines that window's appearance
 and behavior.  The chief component of the window class is the window
 procedure. The window procedure is the function that receives and processes
 all messages sent to the window.

 Every window has a style.  The window style specifies aspects of a window's
 appearance and behavior that are not specified by the window's class.  For
 example, the WC_FRAME class always creates a frame window, but the FS_BORDER,
 FS_DLGBORDER, and FS_SIZEBORDER styles determine the style of a frame window's
 border.  A few window styles apply to all windows, but most apply only to
 windows of specific window classes.  The window procedure for a given class
 interprets the style and allows an application to adapt a window of a given
 class for a special circumstance.  For example, an application can give a
 window the style WS_SYNCPAINT to cause it to be painted immediately whenever
 any portion of the window becomes invalid.  Normally, a window is painted only
 if there are no messages waiting in the message queue.

 A window can have a text string associated with it.  Typically, the window
 text is displayed in the window or in a title bar.  The class of window
 determines whether the window displays the text and, if so, where the text
 appears within the window.

 Every window except the desktop window and desktop-object window has a parent
 window.  The parent provides the coordinate system used to position the window
 and also affects aspects of a window's appearance.  For example, when the
 parent window is minimized, hidden, or destroyed, the parent's child windows
 are minimized, hidden, or destroyed also.

 Every window has a screen position, size, and z-order position.  The screen
 position is the location of the window's lower-left corner, relative to the
 lower-left corner of its parent window.  A window's size is its width and
 height, measured in pels.  A window's z-order position is the position of the
 window in the order of overlapping windows.  This viewing order is oriented
 along an imaginary axis, the z axis, extending outward from the screen.  The
 window at the top of the z-order overlaps all sibling windows (that is,
 windows having the same parent window).  A window at the bottom of the z-order
 is overlapped by all sibling windows.  An application sets a window's z-order
 position by placing it behind a given sibling window or at the top or bottom
 of the z-order of the windows.

 A window can own, or be owned by, another window.  The owner-owned
 relationship affects how messages are sent between windows, allowing an
 application to create combinations of windows that work together.  A window
 issues messages about its state to its owner window; the owner window issues
 messages back about what action to perform next.

 The window handle is a unique number across the system that is totally
 unambiguous-it identifies one particular window in the system and is assigned
 by the system.  A window identifier is analogous to a "given" name in family
 relationships; the only requirement is that the name be unique among siblings.

 A window can have class-specific data that further defines how the window
 appears and behaves when it is created.  The system passes the class-specific
 data to the window procedure, which then applies the data to the new window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.5.1. Window-Creation Functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The basic window-creation function is WinCreateWindow.  This function uses
information about a window's class, style, size, and position to create a new
window.  All other window-creation functions, such as WinCreateStdWindow and
WinCreateDlg, supply some of this information by default and create windows of
a specific class or style.

Although the WinCreateWindow function provides the most direct means of
creating a window, most applications do not use it.  Instead, they often use
the WinCreateStdWindow function to create a main window and the WinDlgBox or
WinCreateDlg functions to create dialog windows.

The WinCreateMenu, WinLoadMenu, WinLoadDlg, WinMessageBox, and
WinCreateFrameControls functions also create windows.  Each of these functions
substitutes for one or more required calls to WinCreateWindow to create a given
window.  For example, an application can create a frame window, one or more
control windows, and a client window in a single call to WinCreateStdWindow.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.5.2. Window-Creation Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

While creating a window, the system sends messages to that window's window
procedure.  The window procedure receives a WM_CREATE message, saying that the
window is being created.  The window also receives a WM_ADJUSTWINDOWPOS
message, specifying the initial size and position of the window being created.
This message lets the window procedure adjust the size and position of the
window before the window is displayed.

The system also sends other messages while creating a window; the number and
order of these messages depend on the class and style of the window and the
function used to create it.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.6. Window Classes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Each window of a specific window class uses the window procedure associated
with that class.  An application can create one or more windows that belong to
the same window class.  Because each window of the same class is processed by
the same window procedure, they all behave the same way.  Since many windows
can result from one window procedure, coding overhead is greatly reduced.
There are two types of window classes: public and private.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.6.1. Public Window Classes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A public window class is one that has a reentrant window procedure that is
registered and resides in a dynamic link library (DLL); it can be used by any
process in the system to create windows.  The operating system provides several
preregistered public window classes.  You can specify the system-provided
window classes by using the symbolic identifiers that have the prefix WC_, as
shown in the following table:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéClass Name     ΓöéDescription                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_BUTTON      ΓöéConsists of buttons and boxes the user can   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéselect by clicking the pointing device or    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéusing the keyboard.                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_CONTAINER   ΓöéCreates a control for the user to group      Γöé
Γöé               Γöéobjects in a logical manner.  A container canΓöé
Γöé               Γöédisplay those objects in various formats or  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéviews.  The container control supports drag  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéand drop so the user can place information inΓöé
Γöé               Γöéa container by simply dragging and dropping. Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_ENTRYFIELD  ΓöéConsists of a single line of text that the   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéuser can edit.                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_FRAME       ΓöéA window class that can contain child windowsΓöé
Γöé               Γöéof many of the other window classes.         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_LISTBOX     ΓöéPresents a list of text items from which the Γöé
Γöé               Γöéuser can make selections.                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_MENU        ΓöéPresents a list of items that can be         Γöé
Γöé               Γöédisplayed horizontally as menu bars, or      Γöé
Γöé               Γöévertically as pull-down menus.  Menus usuallyΓöé
Γöé               Γöéare used to provide a command interface to   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéapplications.                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_NOTEBOOK    ΓöéCreates a control for the user that is       Γöé
Γöé               Γöédisplayed as a number of pages.  The top pageΓöé
Γöé               Γöéis visible, and the others are hidden, with  Γöé
Γöé               Γöétheir presence being indicated by a visible  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéedge on each of the back pages.              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_SCROLLBAR   ΓöéLets the user scroll the contents of an      Γöé
Γöé               Γöéassociated window.                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_SLIDER      ΓöéCreates a control that is usable for         Γöé
Γöé               Γöéproducing approximate (analog) values or     Γöé
Γöé               Γöéproperties.  Scroll bars were used for this  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéfunction in the past, but the slider providesΓöé
Γöé               Γöéa more flexible method of achieving the same Γöé
Γöé               Γöéresult, with less programming effort.        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_SPINBUTTON  ΓöéCreates a control that presents itself to theΓöé
Γöé               Γöéuser as a scrollable ring of choices, giving Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthe user quick access to the data.  The user Γöé
Γöé               Γöéis presented only one item at a time, so the Γöé
Γöé               Γöéspin button should be used with data that is Γöé
Γöé               Γöéintuitively related.                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_STATIC      ΓöéSimple display items that do not respond to  Γöé
Γöé               Γöékeyboard or pointing device events.          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_TITLEBAR    ΓöéDisplays the window title or caption and letsΓöé
Γöé               Γöéthe user move the window's owner.            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_VALUESET    ΓöéCreates a control similar in function to the Γöé
Γöé               Γöéradio buttons but provides additional        Γöé
Γöé               Γöéflexibility to display graphical, textual,   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéand numeric formats.  The values set with    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthis control are mutually exclusive.         Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

With the exception of WC_FRAME, the system-provided window classes are known as
control window classes because they give the user an easy means of controlling
specific types of interaction.  For example, the WC_BUTTON class allows single
or multiple selections.  These windows conform to the IBM* Systems Application
Architecture (SAA) Common User Access (CUA) definition. They are designed
specifically to provide function that meets the needs for a graphics-based
standard user interface.  The code fragments provided in this guide make
extensive use of the system window classes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.6.2. Private Window Classes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A private window class is one that an application registers for its own use; it
is available only to the process that registers it.  The application-provided
window procedure for a private window class resides either in the application's
executable files or in a DLL file.  A private window class is deleted when its
registering process is terminated.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.7. Window Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window can have a combination of styles; an application can combine styles by
using the bitwise inclusive OR operator.  An application usually sets the
window styles when it creates the window.  The OS/2 operating system provides
several standard window styles that apply to all windows.  It also provides
many styles for the predefined frame and control windows.  The frame and
control styles are unique to each predefined window class and can be used only
for windows of the corresponding class.

Initially, the styles of the window class used to create the window determine
the styles of the new window.  For example, if the window class has the style
CS_SYNCPAINT, all windows created using that class, by default, will have the
window style WS_SYNCPAINT. The OS/2 operating system has the following standard
window styles:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéStyle Name               ΓöéDescription                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWS_CLIPCHILDREN          ΓöéPrevents a window from painting over its     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéchild windows. This style increases the time Γöé
Γöé                         Γöénecessary to calculate the visible region.   Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéThis style is usually not necessary because  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéif the parent and child windows overlap and  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéboth are invalidated, the system draws the   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéparent window before drawing the child       Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéwindow. If the child window is invalidated   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéindependently of the parent window, the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésystem redraws only the child window. If the Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéupdate region of the parent window does not  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéintersect the child window, drawing the      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéparent window causes the child window to be  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéredrawn. This style is useful to prevent a   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéchild window that contains a complex graphic Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéfrom being redrawn unnecessarily.            Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéWS_CLIPCHILDREN is an absolute requirement ifΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéa window with children ever performs output  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéin response to any message other than        Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéWM_PAINT. Only WM_PAINT processing is        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésynchronized such that the children will get Γöé
Γöé                         Γöétheir messages after the parent.             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWS_CLIPSIBLINGS          ΓöéPrevents a window from painting over its     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésibling windows. This style protects sibling Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéwindows but increases the time necessary to  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécalculate the visible region. This style is  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéappropriate for windows that overlap and thatΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéhave the same parent window.                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWS_DISABLED              ΓöéUsed by an application to disable a window.  Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéIt is up to the window to recognize this     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéstyle and reject input.                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWS_GROUP                 ΓöéSpecifies the first control of a group of    Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécontrols in which the user can move from one Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécontrol to the next by using the ARROW keys. Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéAll controls defined after the control with  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéthe WS_GROUP style belong to the same group. Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéThe next control with the WS_GROUP style endsΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéthe first group and starts a new group.      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWS_MAXIMIZED             ΓöéEnlarges a window to the maximum size.       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWS_MINIMIZED             ΓöéReduces a window to the size of an icon.     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWS_PARENTCLIP            ΓöéExtends a window's visible region to include Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéthat of its parent window. This style        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöésimplifies the calculation of the child      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéwindow's visible region but is potentially   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöédangerous because the parent window's visibleΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéregion is usually larger than the child      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéwindow.                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWS_SAVEBITS              ΓöéSaves the screen area under a window as a bitΓöé
Γöé                         Γöémap. When the user hides or moves the window,Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéthe system restores the image by copying the Γöé
Γöé                         Γöébits; there is no need to add the area to theΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéuncovered window's update region. The style  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöécan improve system performance but also can  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéconsume a great deal of memory. It is        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöérecommended only for transient windows, such Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéas menus and dialog windows, not for main    Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéapplication windows.                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWS_SYNCPAINT             ΓöéCauses a window to receive WM_PAINT messages Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéimmediately after a part of the window       Γöé
Γöé                         Γöébecomes invalid. Without this style, the     Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéwindow receives WM_PAINT messages only if no Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéother message is waiting to be processed.    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWS_TABSTOP               ΓöéSpecifies one of any number of controls      Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéthrough which the user can move by tabbing.  Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéPressing the TAB key moves the keyboard focusΓöé
Γöé                         Γöéto the next control that has the WS_TABSTOP  Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéstyle.                                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWS_VISIBLE               ΓöéMakes a window visible. The operating system Γöé
Γöé                         Γöédraws the window on the screen unless        Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéoverlapping windows completely obscure it.   Γöé
Γöé                         ΓöéWindows without this style are hidden. If    Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéoverlapping windows completely obscure the   Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéwindow, the window is still considered       Γöé
Γöé                         Γöévisible.  (Visibility means that the         Γöé
Γöé                         Γöéoperating system draws the window if it can.)Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.8. Window Handles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

After creating a window, the creation function returns a window handle that
uniquely identifies the window.  An application can use this handle to direct
the action of functions to the window.  Window handles have the data type HWND;
applications must use this data type when declaring variables that hold window
handles.

There are special constants that an application can use instead of a window
handle in certain functions.  For example, an application can use HWND_DESKTOP
in the WinCreateWindow function to specify the desktop window as the new
window's parent. Similarly, HWND_OBJECT represents the desktop-object window.
HWND_TOP and HWND_BOTTOM represent the top and bottom positions relative to the
z-order position of a window.

Although the NULL constant is not a window handle, an application can use it in
some functions to specify that no window is affected.  For example, an
application can use NULL in the WinCreateWindow function to create a window
that has no owner window.  Some functions might return NULL, indicating that
the given action applies to no window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.9. Window Size and Position ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window's size and position can be expressed as a bounding rectangle, given in
coordinates relative to its parent.  An application specifies the window's
initial size and position when creating the window.

To use the system-default values for the initial size and position of a frame
window, an application can specify the FCF_SHELLPOSITION frame-creation flag.
The application can change a window's size and position at any time.

Note:

The default coordinate system for a window specifies that the point (0,0) is at
the lower-left corner of the window, with coordinates increasing as they go
upward and to the right.

A window can be positioned anywhere in relation to its parent.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.9.1. Size ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window's size (width and height) is given in pels, in the range 0 through
65535.  A window can have 0 width and height; however, a window with 0 width or
height is not drawn on the screen, even though it has the WS_VISIBLE style.

An application can create very large windows; however, it should check the size
of the screen before enlarging a window size.  One way to choose an appropriate
size is to use the WinGetMaxPosition function to retrieve the size of the
maximized window.  A window that is larger than its maximized size will be
larger than the screen also.

An application can retrieve the current size of the window by using the
WinQueryWindowRect function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.9.2. Position ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window's position is defined as the x,y coordinates of its lower-left corner.
These coordinates, sometimes called window coordinates, always are relative to
the lower-left corner of the parent window.  For example, a window having the
coordinates (10,10) is placed 10 pels to the right of, and 10 pels up from, the
lower-left corner of its parent window.  Notice, however, that a window can be
positioned anywhere in relation to its parent, but always relative to the
parent's lower-left corner.

Adjusting a window's position can improve drawing performance.  For example, an
application could position a window so that its horizontal position is a
multiple of 8, relative to the screen origin (the lower-left corner of the
screen).  Coordinates that are multiples of 8 correspond to byte boundaries in
the screen-memory bit map.  It is usually faster to start drawing at a byte
boundary.

By default, the system positions a frame window on a byte boundary; but an
application can override this action by using the FCF_NOBYTEALIGN style when
creating the window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.9.3. Size and Position Messages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window receives messages when it changes size or position.  Before a change
is made, the system might send a WM_ADJUSTWINDOWPOS message to allow the window
procedure to make final adjustments to the window's size and position.  This
message includes a pointer to an SWP structure that contains the requested
width, height, and position.  If the window procedure adjusts these values in
the structure, the system uses the adjusted values to redraw the window.  The
WM_ADJUSTWINDOWPOS message is not sent if the change is a result of a call to
the WinSetWindowPos function with the SWP_NOADJUST constant specified.

After a change has been made to a window, the system sends a WM_SIZE message to
specify the new size of the window.  If the window has the class style
CS_MOVENOTIFY, the system also sends a WM_MOVE message, which includes the new
position for the window.  The system sends a WM_SHOW message if the visibility
of the window has changed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.9.4. System Commands ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application that has a window with a system menu can change the size and
position of that window by sending system commands.  The system commands are
generated when the user chooses commands from the system menu.  An application
can emulate the user action by sending a WM_SYSCOMMAND message to the window.

Following are some of the system commands:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéCommand        ΓöéDescription                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSC_SIZE        ΓöéStarts a Size command.  The user can change  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthe size of the window with a mouse and the  Γöé
Γöé               Γöékeyboard.                                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSC_MOVE        ΓöéStarts a Move command.  The user can move theΓöé
Γöé               Γöéwindow with a mouse and the keyboard.        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSC_MINIMIZE    ΓöéMinimizes the window.                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSC_MAXIMIZE    ΓöéMaximizes the window.                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSC_RESTORE     ΓöéRestores a minimized or maximized window to  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéits previous size and position.              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSC_CLOSE       ΓöéCloses the window.  This command sends a     Γöé
Γöé               ΓöéWM_CLOSE message to the window.  The window  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéperforms all tasks needed to clean up and    Γöé
Γöé               Γöédestroy itself.                              Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.10. Window Data ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Every window has an associated data structure. The window data structure
contains all the information specified for the window at the time it was
created and any additional information supplied for the window since that time.
Although the exact size and meaning of the information in the window data
structure are private to the system, an application can access any of the
following data items via system-provided functions:

     Pointer to window-instance data structure
     Pointer to window procedure
     Parent-window handle
     Owner-window handle
     Handle of first child window
     Handle of next sibling window
     Window size and position (expressed as a rectangle)
     Window style
     Window identifier
     Update-region handle
     Message-queue handle

 An application can examine and modify this data by using functions such as
 WinQueryWindowUShort and WinSetWindowUShort. These functions let an
 application access data that is stored as 16-bit integers.  Other functions
 let an application access data containing 32-bit integers and pointers.
 Several functions indirectly affect the data items in the window data
 structure.  For example, the WinSubclassWindow function replaces the
 window-procedure pointer, and the WinSetWindowPos function changes the size
 and position of the window.

 An application can extend the number of available data items in the window
 data structure by specifying a count of extra bytes when it registers the
 corresponding window class.  Then, the window procedure can use these bytes to
 store information about the window.  The WinQueryWindowUShort and
 WinSetWindowUShort functions give direct access to the extra bytes.

 It generally is not a good idea to use direct storage in the window data.  It
 is better to allocate a data structure dynamically and set a pointer to that
 data structure in the window words.  This provides two advantages:

   1. Most importantly, it is a symbolic way of referencing the data structure.
      It is very easy to make mistakes and provide the wrong offsets to
      WinQueryWindowUShort and so forth.

   2. You now can add and remove fields without cross dependencies because you
      now use symbolic references; whereas, when you use the technique of
      putting window words directly in the window data structure, you have to
      account for changed offsets.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.11. Window Resources ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Window resources are read-only data segments stored in an application's EXE
file or in a dynamic link library's DLL file.  Predefined PM window resources
include keyboard accelerator tables, icons, menus, bit maps, dialog boxes, and
so forth; these are not a regular part of the application window's code and
data.  Because, in most cases, window resources are not loaded into memory when
the operating system runs a program, the resources can be shared by multiple
instances of the same application.

Most window resources are stored in a format that is unique to each resource
type.  The application does not need to know these formats because the system
translates them, as necessary, for use in PM functions.  The following table
lists the ten most commonly used PM window resource types.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéResource       ΓöéDescription                                  Γöé
ΓöéIdentifier     Γöé                                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéRT_ACCELTABLE  ΓöéKeyboard accelerator table                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéRT_BITMAP      ΓöéBit map                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéRT_DIALOG      ΓöéDialog box template                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéRT_FONT        ΓöéFont                                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéRT_FONTDIR     ΓöéFont directory                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéRT_MENU        ΓöéMenu template                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéRT_MESSAGE     ΓöéMessage string                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéRT_POINTER     ΓöéIcon or mouse                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéRT_RCDATA      ΓöéProgrammer-defined data                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéRT_STRING      ΓöéText string                                  Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

To access these resources, you must prepare a resource file (ASCII file with
the extension .RC). Then the ASCII resource file must be compiled into binary
images using the resource compiler.  The compiled resource file extension is
RES; it can be linked into your program's EXE file or to a dynamic link
library's DLL file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.12. Maximized and Minimized Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A maximized window is a window that has been enlarged to fill the screen.
Although a window's size can be set so that it fills the screen exactly, a
maximized window is slightly different: the system automatically moves the
window's title bar to the top of the screen and sets the WS_MAXIMIZED style for
the window.

A minimized window is a window whose size has been reduced to exactly the size
of an icon or, in the Workplace Shell*, it disappears altogether (by default).
Like a maximized window, a minimized window is more than just a window of a
given size; typically, the system moves the (icon) minimized window to the
lower part of the screen and sets the WS_MINIMIZED style for that window.  The
lower part of the screen is sometimes called the icon area.  Unless the
application specifies another position, the system moves a minimized window
into the first available icon position in the icon area.

If a window is created with the WS_MAXIMIZED or WS_MINIMIZED styles, the system
draws the window as a maximized or minimized window.

An application can restore maximized or minimized windows to their previous
size and position by specifying the SWP_RESTORE flag in a call to the
WinSetWindowPos function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.13. Window Visibility ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window that is a descendant of the desktop window can be either visible or
invisible.  The system displays a visible window on the screen.  It hides an
invisible window by not drawing it.  If a window is visible, the user can
supply input to the window and view the window's output.  If a window is
invisible, the window, in effect, is disabled.  An invisible window can process
messages from the system or from other windows, but it cannot process user
input or display output.  An application sets a window's visibility state when
it creates the window.  Later, a user or the application can change the
visibility state.

The visible region of a window is the position clipped by any overlapping
windows.  These overlapping windows can be child windows or other main windows
in the system.  The visible region is defined by a set of one or more
rectangles, as shown in the following figure.

 ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
 Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé
 Γöé Γûæ A ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé
 Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé            B  Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé
 Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ         Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé
 Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé C             Γöé         Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé
 Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé               Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé
 Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé               Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé
 Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
 Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé D             Γöé
 Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé               Γöé
 ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
               Γöé
                                       ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ
 ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
 Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé - Visible region for Window A
 Γöé ΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæΓûæ Γöé
 ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

Visible Region for Window A

A window is visible if the WS_VISIBLE style is set for the window.  By default,
the WinCreateWindow function creates invisible windows unless the application
specifies WS_VISIBLE.  The application often hides a window to keep its
operational details from the user.  For example, an application can keep a new
window invisible while it customizes the window's appearance.  An application
can determine whether a window has the WS_VISIBLE style by using the
WinIsWindowVisible function.

Even if a window has the WS_VISIBLE style, the user might not be able to see
the window on the screen because other windows completely overlap it, or it
might have been moved beyond the edge of its parent.  A visible window is
subject to the clipping rules established by its parent-child relationship.  If
the window's parent window is not visible, the window will not be visible.
Because a child window is drawn relative to its parent's lower-left corner, if
the parent window is moved beyond the edge of the screen, the child window also
will be moved.  In other words, if a user moves the parent window containing
the child window far enough off the edge of the screen, the user will not be
able to see the child window, even though the child window and its parent
window have the WS_VISIBLE style.  To determine whether the user actually can
see a window, an application can use the WinIsWindowShowing function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.1.14. Window Destruction ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In general, an application must destroy all the windows it creates. It does
this by using the WinDestroyWindow function.  When a window is destroyed, the
system hides the window, if it is visible, and then removes any internal data
associated with the window.  This invalidates the window handle so that it can
no longer be used by the application.

An application destroys many of the windows it creates soon after creating
them.  For example, an application usually destroys a dialog window as soon as
the application has sufficient input from the user to continue its task.  An
application eventually destroys the main window of the application (before
terminating).

Destroying a window does not affect the window class from which the window was
created.  New windows still can be created using that class, and any existing
windows of that class continue to operate.

When the application calls WinDestroyWindow, the system searches the
descendancy tree for all windows below the specified window and destroys them
from the bottom up, so each child receives WM_DESTROY before its parent.  Each
destroyed window is responsible for cleaning up its own resources in response
to the WM_DESTROY message.

If a presentation space was created by the WinGetPS function for any of the
windows to be destroyed, it must be released by calling the WinReleasePS
function.  The application must do this before calling the WinDestroyWindow
function.  If a presentation space is associated with the device context for
the window, the application must disassociate or destroy the presentation space
by using the GpiAssociate or GpiDestroyPS function before calling
WinDestroyWindow.  Failing to release a resource can cause an error.

For more information about presentation spaces and device contexts, see
Painting and Drawing.

If the window being destroyed is the active window, both the active and focus
states are transferred to another window.  The window that becomes the active
window is the next window, as determined by the Alt+Esc key combination.  The
new active window then determines which window receives the keyboard focus.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2. Using Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following sections explain how to create and use windows in an application,
how to manage ownership and parent-child window relationships, and how to move
and size windows.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.1. Creating a Top-Level Frame Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The main window in most applications is a top-level frame window. An
application creates a top-level frame window by specifying the handle of the
desktop window, or HWND_DESKTOP, as the hwndParent parameter in a call to the
WinCreateStdWindow function.

The following figure shows the main() function for a simple PM application.
This function initializes the application, creates a message queue, and
registers the window class for the client window before creating a top-level
frame window.


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Const IDR_RESOURCES = 1;

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndFrame  : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndClient : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Hmq        : HMQ;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Qmsg       : QMSG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Hab        : HAB;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  FlFrameFlags : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

    (* Set the frame-window creation flags.                       *)
  FlFrameFlags :=
      FCF_TITLEBAR      Or   (* Title bar                        *)
      FCF_SIZEBORDER    Or   (* Size border                      *)
      FCF_MINMAX        Or   (* Minimize and maximize buttons.   *)
      FCF_SYSMENU       Or   (* System menu                      *)
      FCF_SHELLPOSITION Or   (* System-default size and position *)
      FCF_TASKLIST ;        (* Add name to Task List.           *)

  (* Initialize the application for PM                          *)

  hab := WinInitialize(0);

  (* Create the application message queue.                      *)

  (* Register the class for the client window.                  *)
  WinRegisterClass(
      hab,                    (* Anchor block handle            *)
      'MyPrivateClass',       (* Name of class being registered *)
      ClientWndProc,          (* Window procedure for class     *)
      CS_SIZEREDRAW Or        (* Class style                    *)
      CS_HITTEST,             (* Class style                    *)
      0);                     (* Extra bytes to reserve         *)

  (* Create a top-level frame window with a client window       *)
  (* that belongs to the window class "MyPrivateClass".         *)
  hwndFrame := WinCreateStdWindow(
      HWND_DESKTOP,      (* Parent is desktop window.           *)
      WS_VISIBLE,        (* Make frame window visible.          *)
      &flFrameFlags,     (* Frame controls                      *)
      'MyPrivateClass',  (* Window class for client             *)
      nil,               (* No window title                     *)
      WS_VISIBLE,        (* Make client window visible .        *)
      0,                 (* Resources in application module     *)
      IDR_RESOURCES,     (* Resource identIfier                 *)
      nil);              (* Pointer to client window handle     *)

  (* Start the main message loop. Get messages from the         *)
  (* queue and dispatch them to the appropriate windows.        *)
  While (WinGetMsg(hab, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0)<>0) Do
    WinDispatchMsg(hab, &qmsg);

  (* Main loop has terminated. Destroy all windows and the      *)
  (* message queue; then terminate the application.             *)
  WinDestroyWindow(hwndFrame);
  WinDestroyMsgQueue(hmq);
  WinTerminate(hab);

  Halt(0);
End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.2. Creating an Object Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can create an object window by using the WinCreateWindow
function and setting the desktop-object window as the parent window.  The code
fragment in the following figure shows how to create an object window.


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Const ID_OBJWINDOW = 2;
Var
  HwndObject : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  hwndObject := WinCreateWindow(
      HWND_OBJECT,        (* Parent is object window.            *)
      'MyObjClass',       (* Window class for client             *)
      nil,                (* Window text                         *)
      0,                  (* No styles for object window         *)
      0, 0,               (* Lower-left corner                   *)
      0, 0,               (* Width and height                    *)
      nil,                (* No owner                            *)
      HWND_BOTTOM,        (* Inserts window at bottom of z-order *)
      ID_OBJWINDOW,       (* Window identIfier                   *)
      nil,               (* No class-specIfic data              *)
      nil);              (* No presentation data                *)

End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.3. Querying Window Data ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can examine the values in the data structure associated with a
window by using the WinQueryWindowUShort and WinQueryWindowULong functions.
Each of these functions specifies a structure data item to examine.  The index
value can be an integer representing a zero-based byte index or a constant
(QWS_) that identifies a specific item of data. The code fragment in the
following figure obtains the programmer-defined identifier of the object window
defined in the previous example:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndObject : HWND;   (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  UsObjID    : USHORT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  usObjID := WinQueryWindowUShort(hwndObject, QWS_ID);

End.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.4. Changing the Parent Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can change a window's parent window by using the WinSetParent
function.  For example, in an application that uses child windows to display
documents, you might want only the active document window to show a system
menu.  You can do this by changing that menu's parent window back and forth
between the document window and the object window when WM_ACTIVATE messages are
received.  This technique is shown in the code fragment in the following
figure.


Var
  hwndFrame, hwndSysMenu, hwnd : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Case msg Of

    WM_ACTIVATE:
      (* Get the handles of the frame window and system menu.        *)
      hwndFrame := WinQueryWindow(hwnd, QW_PARENT);
      hwndSysMenu := WinWindowFromID(hwndFrame, FID_SYSMENU);

      (* If the window is being activated, make the frame window the *)
      (* parent of the system menu. Otherwise, hide the system menu  *)
      (* by making the object window the parent.                     *)

      If ( SHORT1FROMMP(mp1)) Then
        WinSetParent(hwndSysMenu, hwndFrame, Ord(True))
      Else
        WinSetParent(hwndSysMenu, HWND_OBJECT, Ord(True));

      Halt(0);
  End;


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.5. Finding a Parent, Child, or Owner Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can determine the parent, child, and owner windows for any
window by using the WinQueryWindow function.  This function returns the window
handle of the requested window.

The code fragment in the following figure determines the parent window of the
given window:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndParent   : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndMyWindow : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  hwndParent := WinQueryWindow(hwndMyWindow, QW_PARENT);

The code fragment in the following figure determines the topmost child window
(the child window in the top z-order position):

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndTopChild : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndParent   : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  hwndTopChild := WinQueryWindow(hwndParent, QW_TOP);

If a given window does not have an owner or child window, WinQueryWindow
returns NULL.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.6. Setting an Owner Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can set the owner for a window by using the WinSetOwner
function.  Typically, after setting the owner, a window notifies the owner
window of the new relationship by sending it a message.

The code fragment in the following figure shows how to set the owner window and
send it a message:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndMyWindow : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndNewOwner : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  If (WinSetOwner(hwndMyWindow, hwndNewOwner))

  (* Send a notIfication message.                                 *)
  WinSendMsg(hwndNewOwner,   (* Sends to owner                    *)
  WM_CONTROL,            (* Control message for notIfication  *)
  (MPARAM) NEW_OWNER,    (* NotIfication code                 *)
  nil);                 (* No extra data                     *)

A window can have only one owner, so WinSetOwner removes any previous owner.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.7. Retrieving the Handle of a Child or Owned Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A parent or owner window can retrieve the handle of a child or owned window by
using the WinWindowFromID function and supplying the identifier of the child or
owned window.  WinWindowFromID searches all child and owned windows to locate
the window with the given identifier.  The window identifier is set when the
application creates the child or owned window.

Typically, an owned window uses WinQueryWindow to get the handle of the owner
window; then uses WinSendMsg to issue a notification message to its owner
window.

The code fragment in the following figure retrieves the window handle of an
owner window and sends the window a WM_ENABLE message.

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndOwned : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndOwner : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  case WM_CONTROL:
  switch (SHORT2FROMMP (mp2)) {
  case BN_CLICKED:
  hwndOwned := WinWindowFromID(hwndOwner,
  (ULONG)SHORT1FROMMP(mp1));
  WinSendMsg(hwndOwned, WM_ENABLE,
  (MPARAM)Ord(True), (MPARAM) nil);
  return 0;
  .
  . (* Check for other notIfication codes. *)
  .

End.

An application also can retrieve the handle of a child window by using the
WinWindowFromPoint function and supplying a point in the corresponding parent
window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.8. Enumerating Top-Level Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can enumerate all top-level windows in the system by using the
WinBeginEnumWindows and WinGetNextWindow functions.  An application also can
create a list of all child windows for a given parent window using
WinBeginEnumWindows.  This list contains the window handles of immediate child
windows.  By using WinGetNextWindow, the application then can retrieve the
window handles, one at a time, from the list.  When the application has
finished using the list, it must release the list with the WinEndEnumWindows
function.

The code fragment in the following figure shows how to enumerate all top-level
windows (all immediate child windows of the desktop window):


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndTop : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Henum   : HENUM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  (* Enumerate all top-level windows.           *)


  (* Loop through all enumerated windows.       *)
  while (hwndTop := WinGetNextWindow(henum)) {
  .
  . (* Perform desired task on each window. *)
  .
End.

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              W


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.9. Moving and Sizing a Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can move a window by using the WinSetWindowPos function and
specifying the SWP_MOVE constant.  The function changes the position of the
window to the specified position.  The position is always given in coordinates
relative to the parent window.

The code fragment in the following figure moves the window to the position
(10,10):

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Hwnd : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  WinSetWindowPos(
  hwnd,                 (* Window handle                  *)
  nil,                 (* Not used for moving and sizing *)
  10, 10,               (* New position                   *)
  0, 0,                 (* Not used for moving            *)
  SWP_MOVE);            (* Move window                    *)

An application can set the size of a window by using the WinSetWindowPos
function and specifying the SWP_SIZE constant.  WinSetWindowPos changes the
width and height of the window to the specified width and height.

An application can combine moving and sizing in a single function call, as
shown in the following figure.


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Hwnd : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  WinSetWindowPos(
  hwnd,                 (* Window handle                  *)
  nil,                 (* Not used for moving and sizing *)
  10, 10,               (* New position                   *)
  200, 200,             (* Width and height               *)
  SWP_MOVE Or SWP_SIZE); (* Move and size window.          *)

An application can retrieve the current size and position of a window by using
the WinQueryWindowPos function.  This function copies the current information
to an SWP structure.

The code fragment in the following figure uses the current size and position to
change the height of the window, leaving the width and position unchanged.


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Hwnd : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Swp  : SWP;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  WinQueryWindowPos(hwnd, &swp);
  WinSetWindowPos(
  hwnd,                (* Window handle                  *)
  nil,                (* Not used for moving and sizing *)
  0, 0,                (* Not used for sizing            *)
  swp.cx,              (* Current width                  *)
  swp.cy + 200,        (* New height                     *)
  SWP_SIZE);           (* Change the size.               *)

An application also can move and change the size of several windows at once by
using the WinSetMultWindowPos function.  This function takes an array of SWP
structures.  Each structure specifies the window to be moved or changed.

An application can move and size a window even if it is not visible, although
the user is not able to see the effects of the moving and sizing until the
window is visible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.10. Redrawing Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

When the system moves a window or changes its size, it can invalidate all or
part of that window.  The system attempts to preserve the contents of the
window and copy them to the new position; however, if the window's size is
increased, the window must fill the area exposed by the size change.  If a
window is moved from behind an overlapping window, any area formerly obscured
by the other window must be drawn.  In these cases, the system invalidates the
exposed areas and sends a WM_PAINT message to the window.

An application can require that the system invalidate an entire window every
time the window moves or changes size.  To do this, the application sets the
CS_SIZEREDRAW class style in the corresponding window class.  Typically, this
class style is selected for use in an application that uses a window's current
size and position to determine how to draw the window.  For example, a clock
application always would draw the face of the clock so that it filled the
window exactly.

An application also can explicitly specify which parts of the window to
preserve during a move or size change.  Before any change is made, the system
sends a WM_CALCVALIDRECTS message to windows that do not have the style
CS_SIZEREDRAW.  This enables the window procedure to specify what part of the
window to save and where to align it after the move or size change.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.11. Changing the Z-Order of Windows ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can move a window to the top or bottom of the z-order by passing
the SWP_ZORDER constant to the WinSetWindowPos function. An application
specifies where to move the window by specifying the HWND_TOP or HWND_BOTTOM
constants.

The code fragment in the following figure uses WinSetWindowPos to change the
z-order of a window.

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndParent : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndNext   : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Henum      : HENUM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  WinSetWindowPos(
  hwndNext,       (* Next window to move  *)
  HWND_TOP,       (* Put window on top    *)
  0, 0, 0, 0,     (* Not used for z-order *)
  SWP_ZORDER);    (* Change z-order       *)

An application also can specify the window that the given window is to move
behind.  In this case, the application specifies the window handle instead of
the HWND_TOP or HWND_BOTTOM constant.

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndParent   : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndNext     : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndExchange : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Henum        : HENUM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin


  hwndExchange := WinGetNextWindow(henum);

  (* hwndNext has top window;
  hwndExchange has window under the top. *)

  WinSetWindowPos(
  hwndNext,       (* Next window to move     *)
  hwndExchange,   (* Put lower window on top *)
  0, 0, 0, 0,     (* Not used for z-order    *)
  SWP_ZORDER);    (* Change z-order          *)

WinEndEnumWindows(henum);


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.12. Showing or Hiding a Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can show or hide a window by using the WinShowWindow function.
This function changes the WS_VISIBLE style of a window to the specified
setting.  An application can also use the WinIsWindowVisible function to check
the visibility of a window.  This function returns TRUE if the window is
visible.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.13. Maximizing, Minimizing, and Restoring a Frame Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can maximize, minimize, or restore a frame window by using the
WinSetWindowPos function and specifying the constant SWP_MAXIMIZE,
SWP_MINIMIZE, or SWP_RESTORE.  Only a frame window can maximize and minimize by
default.  For any other window, an application must provide support for these
actions in the corresponding window procedure.

The following figure shows how to maximize a frame window.


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  SwpCurrent : SWP;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndFrame  : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  WinQueryWindowPos(hwndFrame, &swpCurrent);
  WinSetWindowPos(
  hwndFrame,           (* Window handle               *)
  nil,                (* Not used to maximize        *)
  swpCurrent.x,
  swpCurrent.y,        (* Stored for restoring window *)
  swpCurrent.cx,
  swpCurrent.cy,       (* Stored for restoring window *)
  SWP_MAXIMIZE Or SWP_SIZE Or SWP_MOVE);    (* Maximize *)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 17.2.14. Destroying a Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can destroy a window by using the WinDestroyWindow function. The
following figure shows how to create and then destroy a control window:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndCtrl   : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndParent : HWND; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

  hwndCtrl := WinCreateWindow(hwndParent, WC_BUTTON, ...);

  WinDestroyWindow(hwndCtrl);


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18. Window Classes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window class determines which styles and which window procedure are given to
a window when it is created.  This chapter explains how a PM application
creates and uses window classes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1. About Window Classes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Every window is a member of a window class.  An application must specify a
window class when it creates a window.  Each window class has an associated
window procedure that is used by all windows of the same class.  The window
procedure handles messages for all windows of that class and, therefore,
controls the behavior and appearance of the window.

A window class must be registered before an application can create a window of
that class.  Registering a window class associates a window procedure and class
styles with a class name.  When an application specifies the class name in a
window-creation function such as WinCreateWindow, the system creates a window
that uses the window procedure and styles associated with the class name.

An application can register private classes or use preregistered public window
classes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1.1. Private Window Classes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A private window class is any class registered within an application.  An
application registers a private class by calling the WinRegisterClass function.
A private class cannot be shared with other applications.  When an application
terminates, the system removes any data associated with the application's
private window classes.

An application can register a private class anytime but, typically, does so as
part of application initialization.  To register a private class during
application initialization, the application also must call WinInitialize and,
usually, WinCreateMsgQueue before class registration.

An application cannot de-register a private window class; it remains registered
and available until the application terminates.

When an application registers a private window class, it must supply the
following information:

     Class name
     Class styles
     Window procedure
     Window data size


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1.1.1. Class Name ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The class name identifies the window class.  The application uses this name in
the window-creation functions to specify the class of the window being created.
The class name can be a character string or an atom, and it must be unique
within the application.  The system checks as to whether a public class or a
class already registered by the application has the same name.  If the class
name is not unique to that application, the system returns an error.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1.1.2. Class Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Each window class has one or more values, called class styles, that tell the
system which initial window styles to give a window created with that class.
An application sets the class styles for a private window class when it
registers the class.  Once a class is registered, the application cannot change
the styles.

An application can specify one or more of the following class styles in the
WinRegisterClass function, combining them as necessary by using the bitwise OR
operator:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéStyle Name     ΓöéDescription                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCS_CLIPCHILDRENΓöéPrevents a window from painting over its     Γöé
Γöé               Γöéchild windows, but increases the time        Γöé
Γöé               Γöénecessary to calculate the visible region.   Γöé
Γöé               ΓöéThis style usually is not necessary, because Γöé
Γöé               Γöéif the parent and child windows overlap and  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéare both invalidated, the operating system   Γöé
Γöé               Γöédraws the parent window before drawing the   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéchild window. If the child window is         Γöé
Γöé               Γöéinvalidated independently of the parent      Γöé
Γöé               Γöéwindow, the system redraws only the child    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéwindow. If the update region of the parent   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéwindow does not intersect the child window,  Γöé
Γöé               Γöédrawing the parent window causes the child   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéwindow to be redrawn. This style is useful toΓöé
Γöé               Γöéprevent a child window containing a complex  Γöé
Γöé               Γöégraphic from being redrawn unnecessarily.    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCS_CLIPSIBLINGSΓöéPrevents a window from painting over its     Γöé
Γöé               Γöésibling windows. This style protects sibling Γöé
Γöé               Γöéwindows but increases the time necessary to  Γöé
Γöé               Γöécalculate the visible region. This style is  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéappropriate for windows that overlap and haveΓöé
Γöé               Γöéthe same parent window.                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCS_FRAME       ΓöéIdentifies the window as a frame window.     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCS_HITTEST     ΓöéDirects the operating system to send         Γöé
Γöé               ΓöéWM_HITTEST messages to the window whenever   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthe mouse pointer moves in the window.       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCS_MOVENOTIFY  ΓöéDirects the system to send WM_MOVE messages  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéto the window whenever the user moves the    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéwindow.                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCS_PARENTCLIP  ΓöéExtends a window's visible region to include Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthat of its parent window. This style        Γöé
Γöé               Γöésimplifies the calculation of the child      Γöé
Γöé               Γöéwindow's visible region but, potentially, is Γöé
Γöé               Γöédangerous, because the parent window's       Γöé
Γöé               Γöévisible region is usually larger than the    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéchild window.                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCS_SAVEBITS    ΓöéSaves the screen area under a window as a bitΓöé
Γöé               Γöémap. When the user hides or moves the window,Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthe system restores the image by copying the Γöé
Γöé               Γöébits; there is no need to add the area to theΓöé
Γöé               Γöéuncovered window's update region. This style Γöé
Γöé               Γöécan improve system performance, but also can Γöé
Γöé               Γöéconsume a great deal of memory. It is        Γöé
Γöé               Γöérecommended only for transient windows such  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéas menus and dialog windows-not for main     Γöé
Γöé               Γöéapplication windows.                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCS_SIZEREDRAW  ΓöéCauses the window to receive a WM_PAINT      Γöé
Γöé               Γöémessage and be completely invalidated        Γöé
Γöé               Γöéwhenever the window is resized, even if it isΓöé
Γöé               Γöémade smaller. (Typically, only the uncovered Γöé
Γöé               Γöéarea of a window is invalidated when a windowΓöé
Γöé               Γöéis resized.) This class style is useful when Γöé
Γöé               Γöéan application scales graphics to fill the   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéwindow.                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCS_SYNCPAINT   ΓöéCauses the window to receive WM_PAINT        Γöé
Γöé               Γöémessages immediately after a part of the     Γöé
Γöé               Γöéwindow becomes invalid. Without this style,  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthe window receives WM_PAINT messages only ifΓöé
Γöé               Γöéno other message is waiting to be processed. Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1.1.3. Window Procedure ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The window procedure for a window class processes all messages sent or posted
to all windows of that class.  It is the chief component of the window class
because it controls the appearance and behavior of each window created with the
class.  Window procedures are shared by all windows of a class, so an
application must ensure that no conflicts arise when two windows of the same
class attempt to access the same global data.  In other words, the window
procedure must protect global data and other shared resources.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1.1.4. Window Data Size ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The system creates a window data structure for each window, which includes
extra space that an application can use to store additional data about a
window.  An application specifies the number of extra bytes to allocate in the
WinRegisterClass function.  All windows of the same class have the same amount
of window data space.

An application can store window data in a window's data structure by using the
WinSetWindowUShort and WinSetWindowULong functions.  It can retrieve data by
using the WinQueryWindowUShort and WinQueryWindowULong functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1.1.5. Custom Window Styles ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application that registers a window class also can support its own set of
styles for windows of that class.  Standard window styles-for example,
WS_VISIBLE and WS_SYNCPAINT-still apply to these windows.  A window style is a
32-bit integer, and only the high 16 bits are used for the standard window
styles; an application can use the low 16 bits for custom styles specific to a
window class.

The operating system has unique window styles for all preregistered window
classes.  Styles such as FS_BORDER and BS_PUSHBUTTON are processed by the
window procedure for the corresponding class.  This means that an application
can build the support for its own window styles into the window procedure for
its private class.  A window style designed for one window class will not work
with another window class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1.2. Public Window Classes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Public window classes are registered during system initialization.  Their
window procedures are in dynamic link libraries.  Therefore, to use a public
window class, an application need not register it.  Nor does the application
need to import the window procedure for a public window class because the
system resolves references to the window procedure.

An application cannot use a public window class name when it registers a
private window class.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1.2.1. System-Defined Public Window Classes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The system provides a number of public window classes that support menus, frame
windows, control windows, and dialog windows.  An application can create a
window of a system-defined public window class by specifying one of the
following class name constants in a call to WinCreateWindow:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéClass Name     ΓöéDescription                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_BUTTON      ΓöéConsists of buttons and boxes the user can   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéselect by clicking the pointing device or    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéusing the keyboard.                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_COMBOBOX    ΓöéCreates a combination-box control, which     Γöé
Γöé               Γöécombines a list-box control and an           Γöé
Γöé               Γöéentry-field control. It enables the user to  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéenter data either by typing in the entry     Γöé
Γöé               Γöéfield or by choosing from the list in the    Γöé
Γöé               Γöélist box.                                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_CONTAINER   ΓöéCreates a control in which the user can groupΓöé
Γöé               Γöéobjects in a logical manner.  A container canΓöé
Γöé               Γöédisplay those objects in various formats or  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéviews.  The container control supports drag  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéand drop so the user can place information inΓöé
Γöé               Γöéa container by simply dragging and dropping. Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_ENTRYFIELD  ΓöéConsists of a single line of text that the   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéuser can edit.                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_FRAME       ΓöéA composite window class that can contain    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéchild windows of many of the other window    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéclasses.                                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_LISTBOX     ΓöéPresents a list of text items from which the Γöé
Γöé               Γöéuser can make selections.                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_MENU        ΓöéPresents a list of items that can be         Γöé
Γöé               Γöédisplayed horizontally as menu bars, or      Γöé
Γöé               Γöévertically as pull-down menus.  Usually menusΓöé
Γöé               Γöéare used to provide a command interface to   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéapplications.                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_NOTEBOOK    ΓöéCreates a control for the user that is       Γöé
Γöé               Γöédisplayed as a number of pages.  The top pageΓöé
Γöé               Γöéis visible, and the others are hidden, with  Γöé
Γöé               Γöétheir presence being indicated by a visible  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéedge on each of the back pages.              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_SCROLLBAR   ΓöéConsists of window scroll bars that let the  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéuser scroll the contents of the associated   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéwindow.                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_SLIDER      ΓöéCreates a control that is usable for         Γöé
Γöé               Γöéproducing approximate (analog) values or     Γöé
Γöé               Γöéproperties.  Scroll bars were used for this  Γöé
Γöé               Γöéfunction in the past, but the slider providesΓöé
Γöé               Γöéa more flexible method of achieving the same Γöé
Γöé               Γöéresult, with less programming effort.        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_SPINBUTTON  ΓöéCreates a control that presents itself to theΓöé
Γöé               Γöéuser as a scrollable ring of choices, giving Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthe user quick access to the data.  The user Γöé
Γöé               Γöéis presented only one item at a time, so the Γöé
Γöé               Γöéspin button should be used with data that is Γöé
Γöé               Γöéintuitively related.                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_STATIC      ΓöéSimple display items that do not respond to  Γöé
Γöé               Γöékeyboard or pointing device events.          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_TITLEBAR    ΓöéDisplays the window title or caption and letsΓöé
Γöé               Γöéthe user move the window's owner.            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéWC_VALUESET    ΓöéCreates a control similar in function to     Γöé
Γöé               Γöéradio buttons but provides additional        Γöé
Γöé               Γöéflexibility to display graphical, textual,   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéand numeric formats.  The values set with    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthis control are mutually exclusive.         Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

Each system-defined public window class has a corresponding set of window
styles that an application can use to customize a window of that class.  For
example, a window created with the WC_BUTTON class has styles that include
BS_PUSHBUTTON and BS_CHECKBOX.  Window styles enable you to customize aspects
of a window's behavior and appearance.  The application specifies the window
styles in the WinCreateWindow function.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1.2.2. Custom Public Window Classes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can create a custom public window class, but it must do so
during system initialization.  Only the shell can register a public window
class, and it can do so only when the system starts.  Registering a public
window class requires a special load entry in the os2.ini file.  That entry
instructs the shell to load a dynamic link library whose initialization routine
registers the window class.  Custom public window classes must be registered
using WinRegisterClass and must have the class style CS_PUBLIC.  If a custom
public window class registered this way has the same name as an existing public
window class, the custom class replaces the original class.

If a dynamic link library replaces an existing public window class, the library
can save the address of the original window procedure and use the address to
subclass the original window class.  The dynamic link library retrieves the
original window procedure address using the WinQueryClassInfo function.  The
custom window procedure then passes unprocessed messages to the original window
procedure instead of calling WinDefWindowProc.

When subclassing a public window class, the custom public window procedure must
not make the window data size smaller than the original window data size,
because all public window classes that the operating system defines use 4 extra
bytes for storing a pointer to custom window data.  This size is guaranteed
only for public window classes defined by the operating system dynamic link
libraries.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.1.3. Class Data ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can examine public window class data by using the
WinQueryClassInfo and WinQueryClassName functions.  An application retrieves
the name of the class for a given window by using the WinQueryClassName
function.  If the window is one of the preregistered public window classes, the
name returned is in the form #nnnnn, where nnnnn is up to 5 digits,
representing the value of the window class constant.  Using this window class
name, the application can call WinQueryClassInfo to retrieve the window class
data.  WinQueryClassInfo copies the class style, window procedure address, and
window data size to a CLASSINFO data structure.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.2. Using Window Classes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section explains how to perform the following tasks:

     Register a private window class
     Register an imported window procedure


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 18.2.1. Registering a Private Window Class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can register a private window class at any time by using the
WinRegisterClass function.  You must define the window procedure in the
application, choose a unique name, and set the window styles for the class. The
following code fragment shows how to register the window class name
"MyPrivateClass":


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  EXPENTRY : MRESULT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  EXPENTRY := MRESULT

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Hab : HAB; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin

    WinRegisterClass(hab,      (* Anchor block handle            *)
    "MyPrivateClass",      (* Name of class being registered *)
    ClientWndProc,         (* Window procedure for class     *)
    CS_SIZEREDRAW Or        (* Class style                    *)
    CS_HITTEST,            (* Class style                    *)
    0);                    (* Extra bytes to reserve         *)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19. Window Procedures ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Windows have an associated window procedure-a function that processes all
messages sent or posted to a window.  Every aspect of a window's appearance and
behavior depends on the window procedure's response to the messages.  This
chapter explains how window procedures function, in general, and describes the
default window procedure.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.1. About Window Procedures ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Every window belongs to a window class that determines which window procedure a
particular window uses to process its messages.  All windows of the same class
use the same window procedure.  For example, the operating system defines a
window procedure for the frame window class (WC_FRAME), and all frame windows
use that window procedure.

An application typically defines at least one new window class and an
associated window procedure.  Then, the application can create many windows of
that class, all of which use the same window procedure.  This means that the
same piece of code can be called from several sources simultaneously;
therefore, you must be careful when modifying shared resources from a window
procedure.

Dialog procedures have the same structure and function as window procedures.
The primary difference between a dialog procedure and a window procedure is the
absence of a client window in the dialog procedure; that is, the controls in a
dialog procedure are the immediate child windows of the frame, whereas the
controls in a normal window are the grandchildren of the frame.  This makes
significant differences in the code between the two; for example,
WinSendDlgItemMsg does not work from a client window if you pass the client
window handle as the first parameter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.1.1. Structure of a Window Procedure ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window procedure is a function that takes 4 arguments and returns a 32-bit
pointer.  The arguments of a window procedure consist of a window handle, a
ULONG message identifier, and two arguments, called message parameters, that
are declared with the MPARAM data type.  The system defines an MPARAM as a
32-bit pointer to a VOID data type (a generic pointer).  The message parameters
actually might contain any of the standard data types.  The message parameters
are interpreted differently,depending on the value of the message identifier.
The operating system includes several macros that enable the application to
cast the information from the MPARAM values into the actual data type.
SHORT1FROMMP, for example, extracts a 16-bit value from a 32-bit MPARAM. The
window-procedure arguments are described in the following table:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéArgument       ΓöéDescription                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöéhwnd           ΓöéHandle of the window receiving the message.  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöémsg            ΓöéMessage identifier. The message will         Γöé
Γöé               Γöécorrespond to one of the predefined constantsΓöé
Γöé               Γöé(for example, WM_CREATE) defined in the      Γöé
Γöé               Γöésystem include files or be an                Γöé
Γöé               Γöéapplication-defined message identifier.  The Γöé
Γöé               Γöévalue of an application-defined message      Γöé
Γöé               Γöéidentifier must be greater than the value of Γöé
Γöé               ΓöéWM_USER, and less than or equal to 0xffff.   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöémp1,mp2        ΓöéMessage parameters. Their interpretation     Γöé
Γöé               Γöédepends on the particular message.           Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

The return value of a window procedure is defined as an MRESULT data type.  The
interpretation of the return value depends on the particular message.  Consult
the description of each message to determine the appropriate return value.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.1.2. Default Window Procedure ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

All windows in the system share certain fundamental behavior, defined in the
default window-procedure function, WinDefWindowProc.  The default window
procedure provides the minimal functionality for a window.  An
application-defined window procedure should pass any messages it does not
process to WinDefWindowProc for default processing.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.1.3. Window-Procedure Subclassing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Subclassing enables an application to intercept and process messages sent or
posted to a window before that window has a chance to process them.
Subclassing most often is used to add functionality to a particular window or
to alter a window's default behavior.

An application subclasses a window by using the WinSubclassWindow function to
replace the window's original window procedure with an application-defined
window procedure.  Thereafter, the new window procedure processes any messages
that are sent or posted to the window.  If the new window procedure does not
process a particular message, it must pass the message to the original window
procedure, not to WinDefWindowProc, for default processing.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.2. Using Window Procedures ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section explains how to:

     Design a window procedure
     Associate a window procedure with a window class
     Subclass a window


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.2.1. Designing a Window Procedure ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following code fragment shows the structure of a typical window procedure
and how to use the message argument in a switch statement, with individual
messages handled by separate case statements.  Notice that each case returns a
specific value for each message.  For messages that it does not handle itself,
the window procedure calls WinDefWindowProc.

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  ClientWndProc( : MRESULT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Hwnd,          : HWND;    (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Msg,           : ULONG;   (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Mp1,           : MPARAM;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Mp2)           : MPARAM;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  ClientWndProc( := MRESULT
  Hwnd,          := HWND
  Msg,           := ULONG
  Mp1,           := MPARAM
  Mp2)           := MPARAM
  {
  (* Define local variables here, If required. *)
  switch (msg) {
  case WM_CREATE:

  (* Initialize private window data.           *)
  return (MRESULT) Ord(False);

  case WM_PAINT:

  (* Paint the window.                         *)
  return 0;

  case WM_DESTROY:

  (* Clean up private window data.             *)
  return 0;

  default:
  break;
End.
return WinDefWindowProc (hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              E

A dialog window procedure does not receive the WM_CREATE message; however, it
does receive a WM_INITDLG message when all of its control windows have been
created. At the very least, a window procedure should handle the WM_PAINT
message to draw itself.  Typically, it should handle mouse and keyboard
messages as well.  Consult the descriptions of individual messages to determine
whether your window procedure should handle them.

An application can call WinDefWindowProc as part of the processing of a
message.  In such a case, the application can modify the message parameters
before passing the message to WinDefWindowProc or can continue with the default
processing after performing its own operations.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.2.2. Associating a Window Procedure with a Window Class ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To associate a window procedure with a window class, an application must pass a
pointer to that window procedure to the WinRegisterClass function.  Once an
application has registered the window procedure, the procedure automatically is
associated with each new window created with that class.

The following code fragment shows how to associate the window procedure in the
previous example with a window class:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Hab             : HAB;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  SzClientClass[] : CHAR; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  Hab             := @NOTDEFINED@
  SzClientClass[] := "My

  WinRegisterClass(hab,      (* Anchor-block handle  *)
  szClientClass,         (* Class name           *)
  ClientWndProc,         (* Pointer to procedure *)
  CS_SIZEREDRAW,         (* Class style          *)
  0);                    (* Window data          *)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 19.2.3. Subclassing a Window ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To subclass a window, an application calls the WinSubclassWindow function,
specifying the handle of the window to subclass and a pointer to the new window
procedure.  The WinSubclassWindow function returns a pointer to the original
window procedure; the application can use this pointer to pass unprocessed
messages to the original procedure. The following code fragment subclasses a
push button control window.  The new window procedure generates a beep whenever
the user clicks the push button.

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  PfnPushBtn  : PFNWP; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  SzCancel[]  : CHAR;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndClient  : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  HwndPushBtn : HWND;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  .
  .
  .

  (* Create a push button control.                  *)
  hwndPushBtn := WinCreateWindow(
  hwndClient,     (* Parent-window handle       *)
  WC_BUTTON,      (* Window class               *)
  szCancel,       (* Window text                *)
  WS_VISIBLE   Or  (* Window style               *)
  WS_SYNCPAINT Or  (* Window style               *)
  BS_PUSHBUTTON,  (* Button style               *)
  50, 50,         (* Physical position          *)
  70, 30,         (* Width and height           *)
  hwndClient,     (* Owner-window handle        *)
  HWND_TOP,       (* Z-order position           *)
  1,              (* Window identIfier          *)
  nil,           (* No control data            *)
  nil);          (* No presentation parameters *)

  (* Subclass the push button control.              *)
  pfnPushBtn := WinSubclassWindow(hwndPushBtn,
  SubclassPushBtnProc);
  .
  .
  .
End.
(* This procedure subclasses the push button.     *)
Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  EXPENTRY : MRESULT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  EXPENTRY := MRESULT
  {
  switch (msg) {

  (* Beep when the user clicks the push button.     *)
  case WM_BUTTON1DOWN:
  DosBeep(1000, 250);
  break;

  default:
  break;
End.

(* Pass all messages to the original window procedure. *)
return (MRESULT) pfnPushBtn(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2);
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              E


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20. Window Timers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window timer enables an application to post timer messages at specified
intervals.  This chapter describes how to use window timers in PM applications.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.1. About Window Timers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A window timer causes the system to post WM_TIMER messages to a message queue
at specified time intervals called timeout values.  A timeout value is
expressed in milliseconds.

An application starts the timer for a given window, specifying the timeout
value.  The system counts down approximately that number of milliseconds and
posts a WM_TIMER message to the message queue for the corresponding window.
The system repeats the countdown-post cycle continuously until the application
stops the timer.

The timeout value can be any value in the range from 0 through 4,294,967,295
(full magnitude of ULONG) for OS/2 Version 3; for previous versions, the
maximum value is 65535. However, the operating system cannot guarantee that all
values are accurate.  The actual timeout depends on how often the application
retrieves messages from the queue and the system clock rate.  In many
computers, the operating system clock ticks about every 50 milliseconds, but
this can vary widely from computer to computer.  In general, a timer message
cannot be posted more frequently than every system clock tick.  To make the
system post a timer message as often as possible, an application can set the
timeout value to 0.

An application starts a timer by using the WinStartTimer function.  If a window
handle is given, the timer is created for that window.  In such case, the
WinDispatchMsg function dispatches the WM_TIMER message to the given window
when the message is retrieved from the message queue.  If a NULL window handle
is given, it is up to the application to check the message queue for WM_TIMER
messages and dispatch them to the appropriate window.

A new timer starts counting down as soon as it is created.  An application can
reset or change a timer's timeout value in subsequent calls to the
WinStartTimer function.  To stop a timer, an application can use the
WinStopTimer function.

The system contains a limited number of timers that must be shared among all PM
applications; each application should use as few timers as possible.  An
application can determine how many timers currently are available by checking
the SV_CTIMERS system value.

Every timer has a unique timer identifier.  An application can request that a
timer be created with a particular identifier or have the system choose a
unique value.  When a WM_TIMER message is received, the timer identifier is
contained in the first message parameter.  Timer identifiers enable an
application to determine the source of the WM_TIMER message. Three timer
identifiers are reserved by and for the system and cannot be used by
applications; these system timer identifiers and their symbolic constants are
shown in the following table:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéValue          ΓöéMeaning                                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTID_CURSOR     ΓöéIdentifies the timer that controls cursor    Γöé
Γöé               Γöéblinking. Its timeout value is stored in the Γöé
Γöé               Γöéos2.ini file under the CursorBlinkRate       Γöé
Γöé               Γöékeyname in the PM_ControlPanel section.      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTID_FLASHWINDOWΓöéIdentifies the window-flashing timer.        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTID_SCROLL     ΓöéIdentifies the scroll-bar repetition timer   Γöé
Γöé               Γöéthat controls scroll-bar response when the   Γöé
Γöé               Γöémouse button or a key is held down.  Its     Γöé
Γöé               Γöétimeout value is specified by the system     Γöé
Γöé               Γöévalue SV_SCROLLRATE.                         Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

WM_TIMER messages, like WM_PAINT and semaphore messages, are not actually
posted to a message queue.  Instead, when the time elapses, the system sets a
record in the queue indicating which timer message was posted.  The system
builds the WM_TIMER message when the application retrieves the message from the
queue.

Although a timer message may be in the queue, if there are any messages with
higher priority in the queue, the application retrieves those messages first.
If the time elapses again before the message is retrieved, the system does not
create a separate record for this timer, meaning that the application should
not depend on the timer messages being processed at precise intervals.  To
check the accuracy of the message, an application can retrieve the actual
system time by using the WinGetCurrentTime function.  Comparing the actual time
with the time of the previous timer message is useful in determining what
action to take for the timer.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 20.2. Using Window Timers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

There are two methods of using window timers.  In the first method, you start
the timer by using the WinStartTimer function, supplying the window handle and
timer identifier.  The function associates the timer with the specified window.
The following code fragment starts two timers:  the first timer is set for
every half second (500 milliseconds); the second, for every two seconds (2000
milliseconds).


WinStartTimer(hab, (* Anchor-block handle *)
hwnd,          (* Window handle       *)
ID_TIMER1,     (* Timer identIfier    *)
500);          (* 500 milliseconds    *)

WinStartTimer(hab, (* Anchor-block handle *)
hwnd,          (* Window handle       *)
ID_TIMER2,     (* Timer identIfier    *)
2000);         (* 2000 milliseconds   *)

Once these timers are started, the WinDispatchMsg function dispatches WM_TIMER
messages to the appropriate window.  To process these messages, add a WM_TIMER
case to the window procedure for the given window.  By checking the first
parameter of the WM_TIMER message, you can identify a particular timer, then
carry out the actions related to it.  The following code fragment shows how to
process WM_TIMER messages:


case WM_TIMER:
switch (SHORT1FROMMP(mp1)) { (* Obtains timer identIfier *)
case ID_TIMER1:
.
. (* Carry out timer-related tasks.              *)
.
return 0;

case ID_TIMER2:
.
. (* Carry out timer-related tasks.              *)
.
return 0;
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              E

In the second method of using a timer, you specify NULL as the hwnd parameter
of the WinStartTimer call.  The system starts a timer that has no associated
window and assigns an arbitrary timer identifier.  The following code fragment
starts two window timers using this method:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  IdTimer1, : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  IdTimer1, := ULONG

  idTimer1 := WinStartTimer(hab, (HWND) nil, 0, 500);
  idTimer2 := WinStartTimer(hab, (HWND) nil, 0, 2000);

These timers have no associated window, so the application must check the
message queue for WM_TIMER messages and dispatch them to the appropriate window
procedure.  The following code fragment shows a message loop that handles the
window timers:

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  HwndTimerHandler : HWND; (* Handle of window for timer messages *)
  Qmsg             : QMSG; (* Queue-message structure             *)

Begin

  while (WinGetMsg(hab, &qmsg, (HWND) nil, 0, 0)) {
  If (qmsg.msg = WM_TIMER)
  qmsg.hwnd := hwndTimerHandler;
  WinDispatchMsg(hab, &qmsg);
End.

You can use the WinStopTimer function at any time to stop a timer.  The
following code fragment demonstrates how to stop a timer:


WinStopTimer(hab, hwnd, ID_TIMER1);      (* Stops first timer *)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21. Appendices ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section contains several topics related to Presentation Manager
programming.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.1. Bit-Map Formats ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

There are four standard bit-map formats. All device drivers must be able to
translate between any of these formats and their own internal formats. The
standard formats are:

 Bitcount        Planes
 1               1
 4               1
 8               1
 24              1

 These formats are chosen because they are identical or similar to all formats
 commonly used by raster devices. Only single-plane formats are standard, but
 it is very easy to convert these to any multiple-plane format used internally
 by a device.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.1.1. Bit-Map Data ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The pel data is stored in the bit map in the order that the coordinates appear
on a display screen. That is, the pel in the lower-left corner is the first in
the bit map. Pels are scanned to the right, and upward, from that position. The
bits of the first pel are stored, beginning with the most significant bits of
the first byte. The data for pels in each scan line is packed together tightly,
but all scan lines are padded at the end, so that each one begins on a ULONG
boundary.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.1.2. Bit-Map Information Tables ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Each standard-format bit map must be accompanied by a bit-map information
table. Because the standard-format bit maps are intended to be traded between
devices, the color indexes in the bit map are meaningless without more
information; for a description of this structure, see BITMAPINFO2.

Some functions use a structure that is similar to BITMAPINFO2 but does not have
the color table array; for a description of this structure, see
BITMAPINFOHEADER2. Wherever BITMAPINFO2 is shown, BITMAPINFO is also allowed.
Similarly, wherever BITMAPINFOHEADER2 is shown, BITMAPINFOHEADER is also
allowed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.1.3. Bit-Map Example ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

To make the ordering of all the bytes clear, consider this simple example of a
5-by-3 array of colored pels:


Red   Green Blue  Red   Green
Blue  Red   Green Blue  Red
Green Blue  Red   Green Blue

Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  ExampleBitmap[] : ULONG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  ExampleBitmap[] := ULONG
  $23,$12,$30,$00                 (* bottom line *)
  $31,$23,$10,$00                 (* middle line *)
  $12,$31,$20,$00                 (* top line    *)
End;;


struct BitmapInfoTable ExampleInfo := {
5,                               (* width       *)
3,                               (* height      *)
1,                               (* planes      *)
4,                               (* bitcount    *)
BLACK,RED,GREEN,BLUE,            (* color table *)
BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,
BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,
BLACK,BLACK,BLACK,BLACK
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              E


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.1.4. Bit-Map File Format ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The operating system uses the same file format for bit maps, icons, and
pointers in resource files. In the following description, "bit map" refers to
bit maps, icons, and pointers unless otherwise specified.

Two formats are supported. In the first, a single-size version of the bit map
is defined. This is used whatever the target device.

The second format allows multiple versions of the bit map to be defined,
including one or more device-independent versions, and a number of
device-dependent versions, each intended for use with a particular device.

In the case of icons and pointers, when more than one version of the bit map
exists, the preferred version is one that matches the device size of the icon
or pointer; otherwise, the device-independent version is used to scale a bit
map to the required size.

The operating system provides pointers that match the requirements of the
display device in use, typically pointers are 32x32 pels, one bit per plane.

Icons provided with the operating system are designed to match the requirements
of the most common display devices.  The following versions of each icon are
included in each file:

      32x32 4 bpp (16 color)
      40x40 4 bpp (16 color)
      32x32 1 bpp (black and white)
      20x20 1 bpp (black and white)
      16x16 1 bpp (black and white)

 The 32x32 versions are designed for VGA displays and for device-independent
 use.

 The 40x40 version is for 8514/A and XGA displays.

 The 20x20 and 16x16 are half-size icons designed for use as mini-icons.

 For general bit maps, which may be of arbitrary size, the preferred version is
 one matching the requested bit map size; otherwise one matching the display
 size is selected. If neither is available, the device-independent version is
 used from which to scale a bit map.

 For both formats, the definition consists of two sections. The first section
 contains general information about the type, dimensions, and other attributes
 of the resource. The second section contains data describing the pels that
 make up the bit map(s), and is in the format specified in Bit-Map Data.

 In the multiple-version format, the first section contains an array of
 BITMAPARRAYFILEHEADER or BITMAPARRAYFILEHEADER2 structures.

 The device-independent version must be the first BITMAPARRAYFILEHEADER or
 BITMAPARRAYFILEHEADER2 defined.

 In the single-size format, the BITMAPARRAYFILEHEADER or BITMAPARRAYFILEHEADER2
 structure is not present. The definition consists of one or two
 BITMAPFILEHEADER or BITMAPFILEHEADER2 structures.

 For icons and pointers, the cy field in bmp is actually twice the pel height
 of the image that appears on the screen.  This is because these types actually
 contain two full bit-map pel definitions. The first bit-map definition is the
 XOR mask, which contains invert information (0 = no invert, 1 = invert) for
 the pointer or icon. The second is the AND mask, which determines whether the
 pointer or the screen is shown (0 = black/white, 1 = screen/inverse screen).

 For color icons or pointers, there are two bit-maps involved: one that is
 black and white and consists of an AND and an XOR mask, and one that is color
 that defines the color content.

 The cy field in the BITMAPINFOHEADER2 structure for the color bit-map must be
 the real height, that is, half the value specified for the black and white
 bit-map. The cx must be the same.

 The following table shows how these two bit-maps are used for a color icon or
 pointer:


  XOR     AND     COLOR
  1       1        x       Invert screen
  0       0        x       Use color x
  0       1        x       Transparency
  1       0        x       Use color x

 For color icons or pointers, two BITMAPFILEHEADER or BITMAPFILEHEADER2
 structures are therefore required:


  BITMAPFILEHEADER2    with usType BFT_COLORICON or BFT_COLORPOINTER
  BITMAPINFOHEADER2 (part of BITMAPFILEHEADER2)
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    Table : COLOR; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    Table := Color
    BITMAPFILEHEADER2    with same usType
    BITMAPINFOHEADER2 (part of BITMAPFILEHEADER2)
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    Table : COLOR; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    Table := Color
      **
      bits for one bit-map
      **
      **
      bits for other bit-map
      **

 The usType for the first BITMAPFILEHEADER2 is either BFT_COLORICON or
 BFT_COLORPOINTER. This means that a second BITMAPFILEHEADER2 is present as
 part of the definition of a color icon or pointer. The first The first
 BITMAPFILEHEADER2 structure contains the information for the black and white
 AND and XOR masks, while the second BITMAPFILEHEADER2 structure contains the
 information for the color part of the pointer or icon.

 BITMAPFILEHEADER and BITMAPINFOHEADER can occur in place of BITMAPFILEHEADER2
 and BITMAPINFOHEADER2 in this example.

 For the multiple version format, the file is as follows:


  BITMAPARRAYFILEHEADER2   for device-independent version
  BITMAPFILEHEADER2     (part of BITMAPARRAYFILEHEADER2)
  BITMAPINFOHEADER2  (part of BITMAPFILEHEADER2)
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    Table : COLOR; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    Table := Color

    BITMAPFILEHEADER2     )
    BITMAPINFOHEADER2  )  only If this is a color icon or pointer
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    Table : COLOR; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    Table := Color

      BITMAPARRAYFILEHEADER2   for first device-dependent version
      BITMAPFILEHEADER2     (part of BITMAPARRAYFILEHEADER2)
      BITMAPINFOHEADER2  (part of BITMAPFILEHEADER2)
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    Table : COLOR; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    Table := Color

        BITMAPFILEHEADER2     )
        BITMAPINFOHEADER2  )  only If this is a color icon or pointer
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    Table : COLOR; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    Table := Color

          Further BITMAPARRAYFILEHEADER2 groups occur here as required
          for additional device-dependent versions

          **
          bits for one bit-map
          **
          **
          bits for next bit-map
          **

 As before, BITMAPARRAYFILEHEADER, BITMAPFILEHEADER, and BITMAPINFOHEADER, can
 occur in place of BITMAPARRAYFILEHEADER2, BITMAPFILEHEADER2, and
 BITMAPINFOHEADER2


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.2. Code Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The initialization file contains country information relating to date, time,
and numeric formats.  It does not contain code-page information; this is
obtained from the CONFIG.SYS file.

Applications start with the default code page. The default code page is set
when the operating system is installed. It can be changed subsequently either
by reinstalling the operating system or by editing the COUNTRY statement in the
CONFIG.SYS file.

A GPI presentation space inherits the code page of the process that created it.
The code page changes only when the process calls GpiSetCp

See the printed version of the Presentation Manager Programming Reference for
the ASCII and EBCDIC versions of the code pages.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.2.1. Windowed PM Applications ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Windowed PM applications allow the code-page calls to use any of the supported
ASCII code pages. These are:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé                      ΓöéChar. Set  ΓöéCode Page  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCanadian-French       Γöé993        Γöé863        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéDesktop Publishing    Γöé1146       Γöé1004       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéIceland               Γöé991        Γöé861        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLatin 1 Multilingual  Γöé980        Γöé850        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéLatin 2 Multilingual  Γöé982        Γöé852        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéNordic                Γöé995        Γöé865        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéPortuguese            Γöé990        Γöé860        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTurkey                Γöé987        Γöé857        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéU.S. (IBM PC)         Γöé919        Γöé437        Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

Code page 1004 is compatible with Microsoft** Windows**.

The following EBCDIC code pages, based on character set 697, are also available
for output:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé                      ΓöéChar. Set  ΓöéCode Page  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéAustrian/German       Γöé697        Γöé273        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéBelgian               Γöé697        Γöé500        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéBrazil                Γöé697        Γöé037        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCzechoslovakia        Γöé959        Γöé870        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéDanish/Norwegian      Γöé697        Γöé277        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéFinnish/Swedish       Γöé697        Γöé278        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéFrench                Γöé697        Γöé297        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéHungary               Γöé959        Γöé870        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéIceland               Γöé697        Γöé871        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéInternational         Γöé697        Γöé500        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéItalian               Γöé697        Γöé280        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéPoland                Γöé959        Γöé870        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéPortuguese            Γöé697        Γöé037        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSpanish               Γöé697        Γöé284        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTurkey                Γöé1152       Γöé1026       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéU.K.-English          Γöé697        Γöé285        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéU.S.-English          Γöé697        Γöé037        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéYugoslavia            Γöé959        Γöé870        Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

Note:  Code pages 274 (Belgian) and 282 (Portuguese) can be used to provide
       access to old data.

 The operating system provides the following additional code-page setting and
 query calls for the supported ASCII and EBCDIC code pages. These calls work
 independently of the CONFIG.SYS file.

 GpiSetCp                  Sets the code page for GPI.
 GpiQueryCp                Queries the code page for GPI.
 GpiCreateLogFont          Creates fonts in a code page.
 WinSetCp                  Sets the code page for a message queue.
 WinQueryCp                Queries the code page for a message queue.

 WinQueryCpList creates a list of code pages supported by the operating system.

 Text entered in a dialog box is supplied to the application in the code page
 of the queue ("queue code page"). If possible, the code page of a resource
 (for example, a menu or dialog box) should match the code page of the queue.
 In general, code page 850 is the best choice for both an application and its
 resources.

 Applications should be able to process data from a variety of sources. Because
 code page 850 contains most of the characters in other supported code pages,
 this is usually the best choice for the queue code page.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.2.2. OS/2 Code Page Options for PM Applications ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ


ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇApplicationΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ    ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
Γöé                                         ΓöéΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
 CONFIG.SYS   Γöé
Γöé ΓöîΓöÇDosSetProcessCp (see note 1)ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ Γöé    Γöé contains the Γöé
Γöé Γöé Set code page for this process      Γöé Γöé    Γöé default code Γöé
Γöé Γöé (keyboard/display not changed).     Γöé Γöé    Γöé page set by  Γöé
Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Γöé    Γöé CODEPAGE=    Γöé
Γöé                                         Γöé    ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ
Γöé ΓöîΓöÇWinQueryCpList (see note 2)ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ Γöé
Γöé Γöé Query list of supported code pages. Γöé Γöé
Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Γöé
Γöé                                         Γöé
Γöé ΓöîΓöÇWinSetCp, WinQueryCp (see note 1)ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ Γöé
Γöé Γöé Set or query code page for          ΓöéΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇKeyboard
Γöé Γöé translating incoming messages       Γöé Γöé    Γöé   Γöé
Γöé Γöé (keystrokes).                       Γöé Γöé    ΓöéΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöé
Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Γöé    ΓöéΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöé  Message
Γöé                                         Γöé    ΓöéΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöé  queue
Γöé ΓöîΓöÇGpiSetCp, GpiQueryCp (see note 2)ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ Γöé    ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ
Γöé Γöé Set or query default GPI code page. Γöé Γöé
Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Γöé
Γöé                                         Γöé
Γöé ΓöîΓöÇGpiCreateLogFont (see note 2)ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ Γöé
Γöé Γöé Create font in a code page.         ΓöéΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇDisplay
Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Γöé
Γöé                                         Γöé
Γöé ΓöîΓöÇWinCpTranslateChar (see note 2)ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ Γöé
Γöé Γö£ΓöÇWinCpTranslateString (see note 2)ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
 Γöé
Γöé Γöé Convert character or string from    ΓöéΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇDisk
Γöé Γöé one code page to another.           Γöé Γöé
Γöé ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ Γöé
Γöé                                        Γöé
Γöé                    ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇLAN or host
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

Note 1:  Either of the two ASCII code pages specified in CONFIG.SYS.
         Code page 1004 is also supported.
Note 2:  Any supported ASCII or EBCDIC code page as reported by
         WinQueryCpList.
         Code page 1004 is also supported.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.2.3. OS/2 Font Support for Multiple Code Pages ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The operating system supports multiple code pages for text input and output. A
single font resource is used to support all the code pages. This section
describes the font resource format.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.2.3.1. Font Code-Page Functions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Many of the characters required by each code page are common; for example, the
first 128 characters of all the ASCII code pages are identical. This set of
characters is called the Universal Glyph List (UGL). A code page is simply a
set of pointers into the UGL.

As the characters in every font are in the same order, only one set of
code-page translation tables is necessary.

Note:  The fonts of Microsoft Windows support only code page 1004.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.2.3.2. Font Layout ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following table lists the full character set in the order in which the
characters occur in the multi-code-page font. Characters are listed in order of
their universal glyph list (UGL) number; the graphic character global
identifier (GCGID) and a description of each character are also given.

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéUGL  ΓöéGCGID     ΓöéDescription                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé1    ΓöéSS000000  ΓöéSmiling face                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé2    ΓöéSS010000  ΓöéSmiling face, reverse image             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé3    ΓöéSS020000  ΓöéHeart suit symbol                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé4    ΓöéSS030000  ΓöéDiamond suit symbol                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé5    ΓöéSS040000  ΓöéClub suit symbol                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé6    ΓöéSS050000  ΓöéSpade suit symbol                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé7    ΓöéSM570000  ΓöéBullet                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé8    ΓöéSM570001  ΓöéBullet, reverse image                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé9    ΓöéSM750000  ΓöéOpen circle                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé10   ΓöéSM750002  ΓöéOpen circle, reverse image              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé11   ΓöéSM280000  ΓöéMale symbol                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé12   ΓöéSM290000  ΓöéFemale symbol                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé13   ΓöéSM930000  ΓöéMusical note                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé14   ΓöéSM910000  ΓöéTwo musical notes                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé15   ΓöéSM690000  ΓöéSun symbol                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé16   ΓöéSM590000  ΓöéForward arrow indicator                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé17   ΓöéSM630000  ΓöéBack arrow indicator                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé18   ΓöéSM760000  ΓöéUp-down arrow                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé19   ΓöéSP330000  ΓöéDouble exclamation point                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé20   ΓöéSM250000  ΓöéParagraph symbol (USA)                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé21   ΓöéSM240000  ΓöéSection symbol (USA), paragraph (Europe)Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé22   ΓöéSM700000  ΓöéSolid horizontal rectangle              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé23   ΓöéSM770000  ΓöéUp-down arrow, perpendicular            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé24   ΓöéSM320000  ΓöéUp arrow                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé25   ΓöéSM330000  ΓöéDown arrow                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé26   ΓöéSM310000  ΓöéRight arrow                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé27   ΓöéSM300000  ΓöéLeft arrow                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé28   ΓöéSA420000  ΓöéRight angle symbol                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé29   ΓöéSM780000  ΓöéLeft-right arrow                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé30   ΓöéSM600000  ΓöéSolid triangle                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé31   ΓöéSV040000  ΓöéSolid triangle, inverted                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé32   ΓöéSP010000  ΓöéSpace                                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé33   ΓöéSP020000  ΓöéExclamation point                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé34   ΓöéSP040000  ΓöéQuotation marks                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé35   ΓöéSM010000  ΓöéNumber sign                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé36   ΓöéSC030000  ΓöéDollar sign                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé37   ΓöéSM020000  ΓöéPercent sign                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé38   ΓöéSM030000  ΓöéAmpersand                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé39   ΓöéSP050000  ΓöéApostrophe                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé40   ΓöéSP060000  ΓöéLeft parenthesis                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé41   ΓöéSP070000  ΓöéRight parenthesis                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé42   ΓöéSM040000  ΓöéAsterisk                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé43   ΓöéSA010000  ΓöéPlus sign                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé44   ΓöéSP080000  ΓöéComma                                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé45   ΓöéSP100000  ΓöéHyphen/minus sign                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé46   ΓöéSP110000  ΓöéPeriod/full stop                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé47   ΓöéSP120000  ΓöéSlash                                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé48   ΓöéND100000  ΓöéZero                                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé49   ΓöéND010000  ΓöéOne                                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé50   ΓöéND020000  ΓöéTwo                                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé51   ΓöéND030000  ΓöéThree                                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé52   ΓöéND040000  ΓöéFour                                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé53   ΓöéND050000  ΓöéFive                                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé54   ΓöéND060000  ΓöéSix                                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé55   ΓöéND070000  ΓöéSeven                                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé56   ΓöéND080000  ΓöéEight                                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé57   ΓöéND090000  ΓöéNine                                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé58   ΓöéSP130000  ΓöéColon                                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé59   ΓöéSP140000  ΓöéSemicolon                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé60   ΓöéSA030000  ΓöéLess than sign/greater than (arabic)    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé61   ΓöéSA040000  ΓöéEqual Sign                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé62   ΓöéSA050000  ΓöéGreater than sign/less than (arabic)    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé63   ΓöéSP150000  ΓöéQuestion mark                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé64   ΓöéSM050000  ΓöéAt sign                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé65   ΓöéLA020000  ΓöéA capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé66   ΓöéLB020000  ΓöéB capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé67   ΓöéLC020000  ΓöéC capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé68   ΓöéLD020000  ΓöéD capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé69   ΓöéLE020000  ΓöéE capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé70   ΓöéLF020000  ΓöéF capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé71   ΓöéLG020000  ΓöéG capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé72   ΓöéLH020000  ΓöéH capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé73   ΓöéLI020000  ΓöéI capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé74   ΓöéLJ020000  ΓöéJ capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé75   ΓöéLK020000  ΓöéK capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé76   ΓöéLL020000  ΓöéL capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé77   ΓöéLM020000  ΓöéM capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé78   ΓöéLN020000  ΓöéN capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé79   ΓöéLO020000  ΓöéO capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé80   ΓöéLP020000  ΓöéP capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé81   ΓöéLQ020000  ΓöéQ capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé82   ΓöéLR020000  ΓöéR capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé83   ΓöéLS020000  ΓöéS capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé84   ΓöéLT020000  ΓöéT capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé85   ΓöéLU020000  ΓöéU capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé86   ΓöéLV020000  ΓöéV capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé87   ΓöéLW020000  ΓöéW capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé88   ΓöéLX020000  ΓöéX capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé89   ΓöéLY020000  ΓöéY capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé90   ΓöéLZ020000  ΓöéZ capital                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé91   ΓöéSM060000  ΓöéLeft bracket                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé92   ΓöéSM070000  ΓöéBackslash                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé93   ΓöéSM080000  ΓöéRight bracket                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé94   ΓöéSD150000  ΓöéCircumflex Accent                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé95   ΓöéSP090000  ΓöéUnderline, continuous underscore        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé96   ΓöéSD130000  ΓöéGrave accent                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé97   ΓöéLA010000  Γöéa small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé98   ΓöéLB010000  Γöéb small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé99   ΓöéLC010000  Γöéc small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé100  ΓöéLD010000  Γöéd small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé101  ΓöéLE010000  Γöée small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé102  ΓöéLF010000  Γöéf small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé103  ΓöéLG010000  Γöég small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé104  ΓöéLH010000  Γöéh small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé105  ΓöéLI010000  Γöéi small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé106  ΓöéLJ010000  Γöéj small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé107  ΓöéLK010000  Γöék small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé108  ΓöéLL010000  Γöél small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé109  ΓöéLM010000  Γöém small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé110  ΓöéLN010000  Γöén small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé111  ΓöéLO010000  Γöéo small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé112  ΓöéLP010000  Γöép small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé113  ΓöéLQ010000  Γöéq small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé114  ΓöéLR010000  Γöér small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé115  ΓöéLS010000  Γöés small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé116  ΓöéLT010000  Γöét small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé117  ΓöéLU010000  Γöéu small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé118  ΓöéLV010000  Γöév small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé119  ΓöéLW010000  Γöéw small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé120  ΓöéLX010000  Γöéx small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé121  ΓöéLY010000  Γöéy small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé122  ΓöéLZ010000  Γöéz small                                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé123  ΓöéSM110000  ΓöéLeft brace                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé124  ΓöéSM130000  ΓöéVertical line, logical OR               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé125  ΓöéSM140000  ΓöéRight brace                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé126  ΓöéSD190000  ΓöéTilde                                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé127  ΓöéSM790000  ΓöéHouse                                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé128  ΓöéLC420000  ΓöéC cedilla capital                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé129  ΓöéLU170000  ΓöéU diaeresis small                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé130  ΓöéLE110000  ΓöéE acute small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé131  ΓöéLA150000  ΓöéA circumflex small                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé132  ΓöéLA170000  ΓöéA diaeresis small                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé133  ΓöéLA130000  ΓöéA grave small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé134  ΓöéLA270000  ΓöéA overcircle small                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé135  ΓöéLC410000  ΓöéC cedilla small                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé136  ΓöéLE150000  ΓöéE circumflex small                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé137  ΓöéLE170000  ΓöéE diaeresis small                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé138  ΓöéLE130000  ΓöéE grave small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé139  ΓöéLI170000  ΓöéI diaeresis small                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé140  ΓöéLI150000  ΓöéI circumflex small                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé141  ΓöéLI130000  ΓöéI grave small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé142  ΓöéLA180000  ΓöéA diaeresis capital                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé143  ΓöéLA280000  ΓöéA overcircle capital                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé144  ΓöéLE120000  ΓöéE acute capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé145  ΓöéLA510000  ΓöéAE diphthong small                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé146  ΓöéLA520000  ΓöéAE diphthong capital                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé147  ΓöéLO150000  ΓöéO circumflex small                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé148  ΓöéLO170000  ΓöéO diaeresis small                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé149  ΓöéLO130000  ΓöéO grave small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé150  ΓöéLU150000  ΓöéU circumflex small                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé151  ΓöéLU130000  ΓöéU grave small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé152  ΓöéLY170000  ΓöéY diaeresis small                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé153  ΓöéLO180000  ΓöéO diaeresis capital                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé154  ΓöéLU180000  ΓöéU diaeresis capital                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé155  ΓöéLO610000  ΓöéO slash small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé156  ΓöéSC020000  ΓöéPound sterling sign                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé157  ΓöéLO620000  ΓöéO slash capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé158  ΓöéSA070000  ΓöéMultiply sign                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé159  ΓöéSC070000  ΓöéFlorin sign                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé160  ΓöéLA110000  ΓöéA acute small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé161  ΓöéLI110000  ΓöéI acute small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé162  ΓöéLO110000  ΓöéO acute small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé163  ΓöéLU110000  ΓöéU acute small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé164  ΓöéLN190000  ΓöéN tilde small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé165  ΓöéLN200000  ΓöéN tilde capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé166  ΓöéSM210000  ΓöéOrdinal indicator, feminine             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé167  ΓöéSM200000  ΓöéOrdinal indicator, masculine            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé168  ΓöéSP160000  ΓöéQuestion mark, inverted                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé169  ΓöéSM530000  ΓöéRegistered trademark symbol             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé170  ΓöéSM660000  ΓöéLogical NOT, end of line symbol         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé171  ΓöéNF010000  ΓöéOne-half                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé172  ΓöéNF040000  ΓöéOne-quarter                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé173  ΓöéSP030000  ΓöéExclamation point, inverted             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé174  ΓöéSP170000  ΓöéLeft angled quotes                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé175  ΓöéSP180000  ΓöéRight angled quotes                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé176  ΓöéSF140000  ΓöéFill character, light                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé177  ΓöéSF150000  ΓöéFill character, medium                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé178  ΓöéSF160000  ΓöéFill character, heavy                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé179  ΓöéSF110000  ΓöéCenter box bar vertical                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé180  ΓöéSF090000  ΓöéRight middle box side                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé181  ΓöéLA120000  ΓöéA acute capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé182  ΓöéLA160000  ΓöéA circumflex capital                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé183  ΓöéLA140000  ΓöéA grave capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé184  ΓöéSM520000  ΓöéCopyright symbol                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé185  ΓöéSF230000  ΓöéRight box side double                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé186  ΓöéSF240000  ΓöéCenter box bar vertical double          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé187  ΓöéSF250000  ΓöéUpper right box corner double           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé188  ΓöéSF260000  ΓöéLower right box corner double           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé189  ΓöéSC040000  ΓöéCent sign                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé190  ΓöéSC050000  ΓöéYen sign                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé191  ΓöéSF030000  ΓöéUpper right box corner                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé192  ΓöéSF020000  ΓöéLower left box corner                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé193  ΓöéSF070000  ΓöéMiddle box bottom                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé194  ΓöéSF060000  ΓöéMiddle box top                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé195  ΓöéSF080000  ΓöéLeft middle box side                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé196  ΓöéSF100000  ΓöéCenter box bar horizontal               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé197  ΓöéSF050000  ΓöéBox intersection                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé198  ΓöéLA190000  ΓöéA tilde small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé199  ΓöéLA200000  ΓöéA tilde capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé200  ΓöéSF380000  ΓöéLower left box corner double            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé201  ΓöéSF390000  ΓöéUpper left box corner double            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé202  ΓöéSF400000  ΓöéMiddle box bottom double                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé203  ΓöéSF410000  ΓöéMiddle box top double                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé204  ΓöéSF420000  ΓöéLeft box side double                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé205  ΓöéSF430000  ΓöéCenter box bar horizontal double        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé206  ΓöéSF440000  ΓöéBox intersection double                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé207  ΓöéSC010000  ΓöéInternational currency symbol           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé208  ΓöéLD630000  Γöéeth Icelandic small                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé209  ΓöéLD620000  ΓöéD stroke capital, Eth Icelandic capital Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé210  ΓöéLE160000  ΓöéE circumflex capital                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé211  ΓöéLE180000  ΓöéE diaeresis capital                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé212  ΓöéLE140000  ΓöéE grave capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé213  ΓöéLI610000  ΓöéI dotless small                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé214  ΓöéLI120000  ΓöéI acute capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé215  ΓöéLI160000  ΓöéI circumflex capital                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé216  ΓöéLI180000  ΓöéI diaeresis capital                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé217  ΓöéSF040000  ΓöéLower right box corner                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé218  ΓöéSF010000  ΓöéUpper left box corner                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé219  ΓöéSF610000  ΓöéSolid fill character                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé220  ΓöéSF570000  ΓöéSolid fill character, bottom half       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé221  ΓöéSM650000  ΓöéVertical line, broken                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé222  ΓöéLI140000  ΓöéI grave capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé223  ΓöéSF600000  ΓöéSolid fill character, top half          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé224  ΓöéLO120000  ΓöéO acute capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé225  ΓöéLS610000  ΓöéSharp s small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé226  ΓöéLO160000  ΓöéO circumflex capital                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé227  ΓöéLO140000  ΓöéO grave capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé228  ΓöéLO190000  ΓöéO tilde small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé229  ΓöéLO200000  ΓöéO tilde capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé230  ΓöéSM170000  ΓöéMicro symbol                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé231  ΓöéLT630000  ΓöéThorn Icelandic small                   Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé232  ΓöéLT640000  ΓöéThorn Icelandic capital                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé233  ΓöéLU120000  ΓöéU acute capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé234  ΓöéLU160000  ΓöéU circumflex capital                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé235  ΓöéLU140000  ΓöéU grave capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé236  ΓöéLY110000  Γöéy acute small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé237  ΓöéLY120000  ΓöéY acute capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé238  ΓöéSM150000  ΓöéOverline                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé239  ΓöéSD110000  ΓöéAcute accent                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé240  ΓöéSP320000  ΓöéSyllable hyphen                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé241  ΓöéSA020000  ΓöéPlus or minus sign                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé242  ΓöéSM100000  ΓöéDouble underscore                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé243  ΓöéNF050000  ΓöéThree-quarters                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé244  ΓöéSM250000  ΓöéParagraph symbol (USA)                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé245  ΓöéSM240000  ΓöéSection symbol (USA), paragraph (Europe)Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé246  ΓöéSA060000  ΓöéDivide sign                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé247  ΓöéSD410000  ΓöéCedilla (or sedila) accent              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé248  ΓöéSM190000  ΓöéDegree symbol                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé249  ΓöéSD170000  ΓöéDiaeresis, umlaut accent                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé250  ΓöéSD630000  ΓöéMiddle dot                              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé251  ΓöéND011000  ΓöéOne superscript                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé252  ΓöéND031000  ΓöéThree superscript                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé253  ΓöéND021000  ΓöéTwo superscript                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé254  ΓöéSM470000  ΓöéSolid square, histogram, square bullet  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé255  ΓöéSP300000  ΓöéRequired space                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé256  ΓöéSC060000  ΓöéPeseta sign                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé257  ΓöéSM680000  ΓöéStart of line symbol                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé258  ΓöéSF190000  ΓöéRight box side double to single         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé259  ΓöéSF200000  ΓöéRight box side single to double         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé260  ΓöéSF210000  ΓöéUpper right box corner single to double Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé261  ΓöéSF220000  ΓöéUpper right box corner double to single Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé262  ΓöéSF270000  ΓöéLower right box corner single to double Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé263  ΓöéSF280000  ΓöéLower right box corner double to single Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé264  ΓöéSF360000  ΓöéLeft box side single to double          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé265  ΓöéSF370000  ΓöéLeft box side double to single          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé266  ΓöéSF450000  ΓöéMiddle box bottom single to double      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé267  ΓöéSF460000  ΓöéMiddle box bottom double to single      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé268  ΓöéSF470000  ΓöéMiddle box top double to single         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé269  ΓöéSF480000  ΓöéMiddle box top single to double         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé270  ΓöéSF490000  ΓöéLower left box corner double to single  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé271  ΓöéSF500000  ΓöéLower left box corner single to double  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé272  ΓöéSF510000  ΓöéUpper left box corner single to double  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé273  ΓöéSF520000  ΓöéUpper left box corner double to single  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé274  ΓöéSF530000  ΓöéBox intersection single to double       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé275  ΓöéSF540000  ΓöéBox intersection double to single       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé276  ΓöéSF580000  ΓöéSolid fill character, left half         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé277  ΓöéSF590000  ΓöéSolid fill character, right half        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé278  ΓöéGA010000  ΓöéAlpha small                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé279  ΓöéGG020000  ΓöéGamma capital                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé280  ΓöéGP010000  ΓöéPi small                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé281  ΓöéGS020000  ΓöéSigma capital                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé282  ΓöéGS010000  ΓöéSigma small                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé283  ΓöéGT010000  ΓöéTau small                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé284  ΓöéGF020000  ΓöéPhi capital                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé285  ΓöéGT620000  ΓöéTheta capital                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé286  ΓöéGO320000  ΓöéOmega capital                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé287  ΓöéGD010000  ΓöéDelta small                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé288  ΓöéSA450000  ΓöéInfinity symbol                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé289  ΓöéGF010000  ΓöéPhi small                               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé290  ΓöéGE010000  ΓöéEpsilon small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé291  ΓöéSA380000  ΓöéIntersection, logical product           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé292  ΓöéSA480000  ΓöéIndentity symbol, almost equal          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé293  ΓöéSA530000  ΓöéGreater than or equal sign              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé294  ΓöéSA520000  ΓöéLess than or equal sign                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé295  ΓöéSS260000  ΓöéUpper integral symbol section           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé296  ΓöéSS270000  ΓöéLower integral symbol section           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé297  ΓöéSA700000  ΓöéNearly equals symbol                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé298  ΓöéSA790000  ΓöéProduct dot                             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé299  ΓöéSA800000  ΓöéRadical symbol                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé300  ΓöéLN011000  ΓöéN small superscript                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé301  ΓöéSD310000  ΓöéMacron accent                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé302  ΓöéSD230000  ΓöéBreve accent                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé303  ΓöéSD290000  ΓöéOverdot accent (over small Alpha)       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé304  ΓöéSD270000  ΓöéOvercircle accent                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé305  ΓöéSD250000  ΓöéDouble acute accent                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé306  ΓöéSD430000  ΓöéOgonek accent                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé307  ΓöéSD210000  ΓöéCaron accent                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé308  ΓöéSP190000  ΓöéLeft single quote                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé309  ΓöéSP200000  ΓöéRight single quote                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé310  ΓöéSP210000  ΓöéLeft double quotes                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé311  ΓöéSP220000  ΓöéRight double quotes                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé312  ΓöéSS680000  ΓöéEndash                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé313  ΓöéSM900000  ΓöéEmdash                                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé314  ΓöéSD150000  ΓöéCircumflex accent                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé315  ΓöéSD190000  ΓöéTilde accent                            Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé316  ΓöéSP260000  ΓöéSingle quote on baseline (German lower) Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé317  ΓöéSP230000  ΓöéLeft lower double quotes                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé318  ΓöéSV520000  ΓöéEllipsis                                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé319  ΓöéSM340000  ΓöéDagger footnote indicator               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé320  ΓöéSM350000  ΓöéDouble dagger footnote indicator        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé321  ΓöéSD150100  ΓöéCircumflex accent (over small alpha)    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé322  ΓöéSM560000  ΓöéPermille symbol                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé323  ΓöéLS220000  ΓöéS caron capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé324  ΓöéSP270000  ΓöéFrench single open quote                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé325  ΓöéLO520000  ΓöéOE ligature capital                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé326  ΓöéSD190100  ΓöéTilde accent (over small alpha)         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé327  ΓöéSM540000  ΓöéTrademark symbol                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé328  ΓöéLS210000  Γöés caron small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé329  ΓöéSP280000  ΓöéFrench single close quote               Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé330  ΓöéLO510000  Γöéoe ligature small                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé331  ΓöéLY180000  ΓöéY diaeresis capital                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé332  ΓöéLG230000  Γöég Breve Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé333  ΓöéLG240000  ΓöéG Breve Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé334  ΓöéLI300000  ΓöéI Overdot Capital                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé335  ΓöéLS410000  Γöés Cedilla Small                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé336  ΓöéLS420000  ΓöéS Cedilla Capital                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé337  ΓöéLA230000  Γöéa Breve Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé338  ΓöéLA240000  ΓöéA Breve Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé339  ΓöéLA430000  Γöéa Ogonek Small                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé340  ΓöéLA440000  ΓöéA Ogonek Capital                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé341  ΓöéLC110000  Γöéc Acute Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé342  ΓöéLC120000  ΓöéC Acute Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé343  ΓöéLC210000  Γöéc Caron Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé344  ΓöéLC220000  ΓöéC Caron Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé345  ΓöéLD210000  Γöéd Caron Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé346  ΓöéLD220000  ΓöéD Caron Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé347  ΓöéLD610000  Γöéd Stroke Small                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé348  ΓöéLE210000  Γöée Caron Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé349  ΓöéLE220000  ΓöéE Caron Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé350  ΓöéLE430000  Γöée Ogenek Small                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé351  ΓöéLE440000  ΓöéE Ogonek Capital                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé352  ΓöéLL110000  Γöél Acute Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé353  ΓöéLL120000  ΓöéL Acute Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé354  ΓöéLL210000  Γöél Caron Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé355  ΓöéLL220000  ΓöéL Caron Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé356  ΓöéLL610000  Γöél Stroke Small                          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé357  ΓöéLL620000  ΓöéL Stroke Capital                        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé358  ΓöéLN110000  Γöén Acute Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé359  ΓöéLN120000  ΓöéN Acute Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé360  ΓöéLN210000  Γöén Caron Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé361  ΓöéLN220000  ΓöéN Caron Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé362  ΓöéLO250000  Γöéo Double Acute Small                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé363  ΓöéLO260000  ΓöéO Double Acute Capital                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé364  ΓöéLR110000  Γöér Acute Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé365  ΓöéLR120000  ΓöéR Acute Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé366  ΓöéLR210000  Γöér Caron Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé367  ΓöéLR220000  ΓöéR Caron Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé368  ΓöéLS110000  Γöés Acute Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé369  ΓöéLS120000  ΓöéS Acute Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé370  ΓöéLT210000  Γöét Caron Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé371  ΓöéLT220000  ΓöéT Caron Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé372  ΓöéLT410000  Γöét Cedilla Small                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé373  ΓöéLT420000  ΓöéT Cedilla Capital                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé374  ΓöéLU250000  Γöéu Double Acute Small                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé375  ΓöéLU260000  ΓöéU Double Acute Capital                  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé376  ΓöéLU270000  Γöéu Overcircle Small                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé377  ΓöéLU280000  Γöéu Overcircle Capital                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé378  ΓöéLZ110000  Γöéz Acute Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé379  ΓöéLZ120000  ΓöéZ Acute Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé380  ΓöéLZ210000  Γöéz Caron Small                           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé381  ΓöéLZ220000  ΓöéZ Caron Capital                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé382  ΓöéLZ290000  Γöéz Overdot Small                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
Γöé383  ΓöéLZ300000  ΓöéZ Overdot Capital                       Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3. Fonts Supplied with the OS/2 Operating System ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

OS/2 outline fonts and Presentation Manager bit map fonts are supplied by the
operating system.

OS/2 Outline Fonts

The following Adobe Type 1 fonts are supplied with OS/2:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéFamily Name                   ΓöéFace Name                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéTimes New Roman               ΓöéTimes New Roman               Γöé
Γöé                              ΓöéTimes New Roman Bold          Γöé
Γöé                              ΓöéTimes New Roman Bold Italic   Γöé
Γöé                              ΓöéTimes New Roman Italic        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéHelvetica                     ΓöéHelvetica                     Γöé
Γöé                              ΓöéHelvetica Bold                Γöé
Γöé                              ΓöéHelvetica Bold Italic         Γöé
Γöé                              ΓöéHelvetica Italic              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéCourier                       ΓöéCourier                       Γöé
Γöé                              ΓöéCourier Bold                  Γöé
Γöé                              ΓöéCourier Bold Italic           Γöé
Γöé                              ΓöéCourier Italic                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéSymbol                        ΓöéSymbol                        Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

The Courier, Tms Rmn, and Swiss family fonts that were supplied with OS/2
release 1.1 and 1.2 are no longer supplied.  Using one of the old names results
in one of the new fonts listed above being used, as follows:

 Old Family/Face Name     Font Used.
 Roman/Tms Rmn            Times New Roman
 Swiss/Helv               Helvetica

 These fonts are provided in an efficient binary format for use by the OS/2
 Adobe Type Manager. They are also provided in standard Type 1 format (PFB and
 AFM) for use with the OS/2 PostScript printer device driver.

 Presentation Manager Bit Map Fonts

 The following tables list all system bit map fonts available using the
 Graphics Programming Interface. The first table applies to hardware that does
 not conform to the International Standards Organization (ISO) 9241. (See
 International Standards Organization (ISO) 9241 for more information on ISO
 9241.) The second table lists the fonts supplied with OS/2 for IBM hardware
 that does conform to ISO 9241.

 During system installation, the operating system determines the type of
 display adapter available on your computer and installs only the fonts which
 match the device resolution. Since additional device bit map fonts may be
 available on specific devices, you may have to install the correct bit map
 fonts if you change your display device after the operating system is
 installed.

 Fonts Supplied for ISO 9241 Non-Conforming Hardware

 The following information for each font is included in the table:

 Points   This is the point size of the font, on a device whose resolution
          matches that of the font, (see "Device" below).

 Ave Wid  This is the average width in pels of alphabetic characters weighted
          according to US English letter frequencies.

 Max Wid  This is the maximum width in pels of all characters in the font. This
          field is not necessarily the maximum width of any character in the
          code page. It could be used to ensure that the horizontal space
          allocated on a display or printer is big enough to handle any
          character.

 Height   This is the height in pels of the font.  This is the minimum number
          of rows of pels needed to output any character of the font on a given
          baseline. This field may be larger than necessary for a given code
          page. It could be used to ensure that the vertical space allocated on
          a display or printer is big enough to handle any character.

 Device   This is the X and Y resolution in pels per inch at which the font is
          intended to be used. Only those fonts which match the device
          resolution of the installed display driver are available on the
          system. If the installed display is changed, the install process will
          reinstall the proper font sets for the new adapter. The IBM devices
          whose device drivers report these resolutions are:

          96 x 48              CGA
          96 x 72              EGA
          96 x 96              VGA and XGA (in 640 x 480 mode)
          120 x 120            8514/A and XGA (in 1024 x 768 mode)

          Note:  These values are approximate representations of the actual
                 resolution, which in the case of displays depends on which
                 monitor is attached. Consequently the point size of characters
                 on the screen is also approximate.
 The following table applies to hardware that does not conform to ISO 9241.

  ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
  ΓöéFamily ΓöéFace Name      ΓöéPoints ΓöéAve WidΓöéMax WidΓöéHeightΓöéDevice Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  ΓöéCourierΓöéCourier        Γöé8      Γöé8      Γöé8      Γöé7     Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé8      Γöé8      Γöé10    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé8      Γöé8      Γöé13    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé9      Γöé9      Γöé16    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé10     Γöé9      Γöé9      Γöé8     Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé9      Γöé9      Γöé12    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé9      Γöé9      Γöé16    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé12     Γöé12     Γöé20    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé12     Γöé12     Γöé12     Γöé10    Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé12     Γöé12     Γöé15    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé12     Γöé12     Γöé20    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé15     Γöé15     Γöé25    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  ΓöéSystem ΓöéSystem         Γöé8      Γöé6      Γöé20     Γöé8     Γöé96x48  Γöé
  ΓöéProportΓöéProportional   Γöé       Γöé       Γöé       Γöé      Γöé       Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé10     Γöé6      Γöé20     Γöé12    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé10     Γöé6      Γöé20     Γöé16    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé10     Γöé8      Γöé23     Γöé20    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé11     Γöé10     Γöé23     Γöé23    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  ΓöéSystem ΓöéSystem         Γöé8      Γöé8      Γöé8      Γöé8     Γöé96x48  Γöé
  ΓöéMono-  ΓöéMonospaced     Γöé       Γöé       Γöé       Γöé      Γöé       Γöé
  Γöéspaced Γöé               Γöé       Γöé       Γöé       Γöé      Γöé       Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé10     Γöé8      Γöé8      Γöé12    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé10     Γöé8      Γöé8      Γöé16    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé10     Γöé9      Γöé9      Γöé20    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  ΓöéHelv   ΓöéHelv           Γöé8      Γöé5      Γöé13     Γöé6     Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé5      Γöé13     Γöé10    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé5      Γöé13     Γöé13    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé6      Γöé14     Γöé16    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé10     Γöé6      Γöé15     Γöé8     Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé6      Γöé14     Γöé12    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé6      Γöé14     Γöé16    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé7      Γöé20     Γöé20    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé12     Γöé7      Γöé17     Γöé10    Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé7      Γöé17     Γöé15    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé7      Γöé17     Γöé20    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé9      Γöé21     Γöé25    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé14     Γöé8      Γöé21     Γöé12    Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé8      Γöé21     Γöé18    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé8      Γöé21     Γöé24    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé11     Γöé26     Γöé29    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé18     Γöé11     Γöé26     Γöé15    Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé10     Γöé26     Γöé22    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé11     Γöé26     Γöé29    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé13     Γöé34     Γöé36    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé24     Γöé14     Γöé35     Γöé19    Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé14     Γöé35     Γöé28    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé14     Γöé35     Γöé37    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé18     Γöé45     Γöé46    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  ΓöéTms RmnΓöéTms Rmn        Γöé8      Γöé4      Γöé12     Γöé6     Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé4      Γöé13     Γöé10    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé4      Γöé12     Γöé13    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé5      Γöé14     Γöé16    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé10     Γöé6      Γöé15     Γöé8     Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé5      Γöé14     Γöé12    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé5      Γöé14     Γöé16    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé7      Γöé19     Γöé20    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé12     Γöé7      Γöé18     Γöé10    Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé6      Γöé18     Γöé15    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé6      Γöé16     Γöé19    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé8      Γöé23     Γöé23    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé14     Γöé7      Γöé21     Γöé11    Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé7      Γöé21     Γöé16    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé7      Γöé20     Γöé21    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé10     Γöé26     Γöé27    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé18     Γöé10     Γöé26     Γöé14    Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé10     Γöé26     Γöé20    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé10     Γöé26     Γöé27    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé12     Γöé34     Γöé33    Γöé120x120Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé24     Γöé14     Γöé35     Γöé18    Γöé96x48  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé13     Γöé35     Γöé26    Γöé96x72  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé13     Γöé35     Γöé35    Γöé96x96  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  Γöé       Γöé               Γöé       Γöé16     Γöé46     Γöé43    Γöé120x120Γöé
  ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

 Fonts Supplied for ISO 9241 Conforming Hardware

 The following table lists the fonts and sizes that have been tested and
 certified as passing the ISO 9241 black text on white background criteria for
 the three IBM displays that conform to the standard. These displays are:

     9515 - A 14 inch XGA display.
     9517 - A 17 inch XGA display.
     9518 - A 14 inch VGA display.

 See International Standards Organization (ISO) 9241 for information on ISO
 9241.

 The following information about each font is also included in the table:

 P        The point size of the font.
 AW       The average character width in pels in the font.
 MW       The maximum character width in pels in the font.
 HE       The height in pels of the font (maximum baseline extent).
 Device   The X and Y resolution in pels per inch on the device the font is
          intended to be used. The IBM devices whose device drivers report
          these resolutions are:
          96 x 96              VGA and XGA (in 640 x 480 mode)
          120 x 120            XGA (in 1024 x 768 mode)

  ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
  ΓöéFamily  ΓöéFace NamΓöéP   AW  MW  HE  ΓöéDevice   Γöé9515  9517  9518 Γöé
  ΓöéName    Γöé        Γöé                Γöé         Γöé                 Γöé
  Γöé        ΓöéFace NamΓöé                Γöé         Γöé                 Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  ΓöéCourier ΓöéCourier Γöé 8   8   8  13  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéNo    No    No   Γöé
  Γöé        ΓöéISO     Γöé 8  10  10  16  Γöé120  120 ΓöéNo    No    n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé 9   8   8  15  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé10  10  10  16  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé10  12  12  20  Γöé120  120 ΓöéNo    No    n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé12  12  12  20  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé12  15  15  25  Γöé120  120 ΓöéYes   Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  ΓöéHelv    ΓöéHelv ISOΓöé 8   5  13  13  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéNo    No    No   Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé 8   7  14  16  Γöé120  120 ΓöéNo    No    n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé 9   6  13  15  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé 9   8  20  21  Γöé120  120 ΓöéYes   Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé10   7  14  16  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé10   9  20  21  Γöé120  120 ΓöéYes   Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé12   9  17  20  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé12  10  21  25  Γöé120  120 ΓöéYes   Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé14  10  21  24  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé14  12  26  29  Γöé120  120 ΓöéYes   Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé18  12  26  29  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé18  15  34  36  Γöé120  120 ΓöéYes   Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé24  14  34  36  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé24  19  45  46  Γöé120  120 ΓöéYes   Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  ΓöéTms Rmn ΓöéTms Rmn Γöé 8   5  12  13  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéNo    No    No   Γöé
  Γöé        ΓöéISO     Γöé 8   7  15  16  Γöé120  120 ΓöéNo    No    n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé 9   6  12  15  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé10   7  14  16  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé10   8  17  19  Γöé120  120 ΓöéNo    Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé12   8  16  19  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé12  10  23  22  Γöé120  120 ΓöéYes   Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé14   9  23  22  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé14  11  26  27  Γöé120  120 ΓöéYes   Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé18  11  26  27  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé18  14  34  34  Γöé120  120 ΓöéYes   Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé24  14  34  34  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé24  17  46  43  Γöé120  120 ΓöéYes   Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  ΓöéSystem  ΓöéSystem  Γöé 9   6  13  15  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  ΓöéPropor- ΓöéPropor- Γöé10   6  20  16  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  Γöétional  Γöétional  Γöé10   8  23  20  Γöé120  120 ΓöéNo    Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γöé        Γöé        Γöé12  10  23  22  Γöé120  120 ΓöéYes   Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
  ΓöéSystem  ΓöéSystem  Γöé10   8   8  16  Γöé 96   96 ΓöéYes   Yes   Yes  Γöé
  ΓöéMono-   ΓöéMono-   Γöé10  10  10  21  Γöé120  120 ΓöéYes   Yes   n/a  Γöé
  Γöéspaced  Γöéspaced  Γöé                Γöé         Γöé                 Γöé
  ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

 See International Standards Organization (ISO) 9241 for more information on
 ISO 9241.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.3.1. International Standards Organization (ISO) 9241 ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

ISO 9241 is an international standard covering health and safety in the work
place for users of visual display terminals. Part 3 of this standard covers
clarity and legibility of text displayed on computer screens; it places
requirements on minimum sizes and luminance contrast. The presence of the
FM_SEL_ISO9241_TESTED flag in the FONTMETRICS structure indicates that the font
has been tested for ISO compliance.

Note:  While the fonts were primarily tested for meeting the ISO standard, they
       have also been designed to meet the German standard DIN 66 234. Where
       the two standards differ, the fonts have been designed to meet the
       stricter requirement.

 The FM_ISO_xxx flags indicate the results of the test on the three IBM
 displays that conform to the standard. These are the IBM 9515, 9517, and 9518
 color displays at the supported resolutions of 640 x 480 and 1024 x 768. To
 determine whether a non-IBM display complies with ISO 9241, contact the
 manufacturer. The current display type can be established using VioGetConfig.

 In order for applications to meet the standard, they have to ensure that they
 use only fonts that have been tested and passed. You can determine this by
 examining the new FM_SEL_ISO9241_TESTED flag in the fsSelection parameter in
 the FONTMETRICS structure, the FM_ISO_xxx flags and the sXDeviceRes and
 sYDeviceRes fields in the structure.

 See Fonts Supplied with the OS/2 Operating System for the table describing ISO
 9241 compliant fonts.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.4. Initialization File Information ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Initialization files include information about printers, queues, and system
preferences set by the user from the control panel.  Applications can query
this information by using the PrfQueryProfileData, PrfQueryProfileInt,
PrfQueryProfileSize, and PrfQueryProfileString functions.

All data in initialization files is accessed by a two-level hierarchy of
application name, and key name within an application.  Presentation Manager
system data is keyed off "applications" that have names starting with PM_.

The application name/key name combinations that applications may need to use
are listed below, together with the definition of the corresponding data.

Note:  Information that is prefixed with PM_SPOOLERxxxx can not always be
       modified directly:  The spooler validates all attempts to write
       information to the INI file that it depends on.

 Application name      "PM_ControlPanel"
 Key name              "Beep"
 Type                  integer
 Content/value         1 or 0.

 Application name      "PM_ControlPanel"
 Key name              "LogoDisplayTime"
 Type                  integer
 Content/value         -1 <= time <= 32767 milliseconds.
                          Indefinite display       -1
                          No display                0
                          Timed display            >0

 Application name      "PM_ControlPanel"
 Key name              "cxDoubleClick"
 Type                  integer
 Content/value         SV_CXDBLCLK size in pels.

 Application name      "PM_ControlPanel"
 Key name              "cyDoubleClick"
 Type                  integer
 Content/value         SV_CYDBLCLK size in pels.

 Application name      "PM_ControlPanel"
 Key name              "cxMotionStart"
 Type                  integer
 Content/value         SV_CXMOTIONSTART size in pels.

 Application name      "PM_ControlPanel"
 Key name              "cyMotionStart"
 Type                  integer
 Content/value         SV_CYMOTIONSTART size in pels.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "iCountry"
 Type                  integer
 Content/value         country code:
                          Arabic                  785
                          Australian               61
                          Belgian                  32
                          Canadian-French           2
                          Danish                   45
                          Finnish                 358
                          French                   33
                          German                   49
                          Hebrew                  972
                          Italian                  39
                          Japanese                 81
                          Korean                   82
                          Latin-American            3
                          Netherlands              31
                          Norwegian                47
                          Portuguese              351
                          Simpl. Chinese           86
                          Spanish                  34
                          Swedish                  46
                          Swiss                    41
                          Trad. Chinese            88
                          UK-English               44
                          US-English                1
                          Other country             0.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "iDate"
 Type                  integer
 Content/value         0=MDY; 1=DMY; 2=YMD.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "iCurrency"
 Type                  integer
 Content/value         Values have the following meanings:
                          0        Prefix, no separator
                          1        Suffix, no separator
                          2        Prefix, 1 character separator
                          3        Suffix, 1 character separator.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "iDigits"
 Type                  integer
 Content/value         n = number of decimal digits.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "iTime"
 Type                  integer
 Content/value         0 = 12-hour clock; 1 = 24-hour clock.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "iLzero"
 Type                  integer
 Content/value         0 = no leading zero; 1 = leading zero.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "s1159"
 Type                  string
 Content/value         "am" for example. 3 chars max.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "s2359"
 Type                  string
 Content/value         "pm" for example. 3 chars max.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "sCurrency"
 Type                  string
 Content/value         "$" for example. 3 chars max.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "sThousand"
 Type                  string
 Content/value         "," for example. 1 char max.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "sDecimal"
 Type                  string
 Content/value         "." for example. 1 char max.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "sDate"
 Type                  string
 Content/value         "/" for example. 1 char max.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "sTime"
 Type                  string
 Content/value         ":" for example. 1 char max.

 Application name      "PM_National"
 Key name              "sList"
 Type                  string
 Content/value         "," for example. 1 char max.

 Application name      PM_Fonts
 Key name              <Font module name>
 Type                  string
 Content/value         fully-qualified drive:\path\filename.ext.

 Application name      "PM_SPOOLER"
 Key name              "QUEUE"
 Type                  string
 Content/value         <Queue name>;

                       where: <Queue name> is the name of the default queue
                       (might be NULL). This must be a key name for the
                       PM_SPOOLER_QUEUE application.

 Application name      "PM_SPOOLER"
 Key name              " PRINTER"
 Type                  string
 Content/value         <Printer name>;

                       where: <Printer name> is the name of the default printer
                       (might be NULL).

 Note:  Use the SplQueryDevice and SplQueryQueue functions to retrieve the
        spooler configuration data.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.5. Interchange File Format ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A metafile is a file in which graphics are stored. The file is
application-created, and it contains the graphics orders generated from those
GPI calls that are valid in a metafile. Metafiled graphics can be reused by the
application that created them. They can also be made available to other
applications at the same, or at a different, workstation.

This section describes the restrictions which apply when generating the
metafile and gives detail of the overall structure. For the graphics orders
descriptions, see "Graphics Orders" in the Graphics Programming Interface
Programming Reference.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.5.1. Metafile Restrictions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following restrictions apply to the generation of all metafiles, and also
to the generation of a PM_Q_STD print file to a OD_QUEUED device:

     If GpiWCBitBlt or GpiBitBlt is used to copy a bit map to a device context
      in an application, the application should not delete that bit map handle
      with GpiDeleteBitmap before the device context is closed (metafile is
      closed).

     GpiSetPS must not be used.

     GpiSetPageViewport is ignored.

 The following section lists some general rules that must be followed when
 creating a metafile that is to be acceptable to SAA-conforming
 implementations, or replayed into a presentation space that is in
 draw-and-retain or retain mode (see "GpiSetDrawingMode" in Graphics
 Programming Interface Programming Reference).

     These items must be established or defaulted before any drawing occurs to
      the graphics presentation space, and not changed subsequently:

        -  The graphics field (GpiSetGraphicsField). For an SAA-conforming
           metafile, the graphics field must be defaulted or set to no
           clipping.
        -  The code page for the default character set (GpiSetCp).
        -  The color table or palette (GpiCreateLogColorTable or
           GpiCreatePalette). The size of the color table must not exceed 31KB
           (KB equals 1024 bytes).
        -  The default viewing transform (GpiSetDefaultViewMatrix).
        -  The setting of the draw controls (GpiSetDrawControl). DCTL_DISPLAY
           must be defaulted or set ON.
        -  The default values of attributes (see "GpiSetDefAttrs" in the
           Graphics Programming Interface Programming Reference), viewing
           limits (see "GpiSetDefViewingLimits" in the Graphics Programming
           Interface Programming Reference), primitive tag (see "GpiSetDefTag"
           in the Graphics Programming Interface Programming Reference) and arc
           parameters (see "GpiSetDefArcParams" in the Graphics Programming
           Interface Programming Reference).

     These calls should not be used:

        -  GpiBitBlt
        -  GpiDeleteSetId (note that this means that local identifiers cannot
           be used again within the picture)
        -  GpiErase
        -  GpiExcludeClipRectangle
        -  GpiIntersectClipRectangle
        -  GpiOffsetClipRegion
        -  GpiPaintRegion
        -  GpiResetPS
        -  GpiSetClipRegion
        -  GpiSetPel
        -  GpiSetPS
        -  DevEscape (for an escape which is metafiled).

     GpiCreateLogFont must not redefine a local identifier that has previously
      been used within the picture.

     The metafile context must not be reassociated.

     If a bit map is used as the source of a GpiWCBitBlt operation, or as an
      area-fill pattern, it must not be modified or deleted (GpiDeleteBitmap)
      before the metafile is closed.

     Only these foreground mixes must be used (see "GpiSetMix" in the Graphics
      Programming Interface Programming Reference):

        -  FM_DEFAULT
        -  FM_OR
        -  FM_OVERPAINT
        -  FM_LEAVEALONE

     Only these background mixes must be used (see "GpiSetBackMix" in the
      Graphics Programming Interface Programming Reference):

        -  BM_DEFAULT
        -  BM_OVERPAINT
        -  BM_LEAVEALONE

     If palettes are used (see "GpiCreatePalette" in the Graphics Programming
      Interface Programming Reference): the palette that is metafiled is the
      one in force when the metafile device context is dissociated from the
      (final) presentation space. If the palette is changed during the course
      of the picture (using GpiSetPaletteEntries), it must therefore only be
      with incremental additions.

 Note:  There is no restriction concerning the use of primitives outside
        segments. These are metafiled in segment(s) with zero identifier.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.5.2. Metafile Data Format ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section describes the format of the data in a metafile, as it would be
stored in an OS/2 disk file.

Metafile data is stored as a sequence of structured fields. Each structured
field starts with an eight-byte header consisting of a two-byte length field
and a three-byte identifier field. These are followed by a one-byte flags field
and a two-byte segment sequence number field.

The length field contains a count of the total number of bytes in the
structured field, including the length field. The identifier field uniquely
identifies the type of the structured field.

The flags and segment sequence number fields are always zero.

Following the header are positional parameters that are optional and dependent
on the particular structured field.

Following the positional parameters are non-positional parameters called
triplets. These are self-defining parameters and consist of a one-byte length
field, followed by a one-byte identifier field, followed by the data of the
parameter.

The length field contains a count of the total number of bytes in the triplet,
including the length and identifier fields. The identifier field identifies
uniquely the type of the triplet.

A metafile is structured into a number of different functional components; for
example, document and graphics object. Each component comprises a number of
structured fields, and is delimited by "begin-component" and "end-component"
structured fields. Structured fields marked as required, inside an optional
structured field bracket, are required if the containing bracket is present.

The graphics orders that describe a picture occur in the graphics data
structured field. See Structured Field Formats for more information.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.5.3. Structured Field Formats ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Following is the format of the various structured fields:

Begin Document

Structured Field Introducer (BDT): required

 0-1       Length 0xn+1E
 2-4       BDT 0xD3A8A8
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Document name C'0000 0001'
 8         Architecture version 0x00
 9         Document security 0x00

 Triplets (all required)

 0         Length 0x05
 1         Triplet Id 0x18
 2         Interchange set type 0x03 (resource document)
 3-4       Base set definition 0x0C00 (level 12, version 0)

 0         Length 0x06
 1         Triplet Id 0x01
 2-5       GCID

 0         Length 0xn+1
 1         Triplet Id 0x65
 2-n       Comment, used for metafile description of up to 252 bytes.

 Begin Resource Group (BRG): required

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       BRG 0xD3A8C6
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Resource group name  C'0000 0002'

 Begin Color Attribute (BCA) Table: required

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       BCA 0xD3A877
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Color table name C'0000 0004'

 Color Attribute Table (CAT): required

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0xn+8
 2-4       CAT 0xD3B077
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 Base Part (required)

 0         Flags
           0         Reserved B'0'
           1         Reset
                     B'0'       Do not reset to default
                     B'1'       Do reset to default
           2-7       Reserved B'000000'
 1         Reserved 0x00
 2         LCTID 0x00

 Element list(s) (triple generating) are mutually-exclusive.  One or other is
 required.

 Element List (repeating)

 0         Length of this parameter
 1         Type 0x01: element list
 2         Flags 0x00: reserved
 3         Format
           0x01       RGB
 4-6       Starting Index
           (Top Byte Truncated)
 7         Size of RGB component1 0x08
 8         Size of RGB component2 0x08
 9         Size of RGB component3 0x08
 10        Number of bytes in each following color triple 0x04
 11-m      Color triples

 Triple Generating

 0         Length of this parameter 0x0A
 1         Type 0x02: bit generator
 2         Flags
           0         ABFlag
                     B'0'       Normal
           1-7       Reserved B'0000000'
 3         Format
           0x01           RGB
           4-6            Starting index (top byte truncated)
 7         Size of RGB component1 0x08
 8         Size of RGB component2 0x08
 9         Size of RGB component3 0x08
 End Color Attribute (ECA) Table: required

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       ECA 0xD3A977
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Color table name C'0000 0004'

 Begin Image Object (BIM): optional, repeating

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       BIM 0xD3A8FB
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Image name C'xxxx xxxx'

 Begin Resource Group (BRG): optional

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       BRG 0xD3A8C6
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Resource group name C'xxxx xxxx'

 Color Attribute Table (BCA): optional

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       BCA 0xD3A877
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Color table name C'xxxx xxxx'

 Color Attribute Table (CAT): required

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length
 2-4       CAT 0xD3B077
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 Base Part

 0         Flags 0x00
 1         Reserved 0x00
 2         LUTID

 Element List (repeating)

 0         Length of this parameter
 1         Type 0x01: element list
 2         Flags 0x00: reserved
 3         Format 0x01: RGB
 4-6       Starting index
           (top byte truncated)
 7         Size of RGB component1 0x08
 8         Size of RGB component2 0x08
 9         Size of RGB component3 0x08
 10        Number of bytes in each following color triple 0x03
 11-n      Color triples

 End Color Attribute Table (ECA): required if BCA present

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       ECA 0xD3A977
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Color Table name C'xxxx xxxx'

 End Resource Group (ERG): required if BRG present

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       ERG 0xD3A9C6
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Resource Group name C'xxxx xxxx'

 Begin Object Environment Group (BOG): optional

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       BOG 0xD3A8C7
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Object environment group name C'xxxx xxxx'

 Map Color Attribute (MCA) Table: required

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x001A
 2-4       MCA 0xD3AB77
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-1       Length

 Triplet (required)

 0         Length 0x0C
 1         Triplet type: fully qualified name 0x02
 2         Type: ref to Begin Resource Object 0x84
 3         ID 0x00
 4-11      Color table name C'xxxx xxxx'

 lcid (required)

 0         Length 0x04
 1         Triplet type: resource local ID 0x24
 2         Type color table resource 0x07
 3         Local identifier (LUT-ID) 0x01

 End Object Environment Group (EOG): required if BOG present

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       EOG 0xD3A9C7
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Object Environment Group name C'xxxx xxxx'

 Image Data Descriptor (IDD): required

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0011
 2-4       IDD 0xD3A6FB
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0         Unit of measure:
           0x00       tens of inches
           0x01       tens of centimeters
 1-2       X resolution image points / UOM
 3-4       Y resolution image points / UOM
 5-6       X extent of image PS
 7-8       Y extent of image PS

 Image Picture Data (IPD): required

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length
 2-4       IPD 0xD3EEFB
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters (all required and in this order, except that only one of Image
 LUT-ID and IDE structure is present)

 Begin Segment

 0         Type 0x70: begin segment
 1         Length of following 0x00

 Begin Image Content

 0         Type 0x91: Begin Image Content
 1         Length of following 0x01
 2         Format 0xFF

 Image Size

 0         Type 0x94: image size
 1         Length of following 0x09
 2         Units of measure 0x02: logical
 3-4       Horizontal resolution
 5-6       Vertical resolution
 7-8       Height in pels
 9-10      Width in pels

 Image Encoding

 0         Type 0x95: image encoding
 1         Length of following 0x02
 2         Compression algorithm 0x03: none
 3         Recording algorithm 0x03: bottom-to-top

 Image IDE-Size

 0         Type 0x96: image IDE-Size
 1         Length of following 0x01
 2         Number of bits per element

 Image LUT-ID (For bit maps with other than 24 bits per pel)

 0         Type 0x97 Image LUT-ID
 1         Length of following 0x01
 2         LUT-ID

 IDE Structure (For bit maps with 24 bits per pel)

 0         Type 0x9B: IDE structure
 1         Length of following 0x08
 2         Flags:
           0         ABFlag
                     B'0'       Normal (Additive)
           1-7       Reserved B'0000000'
 3         Format
           0x01       RGB
 4-6       Reserved 0x000000
 7         Size of element 1
 8         Size of element 2
 9         Size of element 3

 Image Picture Data (IPD): required, repeating

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length
 2-4       IPD 0xD3EEFB
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 Image Data

 0-1       Type 0xFE92: image data
 2-3       Length of following
 4-n       Image data (scan lines of bit maps)

 End Image Content (required, only present in last Image Picture Data)

 0         Type 0x93: End Image Content
 1         Length of following 0x00

 End Segment (required, only present in last Image Picture Data)

 0         Type 0x71: end segment
 1         Length of following 0x00

 End Image Object (EIM): required if BIM present

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       EIM 0xD3A9FB
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Image name C'xxxx xxxx'

 Begin Graphics Object (BGR): required

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       BGR 0xD3A8BB
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Graphics object name C'0000 0007'

 Begin Object Environment Group (BOG): optional

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       LOG 0xD3A8C7
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Object Environment Group name C'0000 0007'

 Map Color Attribute Table (MCA): required

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0016
 2-4       MCA 0xD3AB77
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-1       Length

 Triplet (required)

 0         Length 0x0C
 1         Triplet type: fully qualified name 0x02
 2         Type: ref to Begin Resource Object 0x84
 3         ID 0x00
 4-11      Color table name C'0000 0004'

 Map Coded Font (MCF): required, for default font

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x20
 2-4       MCF 0xD3AB8A
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-1       Length

 Triplets (required)

 Font name

 0         Length 0x0C
 1         Triplet type: fully qualified name 0x02
 2         Type: ref to coded font 0x84
 3         ID 0x00
 4-11      Coded font name: C'nnxx xxxx'
           where n is 0xFF

 lcid

 0         Length 0x04
 1         Triplet type: Resource Local ID 0x24
 2         Type: Coded Font Resource 0x05
 3         Local identifier (LCID) 0x00

 Font Binary GCID

 0         Length 0x06
 1         Triplet type: Font Binary GCID 0x20
 2-5       GCID

 Map Coded Font (MCF): optional, repeating, for loaded fonts

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x58
 2-4       MCF 0xD3AB8A
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-1       Length

 Triplets (required)

 Font name

 0         Length 0x0C
 1         Triplet type: fully qualified name 0x02
 2         Type: ref to coded font 0x84
 3         ID 0x00
 4-11      Coded font name

 lcid

 0         Length 0x04
 1         Triplet type: Resource Local ID 0x24
 2         Type: coded font resource 0x05
 3         Local identifier (LCID)

 Font Attributes

 0         Length 0x14
 1         Triplet type: Font Descriptor 0x1F
 2         Weight Class
 3         Width Class
 4-5       Font Height
 6-7       Char Width
 8         Descript Flags
 9         Usage Codes
 10        Family
 11        Activity Class
 12        Font Quality
 13-14     CAP Height
 15-16     X Height
 17-18     Line Density
 19        Use Flags

 Font Binary GCID

 0         Length 0x06
 1         Triplet type: Font Binary GCID 0x20
 2-5       GCID

 Font Typeface

 0         Length 0x24
 1         Triplet type: fully qualified name 0x02
 2         Type: ref to font typeface 0x08
 3         ID 0x00
 4-35      Font typeface C'xxx..xxx'

 Map Data Resource (MDR): optional, repeating

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x1D
 2-4       MDR 0xD3ABC3
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-1       Length

 Triplets (required)

 Bit-map Name

 0         Length 0x0C
 1         Triplet type: fully qualified name 0x02
 2         Type: ref to Image Object 0x84
 3         ID 0x00
 4-11      Image name C'xxxx xxxx'

 Extended Resource lcid

 0         Length 0x07
 1         Triplet type: Extended Resource Local ID 0x22
 2         Type: Image Resource 0x10
 3-6       Bit-map handle

 End Object Environment Group (EOG): required if BOG present

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       EOG 0xD3A9C7
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Object Environment Group name C'0000 0007'

 Graphics Data Descriptor (GDD): required

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0xnnnn
 2-4       GDD 0xD3A6BB
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters (all required and in this order)

 0         0xF7 Specify GVM Subset
 1         Length of following data 0x07
 2         0xB0 drawing order subset
 3-4       0x0000
 5         0x23 Level 3.2
 6         0x01 Version 1
 7         Length of following field 0x01
 8         Coordinate types in data
           0x04      Intel16
           0x05      Intel32

 0         0xF6 Set Picture Descriptor
 1         Length of following data
 2         Flags
           0         B'0' Picture in 2D
           1         Picture Dimensions
                     B'0'       Not absolute (PU_ARBITRARY PS)
                     B'1'       Absolute (example: PU_TWIPS PS)
           2         Picture Elements
                     B'0'       Not pels
                     B'1'       Pels (PU_PELS PS)
                                (Bit 1 must also be set)
           3-7       B'00000'
 3         0x00 Reserved
 4         Picture frame size coordinate type
           0x04       Intel16
           0x05       Intel32
 5         UnitsOfMeasure
           0x00       Ten inches
           0x01       Decimeter
 6-11 or 6-17(2 or 4 bytes) Resolution.
                GPS Units / UOM on x axis
                GPS Units / UOM on y axis
                GPS Units / UOM on z axis
 12-23 or 18-41(2 or 4 bytes) Window Size.
                GPS X left, X right
                GPS Y bottom, Y top
                GPS Z near, Z far

 0         0x21 Set Current Defaults
 1         Length of following data
 2         Set Default Parameter Format 0x08
 3-4       Mask 0xE000
 5         Names 0x8F
 6         Coordinates
           0x00       Picture in 2D
 7         Transforms
           0x04       Intel16
           0x05       Intel32
 8         Geometrics
           0x04       Intel16
           0x05       Intel32

 0         0x21 Set Current Defaults
 1         Length of following data
 2         Set default viewing transform 0x07
 3-4       Mask 0xCC0C
 5         Names 0x8F
 6-n       M11, M12, M21, M22, M41, M42  Matrix elements

 0         0x21 Set Current Defaults
 1         Length of following data
 2         Set default line attributes 0x01
 3-4       Mask - OR of as many of the following bits as are required:
           0x8000       Line type
           0x4000       Line width
           0x2000       Line end
           0x1000       Line join
           0x0800       Stroke width
           0x0008       Line color
           0x0002       Line mix
 5         Flags
           0x0F       Set indicated default attributes to initial values. (Data
                      field is not present in this instance).
           0x8F       Set indicated default attributes to specified values.
 6-n       Data - data values as required, in the following order if present.
           No space is reserved for attributes for which the corresponding mask
           flag was not set.
           (1 byte)       - Line type
           (1 byte)       - Line width
           (1 byte)       - Line end
           (1 byte)       - Line join
           (G bytes)      - Stroke width
           (4 bytes)      - Line color
           (1 byte)       - Line mix (G=2 or 4 depending on the Geometrics
           parameter of Set Default Parameter Format)

 0         0x21 Set Current Defaults
 1         Length of following data
 2         Set Default Character Attributes 0x02
 3-4       Mask - OR of as many of the following bits as are required:
           0x8000       Character angle
           0x4000       Character box
           0x2000       Character direction
           0x1000       Character precision
           0x0800       Character set
           0x0400       Character shear
           0x0040       Character break extra
           0x0020       Character extra
           0x0008       Character color
           0x0004       Character background color
           0x0002       Character mix
           0x0001       Character background mix
 5         Flags
           0x0F      Set indicated default attributes to initial values.  (Data
                     field is not present in this case).
           0x8F      Set indicated default attributes to specified values.
 6-n       Data - data values as required, in the following order if present.
           No space is reserved for attributes for which the corresponding Mask
           flag was not set.
           (2*G bytes)          - Character angle
           (2*G + 4 bytes)      - Character box
           (1 byte)             - Character direction
           (1 byte)             - Character precision
           (1 byte)             - Character set
           (2*G bytes)          - Character shear
           (4 bytes)            - Character break extra
           (4 bytes)            - Character extra
           (4 bytes)            - Character color
           (4 bytes)            - Character background color
           (1 byte)             - Character mix
           (1 byte)             - Character background mix (G=2 or 4 depending
           on the Geometrics parameter of Set Default Parameter Format)

 0         0x21 Set Current Defaults
 1         Length of following data
 2         Set Default Marker Attributes 0x03
 3-4       Mask - OR of as many of the following bits as are required:
           0x4000       Marker box
           0x1000       Marker precision
           0x0800       Marker set
           0x0100       Marker symbol
           0x0008       Marker color
           0x0004       Marker background color
           0x0002       Marker mix
           0x0001       Marker background mix
 5         Flags
           0x0F       Set indicated default attributes to initial values.
                      (Data field is not present in this instance)
           0x8F       Set indicated default attributes to specified values.
 6-n       Data - data values as required, in this order if present.
           No space is reserved for attributes for which the corresponding Mask
           flag was not set.
           (2*G bytes)         - Marker box
           (1 byte)            - Marker precision
           (1 byte)            - Marker set
           (1 byte)            - Marker symbol
           (4 bytes)           - Marker color
           (4 bytes)           - Marker background color
           (1 byte)            - Marker mix
           (1 byte)            - Marker background mix (G=2 or 4 depending on
           the Geometrics parameter of Set Default Parameter Format)

 0         0x21 Set Current Defaults
 1         Length of following data
 2         Set Default Pattern Attributes 0x04
 3-4       Mask - OR of as many of the following bits as are required:
           0x0800       Pattern set
           0x0100       Pattern symbol
           0x0080       Pattern reference point
           0x0008       Pattern color
           0x0004       Pattern background color
           0x0002       Pattern mix
           0x0001       Pattern background mix
           5            Flags
                        0x0F       Set indicated default attributes to initial
                                   values.
                                   (Data field is not present in this instance)
                        0x8F       Set indicated default attributes to
                                   specified values.
           6-n          Data - data values as required, in this order if
                        present.
                        No space is reserved for attributes for which the
                        corresponding Mask flag was not set.
                        (1 byte)          - Pattern set
                        (1 byte)          - Pattern symbol
                        (2*G bytes)       - Pattern reference point
                        (4 bytes)         - Pattern color
                        (4 bytes)         - Pattern background color
                        (1 byte)          - Pattern mix
                        (1 byte)          - Pattern background mix (G=2 or 4
                        depending on the Geometrics parameter of Set Default
                        Parameter Format)

           0            0x21 Set Current Defaults
           1            Length of following data
           2            Set Default Image Attributes 0x06
           3-4          Mask - OR of as many of these bits as are required:
                        0x0008       Image color
                        0x0004       Image background color
                        0x0002       Image mix
                        0x0001       Image background mix
           5            Flags
                        0x0F       Set indicated default attributes to initial
                                   values. (Data field is not present in this
                                   instance)
                        0x8F       Set indicated default attributes to
                                   specified values.
           6-n          Data - data values as required, in this order if
                        present.
                        No space is reserved for attributes for which the
                        corresponding Mask flag was not set.
                        (4 bytes)       - Image color
                        (4 bytes)       - Image background color
                        (1 byte)        - Image mix
                        (1 byte)        - Image background mix

           0            0x21 Set Current Defaults
           1            Length of following data
           2            Set Default Viewing Window 0x05
           3-4          Mask - OR of as many of the following bits as are
                        required:
                        0x8000       x left limit
                        0x4000       x right limit
                        0x2000       y bottom limit
                        0x1000       y top limit
           5            Flags
                        0x0F       Set indicated default attributes to initial
                                   values.
                                   (Data field is not present in this case).
                        0x8F       Set indicated default attributes to
                                   specified values.
           6-n          Data - data values as required, in the following order
                        if present.
                        No space is reserved for attributes for which the
                        corresponding Mask flag was not set.
                        (2*G bytes)       - x left limit
                        (2*G bytes)       - x right limit
                        (2*G bytes)       - y bottom limit
                        (2*G bytes)       - y top limit (G=2 or 4 depending on
                        the Geometrics parameter of Set Default Parameter
                        Format)

           0            0x21 Set Current Defaults
           1            Length of following data
           2            Set Default Arc Parameters 0x0B
           3-4          Mask - OR of as many of the following bits as are
                        required:
                        0x8000       P value
                        0x4000       Q value
                        0x2000       R value
                        0x1000       S value
           5            Flags
                        0x0F       Set indicated default attributes to initial
                                   values.
                                   (Data field is not present in this case).
                        0x8F       Set indicated default attributes to
                                   specified values.
           6-n          Data - data values as required, in the following order
                        if present.
                        No space is reserved for attributes for which the
                        corresponding Mask flag was not set.
                        (G bytes)       - P value
                        (G bytes)       - Q value
                        (G bytes)       - R value
                        (G bytes)       - S value (G=2 or 4 depending on the
                        Geometrics parameter of Set Default Parameter Format)

           0            0x21 Set Current Defaults
           1            Length of following data
           2            Set Default Pick Identifier 0x0C
           3-4          Mask - OR of as many of the following bits as are
                        required:
                        0x8000       Pick identifier
           5            Flags
                        0x0F       Set indicated default attributes to initial
                                   values.
                                   (Data field is not present in this case).
                        0x8F       Set indicated default attributes to
                                   specified values.
           6-n          Data - data values as required, in the following order
                        if present.
                        No space is reserved for attributes for which the
                        corresponding Mask flag was not set.
                        (4 bytes)       - Pick identifier

           0            0xE7 Set Bit-map Identifier
           1            Length of following data 0x07
           2-3          Usage Flags 0x8000
           4-7          Bit-map handle
           8            Lcid

 Graphics Data (GAD): optional, repeating

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0xn+9
 2-4       GAD 0xD3EEBB
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000
 Parameters (maximum length in one structured field is 32759)

 Graphics Segment (optional, repeating)

 Segment data (including the Begin Segment parameter) can be split at any point
 between successive Graphics Data structured fields.

 0         0x70 Begin Segment
 1         Length of following data 0x0E
 2-5       Segment identifier
 6         Segment attributes (1)
           0 B'1'       Invisible
           1 B'1'       Propagate invisibility
           2 B'1'       Detectable
           3 B'1'       Propagate detectability
           6 B'1'       Dynamic
           7 B'1'       Fast chaining
 7         Segment attributes (2)
           0 B'1'       Non-chained
           3 B'1'       Prolog
 8-9       Segment data length (low-order 2 bytes)
 10-13     Reserved
 14-15     Segment data length (high-order 2 bytes)
 16-n      Graphics orders (see the Graphics Programming Interface Programming
           Reference)

 End Graphics Object (EGR)

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       EGR 0xD3A9BB
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Graphics object name C'0000 0007'

 End Resource Group (ERG): required

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       ERG 0xD3A9C6
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Resource Group name  C'0000 0002'

 End Document (EDT): required

 Structured Field Introducer

 0-1       Length 0x0010
 2-4       EDT 0xD3A9A8
 5         Flags 0x00
 6-7       Segment sequence number 0x0000

 Parameters

 0-7       Document name  C'0000 0001'


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6. Resource Files ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section describes the syntax for the resource language using railroad
syntax, and describes the formats used.

Resource files are used to build dialog templates, menu templates, accelerator
tables, extended attribute association tables, keyboard scancode mapping
tables, keyboard names and fonts. The files must be compiled before they can be
used by application programs.

How to Read the Syntax Definitions

Throughout this reference, syntax is described using the following structure.

     Read the syntax diagrams from left to right, from top to bottom,
      following the path of the line.

      The ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ symbol indicates the beginning of a statement.

      The ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ symbol indicates that the statement syntax is continued on the
      next line.

      The ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ symbol indicates that a statement is continued from the previous
      line.

      The ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ symbol indicates the end of a statement.

      Diagrams of syntactical units other than complete statements start with
      the ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ symbol and end with the ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ symbol.

     Required items appear on the horizontal line (the main path).

            ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇSTATEMENTΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇrequired_itemΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

     Optional items appear below the main path.

            ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇSTATEMENTΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
                               ΓööΓöÇoptional_itemΓöÇΓöÿ

     If a choice can be made from two or more items, they appear vertically,
      in a stack.

      If one of the items must be chosen, one item of the stack appears on the
      main path.

            ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇSTATEMENTΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇrequired_choice1ΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
                             ΓööΓöÇΓöÇrequired_choice2ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

      If choosing one of the items is optional, the entire stack appears below
      the main path.

            ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇSTATEMENTΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
                             Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇoptional_choice1ΓöÇΓöÇ

                             ΓööΓöÇΓöÇoptional_choice2ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

     An arrow returning to the left above the main path indicates an item that
      can be repeated.

                             ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
                                               Γöé
            ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇSTATEMENTΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇrepeatable_itemΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

      A repeat arrow above a stack indicates that a choice can be made from the
      stacked items, or a single choice can be repeated.

     Keywords appear in uppercase, for example:


            PARM1

      They must be spelled exactly as shown. Variables appear in all lowercase
      letters, for example:


            parmx

      They represent user-supplied names or values.

     If punctuation marks, parentheses, arithmetic operators, or such symbols
      are shown, they must be entered as part of the syntax.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.1. Definitions Used in all Resources ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The definitions used in all resources are defined in Specification of Values
and Resource Load and Memory Options.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.1.1. Specification of Values ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

These rules apply to values specified in resources:

     Coordinates must be integers. There must be no space between the sign of
      the value and the value itself. For example, "-1" is allowed but "- 1" is
      not.

     Resource identifiers may be any of the following:

        -  Positive integers
        -  Names that resolve to positive integers
        -  Strings (for some resources)

     Real values, containing a decimal point, cannot be used.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.1.2. Resource Load and Memory Options ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following options define when each resource is loaded and how memory is
allocated for each resource.

 LOADOPTION     Resource loading options.

                PRELOAD               Resource is loaded immediately.
                LOADONCALL            Resource is loaded when called.

 MEMOPTION      Resource memory options.

                FIXED                     Resource remains at a fixed memory
                                          location.
                MOVEABLE                  Resource can be moved if necessary to
                                          compact.
                DISCARDABLE               Resource can be discarded if no
                                          longer needed.
                SEGALIGN                  Resources are aligned on 64K byte
                                          boundaries.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2. Resource Script File Specification ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The resource script file defines the names and attributes of the resources to
be added to the executable file of the application. The file consists of one or
more resource statements that define the resource type and original file, if
any. See the following for a description of the resource statements:

     Single-Line Statements
     User-Defined Resources
     Directives
     Multiple-Line Statements.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.1. Single-Line Statements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The general form for all single-line statements is:

 ΓöÇΓöÇresourcetypeΓöÇΓöÇnameidΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
                           ΓööΓöÇloadoptionΓöÇΓöÿ

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇfilenameΓöÇΓöÇ
    ΓööΓöÇmemoptionΓöÇΓöÿ

 resourcetype (USHORT)
    One of the following keywords, specifying the type of resource to be
    loaded:

         Keyword        Resource type

    BITMAP              A bit-map resource is a custom bit map that an
                        application intends to use in its screen display or as
                        an item in a menu.

    DEFAULTICON         This keyword installs the filename.ico icon definition
                        under the ICON EA of the program file.

                        Example:


                                                Uses
                                                  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

                                                Var
                                                  <filename.ico> : DEFAULTICON; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

                                                Begin
                                                  <filename.ico> := DEFAULTICON

    DLGINCLUDE          This statement tells the dialog editor which file to
                        use as an include file for the dialogs in the resource
                        file. The nameid is not applicable.

    FONT                A font resource is a file containing a font.

    ICON                An icon resource is a bit map defining the shape of the
                        icon to be used for a given application.

    POINTER             A pointer resource is a bit map defining the shape of
                        the pointing device pointer on the display screen.

 nameid (USHORT)
    is either a unique name or an integer number identifying the resource. For
    a FONT resource, the nameid must be a number; it cannot be a name.

 loadoption (LOADOPTION)
    The default is LOADONCALL.

    See Resource Load and Memory Options for a description of LOADOPTION.

 memoption (MEMOPTION)
    The default is MOVEABLE and DISCARDABLE for POINTER, ICON, and FONT
    resources. The default for BITMAP resources is MOVEABLE. The FIXED option
    overrides both MOVEABLE and DISCARDABLE. The SEGALIGN option can be
    specified independently of other options, if it is not present the default
    (for all resources) is that the resource is not aligned on a 64KB boundary.

    See Resource Load and Memory Options for a description of MEMOPTION.

 filename (PCH)
    An ASCII string specifying the OS/2* name of the file containing the
    resource. A full path must be given if the file is not in the current
    working directory.

 Example

  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "pointer"    : POINTER; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "discardable : POINTER; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    10           : POINTER; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "pointer"    := POINTER
    "discardable := POINTER
    10           := POINTER

  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "desk"       : ICON; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "discardable : ICON; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    11           : ICON; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "desk"       := ICON
    "discardable := ICON
    11           := ICON

  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "disk"       : BITMAP; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "discardable : BITMAP; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    12           : BITMAP; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "disk"       := BITMAP
    "discardable := BITMAP
    12           := BITMAP

  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    5 : FONT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    5 := FONT


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.2. User-Defined Resources ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

An application can also define its own resource. The resource can be any data
that the application intends to use. A user-defined resource statement has the
form:

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇresource-typeΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇtypeIDΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇnameIDΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇfilenameΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
      ΓööΓöÇΓöÇloadoptionΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ   ΓööΓöÇΓöÇmemoptionΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

 typeID
    Either a unique name or an integer number identifying the resource type. If
    a number is given, it must be greater than 255. The type numbers 1 through
    255 are reserved for existing and future predefined resource types. Value
    1000 is reserved for custom fonts.

 nameID
    Either a unique name or an integer number identifying the resource.

 loadoption (LOADOPTION)
    The default is LOADONCALL.

    See Resource Load and Memory Options for a description of LOADOPTION.

 memoption (MEMOPTION)
    The default is MOVEABLE.

    See Resource Load and Memory Options for a description of MEMOPTION.

 filename
    Can be either:

        An ASCII string specifying the OS/2* name of the file containing the
         cursor bit map. A full path must be given if the file is not in the
         current working directory.

        A BEGIN END data definition construct as follows:

                  BEGIN
                  data - definition  [ ,  data - definition ]  & period . & period . & period .
                  & period .
                  & period .
                  & period .
                  END

         For example, the RESOURCE statement might be written as follows:

                  Uses
                    Os2Def , Os2Base , Os2PmApi ;

                  Var
                    MYRES  :  RESOURCE ;  ( *  С sken  var  tom ! !  * )

                  Begin
                    MYRES  : =  RESOURCE
                    BEGIN
                    13L ,  26L
                    END
                    : elines .

 When the resource compiler (RC.EXE) encounters one or more font resources, or
 any custom resource having type-id of 1000, it creates a font directory
 resource which it adds to the output binary data.

 Example


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.2.1. RCDATA statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The RCDATA statement is provided to allow an application to define a simple
data resource.

 ΓöÇRCDATAΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇidΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇloadoptionΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇmemoptionΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

             ΓöîΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÉ
              ΓööΓöÇnewlineΓöÇΓöÿ Γöé
 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇBEGINΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇdataΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇENDΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

 id
    Either a unique name or an integer number identifying the resource.

 loadoption (LOADOPTION)
    The default is LOADONCALL.

    See Resource Load and Memory Options for a description of LOADOPTION.

 memoption (MEMOPTION)
    The default is MOVEABLE.

    See Resource Load and Memory Options for a description of MEMOPTION.

 data
    A number or string.

 Example:


  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    4 : RCDATA; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    4 := RCDATA
    BEGIN
    "Sample string."
    "TEST DATA."
    "A message."
    END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.3. Directives ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The resource directives are special statements that define actions to perform
on the file before it is compiled. The directives can assign values to names,
include the contents of files, and control compilation of the file.

#include filename

rcinclude filename
           These directives copy the contents of the file specified by filename
           into the resource before it is compiled. If rcinclude is used, the
           entire file is copied. If #include is used, only #define statements
           are copied.

           Note:  If an rcinclude is to be commented out, the open comment (/*)
                  must appear on the same line as the directive. Filename is an
           ASCII string. A full path must be given if the file is not in the
           current directory or in the directory specified by the INCLUDE
           environment variable. The file extensions .I and .TMP must not be
           used as these are reserved for system use.

           The filename parameter is handled as a C string, and two
           back-slashes must be given wherever one is expected in the path name
           (for example, root\\sub.) or, a single forward slash (/) can be used
           instead of double back-slashes (for example, root/sub.)

           Example:



                      Uses
                        Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

                      Var
                        PenSelect : MENU; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

                      Begin
                        PenSelect := MENU
                        BEGIN
                      Uses
                        Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

                      Var
                        "black : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

                      Begin
                        "black := MENUITEM
                          END

           Files included in resource script files constants that use #define
           statements may not include any casting of those constants that are
           used in the resource script. The resource compiler does not parse
           this casting syntax. For example, the following statement may not be
           included:



           If casting is required for C source compilation, you may use two
           statements such as:




 #define name value
           This directive assigns the given value to name. All subsequent
           occurrences of name are replaced by the value.

           name is any combination of letters, digits, or punctuation.

           value is any integer, character string, or line of text.

           Example:




 #undef name
           This directive removes the current definition of name. All
           subsequent occurrences of name are processed without replacement.

           name is any combination of letters, digits, or punctuation.

           Example:


                      #undef     nonzero
                      #undef     USERCLASS


 #ifdef name
           This directive performs a conditional compilation of the resource
           file by checking the specified name. If the name has been defined
           using a #define directive, #ifdef directs the resource compiler to
           continue with the statement immediately after it. If the name has
           not been defined, #ifdef directs the compiler to skip all statements
           up to the next #endif directive.

           name is the name to be checked by the directive.

           Example:


                      #Ifdef Debug
                      Uses
                        Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

                      Var
                        4 : FONT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

                      Begin
                        4 := FONT
                        .********
                        #endIf


 #ifndef name
           This directive performs a conditional compilation of the resource
           file by checking the specified name. If the name has not been
           defined or if its definition has been removed using the #undef
           directive, #ifndef directs the resource compiler to continue
           processing statements up to the next #endif, #else, or #elif
           directive, then skip to the statement after the #endif. If the name
           is defined, #ifndef directs the compiler to skip to the next #endif,
           #else, or #elif directive.

           name is the name to be checked by the directive.

           Example:


                      #Ifndef Optimize
                      Uses
                        Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

                      Var
                        4 : FONT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

                      Begin
                        4 := FONT
                        .********
                        #endIf


 #if constant expression

           This directive performs a conditional compilation of the resource
           file by checking the specified constant-expression. If the
           constant-expression is nonzero, #if directs the resource compiler to
           continue processing statements up to the next #endif, #else, or
           #elif directive, then skip to the statement after the #endif. If the
           constant-expression is zero, #if directs the compiler to skip to the
           next #endif, #else, or #elif directive.

           constant expression is a defined name, an integer constant, or an
           expression consisting of names, integers, and arithmetic and
           relational operators.

           Example:


                      #If Version<3
                      Uses
                        Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

                      Var
                        4 : FONT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

                      Begin
                        4 := FONT
                        .********
                        #endIf


 #elif constant expression
           This directive marks an optional clause of a conditional compilation
           block defined by an #ifdef, #ifndef, or #if directive. The directive
           carries out conditional compilation of the resource file by checking
           the specified constant-expression. If the constant-expression is
           nonzero, #elif directs the resource compiler to continue processing
           statements up to the next #endif, #else, or #elif directive, then
           skip to the statement after the #endif. If the constant-expression
           is zero, #elif directs the compiler to skip to the next #endif,
           #else, or #elif directive. Any number of #elif directives can be
           used in a conditional block.

           constant expression Is a defined name, an integer constant, or an
           expression consisting of names, integers, and arithmetic and
           relational operators.

           Example:


                      #If Version<3
                      Uses
                        Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

                      Var
                        4 : FONT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

                      Begin
                        4 := FONT
                        .********
                        #elIf Version<7
                      Uses
                        Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

                      Var
                        4 : FONT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

                      Begin
                        4 := FONT
                          .********
                          #endIf


 #else

           This directive marks an optional clause of a conditional compilation
           block defined by an #ifdef, #ifndef, or #if directive. The #else
           directive must be the last directive before #endif.

           Example:


                      #Ifdef Debug
                      Uses
                        Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

                      Var
                        4 : FONT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

                      Begin
                        4 := FONT
                        .********
                        #Else
                      Uses
                        Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

                      Var
                        4 : FONT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

                      Begin
                        4 := FONT
                          .********
                          #endIf


 #endif
           This directive marks the end of a conditional compilation block
           defined by an #ifdef, #ifndef, or #if directive. One #endif is
           required for each #ifdef, #ifndef, and #if directive.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.4. Multiple-Line Statements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This sections covers Code Page Flagging, Keyboard Resources, and the following
multiple-line statements:

     ACCELTABLE Statement
     ASSOCTABLE Statement
     MENU Statement
     STRINGTABLE Statement
     Dialog and Window Template Statements


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.4.1. Code Page Flagging ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The CODEPAGE statement may be placed within the source, to set the code page
used for these resources:

     ACCELTABLE
     MENU
     STRINGTABLE
     DIALOGTEMPLATE and WINDOWTEMPLATE.

 The CODEPAGE statement cannot be encoded within any other statement. All items
 following a CODEPAGE statement are assumed to be in that code page. The code
 page is encoded in the resource, and the data in the resource is assumed to be
 in the specified code page.  However, no checking is performed.

 These code pages can be specified:

     437
     850
     860
     863
     865.

 If the code page is not specified, code page 850 is assumed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.4.2. Keyboard Resources ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

RT_FKALONG (=17), is defined in BSEDOS.H, and the resource compiler (RC.EXE)
recognizes FKALONG. This type identifies a 256-byte table, that can be used for
either primary or secondary scan-code mapping.

The resource ID contains three bytes, the least significant byte identifying
the type of scan-code mapping table as follows:

 0    Primary scan-code mapping
 1    Secondary scan-code mapping.

 The other two bytes are 0 for the primary mapping table, and the keyboard ID
 (as defined in PMWINP.H) for secondary mapping tables. This is to enable
 simple support to be provided for future keyboards with conflicting scan
 codes.

 The primary scan-code mapping table in the interrupt handler is stored as a
 resource of this type. The secondary scan-code mapping table in the interrupt
 handler is also stored as a resource of this type.

 Depending on which keyboard is attached, the resources are loaded when the
 system is initialized, and transferred to RING-0 byte arrays, where they can
 be accessed by the interrupt handler as necessary. A default primary scan-code
 mapping table is transferred if the resource cannot be loaded.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.4.3. ACCELTABLE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The ACCELTABLE statement defines a table of accelerator keys for an
application.

An accelerator is a keystroke defined by the application to give the user a
quick way to perform a task. The WinGetMsg function automatically translates
accelerator messages from the application queue into WM_COMMAND, WM_HELP, or
WM_SYSCOMMAND messages.

The ACCELTABLE statement has the form:

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇACCELTABLEΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
                  ΓööΓöÇΓöÇidΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ    ΓööΓöÇmemoptionΓöÇΓöÿ

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇBEGINΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

   ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
   Γöé                        ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉΓöé
                                         ΓöéΓöé
 ΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇacceloptionΓöÇΓöÇΓö£Γö£ΓöÇ
    ΓöökeyvalΓöÇΓöÿ   ΓööΓöÇcmdΓöÇΓöÿ

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇENDΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

 id (USHORT)
    The resource identifier. This is either an integer in the range of 1
    through 65535 or a unique string enclosed in double quote marks.

 memoption
    Optional. It consists of the following keyword or keywords, specifying
    whether the resource is fixed or movable, and whether it can be discarded:

    FIXED               Resource remains at a fixed memory location.
    MOVEABLE            Resource can be moved if necessary to compact memory.
    DISCARDABLE         Resource can be discarded if no longer needed.

    See Resource Load and Memory Options for a description of LOADOPTION.

 keyval (USHORT)
    The accelerator character code.  This can be either a constant or a quoted
    character. If it is a quoted character, the CHAR acceloption is assumed.
    If the quoted character is preceded with a caret character (^), a control
    character is specified as if the CONTROL acceloption had been used.

 cmd (USHORT)
    The value of the WM_COMMAND, WM_HELP, or WM_SYSCOMMAND message generated
    from the accelerator for the indicated key.

 acceloption (BIT_16)
    Defines the kind of accelerator.

    The following options are available:

              ALT
              CHAR
              CONTROL
              HELP
              LONEKEY
              SCANCODE
              SHIFT
              SYSCOMMAND
              VIRTUALKEY.

    The VIRTUALKEY, SCANCODE, LONEKEY, and CHAR acceloptions specify the type
    of message that matches the accelerator.  Only one of these options can be
    specified for each accelerator. For information on the corresponding KC_*
    values, see WM_CHAR.

    The acceloptions SHIFT, CONTROL, and ALT, cause a match of the accelerator
    only if the corresponding key is down.

    If there are two accelerators that use the same key with different SHIFT,
    CONTROL, or ALT options, the more restrictive accelerator should be
    specified first in the table.  For example, Shift-Enter should be placed
    before Enter.

    The SYSCOMMAND acceloption causes the keystroke to be passed to the
    application as a WM_SYSCOMMAND message. The HELP acceloption causes the
    keystroke to be passed to the application as a WM_HELP message. If neither
    is specified, a WM_COMMAND message is used.

 Example:

  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "MainAcc" : ACCELTABLE; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "MainAcc" := ACCELTABLE
    BEGIN
    VK_F1,101,HELP
    VK_F3,102,SYSCOMMAND
    END

 This generates a WM_HELP with value 101 from VIRTUALKEY accelerator F1 and a
 WM_SYSCOMMAND with value 102 from VIRTUALKEY accelerator F3.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.4.4. ASSOCTABLE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The ASSOCTABLE statement defines the extended attributes (EA) for an
application.

The ASSOCTABLE statement has the form:

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇASSOCTABLEΓöÇΓöÇassoctableidΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ


 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇBEGINΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ


    ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
                                           Γöé
 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇassocname,extensionsΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£Γö£ΓöÇ
                          ΓööΓöÇflagsΓöÿ    ΓööiconΓöÿ

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇENDΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

The source for the ASSOCTABLE description is contained in the resource file for
a particular project:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Assoctableid : ASSOCTABLE; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  Assoctableid := ASSOCTABLE
  BEGIN
  "association name", "extension", flags, icon filename
  "association name", "extension", flags, icon filename
  ...
  END

 association name
    Program recognizes data files of this EA TYPE. This is the same name found
    in the TYPE field of data files.

 assoctableid
    A name or number used to identify the assoctable resource.

 extension
    3 letter file extension that is used to identify files of this type if they
    have no EA TYPE entry. (This may be empty.)

 flags

    EAF_DEFAULTOWNER
            The default application for the file.

    EAF_UNCHANGEABLE
            This flag is set if the entry in the ASSOCTABLE is not to be
            edited.

    EAF_REUSEICON
            This flag is specified if a previously defined icon in the
            ASSOCTABLE is to be reused. Entries with this flag set have no icon
            data defined. The icon used for this entry is the icon used for the
            previous entry (see below). Note that EAF_* flags may be ORed
            together when specified in the ASSOCTABLE.

 icon filename
    Filename of the icon used to represent this file type. (This may be empty.)

 Example

  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    3000 : ASSOCTABLE; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    3000 := ASSOCTABLE
    BEGIN
    "Product XYZ Spreadsheet", "xys", EAF_DEFAULTOWNER, xyzspr.ico
    "Product XYZ Chart", "xyc", EAF_DEFAULTOWNER Or EAF_REUSEICON
    END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.4.5. Dialog and Window Template Statements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section describes how to define dialog and window templates.

It also describes the control data and presentation parameter structures that
the application needs to create windows and define dialog templates.

DLGTEMPLATE and WINDOWTEMPLATE statements are used by an application to create
predefined window and dialog resource templates. These statements are treated
identically by the resource compiler and have the following format:

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇDLGTEMPLATEΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇresourceidΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
      ΓööΓöÇWINDOWTEMPLATEΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇ
      ΓööloadoptionΓöÇΓöÿΓööΓöÇmemoptionΓöÇΓöÿΓööΓöÇcodepageΓöÇΓöÿ

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇBEGINΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇDIALOG statementΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇENDΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
            Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇCONTROL statementΓöÇΓöÇ

            ΓööΓöÇΓöÇWINDOW statementΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

In the following description of the parts of the DLGTEMPLATE and WINDOWTEMPLATE
statements, data types are shown after each parameter or option. These are the
data types that the parameter or option is converted to when it is compiled.

 Purpose
    The DLGTEMPLATE or WINDOWTEMPLATE statement marks the beginning of a window
    template. It defines the name of the window, and its memory and load
    options.

 resourceid (USHORT)
    This is either:

        An integer (or a name that resolves to an integer) in the range of 1
         through 65535

        A unique string enclosed in double quote marks

 loadoption (LOADOPTION)
    The default is LOADONCALL.

    See Resource Load and Memory Options for a description of LOADOPTION.

 memoption (MEMOPTION)
    The default is MOVEABLE.

    See Resource Load and Memory Options for a description of MEMOPTION.

 code page (USHORT)
    The code page of the text in the template.

 Alternatively, ({) can be used in place of BEGIN and (}) in place of END.

 The DLGTEMPLATE and WINDOWTEMPLATE keywords are synonymous.

 The DIALOG statement defines a dialog-box window that can be created by an
 application and has the following format:

   ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇDIALOGΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇtextΓöÇ,ΓöÇidΓöÇ,ΓöÇxΓöÇ,ΓöÇyΓöÇ,ΓöÇcxΓöÇ,ΓöÇcyΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

   ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
           ΓööΓöÇ,styleΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

                    ΓööΓöÇ,controlΓöÇΓöÿ

   ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£
    Γöé                 ΓöéΓöéΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉΓöé
    Γöé                 ΓöéΓöé                     ΓöéΓöé
    ΓööCTLDATAΓöÇstatementΓöÿΓööΓöÇPRESPARAMSΓöÇstatementΓöÇΓö£Γöÿ

             ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
                                     Γöé
   ΓöÇBEGINΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇDIALOGΓöÇstatementΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇENDΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
               Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇCONTROLΓöÇstatementΓöÇ

               ΓööΓöÇΓöÇWINDOWΓöÇstatementΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

      Control Data Statement
      Presentation Parameters Statement

 The WINDOW and CONTROL statements have the format:

   ΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇWINDOWΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇtext,ΓöÇid,ΓöÇx,ΓöÇy,ΓöÇcx,ΓöÇcy,ΓöÇclassΓöÇΓöÇ
      ΓööΓöÇCONTROLΓöÿ

   ΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
      ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,styleΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

                   ΓööΓöÇΓöÇ,controlΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ


   ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£
    Γöé                 ΓöéΓöéΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉΓöé
    Γöé                 ΓöéΓöé                     ΓöéΓöé
    ΓööCTLDATAΓöÇstatementΓöÿΓööΓöÇPRESPARAMSΓöÇstatementΓöÇΓö£Γöÿ

             ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
                                     Γöé
   ΓöÇBEGINΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇDIALOGΓöÇstatementΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇENDΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
               Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇCONTROLΓöÇstatementΓöÇ

               ΓööΓöÇΓöÇWINDOWΓöÇstatementΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

      Control Data Statement
      Presentation Parameters Statement

 Note:  The WINDOW and CONTROL keywords are synonymous.

 The DIALOG, CONTROL, and WINDOW statements between the BEGIN and END
 statements are defined as child windows. Presentation parameters always apply
 to the whole control. They cannot be changed for the individual items within
 the control.

 Following is the description of the parameters for these statements.

 Purpose
    These statements mark the beginning of a window. They define the starting
    location on the display screen, its width, its height, and other details
    such as style.

    Note:  Not all values may be specified for each statement type. For
           details, see the call syntax diagrams.

 text (PCH)
    A string, enclosed in double quotes, that is displayed in the title-bar
    control, if it exists. To insert a double-quote character (") in the text,
    use two double-quote characters ("").

 id (USHORT)
    Item identifier.

 x,y (SHORT)
    Integer numbers specifying the x- and y-coordinates on the display screen
    of the lower left corner of the dialog. X and y are in dialog coordinates.
    The exact meaning of the coordinates depends on the style defined by the
    style argument. For normal dialogs, the coordinates are relative to the
    origin of the parent window. For FCF_SCREENALIGN style boxes, the
    coordinates are relative to the origin of the display screen. With
    FCF_MOUSEALIGN, the coordinates are relative to the position of the pointer
    at the time  the dialog is created.

 cx,cy (SHORT)
    Integer numbers specifying the width and height of the window.

 class (PCH)
    The class of the window or control to be created.

    Note:  For a DIALOG statement the class is fixed as WC_FRAME and cannot be
           specified.

 style (ULONG)
    Any additional window style, frame style, or other class-specific style.

    The default style is WS_SYNCPAINT Or WS_CLIPSIBLINGS Or WS_SAVEBITS Or
    FS_DLGBORDER. If the FS_DLGBORDER or WS_SAVEBITS styles are not required,
    they should be preceded by the keyword "NOT". For example:


        Uses
          Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

        Var
          FS_DLGBORDER : NOT; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

        Begin
          FS_DLGBORDER := NOT

    replaces the FS_DLGBORDER default style by the FS_BORDER style and removes
    the WS_SAVEBITS style. Note that the logic of the NOT keyword is different
    from the corresponding operator in the C language.

    It is not possible to remove the default WS_SYNCPAINT and WS_CLIPSIBLINGS
    styles.

 control (ULONG)
    Frame Creation Flags (FCF_*) for the window.

    This data is placed in the control data field in the correct format for a
    window of class WC_FRAME.

    Note:  FCF_SHELLPOSITION has no effect if specified in a template.

 CTLDATA Statement
    A statement used to define control data for the control. For more
    information on this statement, see Control Data Statement

 PRESPARAMS Statement
    A statement used to define presentation parameters. For more information on
    this statement, see Presentation Parameters Statement


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.4.6. MENU Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The MENU statement defines the contents of a menu resource. A menu resource is
a collection of information that defines the appearance and function of an
application menu. A menu can be used to create an action bar.

The MENU statement has the form:

 ΓöÇMENU-menuidΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇ
                 ΓööΓöÇloadoptionΓöÇΓöÿΓööΓöÇmemoptionΓöÇΓöÿ

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
      ΓööΓöÇΓöÇcodepageΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

               ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
                                    Γöé
             ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇPRESPARAMSΓöÇstatementΓöÇΓö£ΓöÉ
 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇBEGINΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
          ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
                                  Γöé
 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇMENUITEMΓöÇstatementΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇENDΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
          Γöé                        Γöé
          ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇSUBMENUΓöÇstatementΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

      Menu Item Statements
      Submenu Statements
      Presentation Parameters Statement.

 menuid (USHORT)
    This is either:

        An integer (or a name that resolves to an integer) in the range of 1
         through 65535

        A unique string enclosed in double quote marks

 loadoption (LOADOPTION)
    The default is LOADONCALL.

    SeeResource Load and Memory Options for a description of LOADOPTION.

 memoption (MEMOPTION)
    The default is MOVEABLE.

    See Resource Load and Memory Options for a description of MEMOPTION.

 codepage (USHORT)
    The code page of the text.

 PRESPARAMS statement
    A special resource statement used to define presentation parameters. These
    are discussed in more detail in Presentation Parameters Statement.

 MENUITEM statement
    A special resource statement used to define the items in the menu. These
    are discussed in more detail in Menu Item Statements.

 SUBMENU statement
    A special resource statement used to define a submen. SUBMENU statements
    are discussed in more detail in Submenu Statements.

 Example

 Following is an example of a complete MENU statement:


  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "sample" : MENU; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "sample" := MENU
    BEGIN
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "&tilde.Alpha", : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "&tilde.Beta",  : SUBMENU;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "&tilde.Alpha", := MENUITEM
    "&tilde.Beta",  := SUBMENU
      BEGIN
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "&tilde.Green", : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "&tilde.Blue",  : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "&tilde.Green", := MENUITEM
    "&tilde.Blue",  := MENUITEM
        END
        END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.4.6.1. Menu Item Statements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

MENUITEM statements are used in the item-definition section of a MENU statement
to define the names and attributes of the actual menu items. Any number of
statements can be given; each defines a unique item. The order of the
statements defines the order of the menu items.

Note:  The MENUITEM statements can only be used within an item-definition
       section of a MENU statement.

   ΓöÇΓöÇMENUITEMΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

   ΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇstringΓöÇΓöÇ,Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£,Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇ,Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£Γö£
     Γöé           ΓööcmdΓöÇΓöÿ ΓööstylesΓöÿ  ΓööattributesΓöÿΓöé
     Γöé                                        Γöé
     ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇSEPARATORΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

 string (PCH)
    A string, enclosed in double quotation marks, specifying the text of the
    menu item.

    To insert a double-quote character (") in the text, use two double-quote
    characters ("").

    If the styles parameter does not contain MIS_TEXT, the string is ignored
    but must still be specified. An empty string ("") should be specified in
    this instance.

    To indicate the mnemonic for each item, insert the tilde character (~) in
    the string preceding the mnemonic character.

    For MENUITEM statements within a SUBMENU (that is, pull-down menus) text
    may be split into a second column with an alignment substring. To
    right-align items insert "\a" in the text where alignment should begin. To
    left-align a second column of text insert "\t" in the text where alignment
    should begin. For each SUBMENU the longest item in the second column
    determines the width of that column. Only one alignment substring should be
    used in a menu item.

 cmd (USHORT)
    The value of the WM_COMMAND, WM_HELP, or WM_SYSCOMMAND message generated by
    the item when it is selected. It identifies the selection made and should
    be unique within one menu definition.

 styles (USHORT)
    One or more menu options defined by the MIS_* constants, ORed together with
    the "Or" operator. For definitions of the MIS_* constants, see Menu Item
    Styles.

 attributes (USHORT)
    One or more menu options defined by the MIA_* constants, ORed together with
    the "Or" operator. For definitions of the MIA_* constants, see Menu Item
    Attributes.

    The style MIS_SUBMENU must not be used with this statement. See Submenu
    Statements for the SUBMENU statement.

 Examples:


  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "Alpha", : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "Beta",  : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "Alpha", := MENUITEM
    "Beta",  := MENUITEM


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.4.6.2. Submenu Statements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In addition to simple items, a menu definition can contain the definition of a
submenu. A submenu can itself invoke a lower level submenu.

 ΓöÇΓöÇSUBMENUΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇstringΓöÇΓöÇ,Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£,Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇ,Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇ
               ΓööcmdΓöÇΓöÿ ΓööstylesΓöÿ  ΓööattributesΓöÿ


               ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
                                    Γöé
             ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇPRESPARAMSΓöÇstatementΓöÇΓö£ΓöÉ
 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇBEGINΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
          ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
                                  Γöé
 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇMENUITEMΓöÇstatementΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇENDΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
          Γöé                        Γöé
          ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇSUBMENUΓöÇstatementΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

 string (PCH)
    A string, enclosed in double quotation marks, specifying the text of the
    menu item.

    To insert a double-quote character (") in the text, use two double-quote
    characters ("").

    If the styles parameter does not contain MIS_TEXT, the string is ignored
    but must still be specified. An empty string ("") should be specified in
    this instance.

 cmd (USHORT)
    The value of the WM_COMMAND, WM_HELP, or WM_SYSCOMMAND message generated by
    the item when it is selected. It identifies the selection made and should
    be unique within one menu definition.

 styles (USHORT)
    One or more menu options defined by the MIS_ constants, ORed together with
    the "Or" operator.

    In the SUBMENU statement, the style MIS_SUBMENU is always ORed with the
    styles given. If no value is supplied, the default value of MIS_TEXT and
    MIS_SUBMENU is used.

 attributes (USHORT)
    One or more menu options defined by the MIA_ constants, ORed together with
    the Or operator.

 Example:


  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "chem" : MENU; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "chem" := MENU
    BEGIN

  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "&tilde.Elements", : SUBMENU; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "&tilde.Elements", := SUBMENU
      BEGIN
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "&tilde.Oxygen",   : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "&tilde.Carbon",   : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "&tilde.Hydrogen", : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "&tilde.Oxygen",   := MENUITEM
    "&tilde.Carbon",   := MENUITEM
    "&tilde.Hydrogen", := MENUITEM
        END

  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "&tilde.Compounds", : SUBMENU; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "&tilde.Compounds", := SUBMENU
          BEGIN
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "&tilde.Glucose",  : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "&tilde.Sucrose",  : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "&tilde.Lactose",  : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "&tilde.Fructose", : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "&tilde.Glucose",  := MENUITEM
    "&tilde.Sucrose",  := MENUITEM
    "&tilde.Lactose",  := MENUITEM
    "&tilde.Fructose", := MENUITEM
            END

            END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.4.6.3. SEPARATOR Menu Item ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

There is a special form of the MENUITEM statement that is used to create a
horizontal dividing bar between two active menu items in a pull-down menu. The
SEPARATOR menu item is itself inactive and has no text associated with it nor a
cmd value.

Example


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  "&tilde.Roman", : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  SEPARATOR       : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  "20             : MENUITEM; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  "&tilde.Roman", := MENUITEM
  SEPARATOR       := MENUITEM
  "20             := MENUITEM


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.4.6.4. Menu Template ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Menu templates are data structures used to define menus. Menu templates can be
loaded as resources or created dynamically, or embedded in dialog templates,
which in turn can be loaded as resources or created dynamically. Templates
loaded as resources cannot contain references to bit maps or owner-drawn items.
A menu template consists of a sequence of variable-length records. Each record
in a menu template defines a menu item. If a menu item contains a reference to
a submenu, the menu template that defines that submenu is placed after the
definition of that particular menu item.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.4.6.5. Template Format ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A menu template has the following format:

 Length (USHORT)
    The length of the menu template.

 Version (USHORT)
    The template version. Versions 0 and 1 are valid.

 Code page (USHORT)
    The identifier of the code page used for the text items within the menu
    (but not any submenus, which each have their own code pages).

 Item offset (USHORT)
    The offset of the items from the start of the template, in bytes.

 Count (USHORT)
    The count of menu items.

 Presentation parameters offset (USHORT)
    Offset of presentation parameters from the start of the template, in bytes.
    This field is only present for version 1 of the template.

 Menu Items
    A variable-sized array of menu items as follows:

    Style (USHORT)
            Menu item styles (MIS_*; see Menu Item Styles) combined with the
            logical-OR operator.

    Attributes (USHORT)
            Menu item attributes (MIA_*; see Menu Item Attributes) combined
            with the logical-OR operator.

    Item (USHORT)
            An application-provided identifier for the menu item.

    Variable data
            Following the identifier is a variable data structure whose format
            depends upon the value of Style:

            MIS_TEXT

                    Text (PSZ)
                            Null-terminated text string.

            MIS_SUBMENU
                    A menu template structure.

            MIS_BITMAP

                    Text (PCH)
                            Null-terminated text string.

                            For MIS_BITMAP menu items, the item text string can
                            be used to derive the resource identifier from
                            which a bit map is loaded. There are three
                            instances:

                                The first byte is null; that is, no resource
                                 is defined and it is assumed that the
                                 application subsequently provides a bit-map
                                 handle for the item.

                                The first byte is 0xFF, the second byte is the
                                 low byte of the resource identifier, and the
                                 third byte is the high byte of the resource
                                 identifier.

                                The first character is "#", and subsequent
                                 characters make up the decimal text
                                 representation of the resource identifier.

                            The resource is assumed to reside in the resource
                            file of the current process.

                            If the string is empty or does not follow the
                            format above, no resource is loaded.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.2.4.7. STRINGTABLE Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The STRINGTABLE statement defines one or more string resources for an
application. String resources are null-terminated ASCII strings that can be
loaded, when needed, from the executable file, using the WinLoadString
function.

Note:  The ASCII strings can include no more than 256 characters, including the
       NULL termination character.

 The STRINGTABLE statement has the form:

   ΓöÇSTRINGTABLEΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
                  ΓööΓöÇloadoptionΓöÇΓöÿΓööΓöÇmemoptionΓöÇΓöÿ


   ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇBEGINΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇstring-definitionsΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇENDΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
 String-definitions

        ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
        Γöé                                 Γöé
                                         Γöé
    ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇintegerΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇstringΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇ

 loadoption (LOADOPTION)
    An optional keyword specifying when the resource is to be loaded. It must
    be one of:

    PRELOAD                Resource is loaded immediately.
    LOADONCALL             Resource is loaded when called.

    The default is LOADONCALL.

    See Resource Load and Memory Options for a description of LOADOPTION.

 memoption (MEMOPTION)
    Consists of the following keyword or keywords, specifying whether the
    resource is fixed or movable and whether it is discardable:

    FIXED                  Resource remains at a fixed memory location.
    MOVEABLE               Resource can be moved if necessary to compact
                           memory.
    DISCARDABLE            Resource can be discarded if no longer needed.

    The default is MOVEABLE and DISCARDABLE.

    See Resource Load and Memory Options for a description of MEMOPTION.

 string (PCH)
    A string, enclosed in double quotation marks. To insert a double-quote
    character (") in the text, use two double-quote characters ("").

    Note:  A string may be defined on more than one line if each line begins
           and ends with a double-quote. If newline characters are desired
           after each line, there should be a double-quote at the beginning of
           the first line and at the end of the last line only. The string may
    contain any ASCII characters.  Because (\) is interpreted as an escape
    character, use (\\) to generate a (\).

    The following escape sequences may be used:

    Escape
    Sequence           Name
    \t                 Horizontal tab
    \a                 Bell (alert)
    \nnn               ASCII character (octal)
    \xdd               ASCII character (hexadecimal).

    The sequences \ddd and \xdd allow any character in the ASCII character set
    to be inserted in the character string. Thus, the horizontal tab could be
    entered as \X09, \011 or \t.

 Example


  STRINGTABLE
  BEGIN
  IDS_STRING1, "The first two strings in this table are identical."
  IDS_STRING2, "The first two strings "
  "in this table are identical."
  IDS_STRING3, "This string will contain a newline character
  before it continues on this line."
  END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.3. Templates, Control Data, and Presentation Parameters ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This section describes:

     Dialog Template
     Dialog Coordinates
     Dialog Template Format and Contents
     Header
     Items
     Data Area
     Control Data Statement
     Presentation Parameters Statement
     Parent/Child/Owner Relationship
     Predefined Window Classes
     Predefined Control Statements


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.3.1. Dialog Template ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A dialog template is a data structure used to define a dialog box. Dialog
templates can be loaded from resources or created dynamically in memory. Dialog
templates define windows of any window class that contain child windows of any
class. For standard dialog windows, the dialog window itself is created with
the WC_FRAME class, and its children are any of the preregistered control
classes.

The dialog template specifies all the information required to create a dialog
box and its children.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.3.2. Dialog Coordinates ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Coordinates in a dialog template are specified in dialog coordinates. These are
based on the default character cell size; a unit in the horizontal direction is
1/4 the default character-cell width, and a unit in the vertical direction is
1/8 the default character-cell height. The origin is the bottom left-hand
corner of the dialog box.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.3.3. Dialog Template Format and Contents ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

A dialog template has these sections:

 Header      Defines the type of template format and contains information about
             the location of the other sections of the template. It also
             contains a summary of the status of the individual controls
             contained within the dialog box.

 Items       Defines each of the controls that comprise the dialog box.

 Data area   Contains the data values associated with each control. Each
             control defined in the item section contains pointers to the data
             area section. The data area also contains presentation parameter
             definitions. The data area is not necessarily a contiguous portion
             of the template. User data can be placed anywhere in the template
             if it does not interfere with other defined information.

 The sections of a dialog template are illustrated in the following figure.

 Notes

   1. Throughout the dialog template all lengths are in bytes. String lengths
      do not include any null terminator that may be present. When strings are
      passed to the Presentation Interface, the length specifications are used
      and any null terminators are ignored. When strings are returned by the
      Presentation Interface, length specifications and null terminators are
      both supplied; therefore, space must be allowed for a null terminator.

   2. All offsets are in bytes from the start of the dialog template structure.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.3.4. Header ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The dialog template header consists of:

 Template length (USHORT)
   The overall length of the dialog template.

 Template type (USHORT)
   The dialog template format type. The format defined is type 0.

 Code page (USHORT)
   The code page of the text in the dialog template.

 Items offset (USHORT)
   The offset of the array of dialog items.

 Reserved (USHORT)
   Must be 0.

 Focus item (USHORT)
   The index in the array of dialog items of the control to receive the focus.
   If this value is 0, or if the identified control cannot receive the focus,
   for example because it is a static control, the focus is passed to the first
   item within the template that can receive the focus.

 Reserved (USHORT)
   Must be 0.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.3.5. Items ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The dialog template items are specified as elements of an array that also
defines the hierarchy of the control windows of the dialog box. Each element of
the array is a control window descriptor and defines some control or a child of
some control, so that every control within the dialog box is described by this
array. The first descriptor is the specification of the dialog box itself.

The dialog template items consist of:

 Reserved (USHORT) (BOOL16)
   Must be 0.

 Children (USHORT)
   The number of dialog item child windows that are owned by this dialog item.

   This is the number of elements following in the array that are created as
   child windows of this window. Each window can have any number of child
   windows, which allows for a tree-structured arrangement.

   For example, in the figure in Dialog Template Format and Contents, assuming
   that there are no more dialog items than are shown, the first item, the
   dialog box control window descriptor, has three children. The second item
   has no children, the third item has two children, and the remaining three
   items have no children.

 Class name length (USHORT)
   The length of the window class name string.

 Class name offset (USHORT)
   The offset of the window class name string.

 Text length (USHORT)
   The length of the text string.

   For controls that allow input of text, this is the current text length, not
   the maximum text length, and so this value changes when text is put into the
   control.

 Text offset (USHORT)
   The offset of the text string.

 Style (ULONG) (BOOL32)
   The window style of the control.

   The standard style bits are 16 bits. The use of the remaining 16 bits
   depends on the class of the control.

 x (SHORT)

 y (SHORT)
   The position of the origin of the dialog item. This is specified in dialog
   coordinates, with x and y relative to the origin of the parent window.

 cx (SHORT)

 cy (SHORT)
   The size of the dialog item in dialog coordinates; it must be greater than
   0.

 Identifier (USHORT)
   An application-defined identifier for the dialog item.

 Reserved (USHORT)
   Must be zero.

 Control data offset (USHORT)
   The offset of the control-specific data for this dialog item. A value of 0
   indicates that there is no control data for this dialog item.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.3.6. Data Area ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The dialog template data area contains the following different types of
objects: text, class name, presentation parameters, and control data. These
objects can be placed anywhere within the data area. They do not have to be in
contiguous storage, and so an application can place data for its own use
between these objects.

The dialog template data area contains:

 Text (PCH)
   The textual data associated with a dialog item.

 Class name (PCH)
   The name of the window class.

 Presentation parameters (PRESPARAMS)
   Presentation parameters are defined in Presentation Parameters Statement.

 Control data (CTLDATA)
   For more information, see Control Data Statement.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.3.7. Control Data Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The optional CTLDATA statement is used to define control data for the control.
Hexadecimal or decimal word constants follow the CTLDATA statement, separated
with commas.

              ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
              Γöé                          Γöé
                                        Γöé
 ΓöÇΓöÇCTLDATAΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇdecimalΓöÇvalueΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇ
                 Γöé                     Γöé
                 Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇhexadecimalΓöÇvalueΓöÇΓöÇ

                 Γöé                     Γöé
                 ΓööΓöÇΓöÇstringΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

In addition to hexadecimal or decimal data, the CTLDATA statement can be
followed by the MENU keyword, followed by a menu template in a BEGIN/END block.
This creates a menu template as the control data of the window.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.3.8. Presentation Parameters Statement ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The optional PRESPARAMS statement is used to define presentation parameters.
The syntax of the PRESPARAMS statement is as follows.

                                 ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
                                 Γöé         Γöé
                                          Γöé
 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇPRESPARAMSΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇtypeΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇvalueΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇ

A presentation parameter consists of:

 type (ULONG)
   The presentation parameter attribute type.  See the PARAM data type for a
   description of valid types.

   A string can be used to specify the type for a user type. If this is done,
   the string type is converted into a string atom when the dialog template is
   read into memory. Thereafter, this presentation parameter is referred to by
   this string atom. The application can use the atom manager API to match the
   string and the string atom.

 value (LONG or PSZ)
   One or more values depending upon the attribute type.

   If the value is enclosed in quotes it is a zero-terminated string.
   Otherwise, it is converted to a LONG. There may be more than one value,
   depending upon the type. See PARAM data type for a description of the values
   required for system-defined presentation parameters.

 Examples

 The following are examples of PRESPARAMS statements:


  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    PP_BORDERCOLOR,  : PRESPARAMS; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    PP_FONTNAMESIZE, : PRESPARAMS; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "my              : PRESPARAMS; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "my              : PRESPARAMS; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    PP_BORDERCOLOR,  := PRESPARAMS
    PP_FONTNAMESIZE, := PRESPARAMS
    "my              := PRESPARAMS
    "my              := PRESPARAMS


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.3.9. Parent/Child/Owner Relationship ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The format of the DLGTEMPLATE and WINDOWTEMPLATE resources is very general to
allow tree-structured relationships within the resource format. The general
layout of the templates is:


Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Id : WINDOWTEMPLATE; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  Id := WINDOWTEMPLATE
  BEGIN
Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  WinTop : WINDOW; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  WinTop := WINDOW
    BEGIN
Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Wind1 : WINDOW; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Wind2 : WINDOW; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
  Wind3 : WINDOW; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  Wind1 := WINDOW
  Wind2 := WINDOW
  Wind3 := WINDOW
      BEGIN
Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Wind4 : WINDOW; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  Wind4 := WINDOW
        END
Uses
  Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

Var
  Wind5 : WINDOW; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

Begin
  Wind5 := WINDOW
          END
          END

In this example, the top-level window is identified by winTop. It has four
child windows: wind1, wind2, wind3, and wind5.  wind3 has one child window,
wind4. When each of these windows is created, the parent and the owner are set
to be the same.

The only time when the parent and owner windows are not the same is when frame
controls are automatically created by a frame window.

Note that the WINDOW statements in the example above could also have been
CONTROL or DIALOG statements.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.3.10. Predefined Window Classes ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The CONTROL statement can be used to define a window control of any class.
Window classes may be user defined of one of a predefined set provided by the
operating system. The following classes are provided in the OS/2 operating
system.

 WC_FRAME                 Application frame control.
 WC_STATIC                Text and group boxes.
 WC_BUTTON                Push button, check box or radio button.
 WC_COMBOBOX              Combination of an entry field and list box.
 WC_ENTRYFIELD            Single line entry field.
 WC_MLE                   Multiple line entry field.
 WC_LISTBOX               List box.
 WC_MENU                  Application action bar, menus and popup menus.
 WC_SCROLLBAR             Horizontal or vertical scroll bar.
 WC_TITLEBAR              Application title bar.
 WC_SPINBUTTON            Spin button entry field.
 WC_CONTAINER             Container list.
 WC_SLIDER                Horizontal or vertical slider control.
 WC_VALUESET              Value set control.
 WC_NOTEBOOK              Notebook control.

 These controls make up the standard user interface components for
 applications. The following example shows a simple listbox control.


  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "", : CONTROL; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "", := CONTROL


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.3.11. Predefined Control Statements ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

In addition to the general form of the CONTROL statement, there are special
control statements for commonly used controls. These statements define the
attributes of the child control windows that appear in the window.

Control statements have this general form:

 ΓöÇcontroltypeΓöÇtextΓöÇ,ΓöÇidΓöÇ,ΓöÇxΓöÇ,ΓöÇyΓöÇ,ΓöÇcxΓöÇ,ΓöÇcyΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ

 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
     ΓööΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇstyleΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

            ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
                                     Γöé
 ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇBEGINΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇDIALOG statementΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇENDΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ
              Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇCONTROL statementΓöÇΓöÇ

              ΓööΓöÇΓöÇWINDOW statementΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

The following six controls are exceptions to this form because they do not take
a text field. See the LISTBOX control statement for the form of these six
controls.

     CONTAINER
     LISTBOX
     NOTEBOOK
     SLIDER
     SPINBUTTON
     VALUESET

 controltype
   is one of the keywords described below, defining the type of the control.

 text (PCH)
   is a string specifying the text to be displayed.  The string must be
   enclosed in double quotation marks. The manner in which the text is
   displayed depends on the particular control, as detailed below.

   To indicate the mnemonic for each item, insert the tilde character (~) in
   the string preceding the mnemonic character.

   The double quotation marks are required for the COMBOBOX title even if no
   title is used.

 id (USHORT)
   is a unique integer number identifying the control.

 x,y (SHORT)
   are integer numbers specifying the x- and y-coordinates of the lower left
   corner of the control, in dialog coordinates. The coordinates are relative
   to the origin of the dialog.

 cx,cy (SHORT)
   are integer numbers specifying the width and height of the control.

 The x, y, cx, and cy fields can use addition and subtraction operators (+ and
 -). For example, 15 + 6 can be used for the x-field.

 Styles can be combined using the (Or) operator.

 The control type keywords are shown below, with their classes and default
 styles:

 AUTOCHECKBOX

    Class              WC_BUTTON
    Default style      WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE, BS_AUTOCHECKBOX

 AUTORADIOBUTTON

    Class              WC_BUTTON
    Default style      BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON, WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE

 CHECKBOX

    Class              WC_BUTTON
    Default style      BS_CHECKBOX, WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE

 COMBOBOX

    Format             The form of the COMBOBOX control statement is shown
                       below.

                       The fields have the same meaning as in the other control
                       statements.

                                               ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇCOMBOBOXΓöÇΓöÇ"title"ΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇidΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇxΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇyΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇcxΓöÇ

                                               ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇcyΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇ
                                                           ΓööΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇstyleΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

    Class              WC_COMBOBOX
    Default style      CBS_SIMPLE, WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE

 CONTAINER

    Format             The CONTAINER control statement does not contain a text
                       field, so it has the same format as the LISTBOX
                       statement.

    Class              WC_CONTAINER
    Default style      WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE, CCS_SINGLESEL

 CTEXT

    Class              WC_STATIC
    Default style      SS_TEXT, DT_CENTER, WS_GROUP, WS_VISIBLE

 DEFPUSHBUTTON

    Class              WC_BUTTON
    Default style      BS_DEFAULT, BS_PUSHBUTTON, WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE

 EDITTEXT

    Class              WC_ENTRYFIELD
    Default style      WS_ENTRYFIELD, WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE, ES_AUTOSCROLL

 ENTRYFIELD

    Class              WC_ENTRYFIELD
    Default style      WS_TABSTOP, ES_LEFT, WS_VISIBLE

 FRAME

    Class              WC_FRAME
    Default style      WS_VISIBLE

 GROUPBOX

    Class              WC_STATIC
    Default style      SS_GROUPBOX, WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE

 ICON

    Class              WC_STATIC
    Default style      SS_ICON, WS_VISIBLE

 LISTBOX

    Format             The form of the LISTBOX control statement is different
                       from the general form because it does not take a text
                       field, however the fields have the same meaning as in
                       the other control statements. The form of the LISTBOX
                       control statement is shown below.

                                               ΓöÇΓöÇcontroltypeΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇidΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇxΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇyΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇcxΓöÇΓöÇ

                                               ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇcyΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö£ΓöÇΓöÇ
                                                           ΓööΓöÇΓöÇ,ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇstyleΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

    Class              WC_LISTBOX
    Default style      LBS_NOTIFY, LBS_SORT, WS_VSCROLL, WS_BORDER, WS_VISIBLE

 LTEXT

    Class              WC_STATIC
    Default style      SS_TEXT, DT_LEFT, WS_GROUP, WS_VISIBLE

 MLE

    Class              WC_MLE
    Default style      WS_MLE, WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE, MLS_BORDER

 NOTEBOOK

    Format             The NOTEBOOK control statement does not contain a text
                       field, so it has the same format as the LISTBOX
                       statement.

    Class              WC_NOTEBOOK
    Default style      WS_NOTEBOOK, WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE

 PUSHBUTTON

    Class              WC_BUTTON
    Default style      BS_PUSHBUTTON, WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE

 RADIOBUTTON

    Class              WC_BUTTON
    Default style      BS_RADIOBUTTON, WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE

 RTEXT

    Class              WC_STATIC
    Default style      SS_TEXT, DT_RIGHT, WS_GROUP, WS_VISIBLE

 SLIDER

    Format             The SLIDER control statement does not contain a text
                       field, so it has the same format as the LISTBOX
                       statement.

    Class              WC_SLIDER
    Default style      WS_SLIDER, WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE

 SPINBUTTON

    Format             The SPINBUTTON control statement does not contain a text
                       field, so it has the same format as the LISTBOX
                       statement.

    Class              WC_SPINBUTTON
    Default style      WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE, SPBS_MASTER

 VALUESET

    Format             The VALUESET control statement does not contain a text
                       field, so it has the same format as the LISTBOX
                       statement.

    Class              WC_VALUESET
    Default style      WS_VALUESET, WS_TABSTOP, WS_VISIBLE

 Examples

 The following is a complete example of a DIALOG statement:


  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "errmess" : DLGTEMPLATE; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "errmess" := DLGTEMPLATE
    BEGIN
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "Disk : DIALOG; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "Disk := DIALOG
      BEGIN
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "Select   : CTEXT;       (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "Retry",  : RADIOBUTTON; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "Abort",  : RADIOBUTTON; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "Ignore", : RADIOBUTTON; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "Select   := CTEXT
    "Retry",  := RADIOBUTTON
    "Abort",  := RADIOBUTTON
    "Ignore", := RADIOBUTTON
        END
        END

 This is an example of a WINDOWTEMPLATE statement that is used to define a
 specific kind of window frame. Calling Load Dialog with this resource
 automatically creates the frame window, the frame controls, and the client
 window (of class MyClientClass).


  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "wind1" : WINDOWTEMPLATE; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "wind1" := WINDOWTEMPLATE
    BEGIN
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "My : FRAME; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "My := FRAME
      FCF_STANDARD Or FCF_VERTSCROLL
      BEGIN
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "", : WINDOW; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "", := WINDOW
        style
        END
        END

 This example creates a resource template for a parallel dialog identified by
 the constant parallel1. It includes a frame with a title bar, a system menu,
 and a dialog-style border. The parallel dialog has three auto radio buttons in
 it.


  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    Parallel1 : DLGTEMPLATE; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    Parallel1 := DLGTEMPLATE
    BEGIN
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "Parallel    : DIALOG;  (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    FCF_TITLEBAR : CTLDATA; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "Parallel    := DIALOG
    FCF_TITLEBAR := CTLDATA
      BEGIN
  Uses
    Os2Def,Os2Base,Os2PmApi;

  Var
    "Retry",  : AUTORADIOBUTTON; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "Abort",  : AUTORADIOBUTTON; (* Сsken var tom!! *)
    "Ignore", : AUTORADIOBUTTON; (* Сsken var tom!! *)

  Begin
    "Retry",  := AUTORADIOBUTTON
    "Abort",  := AUTORADIOBUTTON
    "Ignore", := AUTORADIOBUTTON
        END
        END


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.6.4. Resource (.RES) File Specification ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The format for the .RES file is:


(/TYPE NAME FLAGS SIZE BYTES/)+

Where:

 TYPE      is either a null-terminated string or an ordinal, in which instance
           the first byte is 0xFF followed by an INT that is the ordinal.


                      (* Predefined resource types *)

 NAME      is the same format as TYPE. There are no predefined names.

 FLAGS     is an unsigned value containing the memory manager flags:


                      /* or read-only (data segment)  */
                      (* OR READ-ONLY (DATA SEGMENT)  *)

 SIZE      is a LONG value defining how many bytes follow in the resource.

 BYTES     is the stream of bytes that makes up the resource.

 Any number of resources can appear one after another in the .RES file.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 21.7. Virtual Key Definitions ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The PC VKEY set is shown in the following table:

ΓöîΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö¼ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÉ
ΓöéSymbol         ΓöéPersonal Computer AT   ΓöéEnhanced Keyboard        Γöé
Γöé               ΓöéKeyboard               Γöé                         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_BUTTON1     ΓöéThese values are only  ΓöéThese values are only    Γöé
ΓöéVK_BUTTON2     Γöéused to access the     Γöéused to access the       Γöé
ΓöéVK_BUTTON3     Γöéup/down and toggled    Γöéup/down and toggled      Γöé
Γöé               Γöéstates of the pointing Γöéstates of the pointing   Γöé
Γöé               Γöédevice buttons; they   Γöédevice buttons; they     Γöé
Γöé               Γöénever actually appear  Γöénever actually appear in Γöé
Γöé               Γöéin a WM_CHAR message.  Γöéa WM_CHAR message.       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_BREAK       ΓöéCtrl + Scroll Lock     ΓöéCtrl + Pause             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_BACKSPACE   ΓöéBackspace              ΓöéBackspace                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_TAB         ΓöéTab                    ΓöéTab                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_BACKTAB     ΓöéShift + Tab            ΓöéShift + Tab              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_NEWLINE     ΓöéEnter                  ΓöéEnter                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_SHIFT  *    ΓöéLeft and Right Shift   ΓöéLeft and Right Shift     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_CTRL  *     ΓöéCtrl                   ΓöéLeft and Right Ctrl      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_ALT  *      ΓöéAlt                    ΓöéLeft and Right Alt       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_ALTGRAF  *  ΓöéNone                   ΓöéAlt Graf (if available)  Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_PAUSE       ΓöéCtrl + Num Lock        ΓöéPause                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_CAPSLOCK    ΓöéCaps Lock              ΓöéCaps Lock                Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_ESC         ΓöéEsc                    ΓöéEsc                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_SPACE  *    ΓöéSpace                  ΓöéSpace                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_PAGEUP  *   ΓöéNumpad 9               ΓöéPg Up and Numpad 9       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_PAGEDOWN  * ΓöéNumpad 3               ΓöéPg Dn and Numpad 3       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_END  *      ΓöéNumpad 1               ΓöéEnd and Numpad 1         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_HOME  *     ΓöéNumpad 7               ΓöéHome and Numpad 7        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_LEFT  *     ΓöéNumpad 4               ΓöéLeft and Numpad 4        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_UP  *       ΓöéNumpad 8               ΓöéUp and Numpad 8          Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_RIGHT  *    ΓöéNumpad 6               ΓöéRight and Numpad 6       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_DOWN  *     ΓöéNumpad 2               ΓöéDown and Numpad 2        Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_PRINTSCRN   ΓöéShift + Print Screen   ΓöéPrint Screen             Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_INSERT  *   ΓöéNumpad 0               ΓöéIns and Numpad 0         Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_DELETE  *   ΓöéNumpad                 ΓöéDel and Numpad           Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_SCRLLOCK    ΓöéScroll Lock            ΓöéScroll Lock              Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_NUMLOCK     ΓöéNum Lock               ΓöéNum Lock                 Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_ENTER       ΓöéShift + Enter          ΓöéShift + Enter and Numpad Γöé
Γöé               Γöé                       ΓöéEnter                    Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_SYSRQ       ΓöéSysRq                  ΓöéAlt + Print Screen       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F1  *       ΓöéF1                     ΓöéF1                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F2  *       ΓöéF2                     ΓöéF2                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F3  *       ΓöéF3                     ΓöéF3                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F4  *       ΓöéF4                     ΓöéF4                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F5  *       ΓöéF5                     ΓöéF5                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F6  *       ΓöéF6                     ΓöéF6                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F7  *       ΓöéF7                     ΓöéF7                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F8  *       ΓöéF8                     ΓöéF8                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F9  *       ΓöéF9                     ΓöéF9                       Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F10  *      ΓöéF10                    ΓöéF10                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F11  *      ΓöéNone                   ΓöéF11                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F12  *      ΓöéNone                   ΓöéF12                      Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F13         ΓöéNone                   ΓöéNone                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F14         ΓöéNone                   ΓöéNone                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F15         ΓöéNone                   ΓöéNone                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F16         ΓöéNone                   ΓöéNone                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F17         ΓöéNone                   ΓöéNone                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F18         ΓöéNone                   ΓöéNone                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F19         ΓöéNone                   ΓöéNone                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F20         ΓöéNone                   ΓöéNone                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F21         ΓöéNone                   ΓöéNone                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F22         ΓöéNone                   ΓöéNone                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F23         ΓöéNone                   ΓöéNone                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_F24         ΓöéNone                   ΓöéNone                     Γöé
Γö£ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö╝ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöñ
ΓöéVK_MENU  *     ΓöéF10                    ΓöéF10                      Γöé
ΓööΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓö┤ΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÇΓöÿ

Notes

   1. VKEYs marked with an asterisk (*) are generated irrespective of other
      shift states (Shift, Ctrl, Alt, and Alt Graf).

   2. VK_CAPSLOCK is not generated for any of the Ctrl shift states, for PC-DOS
      compatibility.

   3. Wherever possible, the VK_ name is derived from the legend on the key top
      of the 101-key Enhanced PC keyboard.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22. Notices ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Second Edition (January 1996)

The following paragraph does not apply to the United Kingdom or any country
where such provisions are inconsistent with local law:  INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS
MACHINES CORPORATION PROVIDES THIS PUBLICATION "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY
KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. Some states
do not allow disclaimer of express or implied warranties in certain
transactions, therefore, this statement may not apply to you.

This publication could include technical inaccuracies or typographical errors.
Changes are periodically made to the information herein; these changes will be
incorporated in new editions of the publication. IBM may make improvements
and/or changes in the product(s) and/or the program(s) described in this
publication at any time.

It is possible that this publication may contain reference to, or information
about, IBM products (machines and programs), programming, or services that are
not announced in your country.  Such references or information must not be
construed to mean that IBM intends to announce such IBM products, programming,
or services in your country.

Requests for technical information about IBM products should be made to your
IBM reseller or IBM marketing representative.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.1. Copyright Notices ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

COPYRIGHT LICENSE: This publication contains printed sample application
programs in source language, which illustrate OS/2 programming techniques. You
may copy, modify, and distribute these sample programs in any form without
payment to IBM, for the purposes of developing, using, marketing or
distributing application programs conforming to the OS/2 application
programming interface.

Each copy of any portion of these sample programs or any derivative work, which
is distributed to others, must include a copyright notice as follows: "(C)
(your company name) (year).  All rights reserved."

(C) Copyright International Business Machines Corporation 1994, 1996. All
rights reserved.
Note to U.S. Government Users - Documentation related to restricted rights -
Use, duplication or disclosure is subject to restrictions set forth in GSA ADP
Schedule Contract with IBM Corp.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.2. Disclaimers ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

References in this publication to IBM products, programs, or services do not
imply that IBM intends to make these available in all countries in which IBM
operates. Any reference to an IBM product, program, or service is not intended
to state or imply that only that IBM product, program, or service may be used.
Subject to IBM's valid intellectual property or other legally protectable
rights, any functionally equivalent product, program, or service may be used
instead of the IBM product, program, or service. The evaluation and
verification of operation in conjunction with other products, except those
expressly designated by IBM, are the responsibility of the user.

IBM may have patents or pending patent applications covering subject matter in
this document. The furnishing of this document does not give you any license to
these patents. You can send license inquiries, in writing, to:

      IBM Director of Licensing
      IBM Corporation
      500 Columbus Avenue
      Thornwood, NY  10594
      U.S.A.

 Licensees of this program who wish to have information about it for the
 purpose of enabling:  (i) the exchange of information between independently
 created programs and other programs (including this one) and (ii) the mutual
 use of the information which has been exchanged, should contact IBM
 Corporation, Department RM1A, 1000 N.W. 51st Street, Boca Raton, FL 33431,
 U.S.A.  Such information may be available, subject to appropriate terms and
 conditions, including in some cases, payment of a fee.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 22.3. Trademarks ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

The following terms are trademarks of the IBM Corporation in the United States
or other countries or both:

 Common User Access                 CUA
 IBM                                Information Presentation Facility
 IPF                                Operating System/2
 OS/2                               PM
 Presentation Manager               SAA
 System Application Architecture    Workplace Shell

 The following terms are trademarks of other companies:

 Adobe                              Adobe Systems Incorporated
 Helvetica                          Linotype
 Intel                              Intel Corporation
 PostScript                         Adobe Systems Incorporated
 Times New Roman                    Monotype

 Other company, product, and service names, which may be denoted by a double
 asterisk (**), may be trademarks or service marks of others.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23. Glossary ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

This glossary defines many of the terms used in this book. It includes terms
and definitions from the IBM Dictionary of Computing, as well as terms specific
to the OS/2 operating system and the Presentation Manager. It is not a complete
glossary for the entire OS/2 operating system; nor is it a complete dictionary
of computer terms.

Other primary sources for these definitions are:

     The American National Standard Dictionary for Information Systems, ANSI
      X3.172-1990, copyrighted 1990 by the American National Standards
      Institute, 11 West 42nd Street, New York, New York 10036. These
      definitions are identified by the symbol (A) after the definition.

     The Information Technology Vocabulary, developed by Subcommittee 1, Joint
      Technical Committee 1, of the International Organization for
      Standardization and the International Electrotechnical Commission
      (ISO/IEC JTC1/SC1). Definitions of published parts of this vocabulary are
      identified by the symbol (I) after the definition; definitions taken from
      draft international standards, committee drafts, and working papers being
      developed by ISO/IEC JTC1/SC1 are identified by the symbol (T) after the
      definition, indicating that final agreement has not yet been reached
      among the participating National Bodies of SC1.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ 23.1. Glossary Listing ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

Select a starting letter of glossary terms:

 A    N
 B    O
 C    P
 D    Q
 E    R
 F    S
 G    T
 H    U
 I    V
 J    W
 K    X
 L    Y
 M    Z


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - A ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 accelerator  -In SAA Common User Access architecture, a key or combination of
   keys that invokes an application-defined function.

 accelerator table  -A table used to define which key strokes are treated as
   accelerators and the commands they are translated into.

 access mode  -The manner in which an application gains access to a file it has
   opened. Examples of access modes are read-only, write-only, and read/write.

 access permission  -All access rights that a user has regarding an object. (I)

 action  -One of a set of defined tasks that a computer performs. Users request
   the application to perform an action in several ways, such as typing a
   command, pressing a function key, or selecting the action name from an
   action bar or menu.

 action bar  -In SAA Common User Access architecture, the area at the top of a
   window that contains choices that give a user access to actions available in
   that window.

 action point  -The current position on the screen at which the pointer is
   pointing. Contrast with hot spot and input focus.

 active program  -A program currently running on the computer.  An active
   program can be interactive (running and receiving input from the user) or
   noninteractive (running but not receiving input from the user). See also
   interactive program and noninteractive program.

 active window  -The window with which the user is currently interacting.

 address space  -(1) The range of addresses available to a program. (A)  (2)
   The area of virtual storage available for a particular job.

 alphanumeric video output  -Output to the logical video buffer when the video
   adapter is in text mode and the logical video buffer is addressed by an
   application as a rectangular array of character cells.

 American National Standard Code for Information Interchange  -The standard
   code, using a coded character set consisting of 7-bit coded characters (8
   bits including parity check), that is used for information interchange among
   data processing systems, data communication systems, and associated
   equipment. The ASCII set consists of control characters and graphic
   characters. (A)

   Note:  IBM has defined an extension to ASCII code (characters 128-255).

 anchor  -A window procedure that handles Presentation Manager message
   conversions between an icon procedure and an application.

 anchor block  -An area of Presentation-Manager-internal resources to allocated
   process or thread that calls WinInitialize.

 anchor point  -A point in a window used by a program designer or by a window
   manager to position a subsequently appearing window.

 ANSI  -American National Standards Institute.

 APA  -All points addressable.

 API  -Application programming interface.

 application  -A collection of software components used to perform specific
   types of work on a computer; for example, a payroll application, an airline
   reservation application, a network application.

 application object  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a form
   that an application provides for a user; for example, a spreadsheet form.
   Contrast with user object.

 application programming interface (API)  -A functional interface supplied by
   the operating system or by a separately orderable licensed program that
   allows an application program written in a high-level language to use
   specific data or functions of the operating system or the licensed program.

 application-modal  -Pertaining to a message box or dialog box for which
   processing must be completed before further interaction with any other
   window owned by the same application may take place.

 area  -In computer graphics, a filled shape such as a solid rectangle.

 ASCII  -American National Standard Code for Information Interchange.

 ASCIIZ  -A string of ASCII characters that is terminated with a byte
   containing the value 0.

 aspect ratio  -In computer graphics, the width-to-height ratio of an area,
   symbol, or shape.

 asynchronous (ASYNC)  -(1) Pertaining to two or more processes that do not
   depend upon the occurrence of specific events such as common timing
   signals. (T)  (2) Without regular time relationship;  unexpected or
   unpredictable with respect to the execution of program instructions. See
   also synchronous.

 atom  -A constant that represents a string. As soon as a string has been
   defined as an atom, the atom can be used in place of the string to save
   space. Strings are associated with their respective atoms in an atom table.
   See also integer atom.

 atom table  -A table used to relate atoms with the strings that they
   represent. Also in the table is the mechanism by which the presence of a
   string can be checked.

 atomic operation  -An operation that completes its work on an object before
   another operation can be performed on the same object.

 attribute  -A characteristic or property that can be controlled, usually to
   obtain a required appearance;  for example, the color of a line. See also
   graphics attributes and segment attributes.

 automatic link  -In Information Presentation Facility (IPF), a link that
   begins a chain reaction at the primary window. When the user selects the
   primary window, an automatic link is activated to display secondary windows.

 AVIO  -Advanced Video Input/Output.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - B ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 BВzier curve  -(1) A mathematical technique of specifying smooth continuous
   lines and surfaces, which require a starting point and a finishing point
   with several intermediate points that influence or control the path of the
   linking curve. Named after Dr. P. BВzier. (2) (D of C) In the AIX Graphics
   Library, a cubic spline approximation to a set of four control points that
   passes through the first and fourth control points and that has a continuous
   slope where two spline segments meet. Named after Dr. P. BВzier.

 background  -(1) In multiprogramming, the conditions under which low-priority
   programs are executed. Contrast with foreground. (2) An active session that
   is not currently displayed on the screen.

 background color  -The color in which the background of a graphic primitive is
   drawn.

 background mix  -An attribute that determines how the background of a graphic
   primitive is combined with the existing color of the graphics presentation
   space. Contrast with mix.

 background program  -In multiprogramming, a program that executes with a low
   priority. Contrast with foreground program.

 bit map  -A representation in memory of the data displayed on an APA device,
   usually the screen.

 block  -(1) A string of data elements recorded or transmitted as a unit. The
   elements may be characters, words, or logical records. (T)  (2) To record
   data in a block. (3) A collection of contiguous records recorded as a unit.
   Blocks are separated by interblock gaps and each block may contain one or
   more records. (A)

 block device  -A storage device that performs I/O operations on blocks of data
   called sectors. Data on block devices can be randomly accessed. Block
   devices are designated by a drive letter (for example, C:).

 blocking mode  -A condition set by an application that determines when its
   threads might block. For example, an application might set the Pipemode
   parameter for the DosCreateNPipe function so that its threads perform I/O
   operations to the named pipe block when no data is available.

 border  -A visual indication (for example, a separator line or a background
   color) of the boundaries of a window.

 boundary determination  -An operation used to compute the size of the smallest
   rectangle that encloses a graphics object on the screen.

 breakpoint  -(1) A point in a computer program where execution may be halted.
   A breakpoint is usually at the beginning of an instruction where halts,
   caused by external intervention, are convenient for resuming
   execution. (T)  (2) A place in a program, specified by a command or a
   condition, where the system halts execution and gives control to the
   workstation user or to a specified program.

 broken pipe  -When all of the handles that access one end of a pipe have been
   closed.

 bucket  -One or more fields in which the result of an operation is kept.

 buffer  -(1) A portion of storage used to hold input or output data
   temporarily. (2) To allocate and schedule the use of buffers. (A)

 button  -A mechanism used to request or initiate an action. See also barrel
   buttons, bezel buttons, mouse button, push button, and radio button.

 byte pipe  -Pipes that handle data as byte streams. All unnamed pipes are byte
   pipes. Named pipes can be byte pipes or message pipes. See byte stream.

 byte stream  -Data that consists of an unbroken stream of bytes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - C ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 cache  -A high-speed buffer storage that contains frequently accessed
   instructions and data; it is used to reduce access time.

 cached micro presentation space  -A presentation space from a
   Presentation-Manager-owned store of micro presentation spaces. It can be
   used for drawing to a window only, and must be returned to the store when
   the task is complete.

 CAD  -Computer-Aided Design.

 call  -(1) The action of bringing a computer program, a routine, or a
   subroutine into effect, usually by specifying the entry conditions and
   jumping to an entry point. (I)  (A)  (2) To transfer control to a procedure,
   program, routine, or subroutine.

 calling sequence  -A sequence of instructions together with any associated
   data necessary to execute a call. (T)

 Cancel  -An action that removes the current window or menu without processing
   it, and returns the previous window.

 cascaded menu  -In the OS/2 operating system, a menu that appears when the
   arrow to the right of a cascading choice is selected. It contains a set of
   choices that are related to the cascading choice. Cascaded menus are used to
   reduce the length of a menu. See also cascading choice.

 cascading choice  -In SAA Common User Access architecture, a choice in a menu
   that, when selected, produces a cascaded menu containing other choices.  An
   arrow () appears to the right of the cascading choice.

 CASE statement  -In PM programming, provides the body of a window procedure.
   There is usually one CASE statement for each message type supported by an
   application.

 CGA  -Color graphics adapter.

 chained list  -A list in which the data elements may be dispersed but in which
   each data element contains information for locating the
   next. (T)Synonymous with linked list.

 character  -A letter, digit, or other symbol.

 character box  -In computer graphics, the boundary that defines, in world
   coordinates, the horizontal and vertical space occupied by a single
   character from a character set. See also character mode. Contrast with
   character cell.

 character cell  -The physical, rectangular space in which any single character
   is displayed on a screen or printer device. Position is addressed by row and
   column coordinates. Contrast with character box.

 character code  -The means of addressing a character in a character set,
   sometimes called code point.

 character device  -A device that performs I/O operations on one character at a
   time. Because character devices view data as a stream of bytes,
   character-device data cannot be randomly accessed. Character devices include
   the keyboard, mouse, and printer, and are referred to by name.

 character mode  -A mode that, in conjunction with the font type, determines
   the extent to which graphics characters are affected by the character box,
   shear, and angle attributes.

 character set  -(1) An ordered set of unique representations called
   characters; for example, the 26 letters of English alphabet, Boolean 0 and
   1, the set of symbols in the Morse code, and the 128 ASCII
   characters. (A)  (2) All the valid characters for a programming language or
   for a computer system. (3) A group of characters used for a specific reason;
   for example, the set of characters a printer can print.

 check box  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a square box with
   associated text that represents a choice. When a user selects a choice, an X
   appears in the check box to indicate that the choice is in effect. The user
   can clear the check box by selecting the choice again. Contrast with radio
   button.

 check mark  - (1) (D of C) In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a
   symbol that shows that a choice is currently in effect. (2) The symbol that
   is used to indicate a selected item on a pull-down menu.

 child process  -In the OS/2 operating system, a process started by another
   process, which is called the parent process. Contrast with parent process.

 child window  -A window that appears within the border of its parent window
   (either a primary window or another child window). When the parent window is
   resized, moved, or destroyed, the child window also is resized, moved, or
   destroyed; however, the child window can be moved or resized independently
   from the parent window, within the boundaries of the parent window. Contrast
   with parent window.

 choice  -(1) An option that can be selected. The choice can be presented as
   text, as a symbol (number or letter), or as an icon (a pictorial symbol).
   (2) (D of C) In SAA Common User Access architecture, an item that a user can
   select.

 chord  -(1) To press more than one button on a pointing device while the
   pointer is within the limits that the user has specified for the operating
   environment. (2) (D of C) In graphics, a short line segment whose end points
   lie on a circle. Chords are a means for producing a circular image from
   straight lines. The higher the number of chords per circle, the smoother the
   circular image.

 class  -A way of categorizing objects based on their behavior and shape. A
   class is, in effect, a definition of a generic object. In SOM, a class is a
   special kind of object that can manufacture other objects that all have a
   common shape and exhibit similar behavior (more precisely, all of the
   objects manufactured by a class have the same memory layout and share a
   common set of methods). New classes can be defined in terms of existing
   classes through a technique known as inheritance.

 class method  -A class method of class <X> is a method provided by the
   metaclass of class <X>. Class methods are executed without requiring any
   instances of class <X> to exist, and are frequently used to create
   instances. In System Object Model, an action that can be performed on a
   class object.

 class object  -In System Object Model, the run-time implementation of a class.

 class style  -The set of properties that apply to every window in a window
   class.

 client  -(1) A functional unit that receives shared services from a
   server. (T)  (2) A user, as in a client process that uses a named pipe or
   queue that is created and owned by a server process.

 client area  -The part of the window, inside the border, that is below the
   menu bar. It is the user's work space, where a user types information and
   selects choices from selection fields.  In primary windows, it is where an
   application programmer presents the objects that a user works on.

 client program  -An application that creates and manipulates instances of
   classes.

 client window  -The window in which the application displays output and
   receives input. This window is located inside the frame window, under the
   window title bar and any menu bar, and within any scroll bars.

 clip limits  -The area of the paper that can be reached by a printer or
   plotter.

 clipboard  -In SAA Common User Access architecture, an area of computer
   memory, or storage, that temporarily holds data. Data in the clipboard is
   available to other applications.

 clipping  -In computer graphics, removing those parts of a display image that
   lie outside a given boundary. (I)  (A)

 clipping area  -The area in which the window can paint.

 clipping path  -A clipping boundary in world-coordinate space.

 clock tick  -The minimum unit of time that the system tracks. If the system
   timer currently counts at a rate of X Hz, the system tracks the time every
   1/X of a second. Also known as time tick.

 CLOCK$  -Character-device name reserved for the system clock.

 code page  -An assignment of graphic characters and control-function meanings
   to all code points.

 code point  -(1) Synonym for character code. (2) (D of C) A 1-byte code
   representing one of 256 potential characters.

 code segment  -An executable section of programming code within a load module.

 color dithering  -See dithering.

 color graphics adapter (CGA)  -An adapter that simultaneously provides four
   colors and is supported by all IBM Personal Computer and Personal System/2
   models.

 command  -The name and parameters associated with an action that a program can
   perform.

 command area  -An area composed of a command field prompt and a command entry
   field.

 command entry field  -An entry field in which users type commands.

 command line  -On a display screen, a display line, sometimes at the bottom of
   the screen, in which only commands can be entered.

 command mode  -A state of a system or device in which the user can enter
   commands.

 command prompt  -A field prompt showing the location of the command entry
   field in a panel.

 Common Programming Interface (CPI)  -Definitions of those application
   development languages and services that have, or are intended to have,
   implementations on and a high degree of commonality across the SAA
   environments. One of the three SAA architectural areas. See also Common User
   Access architecture.

 Common User Access (CUA) architecture  - Guidelines for the dialog between a
   human and a workstation or terminal. One of the three SAA architectural
   areas. See also Common Programming Interface.

 compile  -To translate a program written in a higher-level programming
   language into a machine language program.

 composite window  -A window composed of other windows (such as a frame window,
   frame-control windows, and a client window) that are kept together as a unit
   and that interact with each other.

 computer-aided design (CAD)  -The use of a computer to design or change a
   product, tool, or machine, such as using a computer for drafting or
   illustrating.

 COM1, COM2, COM3  -Character-device names reserved for serial ports 1 through
   3.

 CON  -Character-device name reserved for the console keyboard and screen.

 conditional cascaded menu  -A pull-down menu associated with a menu item that
   has a cascade mini-push button beside it in an object's pop-up menu. The
   conditional cascaded menu is displayed when the user selects the mini-push
   button.

 container  -In SAA Common User Access architecture, an object that holds other
   objects. A folder is an example of a container object. See also folder and
   object.

 contextual help  -In SAA Common User Access Architecture, help that gives
   specific information about the item the cursor is on. The help is contextual
   because it provides information about a specific item as it is currently
   being used. Contrast with extended help.

 contiguous  -Touching or joining at a common edge or boundary, for example, an
   unbroken consecutive series of storage locations.

 control  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a component of the
   user interface that allows a user to select choices or type information; for
   example, a check box, an entry field, a radio button.

 control area  -A storage area used by a computer program to hold control information. (I)  (A)

 Control Panel  -In the Presentation Manager, a program used to set up user
   preferences that act globally across the system.

 Control Program  -(1) The basic functions of the operating system, including
   DOS emulation and the support for keyboard, mouse, and video input/output.
   (2) A computer program designed to schedule and to supervise the execution
   of programs of a computer system. (I)  (A)

 control window  -A window that is used as part of a composite window to
   perform simple input and output tasks. Radio buttons and check boxes are
   examples.

 control word  -An instruction within a document that identifies its parts or
   indicates how to format the document.

 coordinate space  -A two-dimensional set of points used to generate output on
   a video display of printer.

 Copy  -A choice that places onto the clipboard, a copy of what the user has
   selected. See also Cut and Paste.

 correlation  -The action of determining which element or object within a
   picture is at a given position on the display. This follows a pick
   operation.

 coverpage window  -A window in which the application's help information is
   displayed.

 CPI  -Common Programming Interface.

 critical extended attribute  -An extended attribute that is necessary for the
   correct operation of the system or a particular application.

 critical section  -(1) In programming languages, a part of an asynchronous
   procedure that cannot be executed simultaneously with a certain part of
   another asynchronous procedure. (I)

   Note:  Part of the other asynchronous procedure also is a critical section.
   (2) A section of code that is not reentrant; that is, code that can be
   executed by only one thread at a time.

 CUA architecture  -Common User Access architecture.

 current position  -In computer graphics, the position, in user coordinates,
   that becomes the starting point for the next graphics routine, if that
   routine does not explicitly specify a starting point.

 cursor  -A symbol displayed on the screen and associated with an input device.
   The cursor indicates where input from the device will be placed. Types of
   cursors include text cursors, graphics cursors, and selection cursors.
   Contrast with pointer and input focus.

 Cut  -In SAA Common User Access architecture, a choice that removes a selected
   object, or a part of an object, to the clipboard, usually compressing the
   space it occupied in a window. See also Copy and Paste.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - D ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 daisy chain  -A method of device interconnection for determining interrupt
   priority by connecting the interrupt sources serially.

 data segment  -A nonexecutable section of a program module; that is, a section
   of a program that contains data definitions.

 data structure  -The syntactic structure of symbolic expressions and their
   storage-allocation characteristics. (T)

 data transfer  -The movement of data from one object to another by way of the
   clipboard or by direct manipulation.

 DBCS  -Double-byte character set.

 DDE  -Dynamic data exchange.

 deadlock  -(1) Unresolved contention for the use of a resource. (2) An error
   condition in which processing cannot continue because each of two elements
   of the process is waiting for an action by, or a response from, the other.
   (3) An impasse that occurs when multiple processes are waiting for the
   availability of a resource that will not become available because it is
   being held by another process that is in a similar wait state.

 debug  -To detect, diagnose, and eliminate errors in programs. (T)

 decipoint  -In printing, one tenth of a point.  There are 72 points in an
   inch.

 default procedure  -A function provided by the Presentation Manager Interface
   that may be used to process standard messages from dialogs or windows.

 default value  -A value assumed when no value has been specified. Synonymous
   with assumed value. For example, in the graphics programming interface, the
   default line-type is 'solid'.

 definition list  -A type of list that pairs a term and its description.

 delta  -An application-defined threshold, or number of container items, from
   either end of the list.

 descendant  -See child process.

 descriptive text  -Text used in addition to a field prompt to give more
   information about a field.

 Deselect all  -A choice that cancels the selection of all of the objects that
   have been selected in that window.

 Desktop Manager  -In the Presentation Manager, a window that displays a list
   of groups of programs, each of which can be started or stopped.

 desktop window  -The window, corresponding to the physical device, against
   which all other types of windows are established.

 detached process  -A background process that runs independent of the parent
   process.

 detent  -A point on a slider that represents an exact value to which a user
   can move the slider arm.

 device context  -A logical description of a data destination such as memory,
   metafile, display, printer, or plotter. See also direct device context,
   information device context, memory device context, metafile device context,
   queued device context, and screen device context.

 device driver  -A file that contains the code needed to attach and use a
   device such as a display, printer, or plotter.

 device space  -(1) Coordinate space in which graphics are assembled after all
   GPI transformations have been applied. Device space is defined in
   device-specific units. (2) ( D of C) In computer graphics, a space defined
   by the complete set of addressable points of a display device. (A)

 dialog  -The interchange of information between a computer and its user
   through a sequence of requests by the user and the presentation of responses
   by the computer.

 dialog box  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a movable
   window, fixed in size, containing controls that a user uses to provide
   information required by an application so that it can continue to process a
   user request. See also message box, primary window, secondary window. Also
   known as a pop-up window.

 Dialog Box Editor  -A WYSIWYG editor that creates dialog boxes for
   communicating with the application user.

 dialog item  -A component (for example, a menu or a button) of a dialog box.
   Dialog items are also used when creating dialog templates.

 dialog procedure  -A dialog window that is controlled by a window procedure.
   It is responsible for responding to all messages sent to the dialog window.

 dialog tag language  -A markup language used by the DTL compiler to create
   dialog objects.

 dialog template  -The definition of a dialog box, which contains details of
   its position, appearance, and window ID, and the window ID of each of its
   child windows.

 direct device context  -A logical description of a data destination that is a
   device other than the screen (for example, a printer or plotter), and where
   the output is not to go through the spooler. Its purpose is to satisfy
   queries. See also device context.

 direct manipulation  -The user's ability to interact with an object by using
   the mouse, typically by dragging an object around on the Desktop and
   dropping it on other objects.

 direct memory access (DMA)  -A technique for moving data directly between main
   storage and peripheral equipment without requiring processing of the data by
   the processing unit.(T)

 directory  -A type of file containing the names and controlling information
   for other files or other directories.

 display point  -Synonym for pel.

 dithering  -(1) The process used in color displays whereby every other pel is
   set to one color, and the intermediate pels are set to another. Together
   they produce the effect of a third color at normal viewing distances. This
   process can only be used on solid areas of color; it does not work, for
   example, on narrow lines. (2) (D of C ) In computer graphics, a technique of
   interleaving dark and light pixels so that the resulting image looks
   smoothly shaded when viewed from a distance.

 DMA  -Direct memory access.

 DOS Protect Mode Interface (DPMI)  -An interface between protect mode and real
   mode programs.

 double-byte character set (DBCS)  -A set of characters in which each character
   is represented by two bytes.  Languages such as Japanese, Chinese, and
   Korean, which contain more characters than can be represented by 256 code
   points, require double-byte character sets. Since each character requires
   two bytes, the entering, displaying, and printing of DBCS characters
   requires hardware and software that can support DBCS.

 doubleword  -A contiguous sequence of bits or characters that comprises two
   computer words and is capable of being addressed as a unit. (A)

 DPMI  -DOS Protect Mode Interface.

 drag  -In SAA Common User Access, to use a pointing device to move an object;
   for example, clicking on a window border, and dragging it to make the window
   larger.

 dragging  -(1) In computer graphics, moving an object on the display screen as
   if it were attached to the pointer. (2) (D of C) In computer graphics,
   moving one or more segments on a display surface by translating. (I)  (A)

 drawing chain  -See segment chain.

 drop  -To fix the position of an object that is being dragged, by releasing
   the select button of the pointing device. See also drag.

 DTL  -Dialog tag language.

 dual-boot function  -A feature of the OS/2 operating system that allows the
   user to start DOS from within the operating system, or an OS/2 session from
   within DOS.

 duplex  -Pertaining to communication in which data can be sent and received at
   the same time. Synonymous with full duplex.

 dynamic data exchange (DDE)  -A message protocol used to communicate between
   applications that share data. The protocol uses shared memory as the means
   of exchanging data between applications.

 dynamic data formatting  -A formatting procedure that enables you to
   incorporate text, bit maps or metafiles in an IPF window at execution time.

 dynamic link library  -A collection of executable programming code and data
   that is bound to an application at load time or run time, rather than during
   linking. The programming code and data in a dynamic link library can be
   shared by several applications simultaneously.

 dynamic linking  -The process of resolving external references in a program
   module at load time or run time rather than during linking.

 dynamic segments  -Graphics segments drawn in exclusive-OR mix mode so that
   they can be moved from one screen position to another without affecting the
   rest of the displayed picture.

 dynamic storage  -(1) A device that stores data in a manner that permits the
   data to move or vary with time such that the specified data is not always
   available for recovery. (A)  (2) A storage in which the cells require
   repetitive application of control signals in order to retain stored data.
   Such repetitive application of the control signals is called a refresh
   operation. A dynamic storage may use static addressing or sensing
   circuits. (A)  (3) See also static storage.

 dynamic time slicing  -Varies the size of the time slice depending on system
   load and paging activity.

 dynamic-link module  -A module that is linked at load time or run time.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - E ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 EBCDIC  -Extended binary-coded decimal interchange code. A coded character set
   consisting of 8-bit coded characters (9 bits including parity check), used
   for information interchange among data processing systems, data
   communications systems, and associated equipment.

 edge-triggered  -Pertaining to an event semaphore that is posted then reset
   before a waiting thread gets a chance to run. The semaphore is considered to
   be posted for the rest of that thread's waiting period; the thread does not
   have to wait for the semaphore to be posted again.

 EGA  -Extended graphics adapter.

 element  -An entry in a graphics segment that comprises one or more graphics
   orders and that is addressed by the element pointer.

 EMS  -Expanded Memory Specification.

 encapsulation  -Hiding an object's implementation, that is, its private,
   internal data and methods. Private variables and methods are accessible only
   to the object that contains them.

 entry field  -In SAA Common User Access architecture, an area where a user
   types information. Its boundaries are usually indicated. See also selection
   field.

 entry panel  -A defined panel type containing one or more entry fields and
   protected information such as headings, prompts, and explanatory text.

 entry-field control  -The component of a user interface that provides the
   means by which the application receives data entered by the user in an entry
   field. When it has the input focus, the entry field displays a flashing
   pointer at the position where the next typed character will go.

 environment segment  -The list of environment variables and their values for a
   process.

 environment strings  -ASCII text strings that define the value of environment
   variables.

 environment variables  -Variables that describe the execution environment of a
   process. These variables are named by the operating system or by the
   application. Environment variables named by the operating system are PATH,
   DPATH, INCLUDE, INIT, LIB, PROMPT, and TEMP. The values of environment
   variables are defined by the user in the CONFIG.SYS file, or by using the
   SET command at the OS/2 command prompt.

 error message  -An indication that an error has been detected. (A)

 event semaphore  -A semaphore that enables a thread to signal a waiting thread
   or threads that an event has occurred or that a task has been completed. The
   waiting threads can then perform an action that is dependent on the
   completion of the signaled event.

 exception  -An abnormal condition such as an I/O error encountered in
   processing a data set or a file.

 exclusive system semaphore  -A system semaphore that can be modified only by
   threads within the same process.

 executable file  -(1) A file that contains programs or commands that perform
   operations or actions to be taken. (2) A collection of related data records
   that execute programs.

 exit  -To execute an instruction within a portion of a computer program in
   order to terminate the execution of that portion. Such portions of computer
   programs include loops, subroutines, modules, and so on. (T)  Repeated exit
   requests return the user to the point from which all functions provided to
   the system are accessible. Contrast with cancel.

 expanded memory specification (EMS)  -Enables DOS applications to access
   memory above the 1MB real mode addressing limit.

 extended attribute  -An additional piece of information about a file object,
   such as its data format or category. It consists of a name and a value. A
   file object may have more than one extended attribute associated with it.

 extended help  -In SAA Common User Access architecture, a help action that
   provides information about the contents of the application window from which
   a user requested help. Contrast with contextual help.

 extended-choice selection  -A mode that allows the user to select more than
   one item from a window. Not all windows allow extended choice selection.
   Contrast with multiple-choice selection.

 extent  -Continuous space on a disk or diskette that is occupied by or
   reserved for a particular data set, data space, or file.

 external link  -In Information Presentation Facility, a link that connects
   external online document files.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - F ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 family-mode application  -An application program that can run in the OS/2
   environment and in the DOS environment; however, it cannot take advantage of
   many of the OS/2-mode facilities, such as multitasking, interprocess
   communication, and dynamic linking.

 FAT  -File allocation table.

 FEA  -Full extended attribute.

 field-level help  -Information specific to the field on which the cursor is
   positioned. This help function is "contextual" because it provides
   information about a specific item as it is currently used; the information
   is dependent upon the context within the work session.

 FIFO  -First-in-first-out. (A)

 file  -A named set of records stored or processed as a unit. (T)

 file allocation table (FAT)  -In IBM personal computers, a table used by the
   operating system to allocate space on a disk for a file, and to locate and
   chain together parts of the file that may be scattered on different sectors
   so that the file can be used in a random or sequential manner.

 file attribute  -Any of the attributes that describe the characteristics of a
   file.

 File Manager  -In the Presentation Manager, a program that displays
   directories and files, and allows various actions on them.

 file specification  -The full identifier for a file, which includes its drive
   designation, path, file name, and extension.

 file system  -The combination of software and hardware that supports storing
   information on a storage device.

 file system driver (FSD)  -A program that manages file I\O and controls the
   format of information on the storage media.

 fillet  -A curve that is tangential to the end points of two adjoining lines.
   See also polyfillet.

 filtering  -An application process that changes the order of data in a queue.

 first-in-first-out (FIFO)  -A queuing technique in which the next item to be
   retrieved is the item that has been in the queue for the longest time. (A)

 flag  -(1) An indicator or parameter that shows the setting of a switch. (2) A
   character that signals the occurrence of some condition, such as the end of
   a word. (A)  (3) (D of C) A characteristic of a file or directory that
   enables it to be used in certain ways. See also archive flag, hidden flag,
   and read-only flag.

 focus  -See input focus.

 folder  -A container used to organize objects.

 font  -A particular size and style of typeface that contains definitions of
   character sets, marker sets, and pattern sets.

 Font Editor  -A utility program provided with the IBM Developers Toolkit that
   enables the design and creation of new fonts.

 foreground program  -(1) The program with which the user is currently
   interacting. Also known as interactive program. Contrast with background
   program. (2) (D of C) In multiprogramming,  a high-priority program.

 frame  -The part of a window that can contain several different visual
   elements specified by the application, but drawn and controlled by the
   Presentation Manager. The frame encloses the client area.

 frame styles  -Standard window layouts provided by the Presentation Manager.

 FSD  -File system driver.

 full-duplex  -Synonym for duplex.

 full-screen application  -An application that has complete control of the
   screen.

 function  -(1) In a programming language, a block, with or without formal
   parameters, whose execution is invoked by means of a call. (2) A set of
   related control statements that cause one or more programs to be performed.

 function key  -A key that causes a specified sequence of operations to be
   performed when it is pressed, for example, F1 and Alt-K.

 function key area  -The area at the bottom of a window that contains function
   key assignments such as F1=Help.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - G ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 GDT  -Global Descriptor Table.

 general protection fault  -An exception condition that occurs when a process
   attempts to use storage or a module that has some level of protection
   assigned to it, such as I/O privilege level. See also IOPL code segment.

 Global Descriptor Table (GDT)  -A table that defines code and data segments
   available to all tasks in an application.

 global dynamic-link module  -A dynamic-link module that can be shared by all
   processes in the system that refer to the module name.

 global file-name character  -Either a question mark (?) or an asterisk (*)
   used as a variable in a file name or file name extension when referring to a
   particular file or group of files.

 glyph  -A graphic symbol whose appearance conveys information.

 GPI  -Graphics programming interface.

 graphic primitive  -In computer graphics, a basic element, such as an arc or a
   line, that is not made up of smaller parts and that is used to create
   diagrams and pictures. See also graphics segment.

 graphics  -(1) A picture defined in terms of graphic primitives and graphics
   attributes. (2) (D of C) The making of charts and pictures. (3) Pertaining
   to charts, tables, and their creation. (4) See computer graphics, coordinate
   graphics, fixed-image graphics, interactive graphics, passive graphics,
   raster graphics.

 graphics attributes  -Attributes that apply to graphic primitives. Examples
   are color, line type, and shading-pattern definition. See also segment
   attributes.

 graphics field  -The clipping boundary that defines the visible part of the
   presentation-page contents.

 graphics mode  -One of several states of a display. The mode determines the
   resolution and color content of the screen.

 graphics model space  -The conceptual coordinate space in which a picture is
   constructed after any model transforms have been applied. Also known as
   model space.

 Graphics programming interface  -The formally defined programming language
   that is between an IBM graphics program and the user of the program.

 graphics segment  -A sequence of related graphic primitives and graphics
   attributes. See also graphic primitive.

 graying  -The indication that a choice on a pull-down is unavailable.

 group  -A collection of logically connected controls. For example, the buttons
   controlling paper size for a printer could be called a group. See also
   program group.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - H ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 handle  -(1) An identifier that represents an object, such as a device or
   window, to the Presentation Interface. (2) (D of C) In the Advanced DOS and
   OS/2 operating systems, a binary value created by the system that identifies
   a drive, directory, and file so that the file can be found and opened.

 hard error  -An error condition on a network that requires either that the
   system be reconfigured or that the source of the error be removed before the
   system can resume reliable operation.

 header  -(1) System-defined control information that precedes user data. (2)
   The portion of a message that contains control information for the message,
   such as one or more destination fields, name of the originating station,
   input sequence number, character string indicating the type of message, and
   priority level for the message.

 heading tags  -A document element that enables information to be displayed in
   windows, and that controls entries in the contents window controls placement
   of push buttons in a window, and defines the shape and size of windows.

 heap  -An area of free storage available for dynamic allocation by an
   application. Its size varies according to the storage requirements of the
   application.

 help function  -(1) A function that provides information about a specific
   field, an application panel, or information about the help facility. (2) (D
   of C) One or more display images that describe how to use application
   software or how to do a system operation.

 Help index  -In SAA Common User Access architecture, a help action that
   provides an index of the help information available for an application.

 help panel  -A panel with information to assist users that is displayed in
   response to a help request from the user.

 help window  -A Common-User-Access-defined secondary window that displays
   information when the user requests help.

 hidden file  -An operating system file that is not displayed by a directory
   listing.

 hide button  -In the OS/2 operating system, a small, square button located in
   the right-hand corner of the title bar of a window that, when selected,
   removes from the screen all the windows associated with that window.
   Contrast with maximize button. See also restore button.

 hierarchical inheritance  -The relationship between parent and child classes.
   An object that is lower in the inheritance hierarchy than another object,
   inherits all the characteristics and behaviors of the objects above it in
   the hierarchy.

 hierarchy  -A tree of segments beginning with the root segment and proceeding
   downward to dependent segment types.

 high-performance file system (HPFS)  -In the OS/2 operating system, an
   installable file system that uses high-speed buffer storage, known as a
   cache, to provide fast access to large disk volumes. The file system also
   supports the coexistence of multiple, active file systems on a single
   personal computer, with the capability of multiple and different storage
   devices. File names used with the HPFS can have as many as 254 characters.

 hit testing  -The means of identifying which window is associated with which
   input device event.

 hook  -A point in a system-defined function where an application can supply
   additional code that the system processes as though it were part of the
   function.

 hook chain  -A sequence of hook procedures that are "chained" together so that
   each event is passed, in turn, to each procedure in the chain.

 hot spot  -The part of the pointer that must touch an object before it can be
   selected. This is usually the tip of the pointer. Contrast with action
   point.

 HPFS  -high-performance file system.

 hypergraphic link  -A connection between one piece of information and another
   through the use of graphics.

 hypertext  -A way of presenting information online with connections between
   one piece of information and another, called hypertext links. See also
   hypertext link.

 hypertext link  -A connection between one piece of information and another.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - I ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 I/O operation  -An input operation to, or output operation from a device
   attached to a computer.

 I-beam pointer  -A pointer that indicates an area, such as an entry field in
   which text can be edited.

 icon  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a graphical
   representation of an object, consisting of an image, image background, and a
   label. Icons can represent items (such as a document file) that the user
   wants to work on, and actions that the user wants to perform. In the
   Presentation Manager, icons are used for data objects, system actions, and
   minimized programs.

 icon area  -In the Presentation Manager, the area at the bottom of the screen
   that is normally used to display the icons for minimized programs.

 Icon Editor  -The Presentation Manager-provided tool for creating icons.

 IDL  -Interface Definition Language.

 image font  -A set of symbols, each of which is described in a rectangular
   array of pels. Some of the pels in the array are set to produce the image of
   one of the symbols. Contrast with outline font.

 implied metaclass  -Subclassing the metaclass of a parent class without a
   separate CSC for the resultant metaclass.

 indirect manipulation  -Interaction with an object through choices and
   controls.

 information device context  -A logical description of a data destination other
   than the screen (for example, a printer or plotter), but where no output
   will occur. Its purpose is to satisfy queries. See also device context.

 information panel  -A defined panel type characterized by a body containing
   only protected information.

 Information Presentation Facility (IPF)  -A facility provided by the OS/2
   operating system, by which application developers can produce online
   documentation and context-sensitive online help panels for their
   applications.

 inheritance  -The technique of specifying the shape and behavior of one class
   (called a subclass) as incremental differences from another class (called
   the parent class or superclass). The subclass inherits the superclass' state
   representation and methods, and can provide additional data elements and
   methods. The subclass also can provide new functions with the same method
   names used by the superclass. Such a subclass method is said to override the
   superclass method, and will be selected automatically by method resolution
   on subclass instances. An overriding method can elect to call upon the
   superclass' method as part of its own implementation.

 input focus  -(1) The area of a window where user interaction is possible
   using an input device, such as a mouse or the keyboard. (2) The position in
   the active window where a user's normal interaction with the keyboard will
   appear.

 input router  -An internal OS/2 process that removes messages from the system
   queue.

 input/output control  -A device-specific command that requests a function of a
   device driver.

 installable file system (IFS)  -A file system in which software is installed
   when the operating system is started.

 instance  -(Or object instance). A specific object, as distinguished from the
   abstract definition of an object referred to as its class.

 instance method  -A method valid for a particular object.

 instruction pointer  -In System/38, a pointer that provides addressability for
   a machine interface instruction in a program.

 integer atom  -An atom that represents a predefined system constant and
   carries no storage overhead. For example, names of window classes provided
   by Presentation Manager are expressed as integer atoms.

 interactive graphics  -Graphics that can be moved or manipulated by a user at
   a terminal.

 interactive program  -(1) A program that is running (active) and is ready to
   receive (or is receiving) input from a user. (2) A running program that can
   receive input from the keyboard or another input device. Compare with active
   program and contrast with noninteractive program.

   Also known as a foreground program.

 interchange file  -A file containing data that can be sent from one
   Presentation Manager interface application to another.

 Interface Definition Language (IDL)  -Language-neutral interface specification
   for a SOM class.

 interpreter  -A program that translates and executes each instruction of a
   high-level programming language before it translates and executes.

 interprocess communication (IPC)  -In the OS/2 operating system, the exchange
   of information between processes or threads through semaphores, pipes,
   queues, and shared memory.

 interval timer  -(1) A timer that provides program interruptions on a
   program-controlled basis. (2) An electronic counter that counts intervals of
   time under program control.

 IOCtl  -Input/output control.

 IOPL  -Input/output privilege level.

 IOPL code segment  -An IOPL executable section of programming code that
   enables an application to directly manipulate hardware interrupts and ports
   without replacing the device driver. See also privilege level.

 IPC  -Interprocess communication.

 IPF  -Information Presentation Facility.

 IPF compiler  -A text compiler that interpret tags in a source file and
   converts the information into the specified format.

 IPF tag language  -A markup language that provides the instructions for
   displaying online information.

 item  -A data object that can be passed in a DDE transaction.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - J ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 journal  -A special-purpose file that is used to record changes made in the
   system.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - K ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 Kanji  -A graphic character set used in Japanese ideographic alphabets.

 KBD$  -Character-device name reserved for the keyboard.

 kernel  -The part of an operating system that performs basic functions, such
   as allocating hardware resources.

 kerning  -The design of graphics characters so that their character boxes
   overlap. Used to space text proportionally.

 keyboard accelerator  -A keystroke that generates a command message for an
   application.

 keyboard augmentation  -A function that enables a user to press a keyboard key
   while pressing a mouse button.

 keyboard focus  -A temporary attribute of a window. The window that has a
   keyboard focus receives all keyboard input until the focus changes to a
   different window.

 Keys help  -In SAA Common User Access architecture, a help action that
   provides a listing of the application keys and their assigned functions.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - L ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 label  -In a graphics segment, an identifier of one or more elements that is
   used when editing the segment.

 LAN  -Local area network.

 language support procedure  -A function provided by the Presentation Manager
   Interface for applications that do not, or cannot (as in the case of COBOL
   and FORTRAN programs), provide their own dialog or window procedures.

 lazy drag  -See pickup and drop.

 lazy drag set  -See pickup set.

 LDT  -In the OS/2 operating system, Local Descriptor Table.

 LIFO stack  -A stack from which data is retrieved in last-in, first-out order.

 linear address  -A unique value that identifies the memory object.

 linked list  -Synonym for chained list.

 list box  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a control that
   contains scrollable choices from which a user can select one choice.

   Note:  In CUA architecture, this is a programmer term. The end user term is
   selection list.

 list button  -A button labeled with an underlined down-arrow that presents a
   list of valid objects or choices that can be selected for that field.

 list panel  -A defined panel type that displays a list of items from which
   users can select one or more choices and then specify one or more actions to
   work on those choices.

 load time  -The point in time at which a program module is loaded into main
   storage for execution.

 load-on-call  -A function of a linkage editor that allows selected segments of
   the module to be disk resident while other segments are executing. Disk
   resident segments are loaded for execution and given control when any entry
   point that they contain is called.

 local area network (LAN)  -(1) A computer network located on a user's premises
   within a limited geographical area. Communication within a local area
   network is not subject to external regulations;  however, communication
   across the LAN boundary may be subject to some form of regulation. (T)

   Note:  A LAN does not use store and forward techniques. (2) A network in
   which a set of devices are connected to one another for communication and
   that can be connected to a larger network.

 Local Descriptor Table (LDT)  -Defines code and data segments specific to a
   single task.

 lock  -A serialization mechanism by means of which a resource is restricted
   for use by the holder of the lock.

 logical storage device  -A device that the user can map to a physical (actual)
   device.

 LPT1, LPT2, LPT3  -Character-device names reserved for parallel printers 1
   through 3.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - M ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 main window  -The window that is positioned relative to the desktop window.

 manipulation button  -The button on a pointing device a user presses to
   directly manipulate an object.

 map  -(1) A set of values having a defined correspondence with the quantities
   or values of another set. (I)  (A)  (2) To establish a set of values having
   a defined correspondence with the quantities or values of another set. (I)

 marker box  -In computer graphics, the boundary that defines, in world
   coordinates, the horizontal and vertical space occupied by a single marker
   from a marker set.

 marker symbol  -A symbol centered on a point. Graphs and charts can use marker
   symbols to indicate the plotted points.

 marquee box  -The rectangle that appears during a selection technique in which
   a user selects objects by drawing a box around them with a pointing device.

 Master Help Index  -In the OS/2 operating system, an alphabetic list of help
   topics related to using the operating system.

 maximize  -To enlarge a window to its largest possible size.

 media window  -The part of the physical device (display, printer, or plotter)
   on which a picture is presented.

 memory block  -Part memory within a heap.

 memory device context  -A logical description of a data destination that is a
   memory bit map. See also device context.

 memory management  -A feature of the operating system for allocating, sharing,
   and freeing main storage.

 memory object  -Logical unit of memory requested by an application, which
   forms the granular unit of memory manipulation from the application
   viewpoint.

 menu  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, an extension of the
   menu bar that displays a list of choices available for a selected choice in
   the menu bar. After a user selects a choice in menu bar, the corresponding
   menu appears. Additional pop-up windows can appear from menu choices.

 menu bar  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, the area near the
   top of a window, below the title bar and above the rest of the window, that
   contains choices that provide access to other menus.

 menu button  -The button on a pointing device that a user presses to view a
   pop-up menu associated with an object.

 message  -(1) In the Presentation Manager, a packet of data used for
   communication between the Presentation Manager interface and Presentation
   Manager applications (2) In a user interface, information not requested by
   users but presented to users by the computer in response to a user action or
   internal process.

 message box  -(1) A dialog window predefined by the system and used as a
   simple interface for applications, without the necessity of creating
   dialog-template resources or dialog procedures. (2) (D of C) In SAA Advanced
   Common User Access architecture, a type of window that shows messages to
   users. See also dialog box, primary window, secondary window.

 message filter  -The means of selecting which messages from a specific window
   will be handled by the application.

 message queue  -A sequenced collection of messages to be read by the
   application.

 message stream mode  -A method of operation in which data is treated as a
   stream of messages.  Contrast with  byte stream.

 metacharacter  -See global file-name character.

 metaclass  -A class whose instances are all classes. In SOM, any class
   descended from SOMClass is a metaclass. The methods of a metaclass are
   sometimes called "class" methods.

 metafile  -A file containing a series of attributes that set color, shape and
   size, usually of a picture or a drawing. Using a program that can interpret
   these attributes, a user can view the assembled image.

 metafile device context  -A logical description of a data destination that is
   a metafile, which is used for graphics interchange. See also device context.

 metalanguage  -A language used to specify another language. For example, data
   types can be described using a metalanguage so as to make the descriptions
   independent of any one computer language.

 method  -One of the units that makes up the behavior of an object. A method is
   a combination of a function and a name, such that many different functions
   can have the same name. Which function the name refers to at any point in
   time depends on the object that is to execute the method and is the subject
   of method resolution.

 method override  -The replacement, by a child class, of the implementation of
   a method inherited from a parent and an ancestor class.

 mickey  -A unit of measurement for physical mouse motion whose value depends
   on the mouse device driver currently loaded.

 micro presentation space  -A graphics presentation space in which a restricted
   set of the GPI function calls is available.

 minimize  -To remove from the screen all windows associated with an
   application and replace them with an icon that represents the application.

 mix  -An attribute that determines how the foreground of a graphic primitive
   is combined with the existing color of graphics output. Also known as
   foreground mix. Contrast with background mix.

 mixed character string  -A string containing a mixture of one-byte and Kanji
   or Hangeul (two-byte) characters.

 mnemonic  -(1) A method of selecting an item on a pull-down by means of typing
   the highlighted letter in the menu item. (2) (D of C) In SAA Advanced Common
   User Access architecture, usually a single character, within the text of a
   choice, identified by an underscore beneath the character. If all characters
   in a choice already serve as mnemonics for other choices, another character,
   placed in parentheses immediately following the choice, can be used. When a
   user types the mnemonic for a choice, the choice is either selected or the
   cursor is moved to that choice.

 modal dialog box  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a type of
   movable window, fixed in size, that requires a user to enter information
   before continuing to work in the application window from which it was
   displayed. Contrast with modeless dialog box. Also known as a serial dialog
   box. Contrast with parallel dialog box.

   Note:  In CUA architecture, this is a programmer term. The end user term is
   pop-up window.

 model space  -See graphics model space.

 modeless dialog box  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a type
   of movable window, fixed in size, that allows users to continue their dialog
   with the application without entering information in the dialog box. Also
   known as a parallel dialog box. Contrast with modal dialog box.

   Note:  In CUA architecture, this is a programmer term. The end user term is
   pop-up window.

 module definition file  -A file that describes the code segments within a load
   module. For example, it indicates whether a code segment is loadable before
   module execution begins (preload), or loadable only when referred to at run
   time (load-on-call).

 mouse  -In SAA usage, a device that a user moves on a flat surface to position
   a pointer on the screen. It allows a user to select a choice o function to
   be performed or to perform operations on the screen, such as dragging or
   drawing lines from one position to another.

 MOUSE$  -Character-device name reserved for a mouse.

 multiple-choice selection  -In SAA Basic Common User Access architecture, a
   type of field from which a user can select one or more choices or select
   none. See also check box. Contrast with extended-choice selection.

 multiple-line entry field  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a
   control into which a user types more than one line of information. See also
   single-line entry field.

 multitasking  -The concurrent processing of applications or parts of
   applications. A running application and its data are protected from other
   concurrently running applications.

 mutex semaphore  -(Mutual exclusion semaphore). A semaphore that enables
   threads to serialize their access to resources. Only the thread that
   currently owns the mutex semaphore can gain access to the resource, thus
   preventing one thread from interrupting operations being performed by
   another.

 muxwait semaphore  -(Multiple wait semaphore). A semaphore that enables a
   thread to wait either for multiple event semaphores to be posted or for
   multiple mutex semaphores to be released. Alternatively, a muxwait semaphore
   can be set to enable a thread to wait for any ONE of the event or mutex
   semaphores in the muxwait semaphore's list to be posted or released.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - N ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 named pipe  -A named buffer that provides client-to-server, server-to-client,
   or full duplex communication between unrelated processes. Contrast with
   unnamed pipe.

 national language support (NLS)  -The modification or conversion of a United
   States English product to conform to the requirements of another language or
   country. This can include the enabling or retrofitting of a product and the
   translation of nomenclature, MRI, or documentation of a product.

 nested list  -A list that is contained within another list.

 NLS  -national language support.

 non-8.3 file-name format  -A file-naming convention in which file names can
   consist of up to 255 characters. See also 8.3 file-name format.

 noncritical extended attribute  -An extended attribute that is not necessary
   for the function of an application.

 nondestructive read  -Reading that does not erase the data in the source
   location. (T)

 noninteractive program  -A running program that cannot receive input from the
   keyboard or other input device. Compare with active program, and contrast
   with interactive program.

 nonretained graphics  -Graphic primitives that are not remembered by the
   Presentation Manager interface when they have been drawn. Contrast with
   retained graphics.

 null character (NUL)  -(1) Character-device name reserved for a nonexistent
   (dummy) device. (2) (D of C) A control character that is used to accomplish
   media-fill or time-fill and that may be inserted into or removed from a
   sequence of characters without affecting the meaning of the sequence;
   however, the control of equipment or the format may be affected by this
   character. (I)  (A)

 null-terminated string  -A string of (n+1) characters where the (n+1)th
   character is the 'null' character ($00) Also known as 'zero-terminated'
   string and 'ASCIIZ' string.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - O ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 object  -The elements of data and function that programs create, manipulate,
   pass as arguments, and so forth. An object is a way of associating specific
   data values with a specific set of named functions (called methods) for a
   period of time (referred to as the lifetime of the object). The data values
   of an object are referred to as its state. In SOM, objects are created by
   other objects called classes. The specification of what comprises the set of
   functions and data elements that make up an object is referred to as the
   definition of a class.

   SOM objects offer a high degree of encapsulation. This property permits many
   aspects of the implementation of an object to change without affecting
   client programs that depend on the object's behavior.

 object definition  -See class.

 object instance  -See instance.

 Object Interface Definition Language (OIDL)  -Specification language used in
   SOM Version 1 for defining classes. Replaced by Interface Definition
   Language (IDL).

 object window  -A window that does not have a parent but which might have
   child windows. An object window cannot be presented on a device.

 OIDL  -Object Interface Definition Language.

 open  -To start working with a file, directory, or other object.

 ordered list  -Vertical arrangements of items, with each item in the list
   preceded by a number or letter.

 outline font  -A set of symbols, each of which is created as a series of lines
   and curves.  Synonymous with vector font. Contrast with image font.

 output area  -An area of storage reserved for output. (A)

 owner window  -A window into which specific events that occur in another
   (owned) window are reported.

 ownership  -The determination of how windows communicate using messages.

 owning process  -The process that owns the resources that might be shared with
   other processes.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - P ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 page  -(1) A 4KB segment of contiguous physical memory. (2) (D of C) A defined
   unit of space on a storage medium.

 page viewport  -A boundary in device coordinates that defines the area of the
   output device in which graphics are to be displayed. The presentation-page
   contents are transformed automatically to the page viewport in device space.

 paint  -(1) The action of drawing or redrawing the contents of a window. (2)
   In computer graphics, to shade an area of a display image;  for example,
   with crosshatching or color.

 panel  -In SAA Basic Common User Access architecture, a particular arrangement
   of information that is presented in a window or pop-up. If some of the
   information is not visible, a user can scroll through the information.

 panel area  -An area within a panel that contains related information. The
   three major Common User Access-defined panel areas are the action bar, the
   function key area, and the panel body.

 panel area separator  -In SAA Basic Common User Access architecture, a solid,
   dashed, or blank line that provides a visual distinction between two
   adjacent areas of a panel.

 panel body  -The portion of a panel not occupied by the action bar, function
   key area, title or scroll bars. The panel body can contain protected
   information, selection fields, and entry fields. The layout and content of
   the panel body determine the panel type.

 panel body area  -See client area.

 panel definition  -A description of the contents and characteristics of a
   panel. A panel definition is the application developer's mechanism for
   predefining the format to be presented to users in a window.

 panel ID  -In SAA Basic Common User Access architecture, a panel identifier,
   located in the upper-left corner of a panel.  A user can choose whether to
   display the panel ID.

 panel title  -In SAA Basic Common User Access architecture, a particular
   arrangement of information that is presented in a window or pop-up. If some
   of the information is not visible, a user can scroll through the
   information.

 paper size  -The size of paper, defined in either standard U.S. or European
   names (for example, A, B, A4), and measured in inches or millimeters
   respectively.

 parallel dialog box  -See modeless dialog box.

 parameter list  -A list of values that provides a means of associating
   addressability of data defined in a called program with data in the calling
   program. It contains parameter names and the order in which they are to be
   associated in the calling and called program.

 parent class  -See inheritance.

 parent process  -In the OS/2 operating system, a process that creates other
   processes. Contrast with child process.

 parent window  -In the OS/2 operating system, a window that creates a child
   window. The child window is drawn within the parent window. If the parent
   window is moved, resized, or destroyed, the child window also will be moved,
   resized, or destroyed. However, the child window can be moved and resized
   independently from the parent window, within the boundaries of the parent
   window. Contrast with child window.

 partition  -(1) A fixed-size division of storage. (2) On an IBM personal
   computer fixed disk, one of four possible storage areas of variable size;
   one may be accessed by DOS, and each of the others may be assigned to
   another operating system.

 Paste  -A choice in the Edit pull-down that a user selects to move the
   contents of the clipboard into a preselected location. See also Copy and
   Cut.

 path  -The route used to locate files; the storage location of a file. A fully
   qualified path lists the drive identifier, directory name, subdirectory name
   (if any), and file name with the associated extension.

 PDD  -Physical device driver.

 peeking  -An action taken by any thread in the process that owns the queue to
   examine queue elements without removing them.

 pel  -(1) The smallest area of a display screen capable of being addressed and
   switched between visible and invisible states. Synonym for display point,
   pixel, and picture element. (2) (D of C) Picture element.

 persistent object  -An object whose instance data and state are preserved
   between system shutdown and system startup.

 physical device driver (PDD)  -A system interface that handles hardware
   interrupts and supports a set of input and output functions.

 pick  -To select part of a displayed object using the pointer.

 pickup  -To add an object or set of objects to the pickup set.

 pickup and drop  -A drag operation that does not require the direct
   manipulation button to be pressed for the duration of the drag.

 pickup set  -The set of objects that have been picked up as part of a pickup
   and drop operation.

 picture chain  -See segment chain.

 picture element  -(1) Synonym for pel. (2) (D of C) In computer graphics, the
   smallest element of a display surface that can be independently assigned
   color and intensity. (T)  . (3) The area of the finest detail that can be
   reproduced effectively on the recording medium.

 PID  -Process identification.

 pipe  -(1) A named or unnamed buffer used to pass data between processes. A
   process reads from or writes to a pipe as if the pipe were a standard-input
   or standard-output file. See also named pipe and unnamed pipe. (2) (D of C)
   To direct data so that the output from one process becomes the input to
   another process. The standard output of one command can be connected to the
   standard input of another with the pipe operator (Or).

 pixel  -(1) Synonym for pel. (2) (D of C) Picture element.

 plotter  -An output unit that directly produces a hardcopy record of data on a
   removable medium, in the form of a two-dimensional graphic representation. (T)

 PM  -Presentation Manager.

 pointer  -(1) The symbol displayed on the screen that is moved by a pointing
   device, such as a mouse. The pointer is used to point at items that users
   can select. Contrast with cursor. (2) A data element that indicates the
   location of another data element. (T)

 POINTER$  -Character-device name reserved for a pointer device (mouse screen
   support).

 pointing device  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, an
   instrument, such as a mouse, trackball, or joystick, used to move a pointer
   on the screen.

 pointings  -Pairs of x-y coordinates produced by an operator defining
   positions on a screen with a pointing device, such as a mouse.

 polyfillet  -A curve based on a sequence of lines. The curve is tangential to
   the end points of the first and last lines, and tangential also to the
   midpoints of all other lines. See also fillet.

 polygon  -One or more closed figures that can be drawn filled, outlined, or
   filled and outlined.

 polyline  -A sequence of adjoining lines.

 polymorphism  -The ability to have different implementations of the same
   method for two or more classes of objects.

 pop  -To retrieve an item from a last-in-first-out stack of items. Contrast
   with push.

 pop-up menu  -A menu that lists the actions that a user can perform on an
   object. The contents of the pop-up menu can vary depending on the context,
   or state, of the object.

 pop-up window  -(1) A window that appears on top of another window in a
   dialog. Each pop-up window must be completed before returning to the
   underlying window. (2) (D of C) In SAA Advanced Common User Access
   architecture, a movable window, fixed in size, in which a user provides
   information required by an application so that it can continue to process a
   user request.

 presentation drivers  -Special purpose I/O routines that handle field
   device-independent I/O requests from the PM and its applications.

 Presentation Manager (PM)  -The interface of the OS/2 operating system that
   presents, in windows a graphics-based interface to applications and files
   installed and running under the OS/2 operating system.

 presentation page  -The coordinate space in which a picture is assembled for
   display.

 presentation space (PS)  -(1) Contains the device-independent definition of a
   picture. (2) (D of C) The display space on a display device.

 primary window  -In SAA Common User Access architecture, the window in which
   the main interaction between the user and the application takes place. In a
   multiprogramming environment, each application starts in its own primary
   window. The primary window remains for the duration of the application,
   although the panel displayed will change as the user's dialog moves forward.
   See also secondary window.

 primitive  -In computer graphics, one of several simple functions for drawing
   on the screen, including, for example, the rectangle, line, ellipse,
   polygon, and so on.

 primitive attribute  -A specifiable characteristic of a graphic primitive. See
   graphics attributes.

 print job  -The result of sending a document or picture to be printed.

 Print Manager  -In the Presentation Manager, the part of the spooler that
   manages the spooling process. It also allows users to view print queues and
   to manipulate print jobs.

 privilege level  -A protection level imposed by the hardware architecture of
   the IBM personal computer.  There are four privilege levels (number 0
   through 3).  Only certain types of programs are allowed to execute at each
   privilege level.  See also IOPL code segment.

 procedure call  -In programming languages, a language construct for invoking
   execution of a procedure.

 process  -An instance of an executing application and the resources it is
   using.

 program  -A sequence of instructions that a computer can interpret and
   execute.

 program details  -Information about a program that is specified in the Program
   Manager window and is used when the program is started.

 program group  -In the Presentation Manager, several programs that can be
   acted upon as a single entity.

 program name  -The full file specification of a program. Contrast with program
   title.

 program title  -The name of a program as it is listed in the Program Manager
   window. Contrast with program name.

 prompt  -A displayed symbol or message that requests input from the user or
   gives operational information; for example, on the display screen of an IBM
   personal computer, the DOS A> prompt. The user must respond to the prompt in
   order to proceed.

 protect mode  -A method of program operation that limits or prevents access to
   certain instructions or areas of storage. Contrast with real mode.

 protocol  -A set of semantic and syntactic rules that determines the behavior
   of functional units in achieving communication. (I)

 pseudocode  -An artificial language used to describe computer program
   algorithms without using the syntax of any particular programming language. (A)

 pull-down  -(1) An action bar extension that displays a list of choices
   available for a selected action bar choice. After users select an action bar
   choice, the pull-down appears with the list of choices. Additional pop-up
   windows may appear from pull-down choices to further extend the actions
   available to users. (2) (D of C) In SAA Common User Access architecture,
   pertaining to a choice in an action bar pull-down.

 push  -To add an item to a last-in-first-out stack of items. Contrast with
   pop.

 push button  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a rectangle
   with text inside. Push buttons are used in windows for actions that occur
   immediately when the push button is selected.

 putback  -To remove an object or set of objects from the lazy drag set. This
   has the effect of undoing the pickup operation for those objects

 putdown  -To drop the objects in the lazy drag set on the target object.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - Q ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 queue  -(1) A linked list of elements waiting to be processed in FIFO order.
   For example, a queue may be a list of print jobs waiting to be printed. (2)
   (D of C) A line or list of items waiting to be processed; for example, work
   to be performed or messages to be displayed.

 queued device context  -A logical description of a data destination (for
   example, a printer or plotter) where the output is to go through the
   spooler. See also device context.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - R ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 radio button  -(1) A control window, shaped like a round button on the screen,
   that can be in a checked or unchecked state. It is used to select a single
   item from a list. Contrast with check box. (2) In SAA Advanced Common User
   Access architecture, a circle with text beside it. Radio buttons are
   combined to show a user a fixed set of choices from which only one can be
   selected. The circle is partially filled when a choice is selected.

 RAS  -Reliability, availability, and serviceability.

 raster  -(1) In computer graphics, a predetermined pattern of lines that
   provides uniform coverage of a display space. (T)  (2) The coordinate grid
   that divides the display area of a display device.  (A)

 read-only file  -A file that can be read from but not written to.

 real mode  -A method of program operation that does not limit or prevent
   access to any instructions or areas of storage.  The operating system loads
   the entire program into storage and gives the program access to all system
   resources. Contrast with protect mode.

 realize  -To cause the system to ensure, wherever possible, that the physical
   color table of a device is set to the closest possible match in the logical
   color table.

 recursive routine  -A routine that can call itself, or be called by another
   routine that was called by the recursive routine.

 reentrant  -The attribute of a program or routine that allows the same copy of
   the program or routine to be used concurrently by two or more tasks.

 reference phrase  -(1) A word or phrase that is emphasized in a
   device-dependent manner to inform the user that additional information for
   the word or phrase is available. (2) (D of C) In hypertext, text that is
   highlighted and preceded by a single-character input field used to signify
   the existence of a hypertext link.

 reference phrase help  -In SAA Common User Access architecture, highlighted
   words or phrases within help information that a user selects to get
   additional information.

 refresh  -To update a window, with changed information, to its current status.

 region  -A clipping boundary in device space.

 register  -A part of internal storage having a specified storage capacity and
   usually intended for a specific purpose. (T)

 remote file system  -A file-system driver that gains access to a remote system
   without a block device driver.

 resource  -The means of providing extra information used in the definition of
   a window. A resource can contain definitions of fonts, templates,
   accelerators, and mnemonics; the definitions are held in a resource file.

 resource file  -A file containing information used in the definition of a
   window. Definitions can be of fonts, templates, accelerators, and mnemonics.

 restore  -To return a window to its original size or position following a
   sizing or moving action.

 retained graphics  -Graphic primitives that are remembered by the Presentation
   Manager interface after they have been drawn. Contrast with nonretained
   graphics.

 return code  -(1) A value returned to a program to indicate the results of an
   operation requested by that program. (2) A code used to influence the
   execution of succeeding instructions.(A)

 reverse video  -(1) A form of highlighting a character, field, or cursor by
   reversing the color of the character, field, or cursor with its background;
   for example, changing a red character on a black background to a black
   character on a red background. (2) In SAA Basic Common User Access
   architecture, a screen emphasis feature that interchanges the foreground and
   background colors of an item.

 REXX Language  -Restructured Extended Executor. A procedural language that
   provides batch language functions along with structured programming
   constructs such as loops; conditional testing and subroutines.

 RGB  -(1) Color coding in which the brightness of the additive primary colors
   of light, red, green, and blue, are specified as three distinct values of
   white light. (2) Pertaining to a color display that accepts signals
   representing red, green, and blue.

 roman  -Relating to a type style with upright characters.

 root segment  -In a hierarchical database, the highest segment in the tree
   structure.

 round-robin scheduling  -A process that allows each thread to run for a
   specified amount of time.

 run time  -(1) Any instant at which the execution of a particular computer
   program takes place. (T)  (2) The amount of time needed for the execution of
   a particular computer program. (T)  (3) The time during which an instruction
   in an instruction register is decoded and performed. Synonym for execution
   time.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - S ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 SAA  -Systems Application Architecture.

 SBCS  -Single-byte character set.

 scheduler  -A computer program designed to perform functions such as
   scheduling, initiation, and termination of jobs.

 screen  -In SAA Basic Common User Access architecture, the physical surface of
   a display device upon which information is shown to a user.

 screen device context  -A logical description of a data destination that is a
   particular window on the screen. See also device context.

 SCREEN$  -Character-device name reserved for the display screen.

 scroll bar  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a part of a
   window, associated with a scrollable area, that a user interacts with to see
   information that is not currently allows visible.

 scrollable entry field  -An entry field larger than the visible field.

 scrollable selection field  -A selection field that contains more choices than
   are visible.

 scrolling  -Moving a display image vertically or horizontally in a manner such
   that new data appears at one edge, as existing data disappears at the
   opposite edge.

 secondary window  -A window that contains information that is dependent on
   information in a primary window and is used to supplement the interaction in
   the primary window.

 sector  -On disk or diskette storage, an addressable subdivision of a track
   used to record one block of a program or data.

 segment  -See graphics segment.

 segment attributes  -Attributes that apply to the segment as an entity, as
   opposed to the individual primitives within the segment. For example, the
   visibility or detectability of a segment.

 segment chain  -All segments in a graphics presentation space that are defined
   with the 'chained' attribute. Synonym for picture chain.

 segment priority  -The order in which segments are drawn.

 segment store  -An area in a normal graphics presentation space where retained
   graphics segments are stored.

 select  -To mark or choose an item. Note that select means to mark or type in
   a choice on the screen; enter means to send all selected choices to the
   computer for processing.

 select button  -The button on a pointing device, such as a mouse, that is
   pressed to select a menu choice.  Also known as button 1.

 selection cursor  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a visual
   indication that a user has selected a choice. It is represented by outlining
   the choice with a dotted box. See also text cursor.

 selection field  -(1) In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a set
   of related choices. See also entry field. (2) In SAA Basic Common User
   Access architecture, an area of a panel that cannot be scrolled and contains
   a fixed number of choices.

 semantics  -The relationships between symbols and their meanings.

 semaphore  -An object used by applications for signalling purposes and for
   controlling access to serially reusable resources.

 separator  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a line or color
   boundary that provides a visual distinction between two adjacent areas.

 serial dialog box  -See modal dialog box.

 serialization  -The consecutive ordering of items.

 serialize  -To ensure that one or more events occur in a specified sequence.

 serially reusable resource (SRR)  -A logical resource or object that can be
   accessed by only one task at a time.

 session  -(1) A routing mechanism for user interaction via the console; a
   complete environment that determines how an application runs and how users
   interact with the application. OS/2 can manage more than one session at a
   time, and more than one process can run in a session. Each session has its
   own set of environment variables that determine where OS/2 looks for
   dynamic-link libraries and other important files. (2) (D of C) In the OS/2
   operating system, one instance of a started program or command prompt. Each
   session is separate from all other sessions that might be running on the
   computer. The operating system is responsible for coordinating the resources
   that each session uses, such as computer memory, allocation of processor
   time, and windows on the screen.

 Settings Notebook  -A control window that is used to display the settings for
   an object and to enable the user to change them.

 shadow  -An object that refers to another object. A shadow is not a copy of
   another object, but is another representation of the object.

 shadow box  -The area on the screen that follows mouse movements and shows
   what shape the window will take if the mouse button is released.

 shared data  -Data that is used by two or more programs.

 shared memory  -In the OS/2 operating system, a segment that can be used by
   more than one program.

 shear  -In computer graphics, the forward or backward slant of a graphics
   symbol or string of such symbols relative to a line perpendicular to the
   baseline of the symbol.

 shell  -(1) A software interface between a user and the operating system of a
   computer. Shell programs interpret commands and user interactions on devices
   such as keyboards, pointing devices, and touch-sensitive screens, and
   communicate them to the operating system. (2) Software that allows a kernel
   program to run under different operating-system environments.

 shutdown  -The process of ending operation of a system or a subsystem,
   following a defined procedure.

 sibling processes  -Child processes that have the same parent process.

 sibling windows  -Child windows that have the same parent window.

 simple list  -A list of like values; for example, a list of user names.
   Contrast with mixed list.

 single-byte character set (SBCS)  -A character set in which each character is
   represented by a one-byte code.  Contrast with double-byte character set.

 slider box  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture: a part of the
   scroll bar that shows the position and size of the visible information in a
   window relative to the total amount of information available. Also known as
   thumb mark.

 SOM  -System Object Model.

 source file  -A file that contains source statements for items such as
   high-level language programs and data description specifications.

 source statement  -A statement written in a programming language.

 specific dynamic-link module  -A dynamic-link module created for the exclusive
   use of an application.

 spin button  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, a type of entry
   field that shows a scrollable ring of choices from which a user can select a
   choice. After the last choice is displayed, the first choice is displayed
   again.  A user can also type a choice from the scrollable ring into the
   entry field without interacting with the spin button.

 spline  -A sequence of one or more BВzier curves.

 spooler  -A program that intercepts the data going to printer devices and
   writes it to disk. The data is printed or plotted when it is complete and
   the required device is available.  The spooler prevents output from
   different sources from being intermixed.

 stack  -A list constructed and maintained so that the next data element to be
   retrieved is the most recently stored. This method is characterized as
   last-in-first-out (LIFO).

 standard window  -A collection of window elements that form a panel. The
   standard window can include one or more of the following window elements:
   sizing borders, system menu icon, title bar, maximize/minimize/restore
   icons, action bar and pull-downs, scroll bars, and client area.

 static control  -The means by which the application presents descriptive
   information (for example, headings and descriptors) to the user. The user
   cannot change this information.

 static storage  -(1) A read/write storage unit in which data is retained in
   the absence of control signals. (A)  Static storage may use dynamic
   addressing or sensing circuits. (2) Storage other than dynamic storage. (A)

 style  -See window style.

 subclass  -A class that inherits from another class. See also Inheritance.

 subdirectory  -In an IBM personal computer, a file referred to in a root
   directory that contains the names of other files stored on the diskette or
   fixed disk.

 superclass  -A class from which another class inherits. See also inheritance.

 swapping  -(1) A process that interchanges the contents of an area of real
   storage with the contents of an area in auxiliary storage. (I)  (A)  (2) In
   a system with virtual storage, a paging technique that writes the active
   pages of a job to auxiliary storage and reads pages of another job from
   auxiliary storage into real storage. (3) The process of temporarily removing
   an active job from main storage, saving it on disk, and processing another
   job in the area of main storage formerly occupied by the first job.

 switch  -(1) In SAA usage, to move the cursor from one point of interest to
   another;  for example, to move from one screen or window to another or from
   a place within a displayed image to another place on the same displayed
   image. (2) In a computer program, a conditional instruction and an indicator
   to be interrogated by that instruction. (3) A device or programming
   technique for making a selection, for example, a toggle, a conditional jump.

 switch list  -See Task List.

 symbolic identifier  -A text string that equates to an integer value in an
   include file, which is used to identify a programming object.

 symbols  -In Information Presentation Facility, a document element used to
   produce characters that cannot be entered from the keyboard.

 synchronous  -Pertaining to two or more processes that depend upon the
   occurrence of specific events such as common timing signals. (T)  See also
   asynchronous.

 System Menu  -In the Presentation Manager, the pull-down in the top left
   corner of a window that allows it to be moved and sized with the keyboard.

 System Object Model (SOM)  -A mechanism for language-neutral, object-oriented
   programming in the OS/2 environment.

 system queue  -The master queue for all pointer device or keyboard events.

 system-defined messages  -Messages that control the operations of applications
   and provides input an other information for applications to process.

 Systems Application Architecture (SAA)  -A set of IBM software interfaces,
   conventions, and protocols that provide a framework for designing and
   developing applications that are consistent across systems.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - T ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 table tags  -In Information Presentation Facility, a document element that
   formats text in an arrangement of rows and columns.

 tag  -(1) One or more characters attached to a set of data that contain
   information about the set, including its identification. (I)  (A)  (2) In
   Generalized Markup Language markup, a name for a type of document or
   document element that is entered in the source document to identify it.

 target object  -An object to which the user is transferring information.

 Task List  -In the Presentation Manager, the list of programs that are active.
   The list can be used to switch to a program and to stop programs.

 terminate-and-stay-resident (TSR)  -Pertaining to an application that modifies
   an operating system interrupt vector to point to its own location (known as
   hooking an interrupt).

 text  -Characters or symbols.

 text cursor  -A symbol displayed in an entry field that indicates where typed
   input will appear.

 text window  -Also known as the VIO window.

 text-windowed application  -The environment in which the operating system
   performs advanced-video input and output operations.

 thread  -A unit of execution within a process. It uses the resources of the
   process.

 thumb mark  -The portion of the scroll bar that describes the range and
   properties of the data that is currently visible in a window. Also known as
   a slider box.

 thunk  -Term used to describe the process of address conversion, stack and
   structure realignment, etc., necessary when passing control between 16-bit
   and 32-bit modules.

 tilde  -A mark used to denote the character that is to be used as a mnemonic
   when selecting text items within a menu.

 time slice  -(1) An interval of time on the processing unit allocated for use
   in performing a task. After the interval has expired, processing-unit time
   is allocated to another task, so a task cannot monopolize processing-unit
   time beyond a fixed limit. (2) In systems with time sharing, a segment of
   time allocated to a terminal job.

 time-critical process  -A process that must be performed within a specified
   time after an event has occurred.

 timer  -A facility provided under the Presentation Manager, whereby
   Presentation Manager will dispatch a message of class WM_TIMER to a
   particular window at specified intervals. This capability may be used by an
   application to perform a specific processing task at predetermined
   intervals, without the necessity for the application to explicitly keep
   track of the passage of time.

 timer tick  -See clock tick.

 title bar  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, the area at the
   top of each window that contains the window title and system menu icon. When
   appropriate, it also contains the minimize, maximize, and restore icons.
   Contrast with panel title.

 TLB  -Translation lookaside buffer.

 transaction  -An exchange between a workstation and another device that
   accomplishes a particular action or result.

 transform  -(1) The action of modifying a picture by scaling, shearing,
   reflecting, rotating, or translating. (2) The object that performs or
   defines such a modification; also referred to as a transformation.

 Translation lookaside buffer (TLB)  -A hardware-based address caching
   mechanism for paging information.

 Tree  -In the Presentation Manager, the window in the File Manager that shows
   the organization of drives and directories.

 truncate  -(1) To terminate a computational process in accordance with some
   rule (A)  (2) To remove the beginning or ending elements of a string. (3) To
   drop data that cannot be printed or displayed in the line width specified or
   available. (4) To shorten a field or statement to a specified length.

 TSR  -Terminate-and-stay-resident.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - U ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 unnamed pipe  -A circular buffer, created in memory, used by related processes
   to communicate with one another. Contrast with named pipe.

 unordered list  -In Information Presentation Facility, a vertical arrangement
   of items in a list, with each item in the list preceded by a special
   character or bullet.

 update region  -A system-provided area of dynamic storage containing one or
   more (not necessarily contiguous) rectangular areas of a window that are
   visually invalid or incorrect, and therefore are in need of repainting.

 user interface  -Hardware, software, or both that allows a user to interact
   with and perform operations on a system, program, or device.

 User Shell  -A component of OS/2 that uses a graphics-based, windowed
   interface to allow the user to manage applications and files installed and
   running under OS/2.

 utility program  -(1) A computer program in general support of computer
   processes; for example, a diagnostic program, a trace program, a sort
   program. (T)  (2) A program designed to perform an everyday task such as
   copying data from one storage device to another. (A)


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - V ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 value set control  -A visual component that enables a user to select one
   choice from a group of mutually exclusive choices.

 vector font  -A set of symbols, each of which is created as a series of lines
   and curves. Synonymous with outline font. Contrast with image font.

 VGA  -Video graphics array.

 view  -A way of looking at an object's information.

 viewing pipeline  -The series of transformations applied to a graphic object
   to map the object to the device on which it is to be presented.

 viewing window  -A clipping boundary that defines the visible part of model
   space.

 VIO  -Video Input/Output.

 virtual memory (VM)  -Synonymous with virtual storage.

 virtual storage  -(1) The storage space that may be regarded as addressable
   main storage by the user of a computer system in which virtual addresses are
   mapped into real addresses. The size of virtual storage is limited by the
   addressing scheme of the computer system and by the amount of auxiliary
   storage available, not by the actual number of main storage
   locations. (I)  (A)  (2) Addressable space that is apparent to the user as
   the processor storage space, from which the instructions and the data are
   mapped into the processor storage locations. (3) Synonymous with virtual
   memory.

 visible region  -A window's presentation space, clipped to the boundary of the
   window and the boundaries of any overlying window.

 volume  -(1) A file-system driver that uses a block device driver for input
   and output operations to a local or remote device. (I)  (2) A portion of
   data, together with its data carrier, that can be handled conveniently as a
   unit.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - W ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 wildcard character  -Synonymous with global file-name character.

 window  -(1) A portion of a display surface in which display images pertaining
   to a particular application can be presented. Different applications can be
   displayed simultaneously in different windows. (A)  (2) An area of the
   screen with visible boundaries within which information is displayed. A
   window can be smaller than or the same size as the screen. Windows can
   appear to overlap on the screen.

 window class  -The grouping of windows whose processing needs conform to the
   services provided by one window procedure.

 window coordinates  -A set of coordinates by which a window position or size
   is defined; measured in device units, or pels.

 window handle  -Unique identifier of a window, generated by Presentation
   Manager when the window is created, and used by applications to direct
   messages to the window.

 window procedure  -Code that is activated in response to a message. The
   procedure controls the appearance and behavior of its associated windows.

 window rectangle  -The means by which the size and position of a window is
   described in relation to the desktop window.

 window resource  -A read-only data segment stored in the .EXE file of an
   application o the .DLL file of a dynamic link library.

 window style  -The set of properties that influence how events related to a
   particular window will be processed.

 window title  -In SAA Advanced Common User Access architecture, the area in
   the title bar that contains the name of the application and the OS/2
   operating system file name, if applicable.

 Workplace Shell  -The OS/2 object-oriented, graphical user interface.

 workstation  -(1) A display screen together with attachments such as a
   keyboard, a local copy device, or a tablet. (2) (D of C) One or more
   programmable or nonprogrammable devices that allow a user to do work.

 world coordinates  -A device-independent Cartesian coordinate system used by
   the application program for specifying graphical input and output. (I)  (A)

 world-coordinate space  -Coordinate space in which graphics are defined before
   transformations are applied.

 WYSIWYG  -What-You-See-Is-What-You-Get. A capability of a text editor to
   continually display pages exactly as they will be printed.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - X ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

There are no glossary terms for this starting letter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - Y ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

There are no glossary terms for this starting letter.


ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ <hidden> Glossary - Z ΓòÉΓòÉΓòÉ

 z-order  -The order in which sibling windows are presented. The topmost
   sibling window obscures any portion of the siblings that it overlaps; the
   same effect occurs down through the order of lower sibling windows.

 zooming  -The progressive scaling of an entire display image in order to give
   the visual impression of movement of all or part of a display group toward
   or away from an observer. (I)  (A)

 8.3 file-name format  -A file-naming convention in which file names are
   limited to eight characters before and three characters after a single dot.
   Usually pronounced "eight-dot-three." See also non-8.3 file-name format.